EPA-907/9-77-004
EPA-7-IA-Ottumwa-Wapello-NSDP-77
Draft Environmental
Impact Statement
Ottumwa Generating Station
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY
i
prepared by
U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Region VII, Kansas City, Missouri
July 1977
-------
EPA-7-IA-Ottumwa-Wapello-NSDP-77
DEIS 004
NPDES Permit Number IA-0060909
July 1977
DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT STATEMENT
On Proposed Issuance of a New Source National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit Number IA-0060909 to
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY
OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
For Discharge of Wastewaters to the
Des Moines River near Ottumwa, Iowa
prepared by
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region VII, Kansas City, Missouri
in conjunction with
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers
Rock Island, Illinois, District
with technical assistance by
Black & Veatch Consulting EngMeactq
Kansas City, Missouri
approved by
Acting Regional Administrator (date)
2P.., 1977
-------
I UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCN
f
P.cGION V:;
1735 3ALTIMCR5
KANSAS CITY, MIS3OU*! 64103
101977
TO: ALL INTERESTED GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES, PUBLIC GROUPS, AND CITIZENS
Enclosed with this notice is a copy of the Draft Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS) for the Ottumwa Generating Station. This document is
submitted for your review and comment pursuant to Section 102(2)(c) of
the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (Public Law 91-190). All
comments submitted to this agency on the Draft EIS and EPA's responses
will be incorporated into the Final EIS.
The principal owner of the power plant, Iowa Southern Utilities Company,
has applied for Environmental Protection Agency and U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers permits. This document serves as the EIS for these two agencies
and will be used to evaluate the environmental impacts of their actions.
Comments should be submitted to this office within 45 days of the date
the President's Council on Environmental Quality publishes notice of the
EIS in the Federal Register.
Additional copies of this statement are available for review in the EPA
Region VII Library and the Ottumwa Public Library, Ottumwa, Iowa. Please
direct your comments to:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region VII
1735 Baltimore
Kansas City, Missouri 64108
We appreciate the time and effort you will spend in reviewing the EIS.
Sincerely yours,
Charles V. Wright
Regional Administrator
Enclosure
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Title Page
I Project Description
Introduction I_l
Project Need: Iowa Southern
Utilities Company and Other
Owners of the Proposed Ottumwa
Generating Station 1-4
Project Location 1-14
Plant Facilities 1-14
II Environmental Setting Without the
Project
Geology II-l
Hydrology 11-13
Meteorology 11-30
Economic and Social Factors 11-44
Archaeology 11-61
Aquatic Ecosystems 11-63
Terrestrial Environment of the
Ottumwa Generating Station Site 11-88
Ambient Air Quality 11-110
III Relationship of Proposed Action to
Land Use Plans III-l
IV Environmental Impacts of the Proposed
Project
Environmental Impacts of Plant
Construction IV-1
Environmental Impacts of Generating
Station Operation IV-15
V Probable Adverse Environmental Impacts
Which Cannot be Avoided
Impacts of Construction Activities V-l
Impacts of Generating Station
Operation V-l
TC-1
-------
Section
VI
VII
VIII
IX
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)
Title
Alternatives to the Proposed Project
No Action
Purchase Power
Alternate Methods of Generation
Alternate Fossil Fuels
Nuclear Fuel Source
Alternate Modes of Fuel
Transportation
Alternate Plant Sites
Transmission System Selection
Alternate Particulate Removal
Methods
Alternate Sulfur Dioxide (S02)
Removal Methods
Alternative Ash Disposal Methods
Alternate Cooling Methods
Alternatives Available to Reduce
Demand
Relationship Between Short-Term Uses
of Man's Environment and Maintenance
and Enhancement of Long-Term
Productivity
Short-Term Relationship
Long-Term Relationship
Irreversible and Irretrievable
Commitment of Resources
General
Fuel
Land
Water
Biological
Energy
Other Commitments
Coordination and Comment and Response
Consultants
Government Agencies and Officials
VI-1
VI-1
VI-2
VI-2
VI-5
VI-7
VI-8
VI-19
VI-24
VI-25
VI-25
VI-2 7
VI-36
VII-1
VII-1
VIII-1
VIII-1
VIII-1
VIII-1
VIII-1
VIII-2
VIII-2
IX-1
IX-1
TC-2
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)
Coordination Meetings
Permit Applications
APPENDIX
A Archaeological Investigations in the Proposed Area
of the Ottumwa Generating Station Chillicothe, Iowa
B Aquatic Biological Data
C Terrestrial Biological Data
D Air Quality and Meteorological Data
E Dispersion Calculations
F Econometric Model Description
G Economic Data
TC-3
-------
SUMMARY
OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
(X) DRAFT ( ) FINAL
RESPONSIBLE OFFICE: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1735 Baltimore,
Kansas City, Missouri 64108, telephone 816-374-2921.
1. Name of Action: (X) Administrative ( ) Legislative
2. Description of Action and proposed Project; The U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) is considering the issuance of a new source National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit (P.L. 92-500, Section 402)
for discharge of wastewaters from Iowa Southern Utilities' proposed Ottumwa
Generating Station (OGS). Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy
Act of 1969 (P.L. 91-190), EPA has prepared this environmental impact state-
ment (EIS) to evaluate the potential impacts of this action on the Des Moines
River, the cities of Chillicothe and Ottumwa, and the surrounding areas.
This EIS is a multiagency document, prepared in conjunction with the U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers. It will serve as the Corps of Engineers' EIS in
the issuance of a Section 404, Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments
permit and a Section 10, River and Harbors Act permit.
The proposed site for the 727 megawatt coal-fired steam-electric generating
station is located adjacent to the Des Moines River approximately 8 miles
northwest of Ottumwa, Iowa. Its estimated cost is $300 million.
OGS will utilize a closed-cycle cooling system and will require make-up water
at a rate of 17 cfs at maximum load conditions. Total discharge to the
Des Moines River is estimated to be 1.4 cfs at maximum load conditions.
Low sulfur western coal will fuel the plant at a rate of 2,200,000 tons per
year. Principal constituents of the plant stack emissions are particulate
matter, sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides, and various trace elements. An
electrostatic precipatator will be used to control particulate matter.
Selection of low sulfur coal will minimize SO. emissions, and furnace design
will control NO . z
3. Environmental Impacts; The Des Moines River will be impacted by water
withdrawl and discharge of wastewaters. This wastewater consists of effluents
from plant wastewater treatment systems and sanitary waste treatment systems.
Runoff from the coal pile will also be discharged. Approximately 795 acres
of agricultural land and wildlife habitat will be converted to industrial
use. Local populations will have higher noise levels and air pollution to
contend with.
Unavoidable Adverse Environmental Effects: Noise and dust during construction
activities will be a temporary impact. Levels of SC^, NOX, ozone, and
particulate matter will increase. Damage or death of aquatic organisms will
result from their impingement on the intake structure and entrainment into
the circulating water system during plant operation.
-------
4. Alternatives; The alternatives available to EPA include: (1) issuance
of a new source NPDES permit; (2) issuance of a conditional new source
NPDES permit, or a NPDES permit for a modified facility, (3) denial of a
new source NPDES permit (no action).
Alternatives considered in this EIS include: (1) no action; (2) purchase
of power; (3) conservation of energy; (4) alternate fuel sources; (5)
facility sites; (6) facility design variations.
5. Comments Requested:
Federal Agencies
Council on Environmental Quality
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Forest Service
Soil Conversation Service
U.S. Department of Commerce
U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
Regional Administrator, Region VII
Area Director
U.S. Department of the Interior
U.S. Department of Transportation
Federal Highway Administration
Federal Aviation Administration
Coast Guard
Federal Power Commission
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation
Water Resource Council
Federal Energy Administration
Upper Mississippi River Basin Commission
Members of Congress
Richard Clark, U.S. Senator
John C. Culver, U.S. Senator
James Leach, U.S. House of Representatives
Neal Smith, U.S. House of Representatives
State
A-95 Federal Funds Coordinator
Gene Glenn, State Senator
Forrest Schengels, State Senator
Mattie Harper, State Representative
Floyd H. Miller, State Representative
Charles N. Poncy, State Representative
Iowa Department of Environmental Quality
Iowa State Conservation Commission
State Historical Department
State Library Commission of Iowa
ii
-------
Local and Regional
Mayor, Chillicothe, Iowa
Mayor, Ottumwa, Iowa
Area XI Regional Planning Commission
Area XV Regional Planning Commission
Iowa Association of Soil Conservation District Commissioners
State Association of County Conservation Boards
Interested Groups and Individulas
National Forest Products Association
Iowa Coal Project
St. Louis University
Iowa State University
University of Iowa
Fluor Pioneer Company
Iowa Association of Municipal Utilities
Iowa Academy of Science
Iowa Wildlife Federation
Indian Hills Community College
Iowa Ornithologists' Union
Iowa Conservation Education Council, Inc.
Iowa Confederation of Environmental Organizations
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Nature Conservancy, Iowa Chapter
Sierra Club, Iowa Chapter
State Preserves Board
J.N. "Ding" Darling Foundation, Inc.
Environmental Coordinating Council
Izaak Walton League of America, Iowa Division
Keep Earth's Environment Pure
Calhoun County Environmental Action
Audubon Society, Des Moines Chapter
Society of American Foresters
National Audubon Society
Wildlife Society
Iowa Commercial Fisheries Association
Ducks Unlimited
National Resources Council
Environmental Coordinating Council
Environmental Law Society
Citizens United for Responsible Energy
People's Energy Project
Citizens for Environmental Action
Community Action Research Group
Jim Crane
Scott Jones
Chuck Steffen
iii
-------
GLOSSARY
Adjusted Net Capability—The net buying and generating capacity for
the system as a whole.
Adjusted Net Capacity—Refers to the rating of a single generator.
Aquifer—A stratum or zone below the surface of the earth capable
of transporting and storing water. The water usually flows through
pores or cracks in the rock.
Ash—The solid residue following combustion of a fuel.
Ash Sluice—The transport of solid residue ash by water flow in a
conduit.
Base Load—The minimum load over a given period of time.
Benthic—As related to benthos, plant or animal organisms attached
or resting on the bottom or living In the bottom sediments of a
freshwater body.
Biota—The plant and animal life of a given locale, area, or region.
Block Rate—A type of metered rate. A certain specified price per
unit is charged for all or any part of a block of units, and reduced
prices per unit are charged for all or any part of succeeding
blocks of such units, each such reduced price per unit applying
only to a particular block or portion thereof.
Slowdown—A portion of water in a closed system which is wasted in
order to prevent a build-up of dissolved solids.
BOD-—Biochemical oxygen demand. The BOD value represents the
amount of oxygen required by bacteria to decompose aerobically an
amount of organic matter in a given period of time at a stated
temperature.
Bottom Ash-—The solid residue left from the combustion of a fuel,
which falls to the bottom of the combustion chamber.
cfs—cubic feet per second. The rate of flow of a measured volume
of water.
Circulating Water System-—A system which conveys cooling water from
its source to the ™a
-------
Cooling Tower—A configured heat exchange device which transfers
reject heat from circulating water to the atmosphere.
Copepods—A zooplankton form.
DDT—Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane, an insecticide classified as
a chlorinated hydrocarbon or organochlorine.
Demand Rate-—Any method of charge for electric service which is
based upon or is a function of the rate of use, or size, of the
customer's installation or maximum demand (expressed in kilowatts,
kilovoltamperes, or horsepower) during a given period of time.
Derivative Effect—The investment of funds, equipment, and manpower
during the creation or expansion of productive facilities generates
a multiple expansion of employment and of related income. This
multiple expansion is called "the multiplier effect."
Diatom-—A principal type of algae whose cell walls consist of two
boxlike parts or valves that contain silica.
Discharge—To release or vent.
Ecosystem-—Any area of nature that includes organisms and nonliving
substances Interacting to produce an exchange of materials between
the living and nonliving parts.
Environment—All the conditions, circumstances and influences
surrounding and affecting the development of an organism or group
of organisms.
Electrostatic Precipitator—A device for removing particles from a
stream of gas based on the principle that these particles carry
electrostatic charges and can therefore be attracted to an electrode
by imposing a potential across the stream of gas.
Embankment—The non-concrete portion of the dam, consisting of
compacted earthen materials.
Epicenter—The area of the earth's surface directly above the place
of origin, or focus, of an earthquake.
Fauna—Refers to all animal species found in an area.
Flat Rate—A type of demand rate. A charge for electric service
based upon the customerTs installation of energy-consuming devices.
This is usually so much per watt, per kilowatt, or per horsepower,
per month or per year. Sometimes this type of rate is nominally so
-------
much per customer per year, or per month, for each of various
classes of customers, but estimated demand and quantity of energy
likely to be used play an important part in the determination of
the class.
Flora—Refers to all the plant species found in an area.
Flue Gas—The gaseous products resulting from the combustion process
after passage through the boiler.
Fly Ash—A portion of the non-combustible residue from a fuel which
is carried out of the boiler by the flue gas.
fps—feet per second.
gpm-—gallons per minute.
Habitat—The place where a given species lives, generally the kind
of place rather than a geographic location.
Heptachlor-—A biocide classified as a chlorinated hydrocarbon.
Herbaceous—Of, or having the nature^ of an herb; like a green leaf
in texture, color, and shape.
Herbivores—Primary consumer organisms that feed directly on living
plants or plant remains.
Kilowatt(kW) —1000 watts.
Kilowatt-hour (kWh)—The basic unit of electric energy equal to
1 kilowatt of power supplied to or taken from an electric circuit
steadily for 1 hour.
Lentic—Standing water conditions such as lakes, ponds, or swamps.
Load—The amount of electric power delivered or required at any
specified point or points on a system. Load originates primarily
at the power consuming equipment of the customers.
Load Center—A point at which the load of a given area is assumed
to be concentrated.
Meter Rate—Any method of charge for electric service based solely
upon quantity, such as kilowatt-hours used.
Multiplier Effect—Synonymous with derivative effect.
-------
Periphyton—Freshwater organisms (both plant and animal) attached
or clinging to stems and leaves of rooted plants or other surfaces
projecting above the bottom.
Phytoplankton—Producer organisms. Minute floating plants, usually
called algae, distributed throughout the pond as deep as light
penetrates. In abundance, the phytoplankton gives the water a
greenish color; otherwise, they are not visible to the observer.
Plankton Communities—Floating, microscopic (plant and animal)
organisms whose movements are more or less dependent on currents.
Primary Succession—Succession developing on an area which has not
been previously occupied by a community (such as newly exposed rock
or sand surface).
Regeneration—Displacement from ion exchange resins of the ions
removed from the process solution.
Regional Econometric Model—A computerized, empirical model which
describes a regional economy based on historical economic interrela-
tionships. The specification of economic relationships in the
model's equations are based on economic theory and experimental
testing.
Rotifer—A zooplankton form.
Secondary Succession—Community development proceeding in an area
from which a community was removed (such as a plowed field or
cutover forest).
Service Area—Territory in which a utility system is required or
has the right to supply electric service to ultimate customers.
Sludge—Accumulated solids separated from a liquid during processing.
Steam Generating Station—An electric generating station in which
the prime mover is a steam turbine. The steam is generated in a
boiler by heat burning from fossil fuels.
Steam Generator—The equipment which uses a heat source to change
water into steam.
Steam Turbine—An enclosed rotary type of prime mover in which heat
energy in steam is converted into mechanical energy by the force of
high velocity flow of steam directed against successive rows of
radial blades fastened to a central shaft.
-------
Succession—The orderly and progressive replacement of one community
by another until a relatively stable community occupies the area.
Terrestial—Referring to organisms (plant and animal) that live on
land as opposed to those that live in water.
Uplands—Refers to habitat and associated species in the upper
(land) elevations of the project, as opposed to that found within
the flood plain.
Zooplankton—Consumer organisms. Minute animal plankton; a type of
herbivore.
-------
I PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.01 Introduction. Iowa Southern Utilities Company (ISU) and
three other utility companies propose to jointly construct and
operate a coal-fired steam-electric generating plant on a site lo-
cated in Wapello County, Iowa about 8 miles northwest of Ottumwa at
approximately River Mile 106 on the Des Moines River. The location
of the Ottumwa Generating Station (OGS) is shown on Figure 1-1 and
ISU's service area is shown in Figure 1-2.
1.011 The participating companies and their per cent ownership
of the proposed facility are shown in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1
OWNERS OF THE OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION-UNIT 1
Company Per Cent Ownership
Iowa Southern Utilities Company 48.0
Iowa Public Service Company 18.5
Iowa-Illinois Gas & Electric Company 18.5
Iowa Power and Light Company 15.0
Total 100.0
1.012 The gross generating capacity of the Ottumwa Generating Plant
will be 727 megawatts. The generating station will be situated on
a site with an area of approximately 795 acres.
1.013 Site clearing activities have been completed and construction
of the facility is scheduled to begin in Spring 1977. Load growth
studies indicate a need for the unit by January 1981. The fuel supply
will be low sulfur, subbituminous western coal delivered to the plant
site by railroad. (See Section 1.048.) A closed cycle cooling system
using Des Moines River water for makeup is planned for condenser
cooling.
1.014 This environmental impact statement describes the proposed
plant and the region In which it will be located. The environmental
impacts associated with the construction and operation of the
initial unit also are described and alternatives to the project are
discussed.
1-1
-------
FIGURE I-I
POWESHIEKJ
DES MOINES
NEWTON
O
MARENGO
I 0 W A
MONTEZUMA
I
JMAHASKA KEOKUK | WASHINGTON
OS K A LOOS A
O
SIGOURNEY
O
WASHINGTON
1
1
1
i
i
i
1 W
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
. U U A 5
1
|M 0 N R 0
OCHARITON !
1
I
^J RATHBUN RESE
A Y N E ^Sr^H
1 ff/^^\ *w^^l J
/r(V ^*
^^>\ A P P A N
0 CORYDON
1 o
1
CENTERV
i
1
1
PL
E
0
A 1
A L
RV
0
IL
1 i
jJEFFERSON!
CHILLICOTHE |
I I
I
FAIRFIELD
T
-I
DAVIS
BLOOMVILLE
U R E N !—
STATE OF IOWA
KEOSAUQUA
| STATE OF MISSOURI
i
I
PUTNAM ( SCHUYLER Is GOTLAND CLARK
10
10
20
30
SCALE IN MILES
LOCATION OF THE OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
1-2
-------
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY
SERVICE AREA
-------
1.02 Project Need; Iowa Southern Utilities Company and Other
Owners of the Proposed Ottumwa Generating Station.
1.021 Introduction. The load growth projections presented in the
following paragraphs are those contained in a report by the Mid-
Continent Area Reliability Co-ordination Agreement (MARCA) submitted
to the Federal Power Commission on April 1, 1976 (FPC Docket R362,
Appendix A-l). These projections considered pertinent influencing
factors including the effects of energy conservation efforts, natural
gas curtailments, and possible rate-usage pay structure changes.
These data are the most authoritative information concerning energy
demand estimates presently available.
1.022 Iowa Southern Utilities Company. Iowa Southern Utilities
Company owns the major interest (48 per cent) in the proposed
Ottumwa Generating Station. ISU provides electric service and
natural gas to 164 communities in approximately 7500 square miles
in central, southern, and southeastern Iowa.
1.0221 The total number of customers provided service by ISU in
1974 was 123,453. Of that number, 87,947 were electric service
customers and 35,506 were natural gas service customers. Based on
load growth projections, total firm capacity obligation is expected
to increase from 394 MW in 1976 to 616 MW in 1981, and the adjusted
net capacity is expected to increase from 425 MW in 1976 to 478 MW
in 1981 without the Ottumwa Generating Station. This would result
in a system deficiency of 138 MW in 1981.
1.0222 The projected total capacity and adjusted net capability
(without the Ottumwa Generating Station) for ISU from 1976 to 1985
are shown on Figure 1-3.
1.023 Iowa Public Service Company. Iowa Public Service Company
(IPS) owns 18.5 per cent in the proposed Ottumwa Generating Station.
The company provided electric service during 1974 to about 145,549
electric customers and 113,777 gas customers in approximately 323
communities in northwest and north-central Iowa. Growth load pro-
jections indicate that the total firm capacity obligation will in-
crease from 881 MW in 1976 to 1130 MW in 1981, and that the adjusted
net capacity is expected to increase from 861 MW in 1976 to 1246 MW
in 1981 without the OGS addition. There would be a 116 MW system
excess in 1981, but a 45 MW deficiency would result by 1983.
1.0231 Figure 1-4 shows the projected capacity and adjusted net
capability (without the Ottumwa Generating Station).
1-4
-------
FIGURE 1-3
1300-
100-
900
700 H
500-
1975
1983
1985
YEAR
ADJUSTED NET CAPABILITY
TOTAL FIRM CAPACITY OBLIGATION
SOURCE: REPORT BY MID-CONTINENT AREA RELIABILITY CO-ORDINATION AGREEMENT
(MARCA) TO FEDERAL POWER COMMISSION, FPC DOCKET R362, APPENDIX A-l,
APRIL I, 1976.
PROJECTED TOTAL FIRM CAPACITY OBLIGATION AND ADJUSTED NET
CAPABILITY OF IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY - 1976-1985
1-5
-------
GO
I—
h-
•<
1500
1300 -
100
900 -
700
500
300
FIGURE 1-4
X
X4
1975 1977 1979 1981 1983 1985
YEAR
ADJUSTED NET CAPABILITY
TOTAL FIRM CAPACITY OBLIGATION
SOURCE: REPORT BY MID-CONTINENT AREA RELIABILITY CO-ORDINATION AGREEMENT
(MARCA) TO FEDERAL POWER COMMISSION, FPC DOCKET R362, APPENDIX A-l,
APRIL I, 1976.
PROJECTED TOTAL FIRM CAPACITY OBLIGATION AND ADJUSTED NET
CAPABILITY OF IOWA PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY - 1976-1985
1-6
-------
1.024 Iowa-Illinois Gas & Electric Company. A total of 18.5 per
cent of the proposed generating station is owned by Iowa-Illinois
Gas & Electric Company. In 1974 the Company provided electric
service to 153,279 customers and natural gas to 197,102 customers.
1.0241 Based on projected sales and other commitments, the total
firm capacity requirement will increase from 1015 MW in 1976 to
1413 MW in 1981, and the adjusted net capability is expected to
increase from 1082 MW in 1976 to 1285 MW in 1981 without the OGS
addition. This results in a system deficiency of 128 MW in 1981.
1.0242 The projected total firm capacity obligation and adjusted
net capability for the company (without the Ottumwa Generating
Station) for the period 1976 through 1985 are shown on Figure 1-5.
1.025 Iowa Power and Light Company. Iowa Power and Light Company
owns 15 per cent of the Ottumwa Generating Station. There are
206,000 electric and 127,000 gas customers (1975), within the
company's 5600 square mile service area which includes 202 communities.
1.0251 Base load projections show that the total firm capacity
obligation of the company will increase from 1160 MW in 1976 to
1556 MW in 1981. Adjusted net capability is expected to increase
from 1218 MW in 1976 to 1502 MW in 1981 without OGS. Without OGS
the resulting system deficiency is 54 MW in 1981.
1.0252 The projected total firm capacity obligation and adjusted
net capability of Iowa Power and Light Company (without the Ottumwa
Generating Station) from 1976 and 1985 are shown on Figure 1-6.
1.026 Mid-Continent Area Power Pool.
1.0261 Introduction. In 1972, 21 utility companies, including
the owners of the Ottumwa Generating Station, formed the Mid-
Continent Area Power Pool (MAPP). The purpose of the pool was to
coordinate the generation and transmission of electric energy in
Iowa and adjacent states.
1.02611 The service areas of the MAPP members are in close proximity
with interconnecting transmission system. This close relationship
contributes to the coordination of planning, construction, and
operational activities. The members of MAPP are shown in Table 1-2.
1-7
-------
FIGURE 1-5
2000
1800-
1600-
-s
IHOO-
1200-
IOOOH
1975
1977
1979
1981
1983
1985
ADJUSTED NET CAPABILITY
.TOTAL FIRM CAPACITY OBLIGATION
SOURCE: REPORT BY MID-CONTINENT AREA RELIABILITY CO-ORDINATION AGREEMENT
(MARCA) TO FEDERAL POWER COMMISSION, FPC DOCKET R362, APPENDIX A-l,
APRIL I, 1976.
PROJECTED TOTAL FIRM CAPACITY OBLIGATION AND ADJUSTED NET CAPABILITY
OF IOWA-ILL I NO IS GAS & ELECTRIC COMPANY - 1976-1985
1-8
-------
FIGURE 1-6
2200-
2000-
1800-
1600-
1400
1200
1000
1976
1978
I960
1982
1986
YEAR
ADJUSTED NET CAPABILITY
•TOTAL FIRM CAPACITY OBLIGATION
SOURCE: REPORT BY MID-CONTINENT AREA RELIABILITY CO-ORDINATION AGREEMENT
(MARCA) TO FEDERAL POWER COMMISSION, FPC DOCKET R362, APPENDIX A-l,
APRIL I, 1976.
PROJECTED TOTAL FIRM CAPACITY OBLIGATION AND ADJUSTED NET
CAPABILITY OF IOWA POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY - 1976-1985
1-9
-------
Table 1-2
MEMBERS OF MID-CONTINENT AREA POWER POOL
Utility Company
Central Iowa Power Cooperative
Cooperative Power Association
Corn Belt Power Cooperative
Dairyland Power Cooperative
Eastern Iowa Light and Power Cooperative
Interstate Power Company
Iowa Electric Light and Power Cooperative
Iowa-Illinois Gas and Electric Company
Iowa Power and Light Company
Iowa Public Service Company
Iowa Southern Utilities Company
Lake Superior District Power Company
Minnesota Power & Light Company
Minnkota Power Cooperative, Inc.
Montana-Dakota Utilities Company
Nebraska Public Power District
Northern States Power Company
Northwestern Public Service Company
Omaha Public Power District
United Power Association
United States Bureau of Reclamation
1.0262 Load characteristics. The adjusted net capability for MAPP
members from 1976 through 1985 is presented on Figure 1-7. As
shown, the 1976 adjusted net capability of MAPP members is projected
to be 19,872 MW. By 1985, the adjusted net capability of MAPP members
is predicted to increase to 31,878 MW (with OGS). This is because
member utilities are planning on adding new generating facilities and
other units will be retired. Committed and proposed additions are
shown in Table 1-3. Planned retirements are listed in Table 1-4.
1.02621 On the basis of projected sales the total firm capacity obli-
gation of MAPP utilities (as utilities), an increase from 18,849 MW
in 1976 to 32,638 MW in 1985 is expected (Figure 1-7).
1.02622 As shown on Figure 1-7, the total (committed) firm obligation
of the MAPP members will exceed the adjusted net generating capability
in 1978 and after 1982.
1.02623 System deficiency. As shown on Figure 1-7, approximately
1330 MW net new generating capacity must be added to the existing
1-10
-------
Table 1-3
PROJECTED ADDITIONS OF GENERATING CAPABILITIES
OF THE KID-CONTINENT AREA POWER POOL, MEGAWATTS
1976-1985
System
NSP
LSOP
IPS
ISP
MPL
NSP
NWPS
ISU
IPS
NPPO
BEPC
CPA
JPA
IPL
IPS
EILP
IIGE
IELP
OPPD
OPC
ISP
IWPS
IPS
UM
CPA
MPL
NPPO
IPS
IPL
ISU
IIGE
MPC
MOU
NWPS
NSP
NPPO
NPPO
OPPO
NPPO
NPPO
NPPO
NPPO
NPPO
NSP
IPL
HPC
IIGE
ISP
OPC
CPA
NSP
IELP
NUPS
BEPC
HPL
BEPC
IEPC
HPL
IELP
Unit Nan
Cornel 1
Whit* River
Electrifarm
Lansing
Hilton R. Young
Sharburne Co.
Aberdeen Gt.
Burlington Gt.
Electrifarm
Gentlemen
Cl«y County
Coal Creek (Share)
Coal Creek (Share)
Council Bluffs (Shr)
Council Bluffs (Shr)
Council Bluffs (Shr)
Council Bluffs (Shr)
Council Bluffs (Shr)
Nebraska City
AIM
Heal (Share)
Neal (Share)
Neal (Share)
Coal Creek (Share)
Coal Creek (Share)
Bowel 1
Gentlenan
OttMM (Share)
Ottuma (Share)
Otttma (Share)
Ottuma (Share)
Coyote (Share)
Coyote (Share)
Coyote (Share)
Sherburne Co.
Punped Hydro
Puaped Hydra
Ft. Calhoun (Share)
Ft. Calnoun (Share)
Puaped Hydro
Puiped Hydro
Pimped Hydro
Pulped Hydro
Sherbume Co.
Central IA. (Share)
P. R. Young (Share)
Carroll (Share)
Carroll (Share)
Tyrone (Share)
Tyrone (Share)
Tyrone (Snare)
1978 Gt.
Mitchell Gt.
Laraaiie River (Shr)
Coyote (Share)
Beulah
Beulah
Brooks ton
Central IA. (Share)
4
1*2
2
4
2
2
I
1
3
1
1+2
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
1
6
if
it
4
2
2
It
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
4
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
,
1
2
]
1
Location
Cornel 1
Ashland
Waterloo
Lansing
Center
Becker
Aberdeen
Burlington
Waterloo
Sutherland
Gayville
Underwood
Underwood
Council Bluffs
Council Bluffs
Council Bluffs
Council Bluffs
Council (luffs
Nebraska City
AIM
Sioux City
Sioux City
Sioux City
Underwood
Underwood
Cohasset
Sutherland
Chillleothe
Chitllcothe
Chillicothe
Chillicothe
Beulah
Beulah
Beulah
Becker
Lynch
Lynch
Ft. Calhoun
Ft. Calhoun
Lynch
Lynch
Lynch
Lynch
Becker
Central
Center
Carroll County
Carroll County
Durand
Durand
Durand
Mitchell
Wheat land
Seuleh
Beulah
Beulah
Brooks ton
Central
Wl
Wl
IA
IA
NO
MM
SO
IA
IA
HE
SO
HO
NO
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
NE
Wl
IA
IA
IA
NO
NO
HN
NE
IA
IA
IA
IA
NO
NO
NO
HN
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
HN
IA
NO
IL
IL
Wl
Ml
Wl
IA
SO
WY
NO
NO
NO
HN
IA
Unit
IffiS
Hydro
Hydro
Gas Turb
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Gas Turb
Gas Turb
Gas Turb
Fossil
Gas Turb
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossi 1
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossi 1
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Hydro
Hydra
Nuclear
Nuclear
Hydro
Hydro
Hydro
Hydra
Fossil
Nuclear
Fossil
Nuclear
Nuclear
Nuclear
Nuclear
Nuclear
Gas Turb
Gas Turb
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Nuclear
Sunnier
Rating
1.00
0.90
66.60
260.00
408.00
680.00
22.00
53.00
68.80
600.00
120.00
254.00
215.00
303.00
25.00
25.00
211.00
50.00
575.00
350.00
100.00
50.00
278.00
215.00
251.00
500.00
600.00
125.00
100.00
325.00
125.00
123.00
82.00
1(1.00
800.00
166.67
166.67
575.00
575.00
166.67
166.67
166.67
166.67
800.00
400.00
120.00
165.00
202.00
150.00
200.00
800.00
150.00
22.00
11.00
20.50
400.00
400.00
800.00
300.00
Committed
In-Service Date
1976
1976
1977
1977
1977
1977
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1980
1930
1980
1980
1980
1980
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1984
1984
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1978 Addition
1980 Addition
1980 Addition
1981 Addition
1981 Addition
1982 Addition
1984 Addition
1984 Addition
Source:
Report by Mid-Continent Area Reliability Coordination Ag
Comission. FPC Docket R362. Appendix A-1. April I, 1976.
mt (HARCA) to Federal Power
1-11
-------
Table 1-4
PROJECTED RETIREMENTS OF GENERATING CAPABILITIES
OF THE HID-CONTINENT AREA POWER POOL. MEGAWATTS
1976-1985
System
IPS
IPS
IPS
IPS
IPS
IPS
IPS
IPS
IPS
NSP
MSP
NSP
NSP
NSP
NSP
NSP
NUPS
IPS
IPS
NWPS
IPS
II GE
USSR
IIGE
IELP
MOU
IPS
NSP
NSP
USBR
NSP
NSP
NSP
NSP
NSP
NSP
IELP
NSP
NSP
IMPS
IMPS
USSR
IELP
MPPO
USSR
tap
SEPC
USSR
IELP
IELP
IELP
MPC
IELP
MPL
IELP
Unit Name
Diesel
Maynard 4+5
Ol«s«l
Diesel
Kirk 1*5
Carroll 1+2
Diesel
Eagle Grova 1
Hawkeye 1+2
French Island 1+2
Rad Wing 1+2
Various Diesels
Uilmarth 1+2
Various Diesels
High Br!dg« 3+4
Riverside 1+2+6
Aberdeen 2
Dlekans 1+2
Salbraith 1+2
Hitch.ll 2
Starwood 1+2
Riverside 1
Capacity Conversion
Molina M-3
Sixth Straat
McBridoa 2
Olnsdale 1+2
Lawrence 1-3
Black Dog 1-4
Capacity Convarslon
Granlta City 2+4
High Brldga 3-6
Kay City 2+4
Minnesota Valley 3
Red Wing 1+2
Riverside 1+2+6
Sixth Street
West Farlbault 3
Wilnarth 1+2
Aberdeen 3
Mitchell 3
Capacity Conversion
Sixth Street
K Street 3
Capacity Conversion
Sixth Street
umian J. Neal
Capacity Conversion
Sixth Street
Sixth Street
Sixth Street
Warroad 1+2+5
Sixth Street
Milton R. Young 2
Sixth Street
Location
IA
Waterloo IA
IA
IA
Sioux City IA
Carroll IA
IA
Eagle Grove IA
Stonn Lake IA
Lacrosse Ul
Red Wing MN
Various Locations
Mankato MN
Various Locations
St. Paul MN
Minneapolis MM
Aberdeen SO
Dickens IA
Galtaraith IA
Mitchell SO
Sherwood IA
Bettendorf IA
To Adverse Water
Molina IL
Cedar Rapids IA
McBridge SO
Dlnsdale IA
Sioux Falls SD
Minneapolis MN
To Adverse Ueter
St. Cloud MN
St. Paul MN
Mankato MN
Granite Falls MN
Red Wing MN
Minneapolis MM
Cedar Rapids IA
Far! haul t MN
Mankato MN
Aberdeen SO
Mitchell SO
To Adverse Water
Cedar Rapids IA
Lincoln NE
To Adverse Water
Cedar Rapids IA
Voltaire NO
To Adverse Water
Cedar Rapids IA
Cedar Rapids IA
Cedar Rapids IA
Warroad NO
Cedar Rapids IA
Center NO
Cedar Rapids IA
Unit
Iv£2
Diesel
Fossil
Diesel
Diesel
Fossil
Fossil
Diesel
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Diesel
Fossil
Diesel
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Diesel
Diesel
Fossl 1
Diesel
Fossil
Hydro
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Diesel
Fossil
Fossil
Hydro
Gas Turb
Fossil
Gas Turb
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Gas Turb
Fossil
Fossl 1
Fossil
Hydro
Fossil
Fossil
Hydro
Fossil
Fossil
Hydro
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Diesel
Fossil
Fossil
Fossil
Stnwr
Rating
3.00
23.20
6.00
3.00
13.50
10.61
2.00
9.84
22.79
28.00
25.00
13.00
25.00
7.00
98.00
105.00
4.50
2.60
2.60
3.90
2.55
23.85
54.00
13.52
1.00
8.50
3.00
49.00
62.00
47.00
2.00
31.00
2.00
1.00
3.00
45.00
0.50
1.00
3.00
7.80
8.50
20.00
0.50
18.00
20.00
0.50
35.00
10.00
0.50
0.50
0.50
2.30
0.50
120.00
0.50
Committed
In-Service Date
1976
1976
1978
1979
1979
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1983
1984
1984
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1979
1979
1979
1980
1980
1980
1981
1981
1982
1983
1983
1984
1984
1985
Reti rement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Reti rament
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Reti rement
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Derate
Retirement
Derate
Retirement
Retirement
Retirement
Derate
Derate
Derate
Derate
Derate
Derate
Derate
Derete
Derate
Oerata
Derate
Retirement
Retirement
Derate
Derate
Retirement
Derate
Derate
Retirement
Derate
Derate
Derate
Derate
Retirement
Derate
Derate
Derate
Source: Report by Mid-Continent Area Reliability Co-Ordlnation Agr
Power Commission. FPC Docket R362. Appendix A-l. April 1, 1976.
ent (MARCA) to Federal
1-12
-------
36
FIGURE 1-7
o
o
o
I
32
30
28
26
22
20
18
16
CD
r-
CJ>
CO
fe
O
oo
O)
CO
05
CM
CO
CO
0>
CO
cr>
ADJUSTED NET CAPABILITY
TOTAL FIRM CAPACITY OBLIGATION
SOURCE: REPORT, MID-CONTINENT AREA RELIABILITY CO-ORDINATION
AGREEMENT (MARCA) TO THE FEDERAL POWER COMMISSION
PURSUANT TO FPC DOCKET R-362, APPENDIX A-l, APRIL I, 1975
PROJECTED TOTAL FIRM CAPACITY
OBLIGATION AND ADJUSTED NET
CAPABILITY OF MID-CONTINENT AREA
POWER POOL MEMBERS
1-13
-------
generation between 1976 and 1985 to meet projected 1985 Total Firm
Capacity Obligations. The additional generating capabilities planned
by MAPP members (Table 1-3), including the Ottumwa Generating Station,
would eliminate the deficiency.
1.03 Project Location. The Ottumwa Generating Station is located
in Wapello County, Iowa and is approximately 65 miles southeast of
the metropolitan Des Moines area. Figure 1-1 shows the general loca-
tion of the site within the state. The site covers approximately
795 acres. The city of Chillicothe is adjacent to the site boundary on
the southeast edge. Ottumwa is about 8 miles down the Des Moines River
to the southeast.
1.04 Plant Facilities.
1.041 Facilities Arrangement. The arrangement of plant facilities
on the site is shown on Figure 1-8. The major features of the station
are: The main building complex; coal handling unloading facilities
and storage areas; ash storage areas; cooling towers; electrical
substation; river intake structures.
1.042 Physical Appearance. The plant structures and facilities
will cover a large portion of the 795-acre plant site. The plant
will be clearly visible from the relocated county road and the Des
Moines River. Landscaping will be utilized to enhance the appearance
of the site.
1.0421 A main building complex will house the steam generator,
turbine generator, control room, and air pollution control facilities.
The plant stack, which will be 600 feet tall, will be a very visible
landmark. The steam generator structure will be approximately 250 feet
high. The main building complex will be designed to give it an
attractive appearance. Architectural treatment will be utilized to
give simple lines and balanced proportions.
1.0422 The electric substation will include about 6 acres of low
profile electrical buswork and switching facilities. One 345 kilovolt
(kV) transmission line, three 161 kV transmission lines, and three 69 kV
transmission lines will emanate from the substation site. The highest
structures within the substation will be about 100 feet high and the
highest transmission line structures will be about 125 feet high.
1.0423 The area east and northeast of the main building complex will
be used for the ash storage containments. These containments will be
earthen embankments with gradual slopes. Maximum embankment height
will be approximately 30 feet above grade. The coal storage area will
utilize the area north of the main building complex. Coal in the
inactive storage area will be compacted and stored to a 40-foot depth.
1-14
-------
M
M
Ln
f«INT ONI MAU INOIC*UD SCAlt HOT TO I [RUCTION
-------
An elevated belt conveyor system will deliver coal from the coal storage
area to the plant.
1.043 Steam Electric Generating Facilities. A conventional steam
driven turbine generator will produce the electric energy at the
plant. Heat released from the burning of pulverized coal in the
steam generator (sometimes referred to as the boiler) will be used
to produce the needed large quantities of steam. Steam from the
boiler will be expanded in the high pressure turbine, returned to
the boiler for reheating, and then expanded in the low pressure
turbine to develop rotating mechanical energy to drive the electric
generator. The exhaust steam from the turbine will be condensed
to water in the condenser. This condensate is then pumped back to
the boiler where it is again heated to become high energy steam and
the cycle is repeated.
1.0431 The steam generator will have a capability of about
4,900,000 pounds of steam per hour. That steam will leave the
steam generator and enter the turbine at a pressure of about
2400 pounds per square inch and a temperature of about 1000 F. The
steam turbine is technically described as a tandem-compound four-
flow reheat 674,453 kilowatt machine (nameplate rating).
1.0432 The heat from the turbine exhaust steam is transferred
through the condenser tube surfaces to circulating water pumped
from the cooling towers.
1.0433 The electric generator will be directly connected to the
steam turbine. This hydrogen-cooled electric generator will be a
nominally rated 806,500 kVA.
1.044 Plant Water Use. Water will be required for a variety of
uses at the Ottumwa Generating Station. These uses are summarized
in Table 1-5, and a schematic diagram for the station water uses is
given on Figure 1-9. The maximum station water usage was based on
the unit operating at 100 per cent load, and the average usage was
based on 70 per cent load. Both cases assumed yearly average meteor-
ological conditions and an average Des Moines River water quality.
1.0441 Makeup water for the station will come from the Des Moines
River. The rate of water withdrawal from the Des Moines is estimated to
be 11,091,000 gallons per day (approximately 17 cfs) for the maximum
operating condition, and 7,802,000 gallons per day (approximately
12 cfs) for the average operating condition. The river water will be
drawn through traveling screens at the intake structure and pumped to
the water pretreatment system.
1-16
-------
TABLE 1-5
WATER MASS BALANCE
FLOW TABULATIONS*
Maximum Average
Stream Conditions Conditions
No. Description 100% Load Factor 70% Load Factor
(x 10-3 gpd) (x 10-* gpd)
1 Total River Water Makeup 11,127 7,834
2 Basin Makeup 0 0
3 Water Pretreatment System Makeup 11,127 7,834
4 Gravity Filter Makeup 383 309
5 Gravity Filter Backwash Wastes 3 3
6 Solids Contact Basin Slowdown 130 92
7 Water Pretreatment Sump Effluent 133 95
8 Circulating Water Makeup 10,614 7,433
9 Cooling Tower Evaporation & Drift 10,028 7,026
10 Total Circulating Water Slowdown 694 479
11 Circulating Water Pumps Bearing
Water 108 72
12 Ash Sluicing Surge Tank
Makeup"1"1" 0 0
13 Potable Water for Miscellaneous Plant Uses 36 36
14 Miscellaneous Wastes to Plant Drains 33 33
15 Miscellaneous Plant Drains Discharge 59 53
16 Sanitary Facilities Wastes 3 3
17 Sewage Treatment Plant Effluent 3 3
18 Makeup to Sodium Softeners 164 126
19 Wastes from Sodium Softeners 3 3
20 Makeup to Flash Evaporator 161 123
21 Flash Evaporator Slowdown 23 17
22 Makeup to Steam Cycle 138 106
23 Condensate Polishers Regeneration Wastes 5 5
24 Chemical Cleaning Wastest 0 0
25 Condensate to Condensate Polishers 7,160 5,015
26 Polished Condensate Returned to Condenser 7,155 5,010
27 Soot Blowing and Miscellaneous Steam Losses 80 64
28 Steam Generator Slowdown 53 37
29 Rainfall Runoff From Roof & Yard Drains 167 167
30 Makeup to Ash Sluicing Surge Tank 2,696 1,894
31 Makeup to Bottom Ash System 3,390 2,373
32 Evaporation from Bottom Ash System 288 202
33 Ash Water Returned to Bottom Ash Basin 3,174 2,243
34 Hopper Seal Water 72 72
35 Ash Water Pit Effluent 53 37
36 Fly Ash Basin Makeup 0 0
37 Coal Pile Runoff Basin Discharge to River 53 53
38 Rainfall on Fly Ash Basin 92 92
39 Evaporation from Fly Ash Basin 92 92
40 Rainfall on Bottom Ash Basin 101 101
41 Evaporation from Bottom Ash Basin 110 110
42 Final Discharge to Des Moines River 889 700
43 Bottom Ash Basra Makeup** 0 0
1-17
-------
TABLE 1-5 (CONT'D)
Maximum Average
Stream Conditions Conditions
No. Description 100% Load Factor 70% Load Fact
(x 103 gpd)(x 10J gpd)
44 Rainfall on Coal Pile 92 92
45 Coal Pile Runoff 51 51
46 Evaporation from Coal Pile 41 41
47 Evaporation from Coal Pile Runoff Basin 6 6
48 Rainfall on Coal Pile Runoff Basin 8 8
* The flows stated are based on yearly averages, and as such may not be
the expected normal or maximum flows and should not be used for equip-
ment design.
** This stream will be zero flow except in the case where makeup to the
bottom ash basin is required.
t Chemical cleaning will occur prior to initial operation and then every
two to five years afterwards.
^ Provisions for routing river water to the ash sluicing surge tank
during plant start-up will be provided.
1-18
-------
EVAPORATION
PRECIPITATION
PFKPITATON
EVAPORATION
t DRtFT
MAK£UP FROM
OES MOINES RIVER
IATE8 H»SS BALANCE
FIGURE 1-9
-------
1.0442 The makeup to the circulating water system will be the largest
water requirement at the station. Des Koines River water will be
clarified and lime softened by the water prstreatment system prior to
being used as circulating water makeup. The expected makeup quantity
requirements are given in Table 1-5.
1.0443 The water pretreatment system will clarify, lime soften,
filter, and chlorinate Des Moines River water to produce water of
potable quality. Potable water will be used for makeup to the sodium
cycle cation exchangers (sodium softeners), makeup to the sanitary
facilities and for other general plant uses.
1.0444 Potable water will be further processed by sodium cycle cation
exchangers (sodium softeners) and a flash evaporator to obtain high
purity water suitable for use in the steam cycle.
1.0445 The bottom ash produced during the combustion process will be
hydraulically sluiced from the furnace through a pipe system to the
bottom ash basin. The water used for sluicing will be recirculated
water from the bottom ash basin and blowdown from the circulating water
system. Makeup to the bottom ash basin will consist of various plant
waste streams as shown on Figure 1-9; however, when required, river
water will be used as basin makeup.
1.0446 Consumptive water use is that water that evaporates or is used
and not returned to the Des Moines River. Cooling tower losses to evapora-
tion and drift are 10,028,000 gpd as a maximum and 7,026,000 gpd on an
average. Maximum and average consumptive use in the bottom ash system is
288,000 gpd and 202,000 gpd, respectively. Losses in the steam cycle due
to soot blowing and steam loss are 80,000 gpd maximum and 64,000 gpd
average (see Table 1-5).
1.045 Wastewater Control. Numerous wastewater streams will result
from the construction and operation of Ottumwa Generating Station,
some of which will require treatment prior to discharging from the
plant site. The waste streams are illustrated on Figure 1-9 and
included in Table 1-5. All plant wastewaters will be treated and
discharged in compliance with the applicable regulations of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the State of Iowa.
1.0451 Sludge from the water pretreatment solids contact basins and
backwash water from the gravity filters will be routed to the bottom ash
basin. These wastes will contain coagulated solids from the river
water, precipitated calcium carbonate, and aluminum hydroxide.
1.0452 Regeneration wastes from the regeneration of the sodium
softeners will be routed to the bottom ash basin via the miscellaneous
plant drains system. These wastes will contain the hardness removed
from the exchange resins plus any unreacted sodium chloride.
1-20
-------
1.0453 The blowdown from the flash evaporator will have a high dis-
solved solids content and will be routed to the bottom ash basin, again
via the miscellaneous plant drains system.
1.0454 Condensate polisher wastes will be routed to the bottom
ash basin. These wastes will consist of solid filter media.
1.0455 Continuous removal of water (blowdown) is required for control
of dissolved solids in the circulating water system. The blowdown
will be discharged to the ash sluicing surge tank and use,d for bottom
ash sluicing, prior to being discharged to the bottom ash basin. The
blowdown will consist of pretreated river water concentrated approxi-
mately 15 times.
1.0456 The sanitary facilities wastes will be routed to a sewage
treatment plant located on the Ottumwa site. The discharge from the
sewage treatment plant will meet all regulatory discharge requirements
and will be routed to the bottom ash basin.
1.0457 Miscellaneous plant drains include floor drains and various
waste lines located throughout the station. These wastes are collected,
routed through an oil-water separating basin and discharged to the
bottom ash basin.
1.0458 The blowdown from the boiler will be routed to the bottom ash
basin via the ash water pit.
1.0459 Bottom ash will be sluiced to the bottom ash basin by a hy-
draulic sluicing system utilizing blowdown from the circulating water
system and recirculated water from the bottom ash basin. The bottom ash
sluicing system waste streams will contain a high concentration of
suspended solids which will settle out in the bottom ash basin.
1.04510 The fly ash will be handled dry and will be deposited under
water in the fly ash basin for storage. The surface area of the fly
ash basin will be approximately 34 acres.
1.04511 Rainfall runoff from the coal storage area will be to a
runoff basin with a surface area of about 2.2 acres. This basin will
be designed to contain the runoff from two consecutive 10-year, 24-hour
rainfall events. Discharge will be to the Des Moines River by a sub-
merged siphon.
1.04512 The wastes resulting from preoperational chemical cleaning will
be discharged to the bottom ash basin. This basin will allow the
cleaning wastes to neutralize and suspended solids to settle prior to
discharging from the plant site.
1-21
-------
1.04513 The bottom ash basin will serve as a collection point for all
plant waste streams and the plant yard and roof drains. The 40.5 acre
basin will provide sufficient retention of wastewater to allow settling
of suspended solids and equalization of pH. In this manner all non-
consumptive wastewater from the station will be monitored and discharged
to the Des Moines River from a single discharge point. This discharge
will meet all the discharge requirements of the EPA and State of Iowa,
1.046 Sanitary Waste Disposal. A sewage treatment plant will
treat the sewage produced during the operation of Ottumwa Generating
Station. The treatment plant will serve approximately 60 employees
along with any visitors or extra maintenance personnel at the plant
site. During the construction phase, portable, self-contained
sanitary facilities will be used to meet the additional sewage load.
The sewage treatment plant will be a packaged, activated sludge
unit of the extended aeration process type. The unit will include
screening equipment, not less than 24-hour aeration tank, 4-hour
clarification compartment, and sludge return and skimming facilities.
The treatment plant will provide a sewage treatment capacity of
approximately 10,000 gallons per day. A 90 per cent or greater
BOD5 (5-day biochemical oxygen demand) and suspended solids reduction
will be achieved by the sewage treatment plant.
1.0461 The treated sewage will be discharged to the bottom ash
basin where further reduction of suspended solids and BOD5 will
occur prior to discharging to the Des Moines River.
1.047 Peculating, Water System. The circulating water system
will provide cooling water to a surface condenser where exhaust
steam from the turbine is condensed to water by transferring the
residual heat energy to the circulating water. The circulating
water passes through mechanical draft cooling towers where the
residual heat is released to the atmosphere through evaporation and,
to a lesser degree, by conduction. The circulating water system
operates as a closed system by continuous recirculation of water
between the condenser and the cooling towers. Because a portion
of the circulating water is evaporated, makeup water is required.
In addition, some water is also required to replace water which
will be continuously removed from the cycle to maintain an acceptable
dissolved solids concentration—so-called cooling tower "blowdown."
1.0471 The circulating water system will also provide cooling
water to auxiliary cooling water systems.
1.0472 Makeup water for the circulating water system will be taken
from the water pretreatment system. Water released from the circu-
lating water system will be used in other plant systems, such as
the ash disposal system, prior to storage and eventual release to
the Des Moines River.
1-22
-------
1.0473 Maximum circulating water system flow is estimated to be
approximately 278,000 gallons per minute (gpm). Condenser require-
ments are approximately 248,000 gpm and auxiliary cooling water
requirements are approximately 30,000 gpm. Makeup to the circulating
water system may reach a short-term maximum of approximately
7500 gpm.
1.048 Fuel Supply, Transportation, and Utilization. Coal will
be supplied from mines in the Powder River Basin in Wyoming. The
coal Is subbituminous, characterized as low sulfur content with a
heating value of about 8000 Btu per pound* A contract has not been
signed with a specific coal supplier; however, an analysis of the worst
case Powder River Basin coal being considered for use at OGS is shown
in Table 1-6.
1.0481 Specially designed unit trains will deliver coal to the
plant site. Each train will have a capacity in excess of 10,000 tons.
The 675,000 kilowatt unit will consume from 1.9 to 2.7 million tons
of coal annually, depending on annual load factor. Approximately
175 to 250 trains a year or 3 to 5 per week, will be required to
provide that amount of fuel.
1.0482 The coal cars will be unloaded and the coal will be delivered
to either active or inactive storage or the plant silos. The active
coal storage area will provide a supply of fuel for about 4 days
operation. Inactive storage is required to provide a reserve supply of
fuel on the plant site. Careful compaction of the inactive stored coal
will be necessary to prevent spontaneous combustion. About 90 days
supply of coal will be stored in the inactive storage area. Typical
trace element concentrations of the coal and expected emissions
from Ottumwa Generating Station are shown in Table 1-7.
1.0483 The coal stored in the active storage will be supplemented
as new shipments of coal arrive. Similarly, coal will be reclaimed
from active storage or directly from the railroad cars and trans-
ported with the elevated conveyor system to the coal silos adjacent
to the steam generator. The coal must be crushed to a size about
2 inches or smaller before it is delivered to the silos. The coal
then will be pulverized and burned in the boiler.
1.0484 A discussion concerning the selection of western coal for use
at OGS and the alternate fuels considered is given in Section 6.04.
Alternate modes of fuel transportation are discussed in Section 6.06.
1.049 Combustion Gases and Air Quality Control
1.0491 Introduction. The combustion of coal in the boiler furnace
yields a large volume of gaseous and solid byproducts. Certain
1-23
-------
TABLE 1-6
ANALYSIS OF POWDER RIVER BASIN
WESTERN COAL*
Proximate Analysis
As Received
Moisture
Ash
Volatile Matter
Fixed Carbon
Sulphur
Btu
Sulphur Forms
Pyritic
Sulphate
Organic
Water Soluble Alkalines
Na20
K20
Mineral Content of Ash
Oxide
Si02
A1203
CaO
Fe203
K20
Na20
Ti02
P205
Grindability
Average
31.5%
5.7%
31.3%
31.5%
0.46%
8055 Btu/lb
0.35%
0.009%
0.399%
0.64%
0.005%
Range
22.9%
15.6%
36.9%
5.0%
0.2%
1.3%
4.9%
1.4%
57.5%
29.2
4.6
28.9
28.0
0.24
7776
- 33.6%
- 8.5%
- 34.1%
- 33.7%
- 0.83%
- 8313 Btu/lb
0.250 - 0.450%
0.009%
0.293 - 0.504%
0.094 - 0.10%
Nil - 0.009%
5.9
9.4
22.8
3.5
0.1
0.4
0.2
0.6
- 40.3%
- 19.4%
- 51.2%
- 9.1%
- 0.8%
- 1.8%
- 12.3%
- 2.2%
48.0 - 71.0%
Equilibrium Moisture
27.7%
1-24
-------
TABLE 1-6 (CONT'D)
Ultimate Analysis Average Range
H20 31.5% 29.16 - 33.85%
Ash 5.7% 4.59 - 9.57%
S 0.46% 0.24 - 0.83%
N 0.70% 0.66 - 0.79%
Cl 0.01% 0.01 - 0.02%
C 46.28% 43.67 - 47.7%
H 6.81% 6.21 - 7.20%'
0 39.62% 25.70 - 41.78%
Fusion Temperature of Ash
Initial (ID) 2152°F 2120 - 2210°F
Softening (H-D) 2195°F 2120 - 2282°F
Hemispherical (H=l/2 W) 2254°F 1153 - 2372*F
Fluid Temperature (FT) 2298°F 1220 - 2399°F
This analysis is of the worst case coal being considered
for use at OGS. The coal finally contracted for will be this
quality of better.
1-25
-------
I
ro
TABLE X-7
ANALYSIS OF TRACE ELEMENTS OF POWDER BASIN COAL AND EXPECTED
EMISSIONS FROM OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
Element
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Boron
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide
Fluoride
Gallium
Iron
Lead
Mercury
Nickel
Selenium
Thorium
Uranium
Vanadium
Zinc
Concentration
In Coal
PP»
0.4 - 2.3
41 - 202
0.03 - 0.92
12 - 73
0.16 - 1.83
0.8 - 14.1
3.8 - 18.4
0.1
80 - 350
0.03 - 0.92
837 - 2,980
0.2 - 3.1
0.001 - 0.03
0.2 - 6.0
0.01 - 0.21
0.97 - 472
0.6 - 3.0
10 - 71
4.4 - 31.4
Feed
Rate
Ib/hr*
0.35 - 2.0
35.7 - 176
0.03 - 0.8
1.04 - 63.5
0.14 - 1.6
0.69 - 12.2
3.3 - 16.4
0.082
69.6 - 304
0.03 - 0.8
728 - 2,591
0.174 - 2.7
0.00087 - 0.026
0,174 - 5.2
0.0087 - 0.183
0.84 - 410
0.52 - 2.6
8.7 - 61.8
3.8 - 27.3
Per Cent
Emitted
*
100
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
9-70
0.48
100
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
Emission Emission
Rate Kate
ppm* gin/ sec*
0.044 - 0.25 0.044 - 0.25
0.025 - 0.11
0.000015 - 0.0005
0.0063 - 0.038
0.00009 - 0.00095
0.0004 - 0.0074
0.002 - 0.010
0.00005
0.042 - 0.18
0.000015 - 0.0005
0.44 - 1.57
0.0001 - 0.0016
0.00001 - 0.0022 6.00001 - 0.0023
0.0001 - 0.0031
0.001 - 0.023 0.0011 - 0.023
0.0005 - 0.25
0.0003 - 0.0016
0,0053 - 0.037
0.0023 - 0.017
Emission
Rate
Ib/hr*
0.35 - 2.0
0.17 - 0.84
0.00012 - 0.0038
0.05 - 0.31
0.0007 - 0.0076
0.0033 - 0.059
0.016 - 0.078
0.00042
0.33 - 1.46
0.00012 - 0.0038
3.49 - 12.44
0.0008 - 0.013
0.000078 - 0.018
0.0008 - 0.025
0.0087 - 0.18
0.004 - 1.97
0.0025 - 0.013
0.042 - 0.29
0.018 - 0.13
*Based on a Coal Feed Kate of 874,065 Ib/hr.
-------
constituents of combustion byproduct gases are designated air pol-
lutants. The discharge to the atmosphere of these air pollutants
is subject to specific regulatory limitations. Various measures
will be utilized to control the emission of air pollutants to ensure
that emission rates and resulting ground level pollutant concentra-
tions are within regulatory limits.
1.04911 Calculations show that 1,900,000 scfm (at 77 F and
29.92 inches of mercury) of gaseous wastes will result from operation
of the boiler at maximum capability. These gases will generally
include the constituents shown in Table 1-8. The amounts of the
constituents present depend upon the particular fuel burned and
specific operating conditions. Among the constituents, particulate
matter as well as the oxides of sulfur and oxides of nitrogen are
designated air pollutants and their discharge to the atmosphere is
subject to limitations established by federal and Iowa regulatory
authorities. Carbon monoxide and unburned hydrocarbons also are
regulated and they will be emitted from the generating station.
Their concentrations will be so low, however, that they will have
an insignificant effect on air quality.
Table 1-8
COMBUSTION GAS CONSTITUENTS
Nitrogen
Carbon Dioxide
Water Vapor
Oxygen
Sulfur Dioxide
Nitrogen Dioxide
Carbon Monoxide
Unburned Hydrocarbons
Particulate Matter
1.0492 Air pollution control system. Emissions of nitrogen oxides,
sulfur oxides, and particulate matter are limited by equipment design,
fuel selection, and the use of control equipment. Atmospheric dis-
charges from a tall stack will limit ground level concentrations.
A detailed discussion of expected ambient air concentrations is given
in Section 4.02. The following measures described will achieve the
degree of air pollutant discharge control required by regulatory standards.
1.04921 Nitrogen oxide control. The control of nitrogen oxide
emissions will be achieved by furnace design. Steam generator speci-
fications obligate the manufacturer to guarantee nitrogen oxide
emission rates below the level specified by regulatory standards.
1-27
-------
Control of the combustion process in the furnace is the best known
method for limiting nitrogen oxide emissions.
1.04922 Sulfur oxide control. Sulfur oxide emissions will be
minimized by fuel selection. Low sulfur, subbituminous western
coal has been selected as the plant fuel supply. The coal supply
contract will specify the maximum acceptable sulfur content at a
level low enough to assure compliance with all applicable sulfur
dioxide emission standards. Space has been allotted for the instal-
lation of sulfur oxide removal equipment should low sulfur coal not be
available at some future date.
1.0A923 Particulate matter control. Particulate matter emissions
will be controlled by the use of an electrostatic precipitator.
This precipitator will be designed and guaranteed to remove not less
than 99.4 per cent of the particulate matter from the combustion gas
stream or produce a dust loading at the outlet of the precipitator of
not more than 0.0005 grains per acfm, whichever is least stringent.
The efficiency has been specified at this level so as to meet all
applicable particulate matter emission standards including regulations
applicable to visible emissions.
a. The precipitator will be designed to achieve sustained
design efficiency over its lifetime. The precipitator, hoppers,
inlet and outlet plenums, and ductwork will be heavily insulated
to minimize heat loss and corrosion. The rapping system will
be designed and field adjusted so that rapping impulses are delivered
to both the emitting and collecting electrodes as required for sus-
tained high efficiency operation without dust re-entrainment.
b. The combustion gases will be discharged to the atmosphere
from a tall plant stack after leaving the electrostatic precipitator.
The stack will be 600 feet in height and will provide good dispersion
of the gases.
1.04924 Trace Elements. The expected emission concentrations of
trace element are as shown in Table 1-7. A discussion of expected
ambient air concentrations is given in Section IV, page 4-18.
1.0493 Ash Handling And Storage System. Ash will be produced at
a rate of about 28 tons per hour when the steam generator is operating
at maximum capability and firing the typical coal that is repre-
sentative of the fuels that will be burned. This ash will consist
of about 90 per cent fly ash and about 10 per cent bottom ash.
1.04931 The fly ash will be entrained in the flue gas and collected
in the electrostatic precipitator. The bottom ash, consisting of
1-28
-------
ash particles heavier than fly ash, will remain in the steam gen-
erator furnace and be collected in hoppers located below the furnace
area.
1.04932 All ash will be stored in the ash disposal areas located
east of the main generating complex as shown on Figure 1-7. Adjacent,
but separate, storage areas will be provided for bottom ash and fly
ash. The earthen embankments that form the storage containments
will be of sufficient height to prevent the entrance of flood waters.
1.04933 The bottom ash collected in the furnace bottom hoppers will
be sluiced through a piping system to the bottom ash disposal area
by means of hydraulic ejectors. After the bottom ash settles in the
disposal area, the sluice water will be recycled for bottom ash
sluicing.
1.04934 Moistened fly ash from western subbituminous coal will
harden to form a solid material. For this reason, fly ash will be
handled in a dry state. The fly ash collected in the precipitator
will be transported by pneumatic transport system to fly ash storage
silos. Fly ash will be trucked from the silos to the fly ash pond.
The fly ash is pneumatically unloaded at the fly ash pond under water.
Off-site storage of fly ash will probably be necessary in the latter
years of Unit 1 operation.
1.04935 Fly ash may have commercial value in the manufacture of
cement or as an additive for concrete. If a market for the fly ash
ever develops, the fly ash will be trucked from the storage silos to
the point of use. The capacity of the fly ash disposal area could
possibly be reduced if a substantial amount of fly ash could be marketed.
1.0494 Transmission Facilities. Three 161 kV circuits, and one
345 kV circuit will probably be required to transmit power from the
Ottumwa Generating Station.
1-29
-------
II ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING WITHOUT THE PROJECT
2.01 Geology
2.011 Introduction. This section is a summary of the regional and
site geology present at Iowa Southern Utilities Ottumwa Generating
Station based on available literature and field investigations
represented by on-site borings. Regional Geology includes a discussion
of the physiography, stratigraphy, and structural features present in
southeastern Iowa. Estimates of predicted earthquake intensity (Modi-
fied Mercalli) for the site are presented in Seismology. The Site
Geology subsection summarizes the characteristics of surficial
deposits and consolidated bedrock beneath the site area.
2.012 Regional Geology
2.0121 Physiography. The Ottumwa Generating Station site, is
located primarily north of Middle Avery Creek on an erosional terrace
southwest of the flood plain of the Des Moiiies River in Wapello
County. The county lies in the Dissected Till Plains of the Central
Lowlands physiographic province. This subprovince exhibits a
greater degree of dissection and a general absence of end moraines,
lakes, or lake plains in comparison to the other glaciated parts of
the Central Lowlands. The topographic relief was developed by a post-
glacial, well-integrated drainage system upon the nearly level Kansan
age till plain.
2.01211 The till plain has a gentle slope to the southeast which is
paralleled by the flow of the major streams.
2.0122 Stratigraphy. Unexposed strata overlying the Pre-Cambrian
basement complex in Wapello County include formations of the Cambrian,
Ordovician, Silurian* Devonian, and Mississippian Systems. Above these
formations lie unconsolidated Pleistocene glacial till and Recent al-
luvial deposits. A geologic map and stratigraphic column of Wapello
County are presented on Figures 2-1 and 2-2.
2.01221 Examination of subsurface conditions will be limited to those
formations exposed at the surface in the county.
2.0123 Paleozoic era. Two Paleozoic systems are represented at the
surface in Wapello County, the Mississippian and the Pennsylvania^.
2.01231 Mississippian age rocks are believed to have been deposited
in warm shallow seas which fluctuated somewhat in geographic extent.
The oldest rocks exposed in the county belong to the Osage Series, the
II-l
-------
FIGURE 2-1
10
SCALE
PENHSYLVAN I AN
Ten
CHEROKEE GROUP
MISSISSIPPI
MERAMEC SERIES OSAGE SERIES
SOURCE: IOWA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MISCELLANEOUS MAP SERIES 4, 1973.
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
BEDROCK GEOLOGY OF WAPELLO COUNTY
11-2
-------
FIGURE 2-2
Ul
CO
CO
*
z
5
CO
z
Ul
UJ
CO
CO
z
a.
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
Ul
ce
Ul
CO
5
CO
*
o
CO
Ul
a
CO
UJ
ae
Ul
CO
4ERAMECIA
^
1 SERIES
^b
Ul
a
CO
o
a.
=>
o
Q£
O
Ul
Ul
0
ae
Ul
CYCLIC DEPOSITS WITH
CARBONACEOUS SHALE,
CLAY, SILTSTONE,
SANDSTONE THICK COAL
BEDS AND MINOR, BUT
PERSISTENT LIMESTONE
BEDS.
STE. GENEVIEVE
FORMATION
ST. LOUIS
FORMATION
SPERGEN
FORMATION
WARSAW
FORMATION
KEOKUK
LIMESTONE
BURLINGTON
LIMESTONE
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
GENERALIZED STRATI GRAPH IC COLUMN OF THE MISSISSIPPI AN
AND PENNSYLVANIAN IN WAPELLO COUNTY
II-3
-------
upper middle series in the Mississippian System. This aeries consists
of fossiliferous, gray to brown limestones and dolomites, white, gray,
and brown chert, and two widespread glauconite zones in its upper
portion. Stratigraphically overlying the Osage is the Meramec Series
consisting of three units which in ascending order are: a sandy,
micaceous dolomite; a limestone and dolomite sequence, with locally
dominant sandstone and occasional concentrations of chert; and a
fossiliferous limestone with red and green shale.
2.01232 The Pennsylvanian rocks were deposited in eastern Iowa as
part of a great delta extending southwestward from across Illinois.
The Cherokee Group of the Des Moines Series represents the oldest
Pennsylvanian rocks in Wapello County. This group consists of alter-
nating deposits of carbonaceous shale, clay, siltstone, sandstone,
thick coal beds, and minor but persistent limestone beds.
2.0124 Cenozoic era. Southeastern Iowa was covered by the Kansan
age glacial advance about 700,000 years ago. A thick blanket of
glacial debris, including in some places a thin sheet of wind blown
silt above the till, was deposited over the Mississippian and Pennsyl-
vanian age bedrock. The drift sheet left by this advance consists of
stratified and unstratified sand, silt, clay, pebbles, and boulders.
In Wapello County these deposits vary thickness from about 25 to 170
feet, with the thinnest sections being found along the major drainageways.
2.01241 Windblown silt (loess) is found overlying the Kansan drift
throughout most of the county, but is only dominant atop the highest
uplands where it is around 5 feet thick and has not been removed by
erosion.
2.01242 Recent alluvium is present as sand, silt, clay, and gravel
in the flood plains of the Des Moines River and its tributaries.
Remnants of older flood plains are recognized as terrace levels ranging
from 8 to 50 feet above the present flood plain.
2.0125 Structural geology. Southeastern .Iowa is situated in the
Central Stable Region of the United States. It lies near the eastern
edge of the Forest City Basin, a downwarped area with a northeast-
southwest trending axis. This structure plunges to the southwest in
Iowa which accounts for the slight southwestern regional dip in the
southeastern part of the state. Superimposed upon this regional dip
are numerous anticlines with axes trending northwest-southeast,
parallel to the regional strike. Due to the difference in thickness
of the Osage age sediments over the synclines and anticlines, these
features are thought to have an age of deformation of before or around
Early Mississippian. There are no faults recognized in or near Wapello
County.
II-4
-------
2.0126 Seismology. Iowa has a history of slight earthquake activity,
with only two shocks of Intensity V or greater on the Modified Mercalli
Scale epicentrally located within the state. However, 23 earthquakes
with epicenters outside of Iowa have been felt in some portion of
the state. There have been no earthquakes reported within 50 miles
of the site.
2.01261 Iowa is located in Zone 1 of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey's Seismic Risk Map for the United States. This designation
indicates the possibility of an earthquake with an Intensity V or VI
(MM) occurring in this area, or minor damage caused from a major
distant disturbance.
2.013 Site Geology
2.0131 Topography. The Ottumwa Generating Station Unit 1 site is
located southwest of the flood plain of the Des Moines River on a
terrace cut into Kansan age till, northwest of Chillicothe in Wapello
County, Iowa. Middle Avery Creek passes through the site flowing
from the southwest to the northeast into the Des Moines River. The
surrounding area is included in the hilliest part of Iowa with gently
curving hillsides sloping to the terrace level of the valley. Maximum
relief in the site area is approximately 100 feet, with the terrace
level ranging from 25 to 35 feet above the flood plain which lies at an
elevation of about 650 feet MSL.
2.0132 Soil and bedrock conditions. The following descriptions were
obtained from the logs of the drilling program initiated to supply
information concerning the general surface and subsurface conditions
present at the site. Surficial deposits in the site area range in
thickness from 41.5 feet on the high ground in the western part of the
site, to 12.5 feet on the low ground along the flood plain of the Des
Moines River. In the western part of the site and in the proposed
main plant area on the terrace, the surficial deposits consist of brown
and/or gray medium stiff to very stiff clayey soils overlying several
feet of sand. The shallow soils are believed to be glacial tills while
the deeper clays and sands are residual soils weathered from parent
shales and sandstones. On the low ground along the Des Moines River
flood plain the surficial deposits are composed of very soft to medium
stiff clayey soil with some organic material, underlain by sands con-
taining fine material. In these areas the shallow soils are relatively
recent alluvial deposits and the deeper, cleaner sands are residual
soils. The surficial material in the site area south of Avery Creek
is again dark brown, soft to medium stiff clay or silty clay underlain
by sand. The shallow soils just south of the creek are recent allu-
vium, the rest are glacial tills, with the deeper sands considered
residual soils.
II-5
-------
2.01321 The Pennsylvanian age bedrock was intercepted during the
drilling program in the upland area in the northwestern part of the
site. The Pennsylvanian rocks are primarily dark gray and black shales
with occasional pyrite veins and thin coal seams plus gray siltstone
and sandstone. The slope of the Pennsylvanian strata was observed to
be up to 15 degrees in individual core samples.
2.01322 The Mississippian age rocks lie below the Pennsylvanian at
depths from 40 to more than 80 feet below the surface in the northwestern
upland area of the site. In the eastern and southern portions of the
site these same rocks are present immediately below the soil cover, with
dip to the north ranging from 0.1 to 0.4 degrees. Through much of the
area the Mississippian rock sequence displays three prominant divisions:
a 10 to 15 foot thick limestone believed to be the St. Genevieve Forma-
tion; an intermediate 10 to 20 foot thick sandstone unit underlain by a
20 foot or more thick limestone bed, the St. Louis Formation; and below
this a sequence of dolomite and limestone thought to be the Spergen
Formation.
2.0133 Soil series. A map showing the soil series distribution in
the site area is presented on Figure 2-3. The following descriptions
were taken from the interpretations developed by Jeffrey 6. Anliker,
District Conservationist in cooperation with Wapello County Soil
Conservation District.
Nodaway Series—The Nodaway silt loam occurs on the flood plain of the
Des Moines River and Middle Avery Creek. It consists of
moderately well-drained, silty, bottomland soils that have
developed in recently deposited, stratified, silty alluvium
on first bottomlands. These soils are nearly level with a
typical 0 to 2 per cent slope, but some areas may be slightly
undulating due to remnants of the old meandering stream channel.
Nodaway soils usually have a dark grayish-brown silt loam
surface layer about 7 inches thick, beneath which is a strati-
fied, grayish-brown and dark grayish-brown silt loam containing
a very few thin strata of silty clay loam that extends to a
depth of more than 60 inches.
Marshan, Deep Series—The Marshan clay loam, deep, occurs on the
terrace of the Des Moines River. This soil type has sand and
gravel at 32 to 40 inches and are leached of carbonates. It
is dark colored, poorly-drained loamy soils developed in glacial
outwash and alluvium under prairie vegetation. It occurs on
stream terraces and nearly level upland outwash areas.
The Marshan soils have a black, gritty, silty clay loam surface
layer 22 inches thick with a dark-gray, moderately permeable
II-6
-------
,11 DM I' f.ERIES
ON sift its
AMDEN SERIE
&UKEI
SCALE IN MILES
HINT SHE HWS1IG»II(]K
IOWI SOUIMRK limiTIES CO«P»II»
'CENIERVIUE, IOWI
IIM
1/2
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY
OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
SOIL SERIES DISTRIBUTION AT THE SITE
FIGURE 2-3
-------
loam to clay loam subsoil. The substratum is mottled grayish-
sand and gravel.
Jackson Series—The Jackson silt loam consists of light-colored,
moderately well to somewhat poorly drained silty soil
developed under forest vegetation from silty alluvium. It
is present on low stream terraces generally above the present
flood plain.
The Jackson soils have a dark grayish-brown, silt loam surface
layer 3 to 6 inches thick and a grayish-brown silt loam sub-
surface layer. The subsoil is a moderately permeable, mottled
grayish-brown silty clay loam with a similarly colored but
silt loam textured substratum.
Weller Series—The Weller silt loam is a light colored, moderately
well-drained, silty soil present in the northern, western,
and southeastern part of the site area. It is formed in
moderately fine textured loess under a vegetation of trees
on gently to moderately sloping sideslopes and gently sloping
convex ridges.
Weller soils generally have a dark grayish-brown silt loam
surface layer about 7 inches thick with a subsurface layer
of about 5 inches of brown silt loam with platy structure.
Below 12 inches of the subsoil is yellowish-brown silty clay
loam containing some mottles in the lower part. The lower
subsoil is yellowish-brown, leached, silty clay loam.
Gosport Series—The Gosport silty clay loam is a light-colored,
moderately well-drained, clayey soil. It has formed in
weathered Fennsylvanian shales under a vegetation of trees.
It occurs on sideslopes, and upland escarpments which often
parallel major streams.
Gosport soils typically have a very dark gray, silty clay
loam surface layer about 4 inches thick, with a subsurface
layer of grayish-brown silty clay about 3 inches thick.
The subsoil from about 7 to 27 inches is brown to grayish-
brown, very strongly acid, silty clay or clay with distinct
yellow-brown mottles and shale fragment with an extremely
acid gray shale and clay substratum.
Camden Series—The Camden silt loam is a light-colored, well drained,
medium textured soil present developed in alluvium under
forest on nearly level to moderately sloping stream terraces.
II-8
-------
The Camden soils have a dark grayish-brown silt loam surface
2 to 4 inches thick underlain by a subsurface layer of grayish-
brown silt loam. The subsoil is a moderately permeable, dark-
yellowish-brown, silt clay loam increasing in sand with depth.
The lower subsoil is a yellowish-brown sandy loam at 36 to
45 inches with a loamy sand substratum.
Waukee, Uplands Series—The Waukee loam of the uplands is a dark-
colored, well-drained, medium textured soil with sands at
about 3 feet, developed from water laid outwash material in
the uplands beneath prairie vegetation.
Waukee soils have a very dark brown loam surface about 14 inches
thick underlain by a moderately permeable, dark brown loam sub-
soil with yellowish-brown sands at about 3 feet. The depth to
glacial till varies from 8 to more than 20 feet.
2.014 Mineral Resources. Wapello County has numerous possibilities
for development of mineral resources as shown on Figure 2-4. Along the
flood plains of the Des Moines River and Middle Avery Creek there are
limestone and dolostone quarries in the Mississippian age Meramec Series.
On the northwest outskirts of Ottumwa a sand and gravel pit is developed
in the same series, and north of Ottumwa a clay pit is in operation. The
uplands of the county are underlain by both measured or inferred coal
reserves and potential coal bearing formations.
2.0141 There are several strip mines present in the coal reserves
near the bluffs on the northeast side of the river throughout the
country. The peak coal production for the state was more than nine
million tons in 1917. Production has declined steadily since then
because of economic and market conditions. The discontinued use of
coal by the railroads and many domestic users were major factors in
reduced market demand.
2.0142 Three-fourths of the county is underlain by the northeastern
edge of a zone of potential gypsum and anhydrite deposits of Missis-
sippian age, and the entire county overlies similar deposits in Devonian
age formations.
II-9
-------
FIGURE 2-4
SCALE
QUARRIES
SAND AND GRAVEL PITS
CLAY PITS
COAL STRIP MINES
AREAS UNDERLAIN BY MEASURED OR
INFERRED COAL RESERVES.
AREAS UNDERLAIN BY POTENTIALLY COAL
BEARING ROCK FORMATIONS.
AREAS UNDERLAIN BY POTENTIAL GYPSUM
AND ANHYDRITE DEPOSITS IN MISSISSIPPI
AGE FORMATIONS.
SOURCE: IOWA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MISCELLANEOUS MAP SERIES ¥, 1973.
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
MINERAL RESOURCES OF WAPELLO COUNTY
11-10
-------
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Agermissen, S. T., Seismic Risk Studies in the United States: Presented
at the Fourth World Conference on Earthquake Engineering, January 14,
1969, Santiago, Chile.
Anderson, K. H., and Wells, J. S., Forest City Basin of Missouri. Kansas.
Nebraska, and Iowa; American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin,
Volume 52, Number 2, 1968, pages 264 - 281.
Anliker, J. G., Soils Maps and Interpretations for Site of Planned Coal
Fired Steam Electric Generating Station! Unpublished Report to Iowa
Southern Utilities Company, 1975, 20 pages.
Bain, H. Foster, Geology of Appanoose County; Iowa Geological Survey
Annual Report Volume 5, 1895, pages 363 - 438.
Coble, R. W., The Water Resources of Southeast Iowa; Iowa Geological
Survey Water Atlas Number 4, 1971, pages 30-47.
Coffman, Jerry L., and von Hake, Carl A., Earthquake History of_ the
United States; National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,
1973, 208 pages.
Hansen, I.A., et al. Geologic and Engineering Properties of Till and
Loess, Southeast Iowa, in Geologic and Engineering Properties of
Pleistocene Materials in Iowa: Iowa Engineering Experiment Station
Bulletin 191, pages 133-166.
Harris, S. E. and Parker, M. C., Stratigraphy of the Osage Series in
Southeastern Iowa; Iowa Geological Survey Report of Investigation 1,
1964, 52 pages.
Hershey, H. Garland, The Fossils and Rocks of Eastern Iowa: Iowa
Geological Survey Educational Series, 1967, 104 pages.
Landis, E. R., Coal Resources of Iowa; Iowa Geological Survey Technical
Paper, Number 4, 1965, pages 16 - 69.
Leonard, A. G., Geology of Wapello County; Iowa Geological Survey Annual
Report, Volume 12, 1901, pages 439 - 497.
Tuthill, S. J., Resource Development Land - and - Water - Use Management,
Eleven County Region South - Central Iowa; Iowa Geological Survey
Miscellaneous Map Series 4, 1973, 35 pages.
Udden, J. A., Geology of Jefferson County; Iowa Geological Survey Annual
Report Volume 12, 1901, page 355.
11-11
-------
BIBLIOGRAPHY (Continued)
U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Admini-
stration, Earthquake History of Iowa; Earthquake Information Bulletin,
Volume 4, Number 5, 1972, pages 28-29.
11-12
-------
2.02 Hydrology
2.021 Introduction. This section is a summary of the surface water
and ground water hydrology for Iowa Southern Utilities Company Ottumwa
Generating Station Site, based on available literature and records. No
records are available for the site itself. The surface water and ground
water include information on the present resources, quality, and use of
the water in the vicinity of the site.
2.022 Surface Water. The Ottumwa Generating Station site is
located on a terrace adjacent to the flood plain of the Des Moines River
in Wapello County, Iowa between River Miles 104 and 107. Middle Avery
Creek passes through the site flowing from the southwest to the north-
east into the Des Moines River between River Miles 105 and 106.
2.0221 The Des Moines River will be the primary source of water
for the Ottumwa Generating Station.
2.0222 The Des Moines River originates in Murray County in Southern
Minnesota and enters the Mississippi River just south of U.S. Lock &
Dam No. 19. The drainage basin of the river is long and narrow having
a fairly regular outline and lateral boundry with a total area at the
mouth of 14,467 square miles. Figure 2-5 shows a location plan for the
site and for the drainage basin of the Des Moines River. At the site
the Des Moines River has 13,323 square miles of controlled drainage area
and approximately 870 square miles of uncontrolled. Control has been
maintained since 1969 by the Corp of Engineers with Red Rock Dam and
Reservoir. Saylorville Dam and Reservoir which is presently under
construction will aid Red Rock in controlling flow in the river upon
its completion.
2.0223 The operational plan for Red Rock Dam and Reservoir has been
set up to limit releases to a discharge of 30,000 cfs at Ottumwa during
the nongrowing season (December 16 to April 20) and 18,000 cfs during
the growing season (April 21 to December 15). Release during drought
periods will augment a minimum discharge of 300 cfs at Ottumwa.
2.0224 Table 2-1 summarizes the mean and minimum flows on a monthly
and yearly basis since Red Rock Dam and Reservoir has been in opera-
tion. The maximum discharge, during this period was 33,600 cfs on
May 2, 1973, and the minimum daily discharge was 54 cfs on September 16,
1971.
2.0225 Figure 2-6 shows an anticipated discharge-frequency curve of
the Des Moines River at Ottumwa as modified by Red Rock and Saylorville
Dams and Reservoirs.
11-13
-------
k->
-P-
MONTHLY AND YEARLY MEAN DISCHARGE IN CUBIC FEET
PER SECOND OF DES MOINES RIVER AT OTTUMWA
WATER YEAR
OCT
NOV
DEC
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUNE
JULY
AUG
SEPT
WATER YEAR
CALENDER YEAR
1969
5,078
4,699
1,851
1,743
1,969
7,807
20,660
I4,6i(0
17,520
16,730
17,110
6,214
9,703
2,035
1970
1,962
2,137
1,231
1,008
1,580
6,132
7,664
9,999
4,667
1,363
2,687
2,824
3,613
9,175
1971
4,387
3,383
2,872
1,216
9,387
18,600
9,711
5,462
6,594
4,353
953
439
5,589
4,061
1972
367
1,659
1,562
825
913
4,709
3,094
10,750
8,760
6,014
9,700
7,737
4,668
4,995
1973
5,789
13,810
5,519
12,380
16,470
16,770
24, 570
24,800
19, 180
19,600
17,380
7,012
15,250
6,477
SOURCE: WATER RESOURCES DATA FOR IOWA 1974
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
MEAN MONTHLY AND ANNUAL FLOWS
DES MOINES RIVER AT OTTUMWA
SINCE RED ROCK DAM AND
RESERVOIR HAS BEEN IN OPERATION
-------
FIGURE 2-5
SOUTH
DAKOTA
MISSISSIPPI RIVER
WISCONSIN
MISSOURI_ \
RIVER
NEBRASKA
DES MOINES
RED ROCK LAKE
'"I
LANTSITEv ILLINOIS
U.S. LOCK & DAM NO. 19
k
I
50 0 25 50 75 100
SCALE IN MILE
LOUIS
SOURCE: UPPER MISSISSIPPI RIVER
COMPREHENSIVE BASIN STUDY
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
LOCATION PLAN
11-15
-------
10000
o
CO
10000
7
EXCEEDENCE FREQUENCY IN YEARS
SOURCE: U.S. ARMY, CORP OF ENGINEERS
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
DISCHARGE-FREQUENCY CURVE DES MOINES RIVER AT OTTUMWA
AS MODIFIED BY RED ROCK AND SAYLORVILLE DAMS
g
70
KJ
01
-------
2.0226 Saylorville Reservoir is not yet operational. Construction
on the dam embankment was completed in October 1975; however, addi-
tional construction remains before the project will be finished and
available for complete utilization. Construction activities presently
are underway at the proposed recreation areas.
2.0227 Preliminary plans have been developed for operating Saylorville
Reservoir. Conservation objectives will be to augment Des Moines
River flows during low-flow periods while maintaining a steady pool
for recreation at 833 feet MSL, during normal periods. Minimum flows
will be maintained of 200 cfs at Des Moines and 300 cfs at Ottumwa.
2.0228 Since a minimum flow of 300 cfs presently is maintained at
Ottumwa, the completion and operation of Saylorville Reservoir will
not affect planning for the Ottumwa Generating Station.
2.0229 Extreme flows have occurred on the Des Moines River. Mean
discharges during the 1947 water year was the highest on record
(9,660 cfs at Tracy) while the mean discharge during the 1956 water year
was the lowest on record (496 cfs at Tracy). Figure 2-7 shows hydro-
graphs for the 1947 and 1956 water years at Tracy and how they might
have been altered by the operation of Red Rock Dam.
2.02210 Figures 2-8, 2-9, and 2-10 show the daily-discharge duration
curve, minimum average flow curve and magnitude-frequency curve for the
Des Moines River period at Ottumwa. The 90 per cent maximum flow value
of daily discharge was 397 cfs and the 10-year, 7-day low flow was
100 cfs.
2.02211 The quality of the Des Moines River water at the site can be
approximated from the chemical analysis and temperature measurements
taken at Ottumwa. Concentrations of dissolved solids are highest during
periods of low discharge and lowest during high discharges.
2.02212 Table 2-2 shows chemical analysis of the Des Moines River water
at Ottumwa (1956-1968). Other water quality data are given in section
2.06. Table 2-3 summarizes the mean and minimum monthly water tem-
peratures of the Des Moines River at Ottumwa (1969-75) since Red Rock
Dam and Reservoir has been in operation.
2.023 Ground Water. The Ottumwa Generating Station is underlain by
three sedimentary bedrock aquifers and is adjacent to the alluvial
aquifer underlying the flood plain of the Des Moines River.
2.0231 Figure 2-11 shows the hydrological bedrock units map for Wapello
County and Figure 2-12 shows a generalized hydrological bedrock units
cross-section cut perpendicular to the Des Moines River below the site.
11-17
-------
H
V
r-»
CO
Olstolvtd comtltiMnti and hardMti In iitlllgrwn par lltar. Analysis by St«t« Hyglmlc Laboratory of low*
7 3
"3
5
i
! II
? 5
1
S
6-18-56 609
10-08-56 170
2-04-57 222
5-27-57 2.860
9-09-57 650
10-21-57 321
1-06-58 1,000
lt-ll-58 2,120
6-30-58 2,070
J-OZ-59 6.560
6-01-59 37,200
8-24-59 898
II-J3-59 1.930
2-15-60 3.350
6.2
7.7
>t .6
.2
.2
.9
, 1
.8
12
« Southern Utllltltt Coofuny - OttunM GwMMtlit) S tit ion
CHEMICAL ANALYSES OF 0£S MOINES RIVER WATER AT OTTUHWA
-------
Mean and Minimum Discharge
Water
Year
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
June
July
Aug
Sept
Water Year
Calender
Year
1969
Mean
5,078
4,699
1,851
1,743
1,969
7,807
20,660
14,640
17,520
16,730
17,110
6,214
9,703
2,035
Min
1,250
3,430
900
1,000
1,220
1,720
4,790
4,890
16,200
6,520
16,100
1,740
900
100
1970
Mean
1,962
2,137
1,231
1,008
1,580
6,132
7,664
9,999
4,667
1,363
2,687
2,824
3,613
9.175
Min
1,020
1,200
751
500
800
1,330
4,980
3,420
2,450
1,050
499
322
322
751
in Cubic Feet Per Second
1971
Mean
4,387
3,383
2,872
1,216
9,387
18,600
9,711
5,462
6,594
4,353
953
439
5,589
4,061
Min
656
1,280
1,500
600
900
9,360
4,490
3,410
2,750
2,150
346
54
54
322
of the Oes Koines
1972
Mean
367
1,659
1,562
825
913
4,709
3,094
10,750
8,760
6,014
9,700
7,737
4,688
4,995
Min
240
715
385
520
450
2,640
1,630
5,840
4,070
2,310
2,740
1,340
240
54
River at Ottumwa
1973
Mean
5,789
13,810
5,519
12,380
16,470
16,770
24,570
24,800
19,180
19,600
17,380
7,012
15,250
6,477
Min
2,700
7,830
2,900
5,600
7,200
6,510
15,400
18,100
17,900
18,300
13,700
3,460
2.700
450
1974
Mean
18,390
11,530
10,830
8,768
9,054
12,850
12,650
15,230
18,590
15,590
4,873
1,035
11,640
16.640
Min
15,200
4,720
5,200
4,000
4,600
6.990
6,870
8,010
15,400
9,030
1,570
571
571
3.460
1975
Mean
599
2,069
1,874
1,368
1,316
7,470
16,430
1 1 ,860
16,640
9.334
1,808
1,939
6.064
8.594
Min
485
1,050
539
600
870
^41
12,900
5,630
13,600
1,530
709
740
485
485
Source: Water Resources Data for the Years 19&7-1975
(-H
l~t
I
l~-i
••£>
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
MEAN AND MINIMUM FLOWS
DES MOINES RIVER AT OTTUMWA
SINCE RED ROCK DAM AND RESERVOIR
HAS BEEN IN OPERATION
NJ
I
-------
s
CD
I
g
to
s
UJ
CO
cc
o
00
3
z
-
o
CO
100,0001
DATA FOR OUTFLOW OF LAKE RED ROCK FROM U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
10,000
1,000
100,000
OCT NOV I DEC | JAN
SOURCE: THE WATER RESOURCES OF SOUTHEAST IOWA
I
10,000 -
1,000 -
100
11956 WATER YEAR
I
OCT\ NOV
DEC \ JAN FEB | MAR APR M*T | JUNE
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
HYDROGRAPHS FOR 19^7 AND 1956 WATER YEARS AT TRACY
ALTERED BY THE OPERATION OF RED ROCK DAM
JULY
AUG
SEPT
-------
FIGURE 2-8
70;000
60.000
50,000
SOURCE: U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BUREAU OF
WATER RESOURCES - IOWA CITY
40 50 60
PER CENT OF TIME
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION-UNIT I
DAILY-DISCHARGE DURATION CURVE
(1918-1976)
11-21
-------
KJ
to
0
a:
-4
60 100
200
DAYS
SOURCE: U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY-BUREAU OF WATER RESOURCES, IOWA CITY.
MINIMUM AVERAGE FLOW FOR DES MOINES RIVER AT OTTUMWA, IOWA (MARCH 1917 TO SEPTEMBER 1975)
S
30
m
£
-------
3000
2000
FIGURE 2-10
S \ ' S \
20
1.5 2
34 6 8 10
RECURRENCE INTERVAL IN YEARS
15 20
SOURCE: U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY-WATER RESOURCES DIVISION, IOWA CITY.
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION-UNIT I
MAGNITUDE AND FRQUENCY OF ANNUAL LOW FLOWS
FOR DES MOINES RIVER AT OTTUMWA, IOWA (1917-1971)
11-23
-------
FIGURE 2-11
T73H
fJ///, 5
CHILLI GOTOE
SCALE
SOURCE: RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT LAND-AND-WATER USE MANAGEMENT,
ELEVEN COUNTY REGION, SOUTH-CENTRAL IOWA
PENNSYLVAN IAN-
AQUICLUDE
UPPER
MISSISSIPPIAN-
AQUI PER
SOURCE: IOWA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY MISCELLANEOUS MAP SERIES 4. 1973.
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
HYDROLOGICAL BEDROCK UNITS MAP-WAPELLO COUNTY
11-24
-------
sw
A
HE
A'
HI
M
I
Ni
Ul
1000' -1
1000'
SOURCE: RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT LAND-AND-WATER USE MANGEMENT, ELEVEN COUNTY REGION, SOUTH-CENTRAL IOWA
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
HYDROLOGICAL BEDROCK UNITS MAP
riooo1
- 500"
trtT^rrrrrr^^
CAMBRO-ORDOVICIAN AQUIFER
JORDAN SANDSTONE AQUIFER
1000'
-------
2.0232 The Hississippian aquifer is the shallowest bedrock aquifer in
Wapello County. It generally is separated from the surficial deposits
within the county by an aquiclude (rock layers which yield little or no
water to wells) of Pennsylvanian shales, and often is divided into two
distant aquifers, the upper and the lower, by the shales of the Warsaw
Formation. Carbonate rocks are the major water-yielding material in the
aquifer.
2.0233 Recharge to the Mississippian aquifer is from precipitation.
Yield to individuals wells in both the upper and lower portions is less
than 20 gpm.
2.0234 The Devonian aquifer is composed mostly of carbonate rocks
with some gypsum and anhydrites present. In areas where the gypsum and
anhydrites are present, they are major factors influencing the chemical
quality of the water. The Devonian aquifer is separated by a thick
predominantly shale interval between it and the Mississippian aquifer
above.
2.0235 Local precipitation has little effect on water in the Devonian
aquifer. Data on the yield to individual wells and the quality of water
in the aquifer is not available for Wapello County.
2.0236 The Cambrian-Ordovician aquifer is below the Devonian aquifer
and is separated from the Devonian by thick shale and dolomite layers.
This aquifer is predominantly dolomite, however, two sandstone units
occur within the sequence. The lower one, the Jordon Sandstone, is
the principal water-bearing unit in the aquifer.
2.0237 Potential recharge to the Cambrian-Ordivician aquifer is more
than 100 miles from southeast Iowa and is not sufficient to replenish
the present withdrawals. As a result, the piezometric surface has
depressed 25 to 75 feet, and will be lowered further as withdrawals
continue. Yield to individual wells in this aquifer vary from 500 to
1000 gpm.
2.0238 The alluvial aquifer underlying the flood plain of the Des
Moines River as shown by borings is composed of sands and in some
locations significant portions of fine material. Overlaying these
sands is 9 to 12 feet of clayey soil.
2.0239 Recharge to the alluvial aquifer of the Des Moines River is
from precipitation. Yield to individual wells in the aquifer should
be in the order of 100 gpm. The quality of the water in the aquifers
listed above can be approximated from the chemical characteristics
of ground water resources listed in Table 2-2.
11-26
-------
2.024 Water Use. Water withdrawals from surface water sources in
Wapello County for 1967-1968 were as follows (in mgd): farm ponds-
0.27; streams-5.22; alluvium-0.13.
2.0241 During the sampling period the following withdrawals of ground
water were made: glacial drift and buried channels-0.56; shallow
bedrock-0.30; Cambrian-Ordovician-5.91. The total withdrawn from all
sources was 12.39.
2.0242 The largest single location of withdrawals was at Ottumwa
where municipal supply was withdrawn from the Des Moines River and
where industry withdrew the largest portion of withdrawals from the
Cambrian-Ordovician aquifer. In 1966-1967 Ottumwa's withdrawals
amounted to 10.08 mgd. Total withdrawals in Wapello County average
only 12.39 mgd for the period.
2.0243 The Iowa Natural Resources Council is responsible for the
allocation of water resources within the state. Table 2-4 lists
permits which have been issued for withdrawal of water from the Des
Moines River Basin between Lake Red Rock and Ottumwa, Iowa. Pending
applications for permits to withdraw water are also shown.
2.0244 The Iowa Natural Resources Council together with the U.S.
Corps of Engineers currently are conducting studies concerning the
allocation of water including the Des Moines River. Ultimately, the
Natural Resources Council will make a decision on the permit appli-
cation for the Ottumwa Generating Station.
11-27
-------
Table 2-4
•to
ao
REGULATED STREAM WITHDRAWALS IN THE DES MOINES RIVER BASIN
BETWEEN LAKE RED ROCK AND OTTUMWA, IOWA
A.
1.
2.
3.
Name
Existing Permits
Iowa Southern Utili-
ties (Bridgeport
Station)
Material Service,
Inc.
Durham Quarry, Inc.
Permit
No. County Location*
578-R1 Wapello 7-73-15
2291 Wapello 23-72-14
2974 Marion 29-76-18
Source
Des Moines
River
Des Moines
River
Des Moines
Annual Maximum
Amount Withdrawal Withdrawal
Type of Use Authorized Rate Period
(acre-feet)
Power 1,726
Production
Sand & Gravel 600**
Production
Irrigation 240
(cfs)
6.7 Jan. 1 - Dec. 31
4.5 Apr. 1 - Nov. 15
4.5 Apr. 1 - Oct. 1
B. Pending Applications
1. Iowa Southern Utili-
ties (Ottumwa
Station)
2. Fella Sand & Gravel
Company
River
Wapello 26-73-15 Des Moines
River
Power
Production
Marion 3-75-18 Des Moines Sand & Gravel
River Production
14,499 20 Jan. 1 - Dec. 31
2,099** 13.4 Mar. 1 - Dec. 15
^Location given as section-township-range.
**Water use is basically non-consumptive.
Source: Iowa Natural Resources Council, June 1976.
-------
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Coble, R. W., The Water Resources of_ Southeast Iowa; Iowa Geological
Water Atlas Number 4, 1971, 95 pages.
Heinitz, A. J., Low-Flow Characteristics of_ Iowa Streams through 1966,
Iowa Natural Resources Council Bulletin No. 10, pages 97, 158.
Lara, 0. G., Floods in Iowa: Technical Manual for Estimating their
Magnitude and Frequency, Iowa Natural Resources Council Bulletin No. 11,
page 39.
Larimer, 0. J., Drainage Areas of Iowa Streams, Iowa Highway Research
Board, Bulletin No. 7, page 396.
Tuthill, S. J., Resource Development Land - and - Water - Use Management,
Eleven County Region South - Central Iowa: Iowa Geological
Survey Miscellaneous Map Series 4, 1973, 35 pages.
Upper Mississippi River Basin Coordinating Committee, Upper Mississippi
River Comprehensive Basin Study, 1972, Vol. 1, Vol. III.
U.S. Department of the Interior, Geological Survey, Water Resources
Data for Iowa, 1969 - 1974.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, March 17, 1975, Transmitted to B&V in a
written communication.
11-29
-------
2.03 Meteorology
2.031 Regional Climatology
2.0311 General. Iowa lies near the geographic center of the 48 con-
tiguous states. It is primarily rolling prairie and is approximately
equidistant from the Gulf of Mexico, the Atlantic Ocean, and the Hudson
Bay at roughly 900 miles distance each. The Pacific Ocean is about
1300 miles west and the Rocky Mountains are approximately 500 miles west
of Iowa. Iowa's climate is distinctly continental with a wide variety
of weather extremes and marked seasonal variations. Oscillations and
perturbations in the high level prevailing westerlies have an important
affect on Iowa's weather. These high level features influence surface
weather systems and cause surface winds to flow predominantly from
either the south to southeast or the north to northwest. The southerly
winds can draw warm air masses up from the Gulf of Mexico during the
warm months of the year, producing a summer rainfall maximum. The
prevailing northwesterly flow of Canadian air, during the winter,
results in cold and relatively dry conditions. At intervals throughout
the year, air masses from the Pacific Ocean move across the mountains
to Iowa, producing comparatively mild and dry weather. Hot, dry
winds, from the desert southwest, occasionally enter Iowa during the
summer, resulting in unusually high temperatures and low humidities.
As the surrounding terrain is low, there are no natural obstructions
to the free sweep of air currents from all directions.
2.0312 Temperature. The average annual temperatures in Iowa range
from 46F in the northern counties to 52F in the southeastern counties.
The hottest month is July with an average daily maximum temperature of
about 85F and a daily minimum in the lower sixties. January is the
coldest month with daily maxima ranging from 24F to 34F, northern to
southern counties, and the minima from 4F to 14F.
2.0313 Precipitation. Precipitation in Iowa ranges from 25 inches
in the northwest to about 34 inches in the east and southeast with a
state average of around 31 inches per year. The average annual snowfall
varies from near 20 inches at Keokuk to as much as 45 inches over the
northern counties. Drought occurs periodically in Iowa with the most
severe cases of recent times occurring in the 1950's.
2.0314 Severe weather. Over 75 per cent of Iowa's 40 to 50 annual
thunderstorms occur during the warmer half of the year. Occasionally
they are accompanied by hail, high winds, heavy rains, and tornadoes.
The probability of occurrence of thunderstorms is highest in late spring
and early summer. Tornadoes occur most frequently in May and June in
late afternoon and evening. Damaging hailstorms, reaching a maximum in
early summer, average about 58 per year and destroy about one or 2 per
cent of the major crops. The severe hailstorms occur more frequently
11-30
-------
over northwestern counties. Hail occurs, on the average, from two to
six times a year, for any location. High winds at 15 feet reach 50 mph,
sustained, in about half of the recorded years. Winds up to 75 mph,
sustained, may be expected once in every 50 years at the 15 feet
level1.
2.0315 Dispersion Potential. The potential for atmospheric pollution
buildup is dependent upon a number of meteorological factors, primarily,
the mixed layer depth, wind speed within the mixed layer, and low
level inversion frequency. These factors can impose impermeable
boundaries and/or affect the rate that effluents are dispersed.
2.03151 Hosier (2) has tabulated the per cent frequencies of
inversion and/or isothermal conditions, based below 500 feet above
station elevation, for National Weather Service radiosonde stations
in the contiguous United States. Data for a 10 year period were
utilized for these computations. Interpolation between the stations
allows estimation of inversion frequencies for the southeastern Iowa
area. Table 2-5 presents estimates of inversion frequency obtained
in the above manner.
2.03152 Takle et. al (3) have studied 6 years of data from a
32 meter tower located at Ames, Iowa and have presented monthly
inversion frequencies which can be considered representative for
most relatively flat rural areas in Iowa. These data have been
averaged seasonally and annually and included in Table 2-5. General
agreement exists between these data and the Hosier estimates.
Differences may be due to smoothing and inaccuracies in interpolation
of values derived from radiosonde data, problems with resolution of
radiosonde data in the lowest 100 feet, and variability in average
inversion duration for each occurrence.
2.03153 Due to the pronounced continental type climate of Iowa,
inversion frequencies are closely related to the diurnal cycle; that
is, there is a definite tendency for nocturnal stability and daytime
instability at lower levels in the atmosphere.
2.03154 Holzworth (4) has supplemented the work of Hosier by
estimating mean mixing depths and average wind speeds within the
mixed layer, again, at National Weather Service radiosonde stations.
The mixing depth is defined as the height above the surface at which
an air parcel, when raised from the surface in a dry adiabatic manner,
is at the same temperature as it's surroundings. Below this level
relatively vigorous mixing occurs. Diffusion above this height is
strongly inhibited due to thermal buoyancy considerations. Table 2-6
presents values of seasonal and annual morning and afternoon mixing
depths and wind speeds for the southeastern Iowa region. The
11-31
-------
Table 2-5
INVERSION FREQUENCIES IN IOWA
Southeastern Area
Central Area
Winter0
Spring
Summer
Fall
Per Cent of
Total Hours
37
30
30
38
Average Days
Per Period
58
64
74
59
Per Cent of
Total Hours
18
25
34
35
Average Days
Per Period
57
76
90
81
Annual
34
240
28
304
Inversions based below 500 feet; from (2)
Inversions based below 105 feet; from (3)
°Winter is taken as Dec., Jan., and Feb.; Spring as Mar., Apr., and
May; etc.
11-32
-------
Table 2-6
MIXING DEPTHS AND LOW LEVEL WINDS IN
SOUTHEASTEKN IOWA*
Morning Afternoon
Mixing Depth Wind Speed Mixing Depth Wind Speed
Winter
Spring
Summer
Fall
feet
1300
1575
1150
1300
mph
14.5
15.7
11.0
12.3
feet
1975
4600
5400
3925
mph
16.8
20.4
14.5
16.1
Annual 1300 13.4 3925 17.0
*From (4)
11-33
-------
potential for air pollution buildup is greatest when the mixing
depths and wind speeds are both low.
2.03155 The morning mixing depth values from Table 2-6, in general,
reflect the morning breakup of the nocturnal inversion. The existence
of low mixing depths and nocturnal inversions does not necessarily
lead to pollutant buildups. Proper release heights need to be
carefully considered; further details regarding this are included
in the following section (2.0328).
2.032 Local Meteorology
2.0321 General. The Ottumwa plant site is in southeastern Iowa
and, therefore, tends to have higher maximum and minimum temperatures
and greater precipitation than elsewhere in the state. The plant site
is within 10 miles of the two Ottumwa meteorological substations. One
is inside the Ottumwa city limits and records mainly precipitation data,
and one is outside the city at the Ottumwa municipal airport and is
operated by the Federal Aviation Admininstration (FAA). This second
substation records wind, precipitation, and temperature data. When
information is needed that these two substations do not record, the
data from other substations in the area or the first order station at
Des Moines will be used. Des Mbines is approximately 65 miles to the
northeast of the plant site.
2.0322 Temperature. Temperatures for the Ottumwa site definitely
reflect the strictly continental climate of the area as evidenced by
their wide seasonal variance. Table 2-7 displays normals, means and
extremes for the Des Mbines area. The trends shown in the table hold
for the Ottumwa area, although extremes can vary. For example, for
the period 1950 to 1974 an extreme of 103F was recorded on July 27, 1956,
for the site area and a low of -31F was recorded on January 14, 1957.
2.0323 Humidity. Like most states on the Great Plains, Iowa is a
fairly humid area. As shown in Table 2-7 humidity is usually between
60 and 80 per cent, reaching its peak very early in the day and
decreasing in value as the day progresses.
2.0324 Wind and storms. Figures 2-13 and 2-14 show annual wind
distributions for Des Moines and Ottumwa, respectively. The major
difference between the two figures is apparent; an observer bias
against the reporting of wind directions from the NNE, ENE, ESE, etc.
seems to exist at Ottumwa. The general patterns are similar, however,
with a large portion of the winds from the southerly and northwesterly
directions. The period of record for the Des Moines data, being
longer and more recent than that for Ottumwa, is probably more
representative of the actual conditions which exist over southeast
11-34
-------
TABLE 2-7
NORMALS, MEANS, AND EXTREMES
1
Ca)
Tl
!..,.««
Nor..l
tl
II)
II. 1
II. t
41.1
11.4
11.4
• 1. 1
17.1
14 . T
Ifr.l
tl.T
4t.l
11. 1
91. t
i!
n>
ii.i
U.I
14.1
11.0
41.1
40.7
61. i
tl.t
ll.t
41. t
»7.t
11.0
11.1
I
M
11.1
11.4
11.1
41.1
to.i
11. ft
It.l
14.1
tl.t
14. t
11.1
tl.}
41.t
.SIMM'
11
10
tl
tl
11
to
II
It
100
100
11
tl
It
II
100
i
mi
itti
mi.
1110
Ittl
HTO
Ittl
1114
lltl
Ittl
lltl.
IITO
JUl.
mt*
3!
it
-J4
-It
-il
19
10
4]
41
41
11
It
• 1
-It
-14
i
IITO
lilt
mt
UTO
HIT
mi
HIT
1147
l».l
lit**
mt
lit*
Jak.
HTO
I
>
Normal Ilium
esrKBkMtt-)
(•)
1)1 1
till
411
til
11
0
1
11
It}
111
U»l
1101
PlTClfiUliC*
1
(t)
1.10
1.10
t.ot
t.ll
4.01
t.ll
1.01
l.tl
t.ll
t.OI
l.lt
1.14
10.11
ii
tl
4.11
1.11
1.11
t.ll
l.ll
lt.lt
10.91
10.41
10.14
l.lt
4. to
a. 10
14.11
J
mt
1191
mi
itto
1147
1111
1tl4
mi
mi
4 UN.
if
II
0.01
.11
.11
.01
.11
.11
«»1
.11
.01
.01
.11
0.01
1
1114
1114
H41
HI)
114T
111)
Hit
I'll
1141
NO*.
II
||
.11
.11
.4t
.01
.19
.90
.14
.14
.11
.11
.14
I.M
1
HtO
mi
1141
1141
lt»4
mi
1111
114«
Ittl
mi
1191
1141
JUN,
1141
Snow. li-*1 pellets
j
ji
O.I
t.l
1.1
I.I
t
0.0
0.0
0.0
t
O.I
t.l
n-i
ii
11
II.
tt .
It.
t
,
I
a.
11.
u.
13.1
1
mi
itti
mi
11*1
11*4
ml
mi
mi
uti
otc.
mi
\i
jl
II.I
.1
(l
.0
.0
.0
1
t.4
11.1
11.0
l«.l
1
114]
1190
1191
119*
1144
1141
1147
Ittl
Ittl
JAN.
H4t
Rslelivs
1
00
(1
1
11
Tt
It
It
Tl
TT
71
II
7|
7»
Tl
It
1
ot
.en
1
in
il
ll
it
It
ii
it
It
TI
71
10
II
1
It
tin
e.
11
45
11
IT
11
II
II
|4
tl
TO
tt
1
II
t
71
tt
• 9
II
It
11
II
it
At
TO
tl
•«.»
I
1
tl
II. T
II.
I*.
11.
II.
10.
1.
1.
to.
It.
11.
11. 1
l!
u
NH
m
NH
SI
s
1
1
i
NH
NH
HH
F«lt»l Milt
|
it
It
It
tt
It
10
Tt
Tl
to
II
11
tl
It
j
to
NH
i
N
U
tin
H
111
Mv
t
tt
S«
V
1
1111
1112
119ft
mi
tm
iiti
Uto
1191
nu
»•«.
t
j
9
1
i
20
11
99
51
11
to
tl
Tl
Tl
tl
e,4
II
60
_
c *
ii
ii
T
1
1
T
I
0
4
i
i
1
i
i
t.i
H» „.*,*..,.
g^M 1
10
•lunel
I
il
10
II
It
It
1
1
104
I!
11
t
t
i
T
1
11
It
10
1
1
1
T
IT
I
tl
IT
H
It
II
H
*
10
11
11
H
11
114
I!
VI
i
i
10
11
11
T
101
It
I
II
14
*
e
II
10
1
*
10
He»vv lot
tl
1
1
t
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
»
tl
^
l-niMTillUII*
ll
f
0
0
ft
t
1
1
1
9
I
t
0
0
11
1|
9
to
14
19
91
i
1|
1
10
11
14
T
e
0
0
0
t
1
11
u
1*9
j,
t
•
4
t
0
a
0
0
0
(
Q
e
1
IT
1 •
2 f
Ii
0 For period July 1961 through the current year.
Meana and extreme! above are from existing and comparable expoauret. Annuel extremes have been exceeded et other sites in the locality ae follow:
Highlit temperature 110 In July 1S36 and earlier; loueit temperature -30 in January 1884; maximal monthly precipitation IS. 79 In June 1881; naxlmuD
monthly toouCaU IT .4 In January 1686.
V
*
I
t =
L*nph of record
OflMr month* m»ji _. __
ih*rt luv.i bMM brtNki in its*
CllnwmloiiMl (UtKUrd Mrmtl* (IUI
tslw •* niHtrr •)«••, nwwiht, or IWUK.
tr«c*\ intitWMMeo wmiU it}»rrM*vr«.
B«kM ufBumpiriatunvkrt piwecdid iiy*nliMHi*lfix
Ttw pf**«IUiafl alrtxHo* for wind I* Mta NomiUeV
M«»M, anil enr«4*t» (••>.• u Iran r*c«<«i ~
IM1
ry *»• U«lH« ottorvlw ludtciivd, djanaiteMl tattt iwwl it iU» biiUMi« tm i*mptr«fnr* In durwi P.i
fMri tl u«clp.uttw., h.cleiii>M MMMrtall, !• MtCaW*. *tot ..Mv.Hii.im Iti tiMem ftT how: *nd r«Lid«* tvimUtCf
It, ptrctnt. HuilA| M|TM dip null *rt lOt ttmm al mn*ttv» .ttpmurti of •¥•»!« daily ttmptH-
tttnt tnat 61* P. CeoUf,! 4*«r»i «•» MUU «t« tte Mint* ol mtilt* dtptinurM of tv*r«M rfalljr
untMnnrt* from U* f. ftttMi ••• tetotot W MWrtill t««UWili.nW.| *U-Julji K«. rtwitm
.. . . -M |o)|d fftlH of lc« ItliMf} iWd MltlclH MttriUliet ol MOV f ""
Mfiry tot r«ducw vWMUty W >/4 «« « -«•••
ft Flfurc* luuitf of iMltrt U ft d.r«ii«i culttmn IndkM* dtrcctlon la U'n. U &*»*• rrum triw NortH:
I.*.. W'EMl, I • Sowh. JT-W.M, M North, «d 00-C»lnk. HIM|»
, . M|»M wind U the vector »um ol
Mr of obwrmlun., II H|ure»i itpv4ii In ilw dlifction
*pe«d* cr* U*i*Kt oiMM-rved l-mtauie *•>!.»*•.
In I tlM taycr of tct.
Th* MmMr al ciur 4«T« *« U.wd a* *«r-t« C.OU.UIICM OS, *j«nl|i
I To &
points
U *ju»HM*d I* • »n» «l 0 tor »» ttow*.) or o»«ciurl«t (*•«»«««* " 10 tor e**p»«w e*jr
* -7. Md
MM jr«m CetlttiTit) Hf "S*"* ctMdin.Tt*rk
i
to
Ui
NORMALS, MEANS, AND EXTREMES FOR DES MOINES, IOWA
-------
FIGURE 2-13
NORTH
NNW
NNE
NW
NE
WNN
ENE
WSW
ESE
SE
SSH
WINDS ARE FROM INDICATED DIRECTIONS.
PERIOD OF RECORD: 1951 THROUGH I960
8-12 13-18
SSE
ANNUAL WIND ROSE
DES MOINES, IOWA
MILES PER HOUR
REFERENCE:
WEATHER BUREAU, DECENNIAL CENSUS OF THE UNITED STATES CLIMATE - SUMMARY OF HOURLY OBSERVATIONS,
1951-1960, UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, DES MOINES, IOWA
-------
FIGURE 2-111
NORTH
NNW
NNE
NW
NE
WNW
ENE
ESE
SW
SE
SSW
WINDS ARE FROM INDICATED DIRECTIONS
PERIOD OF RECORD: 1943 THROUGH 1945
13-24 25-31
SSE
ANNUAL WIND ROSE
OTTUMWA, IOWA
MILES PER HOUR
REFERENCE:
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, FEDERAL BUILDING, ASHEVILLE. N.C.
(UNPUBLISHED SUMMARY)
11-37
-------
and southcentral Iowa. Over flat terrain such as this, climatic
statistics tend to change very little over horizontal distances of
this scale. Des Moines climatic data can be considered to be
reasonably representative of the Ottumwa Generating Station site
area.
Most of the Great Plains are under the influence of the high altitude
prevailing westerlies. As can be seen from the wind rose on Figure 2-13,
most of the winds for southeastern Iowa have a southerly or north-
westerly component to their direction vector. Winds tend to blow
from the northwest during the period from late fall to late spring
and from the south during the warmer months, as evidenced in Table 2-7;
also shown in this table is that most of the stronger winds blow from
the north and west. The fastest mile wind for the 20-year period
under consideration was from the west at 76 mph in April 1965. The
lowest mean wind speeds occur during summer, but the highest short-
term winds, or gusts, can and usually do occur in the summer during
severe thunderstorms. For the period 1955 to 1967, Iowa had 274
reported wind gusts of between 58 and 74 mph and 121 reported gusts of
75 mph and greater5.
2.03241 Hail is a fairly common occurrence in Iowa. Sizes can vary
from pea size pellets to huge (and very rare) hailstones weighing a
pound or more. From the year 1956 to 1967 there were 153 reports of
hall whose diameters ranged from 0.75 to 1.5 inches in diameter over
the state of Iowa. During the same period there were 123 reports of
hail of over 1.5 inches in diameter6.
2.03242 Powerful, localized thunderstorms are a frequent summer
occurrence. These large cumulonimbus clouds can cause localized heavy
to torrential rains, strong winds, hail of varying sizes, lightning,
and occasional tornadoes. Storms in the winter produce howling winds
and snow, sleet, freezing rain, and occasionally ice storms.
2.0325 Precipitation. Precipitation averages about 31 inches per
year for Iowa, ranging from 25 to 34 inches, northwest to southeast.
The southcentral section, as measured at Des Moines and shown in
Table 2-7, has a normal rainfall of 30.37 inches. Amounts can vary
widely from location to location and from year to year. In 1879
Ottumwa recorded 17.33 total inches of precipitation. In 1902, the
same station recorded 50.59 inches?»8,9,10. Although these two
values seem to be the extremes, values for other years approach
them. Nearly two-thirds of the annual precipitation is measured
from April through September, with rain occuring about 100 days per
year. Snowfall averages about 20 inches in the southern portions of
Iowa. The average date for the first one-inch snowfall is December 10
in the southeast portion of the state, with the first trace of snow
11-38
-------
falling about a month earlier. The possibility of snow for the
season is usually over by April, but can extend into May.
2.0326 Fog. Weather data recorded at Des Moines for the period
1951-1960 indicates a fairly low occurrence of heavy fog. For the
10-year period, there was an average of 19 days per year of visibility
of 2.5 miles or less, and an average of 6 days per year of visibility
of less than three quarters of a mile11.
2.0327 Tornadoes. Although tornadoes are fairly common in Iowa,
the chances of any one small area being struck are relatively slim.
Figure 2-15 shows a 10,000 square mile area centered around the plant
site. Drawn onto this map are all of the reported tornado sitings and
paths for the year 1953 to 1973 as recorded by the National Severe
Storms Forecast Center in Kansas City, Missouri. There have been 88
tornadoes reported within this area, but only 6 have been reported
within 20 miles of the site12.
2.03271 A tornado has not come within 5 miles of the plant site since
before 1953; this is the earliest date for which records of such occur-
rences are considered reliable. Using data for the 21-year period and
applying probability equations13 yields a probability of .000509 for
the one square mile plant site being hit in any one year. This means
that the site has the probability of being hit by a tornado once in
approximately 1966 years.
2.0328 Local dispersion potential. The potential for local pollutant
buildup is usually dependent upon numerous factors, some of which are
local terrain, mixed layer depth, low level winds, low level inversion
frequency, and anticipated stack height.
2.03281 The Ottumwa site lies in the Des Moines River valley near the
junction with the Middle Avery Creek. Surrounding terrain rises
approximately 100 feet within about 2 miles to the west and one mile
to the east and south. This configuration allows for a slightly
higher frequency of drainage winds from the west to northwest during
periods of strong stability.
2.03282 Local inversion frequencies, low level winds, and terrain
considerations are not expected to be factors of great importance at
the Ottumwa site if a stack of adequate height is incorporated into
the design. A stack height of 600 feet has been assumed for dispersion
calculations made in Section 4.022 of this report. Utilizing a worst
case analysis with regard to emission rates, low level wind speeds
and atmospheric turbulence (stability), it has been determined that
ground level concentrations will not surpass the most stringent
applicable ambient air quality standards.
11-39
-------
FIGURE 2-15
s -
.sJ^J
TORNADO PATH
• TORNADO SITING
SCALE I" = 14.2 MILES
11-40
TORNADO OCCURRENCES IN
SITE VICINITY FROM 1953 TO 1973
-------
2.03283 The calculations referred to in the previous paragraph dealt
with what might be called "normal" meteorological conditions. This is
where the plume spreads in an unrestricted fashion both vertically
and horizontally! except for the impermeable boundary represented
by the ground. Conditions other than this occur during morning
inversion breakup and with plume trapping beneath elevated inversion
layers produced by stagnant high pressure areas. The number of days
per year of stagnant conditions has been found to be very nearly zero
for southeastern lowa^. Morning inversion breakup can allow
relatively high ground level concentrations for very short time
periods (less than 30 minutes); however, these conditions are not
expected to cause averages over longer time periods to exceed
applicable standards.
11-41
-------
REFERENCES
1. Paul J. Waite, "The Climate of Iowa," Climates of the States,
Vol. 2, The Water Information Center, Inc., Port Washington, N.Y.
(1974).
2. Charles R. Hosier, "Low-Level Inversion Frequency In the
Contiguous United States," Monthly Weather Review. 319-339,
September (1961).
3. E. S. Takle, R. H. Shaw and H. C. Vaughan, "Low-Level Stability
and Pollutant-Trapping Potential for a Rural Area,"
J. Appl. Meteor.. 15 (1), 36-42, (1976).
4. George C. Holzworth, "Mixing Heights, Wind Speeds, and
Potential for Urban Air Pollution Throughout the Contiguous
United States," Publication No. AP-101, USEPA, Office of
Air Programs, Research Triangle Park, N.C., January (1972).
5. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, "Climatological
Data, Iowa," Annual Summaries 1950-1974, Department of Commerce,
Washington, D.C.
6. U.S. Weather Burea, "Severe Local Storm Occurences, 1955-1967,"
Technical Memorandum WBTM FCST 12, U.S. Department of Commerce,
Washington, D.C., (September 1969).
7. U.S. Weather Bureau, "Climate Summary of the United States:
Climatic Data from the Establishment of Stations to 1930,
Inclusive," Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C.,
(1933).
8. Ibid, "Supplement for 1931 through 1952," (1956).
9. U.S. Weather Bureau, "Decennial Census of the U.S. Climate,"
Climatic Summary of the U.S. Climate, Supplement for 1951-1960.
Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C. (1964).
10. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, "Local
Climatological Data, Annual Summary with Comparative Data,
Des Moines, Iowa," Government Printing Office, Washington,
D.C., (1956).
11. U.S. Weather Bureau, "Summary of Hourly Observations,"
Climatography of the U.S. No. 82-13, U.S. Department of
Commerce, Washington, D.C., (1963).
11-42
-------
REFERENCES (Continued)
12. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, "A Listing
of Tornado Occurrences from 1953 to 1973 for a 10,000 sq.
mi. Area Surrounding the Ottumwa Site," National Weather
Service, National Severe Storms Forecast Center, Kansas
City, Missouri, (1975).
13. H.C.S. Thorn, "Toronado Probabilities" from Monthly Weather
Review, 730-736, October-December, (1963).
14. Charles R. Hosier, "Climatological Estimates of Diffusion
Conditions in the United States," Nuclear Safety, 5_ (2),
184-192, Winter (1963-1964).
11-43
-------
2.04 Economic and Social Factors
2.041 Introduction. The objectives of the economic and social
portions of this report are to describe the region in which the
proposed plant will be located, and to assess the impacts of the
construction and operation of the Ottumwa Generating Station (06S) on
local economic and social activities. The purpose of this section is
to accomplish the former objective and to lay the groundwork for
accomplishing the latter by developing a base line ("without OGS")
projection of selected economic and social variables from which impacts
on these variables can be measured. These expected future values are
developed through the use of both quantitative and qualitative
analyses. Any impacts that OGS might have on future local economic
and social activity are evaluated in subsequent sections of this
report.
2.0411 Study areas. Four study areas have been defined for purposes
of analyzing social and economic effects. County boundaries were used
in establishing areas, primarily for expediency in gathering data
but also to reflect the appropriate degree of accuracy with which
impacts may be assigned to a geographic area. It should be emphasized
that economic and social effects of OGS will not disperse uniformly
in all directions and are unlikely to reach every small community
and farmstead. The following study areas were chosen because selected
OGS impacts will reliably occur within their boundaries.
2.04111 Station site. The actual Station Site consists of approximately
795 acres in Wapello County some 8 miles northwest of Ottumwa, Iowa
on the west bank of the Des Mbines River.
2.04112 Primary area. The Primary Area consists of Wapello, Mahaska,
and Monroe Counties, Iowa.
2.04113 Secondary area. The Secondary Area includes the entire
28-county Iowa Southern Utilities service area outside the Primary
Area.
2.04114 External area. All area beyond the Secondary Area is defined
as the External Area. No quantification of External Area economic
or social factors will be attempted, although benefits from material
purchases and multiplier effects will occur.
2.0412 Projection methodology. In order to measure OGS-related
impacts on economic activity in the Primary Area, projections of
certain socio-economic variables were made for "with OGS' and
"without OGS" levels of economic activity. These projections were
developed through the use of an econometric model of the Primary Area,
11-44
-------
which was derived from historical relationships exhibited by these
variables. Only the projections themselves are discussed in the body
of this report. For further explanation and interpretation of the
econometric model and its results refer to Appendix F. The balance
of this section pertains to historical data and "without OGS"
projections. Subsection 4.0119 discusses "with OGS" projections and
OGS-related socioeconomic impacts.
2.042 Economic Setting. The objectives of this section are to
describe the existing status of certain economic variables in the
Station Site and Primary Area, and to project development of these
same variables in the Primary Area without OGS. Table 2-8 lists the
the impact areas and the economic variables which are evaluated in
each impact area. The bases for choosing and discussing variables
are generally accepted economic theories and historical experience
concerning construction and operation of large electric energy
generating stations.
2.0421 Population and population density. Population of the Primary
Area1*2.3,4 nas declined steadily since 1950, both in actual numbers
and as a percentage of total Iowa population. Population density in
the Primary Area has also declined some 16 per cent since 1950, while
population density in the State of Iowa has increased about 10 per cent
during the same period (See Appendix G, Table G-l). Population density
(population per square mile) for each county in the Primary Area was
used in lieu of total population in order to eliminate the effects of
variances in county sizes. Population projections with OGS were
derived from the Iowa Development Commission's county estimates^.
These projections, shown in Table 2-9, amount to a .46 per cent
compound annual growth rate over the 35-year period from 1975 to
2010.
2.0422 Labor force and employment characteristics. Section 2.0422
discusses historical and projected "without-OGS" levels of total
labor force, employment, unemployment rate, and the real wage rate
in the Primary Area.
2.04221 Total labor force.. Total labor force data includes employed
persons and those without jobs who consider themselves part of the
labor force. The data shown in Table 2-9 indicates that the total
labor force has decreased during the 25 year historical study period
and has maintained a nearly constant relationship with total
population. Projections of the total labor force are also presented
in Table 2-9. As in the case of population, the total labor force is
expected to increase.
2.04222 Fjnployment/unemployment rate. Historical employment data
in the Primary Areab is shown in Table 2-9 along with the unemployment
11-45
-------
Station Site
Public Facilities
Public Services
Ad Valorem Tax Revenues
Cropland Removed from
Production
Table 2-8
ECONOMIC VARIABLES CONSIDERED
BY GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
Primary Region
Population
Population Density
(No./Sq. Mi.)
Total Labor Force
Employment
Unemployment Rate
Personal Income
Wages and Salaries
Property and Proprietor
Income
Real Wage Rate
Land in Farms
Number of Farms
Average Size of Farms
Value of Farmland
Land and Buildings
Farm Income
Retail Sales
Business Index
Secondary Area
Ad Valorem Taxes
11-46
-------
TibI* 2-9
nttHMT AKEA
HISTORICAL ECONlnlC D*TA ANO PKOJCCTEO ECONOMC ACTIVITY WITHOUT OGS
Tear
1950
I95S
I960
1965
1970
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1930
1981
1985
1390
1995
2000
2005
2010
1 Populatio
v..r Population Dens 1 ty' *
1950 89.500 62.0
1955 81.700 56.6
I960 30,200 55.5
1965 79.200 5*.3
1970 72.100 49.9
197* 75.000 51.9
1975 76.774 53.2
1976 77,1*3 53.4
1977 77.521 53.7
1978 77.895 53.9
1979 78.268 54.2
(980 78.6*2 54.5
(981 79.015 5*.7
1985 80.510 55.8
1990 82.378 57.0
1995 84.245 58.3
2000 36.113 59.6
2905 87.981 60.9
2010 89.3*9 62.2
Profit and Disposable
Proprietor Incone1" Income v '
$1.000
119.253 198,131
118,105 232.831
121.606 274.992
1*8.609 3*2.002
1 SI. 186 365.606
175.209 395.870
175.285 426.041
177.196 431.909
179.107 437.777
181.018 4V3.646
182.929 4*9.51*
184,840 455.382
136.751 461.250
194.395 484.724
203.950 514.066
2(3.504 5*3.408
223.059 572,749
232.614 602.091
2*2.168 631.432
[ j£fi
31,919
31,670
31.651
30.171
29,910
29,980
31.222
31.798
32.37*
32.950
33.527
34.103
34,679
36.98*
39.365
42.7*6
45.627
43.503
SI. 390
Transfer, .
Payment!1"'
SI, 000
18.792
24,868
35.895
55.084
61.088
61.888
63,9*7
66.006
68,065
70,124
72,183
74,242
82,478
92.722
103.067
113,361
123.656
133.950
f°r Eieolovnent"1'
30.609
30.366
30,387
29.123
28.370
28,270
29.8*9
30,412
30.975
31,538
32,102
32.665
33,228
35,481
38.293
41,11*
43,930
46.7*6
49.563
Contributions to .
Special Insurance* '
$1.000
1.397
2.611
5.173
3,966
12.923
15,752
16,597
17.272
17.9*6
18,621
19.295
19,970
20,6*5
23.3*3
26,716
30,089
33,462
36.835
40.203
""^SeWr*
X
4.1
3.5
5.1
5.7
4.4
4.4
4.3
*.3
4.3
4.2
4.2
4.1
3.9
3.3
3.7
3.6
3.6
Income^ b*
$1.000
44.9*9
30.407
30.539
40.307
31,9*3
33.185
39.417
39.762
40.103
40,453
40,793
41,1*4
41.489
42,371
44.597
46.32*
48.051
49.778
51.505
Real Wage
Rateter
5/HP.
1.26
2.05
2.66
3.40
3.63
3.84
4.08
4.06
4.03
4.01
3.93
3.96
3.94
3.85
3.76
3.68
3.62
3.56
3.50
Land in
Firm*1''
Acres
893.660
895.302
896.219
882,757
835,125
833,500
835,206
832.360
829.514
826,668
823.822
820.J76
818,130
806.746
792.517
778,287
764,057
749.927
735.597
$1.000
223.6*6
258,779
302.7*8
373.575
399.lt*
*37,527
464,412
470.665
476,917
483.170
489.422
495.675
501,927
516,937
558.199
589.461
620.723
651.985
683,2*6
*"**{<£*
F«7tdr
5.938
5.593
5.270
4.411
3.721
3.695
3.604
3.515
3.426
3.339
3.252
3.167
3.081
2.753
2,358
1.977
1.606
1.2*4
388
$1,000
77.144
124.493
161.477
198,037
205,768
216.932
2*3,936
2*6.793
249.750
252.707
255.664
258.622
261,579
273.407
238, 193
302,979
317.765
332.551
347.337
Size of F»m«
Acres/Farm
153
160
170
200
22*
22b
231.7
236.3
2*2.1
2*7.6
253.3
259.2
265.4
293.0
336.1
393.7
475.4
602.8
828.*
Sources:
ill S«l«i Management Magazine. Annual Survey of Business Issues. 19*9-7*.
!t>l Bureau of E-Conor.ic Analysis. Region*! Economic InfonMCion Syste».
Department of Comerce.
id Calculated Fran deflated wage and salaries, deployment and 2,000 hour
annual average per employee.
Id) loua department of H riculture, I ma Crop and Livestock Reporting Service.
11-47
-------
Takl* 1-9 (Continual)
im
1950
I9S5
I960
1965
1970
197*
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1985
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
Jeer
1950
1955
1960
1965
1970
197*
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1985
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
Real {state
Value Per Jo, Mile
Sl.OOO/HI*
52.08
57.82
63.53
67.91
78.90
89.36
92.5
95-9
99.3
101.9
106.6
110.5
I1*.6
132.*
159.0
191.3
230.*
277.8
335.2
Assessed Value of , ,
Fare Land f. Buildlne** '
$1.000
25.016
33.885
38.387
*2.16B
S3.*88
53.565
56.229
58.8*7
59.875
60.90*
61.932
62.960
63.988
68.101
73.2*1
78.382
83.523
88.663
93.80*
Personal » Public
Service Valuation1"
$1.000
25.607
3*.30I
39.530
U.322
36,166
36.866
39.080
38,923
38.739
38,526
38.285
38.01*
37.712
36,165
33.375
29.**8
2*. 151
17.201
8.255
Ava. Assessed Value , ,
of Fera land 1 lulldlnos1"
(/Acre
27.99
37.85
42.83
*7.77
6*.05
70.26
67.3
70.7
72.2
73.7
75.2
76.7
78.2
8*.*
92.*
100.7
109.3
118.2
127.5
State Sale*
Te«»scr'
$1.000
3.786
*,190
3.871
*.I15
6.3*8
6.293
6,1432
6.5*5
6.657
6.770
6.883
6.996
7.109
7.560
8.125
8.689
9.25*
9.818
10.382
RetaU} tucineu
iales Index 3
$1,000
196.808 80.5
201,1.33 86.6
106.696 8*.3
212.12* 101.3
222.1453 99.7
23*. 071 130.9
237.961 133.*
239.038 I3S.2
2*0, It* 137.0
2*1.191 138.8
2*2,268 1*0.6
2*3.3*1 1*2.*
2**,*22 l**.2
2liS.no 151.*
25*. 11* 160.*
259.*99 169.*
26*,883 178.*
270.268 187.*
275.653 196.*
Federal (
IncoM Taxes
$1.000
23.790
2*,352
25.866
18,636
29.533
32.098
32.290
32,538
32.786
33.03*
33.282
33,530
33.778
3*. 770
36.009
37.2*9
38,*99
39.719
*0.969
lank /hl
Deposit'"'
$1,000
126,405
123,846
127.2**
170.751
221.117
284.6*7
30*.**l
310.670
316.899
323.128
329.357
335.586
3*1.815
366.731
397.876
429,022
460,167
491.312
522.457
;n s£*.,ttf
$1,000
1.725
1.5*6
1.900
2.937
3.975
9,559
6.082
6.218
6.35*
6.*90
6.626
6.763
6,899
7,**3
8.12*
8.304
9.M5
10.165
10,8*6
Assessed Property
Valuation1*'
$1.000
100.809
117.793
131.269
1*0.385
150.199
165.897
172.702
177.336
182.137
187.112
192.268
197.610
203.1*6
227.382
163.013
305.706
356.917
*I8.*09
492.307
OH*
Real Estate
Valuation
$1,000
75.201
83.491
91.738
98.062
113.93*
129,030
133.622
138.413
1*3.399
148,586
153,981
159.596
165.43*
191.217
229.638
276.258
332.766
401.203
484.052
Source*:
(•) Ian* Department of Revenui, Research and Statistic* Division, Personal Cofresponoansa
J. HibM. Hay 28, 1975. annual value 1950-197*.
(f) IOH* Oeparteient of Revenue. Retell Sales and Us* Tax. 1950-197*.
(g) tusinets Conditions Oioast. Services 811. CMpot't* Index of 12 leading indicators.
(h) Federel Reserve >enk of Chicago.
(i) l(Ma Deaeroeent of Revenue. Personal Correspondence.
11-48
-------
rate derived from total labor force and unemployment . Total
employment in the Primary Area has decreased over the historical
study period, 1950 to 1975. As a result of the projected decreases
in the total labor force and expected increases in employment, the
unemployment level is expected to decrease.
2.04223 Real wage rate. The real wage rate is defined as total
deflated wages and salaries (in 1981 dollars) divided by total
employment expressed in man-hours. It is assumed that each man-year
of employment is equivalent to 2000 man-hours. Substantial increases
in the real wage rate over the 25-year study period are explained by
greater Increases in wages and salaries than in hours of employment,
given the above productivity assumption (2000 man-hours /year).
Projected real wage rate levels without OGS are calculated from
projected wages and salaries and employment. As shown in Table 2-9,
increases in the real wage rate indicate real increases in earning
power (the effects of inflation having been removed).
2.0423 Income levels. Subsection 2.0423 contains historical and
"without-OGS" projections of personal income, disposable income, wages
and salaries, profit and proprietor income, transfer payments, personal
contributions to social insurance, and farm income.
2.04231 Personal income. Historical personal income in the Primary
Area?, as shown in Table 2-9, is defined as wage and salary disburse-
ments, other labor income, profit and proprietor income, and transfer
payments less personal contributions for social insurance. The
historical personal income series in Table 2-8 is derived from Bureau
of Economic Analysis data? and deflated to 1981 dollars. The
derivation of the 1981 series price deflators is explained in
Appendix F. Real personal income has grown at a compound annual rate
of approximately 3 per cent during the 25-year historical study period,
while real personal income per capita has grown at slightly more
than 3.5 per cent. Historically, income per capita in the Primary Area
has been slightly below the state-wide level (see Appendix G, Table G-l)
The personal income (PY) projections shown in Table 2-9 are derived
using projections of their components in the following identity.
PY - WS + PRY 4- TR - SI
Proj ected levels of these components—wages and salaries (WS), profit
and proprietor income (PRY), and transfer payments (TR) less contribu-
tions for social insurance (SI)—are discussed in the following
sections.
a. Wages and salaries. Historical wage and salary payments in
the Primary Area?, as shown in Table 2-9, include income paid to
labor including employee bonuses, commissions, payments in kind, and
tips. These data, a major component of personal income, are highly
11-49
-------
correlated to employment levels and reflect variations in activity
of both export and residentiary base industries. Historical wage
and salary payments have grown at a compound rate slightly greater
than 4 per cent from 1950 to 1974. Wages and salaries have constituted
a steadily Increasing share of total personal income in the Primary
Area. In 1974, wage and salary payments represented about 53 per cent
of personal income. Estimated future wage and salary payments shown
in Table 2-9 are expected to continue to constitute one-half or more
of total personal income. This relationship may be interpreted as
maintenance of the current real income distribution and constitutes a
desirable balance among income earning groups in the Primary Area.
b. Profit and proprietor income. Historical Primary Area profit
or property income' consists of dividends, interest, and net rents
accruing to persons. Proprietor income is the income derived from
unincorporated enterprises such as proprietorships, partnerships, and
producer's cooperatives. The sum of these two variables is presented
in Table 2-9. This total, in terms of constant 1981 dollars, has grown
at a compound annual rate slightly greater than one per cent over the
historical study period. Projected Profit and Proprietor Income,
excluding any effects of OGS, is presented in Table 2-9. The values
shown are expressed in constant 1981 dollars so that fluctuations due
to price changes in the economy have been eliminated and the projected
levels reflect real increases and decreases. It is expected that
Profit and Proprietor Income will increase over time.
c. Transfer payments and contributions to social insurance.
Historical transfer payments in the Primary Area?, as shown in Table 2-9,
constitute a gradually increasing share of total personal income.
Deflated transfer payments, defined as income paid to residents by
federal and state agencies for which no goods or services are currently
received In return, represented 13 per cent of total personal income
in 1974. The historical relationship between transfer payments and
personal income is expected to remain stable over time. Personal
contributions to social insurance?, as shown in Table 2-9, are sub-
tracted from other income sources to obtain total personal income.
Social insurance contributions are determined by personal income, up
to a certain level, and constitute an increasing share to be subtracted
from personal income. These contributions totalled about 3.5 per cent
of personal income in 1974. Projected personal contributions to
social insurance are shown in Table 2-9.
2.04232 Farm income. Farm Income is composed of farm proprietors
income and farm wages and salaries. These data include government
payments to farmers under soil conservation, price guarantees and
subsidies, and other government programs. Historical and projected
levels of farm income appear in Table 2-9. Projected values of this
variable were derived from sources outside the econometric model of
the Primary Area.
11-50
-------
2.0424 Agricultural land use. This subsection contains historical
and "without-OGS" projections of land in farms, number of farms,
average size of farms, value of farmland and buildings, and average
value of farmland and buildings.
2.04241 Land in farms, number of farms, and average size of farms.
Historical data concerning this portion of the farm sector in the
Primary Area is shown in Table 2-9. Land in farms and total number
of farms have been decreasing during the study period**. This trend
is consistent with historical state-wide experience. Average size
of farms in number of acres, defined as land in farms divided by
number of farms, has been increasing, which is also consistent with
the Iowa state trend. Projected levels of these variables without OGS
are shown in Table 2-9. Past trends in these three variables are
expected to continue. These trends, along with projected increases in
farm income, suggest more intensive use of farmland as the amount of
farmland increases.
2.04242 Value and average value of farmland and buildings. Value of
farmland and buildings is determined by the demand for land and
buildings, which in turn depends upon the productivity of the land,
population density, and anticipated future economic conditions. The
average value of farmland and buildings is simply the assessed value
divided by the acreage in farms. Data for the historical and
projected assessed valuation of farmland and buildings9 and average
assessed valuation .per acre are presented in Table 2-9. The data
shown for these two variables are in current dollars (not constant
1981 dollars). During the 25-year historical study period the assessed
valuation of farmland and buildings has grown at a compound rate of
about-3.5 per cent while the average value per acre increased at an
approximate rate of 3.75 per cent. The upward trend in assessed
valuation of farmland and buildings is expected to continue through
both the construction and operation phases of OGS.
2.0425 Industrial and business activity. This subsection contains
historical data and ''without-OGS" projections of retail sales, the
business index, and bank deposits.
2.04251 Retail sales. Historical and projected retail sales are
presented in Table 2-9. The data shown are for net taxable retail
sales (i.e., the dollar volume of nonexempt goods and services sold
each year) and are expressed in constant 1981 dollars. Historically,
retail sales have grown at approximately a one per cent compound
annual rate since 1950. It is expected that growth consistent with
past trends will be experienced in future levels of this variable.
12
2.04252 Business index. The U.S. business index , as shown in
Table 2-9, is Series 811 from Business Conditions Digest. This series
11-51
-------
is a composite of 12 leading indicators in the U.S. economy before
reverse trend adjustment. This variable was projected by linear
time-series regression. Projected levels of the business index
appear in Table 2-9.
2.04253 Bank deposits. Historical deflated bank deposits in the
Primary Area-U, as shown in Table 2-9, have grown at a 3.25 compound
annual rate over the historical period, 1950-1974. Bank deposits,
which are indicators of local business activities, depend on
disposable income (personal income after taxes) and the business index.
Projected bank deposits are also presented in Table 2-9. Continued
growth is anticipated, but at a rate slightly lower than in the past.
2.0426 Real estate sector. This section contains data concerning
historical and projected total assessed property valuation, real
estate valuation, real estate valuation per square mile, and personal
and public service property valuation.
2.04261 Total assessed property valuation. Historical levels of
assessed property valuation^ in the Primary Area appear in Table 2-9.
These historical levels were calculated by summing historical real
estate valuation and personal and public service valuation. These
assessed property valuation data were not converted to 1981 dollars
since property valuations are not subject to annual price fluctuations
in the same manner as other monetary variables. Projected levels of
assessed property valuation, shown in Table 2-9, were estimated from
their historical relationship with real estate valuation and time.
Since 1950 the assessed property valuation in the Primary Area has
grown at a compound annual rate of approximately 2 per cent. It is
expected that without OGS similar growth trends will be experienced
in future years.
2.04262 Real estate valuation and valuation per square mile.
Historical real estate valuation in the Primary Area9 generally
constitutes the greater part of total assessed property valuation as
shown in Table 2-9. Real estate valuation per square mile is
calculated by dividing real estate valuation in each county by
number of square miles and is employed in order to eliminate the
effects of variation in the size of counties, thereby allowing
comparison of valuations among counties in the Primary Area. Projected
levels of real estate valuation derived from projected real estate
valuation per square mile are also shown in Table 2-9. Historical
real estate valuation has grown at an approximate compound annual
rate of 2 per cent. Projected levels of this variable indicate a
pattern of growth similar to that experienced during the 25-year
historical study period.
11-52
-------
2.04263 Personal and public service property valuation. Historical
levels of personal and public service property valuation5*, as shown
in Table 2-9, are the second and generally smaller component of total
assessed property valuation. This variable includes tangible
individual personal property, business and professional personal
property, and utility property assessed by the Iowa State Department of
Revenue. Projected levels of personal and public service property
valuation without OGS are calculated directly by subtracting real
estate value from total property value. Personal and public service
property valuation projections appear in Table 2-9.
2*0427 Government revenues. This subsection discusses historical
and projected "without-OGS" levels of state retail sales tax revenues,
federal income tax revenues, and state personal income tax revenues.
2.04271 Retail sales taxes. Historical deflated retail sales tax
revenues14, as shown in Table 2-9, are the dollar volume collected by
the State of Iowa through retail sales tax collections. These data
are aggregated to correspond to the three-county Primary Area and have
grown at a slightly higher rate than taxable retail sales due to
periodic increases in the rate of taxation during the historical study
period. Projected retail sales tax revenues which appear in Table 2-9
are based on their estimated relationahip to retail sales and time.
Future levels of retail sales taxes are projected to increase in a
manner consistent with historical trends.
2.04272 Federal and state income taxes. Historical federal and
state income tax revenues collected in the Primary Area9 are shown
in Table 2-9. The Primary Area has provided an average of 2.57 per cent
of total Iowa State income tax collections from 1950 to 1974.
2.043 CommunJky Profile/Public Facilities and Services. The
objectives of this section are identical to that of section 2.042,
i.e. to describe the existing status of the area and project develop-
ment in the area without OGS. This section, however, deals primarily
with demographic factors which lend themselves to qualitative rather
than quantitative analysis. Recent values for these factors can be
found in Table 2-10. Indicators of the ability of the study areas
to support growth are also considered in this section.
2.0431 Primary area. The character of the Primary Area is determined
in this subsection through examination of population migration and
composition, and population and income distribution. Public facilities
and services considered include housing water and sewer capacities.
2.04311 Population in the three county (Mahaska, Monroe and Wapello)
Primary Area declined approximately 8 per cent in the decade 1960 to
1970. This trend is opposite to that observed in Iowa and the
11-53
-------
Table 2-10
SELECTED STATISTICS FOR VICINITY
OF OGS
Units
Population
Total 1970
Change 1960-1970
Net Migration 1960-1970
Composition
Sex - % female, 1970
Race - % caucasion, 1970
Age - 1970
less than 5 years
5 through 17 years
18 through 64 years
65 years or more
Median age
Education - 1970
Population 25 yrs of age
or more
Years of school completed
less than 5 years
4 years of H.S. or more
4 years college or more
Median education
Distribution
Urban - 1970
Rural - 1970
Farm
Non-farm
Income
Families
Families with income:
less than $3.000
$3.000 - $4,999
$5.000 - $6.999
$7.000 - $9.999
$10,000 - $14.999
$15.000 - $24.999
$25.000 or more
Median income
Below low income level
Housing
Total year-round units - 1970
Change I960 - 1970
Units built prior to 1950
Units built I960 or later
yrs.
yrs.
ea.
United
States
1.7
51.3
87.6
8.4
26.0
55.7
9.9
28.3
ea. 109.899,359
% 5.5
% 52.3
% 10.7
12.1
ea.
73.5
22.4
4.1
51,168,599
10.3
10.0
11.9
20.6
26.6
16.0
4.6
9.586
10.7
67.699,084
19.9
53.5
25.0
Iowa
ea. 203.212.877 2.824.376
% 13.3 2.5
(6.7)
51.4
98.6
8.2
26.5
52.9
12.4
29.1
1,540,588
1.9
59.0
9.1
12.2
57.2
24.6
18.2
717,775
10.1
10.8
13.4
22.9
26.6
12.8
3.4
9.016
8.9
954.975
7.4
69.8
16.9
Primary*
Area
73,683
(.8.1)
(12.1)
52.2
99.3
7.1
24.7
52.6
15.6
34. 5
43.498
2.2
50.9
6.2
12.0
61.2
17.6
21.2
19.776
14.0
12. ^
14.4
24.9
23.5
8.5
2.3
8.045
11.8
27.003
(1.2)
78.3
10.5
Wapello
County
42.149
(8.6)
(13.8)
52.7
99.2
7.1
25.4
52.9
14.6
34.0
24,787
2.2
50.6
5.8
12.0
70.5
9.4
20.1
11,241
11.9
11.1
13.6
26.2
25.7
9.3
2.2
8.501
9.8
VS. 393
(1.9)
74.2
11.6
City of
Ottumwa
29,695
(12.6)
out
53.7
98.9
7.1
24.5
53.2
15.2
34.5
17.594
2.2
51.8
6.6
12.1
100.0
N.A.
N.A.
7,939
11.1
11.7
13.3
25.5
26.5
9.5
2.4
8,643
9.3
11.165
(4-. 5)
76.1
8.9
*Mahaska. Monroe and Wapello Counties.
Source: County and City Data Book - 1972, U.S. Bureau of the Census. GPO, 1973.
11-54
-------
United States during the same period. Net out-migration during
this period totalled approximately 12 per cent, which was partially
offset by an excess of births vs deaths. Planning commissions having
jurisdiction in the area indicate that migration is primarily a result
of the lack of employment opportunities for younger people in the
area'which causes them to look elsewhere for Jobs.
2.04312 Population in the Primary Area was approximately. 52 per cent
female and 99 per cent caucasion according to 1970 census figures. These
percentages are comparable to statewide averages while national figures
show approximately the same percentage of women (51 per cent) but a
lower percentage of whites (88 per cent). The median age of the
Primary Area population (34.5) is greater than that for both the state
(29.1) and the nation (28.3) due primarily to the fact that almost
16 per cent of the Primary Area population is 65 years of age or older
as compared to approximately 12.5 per cent for Iowa and 10 per cent
for the nation. The median education (12 years) is comparable to
state and national medians but the percentage of college graduates
in the three county area is substantially lower than that of either
Iowa or the nation.
2.04313 Residents of the Primary Area are located primarily in
urban areas (61.2 per cent), which is a pattern also exhibited on state
and national levels. Unlike state and national patterns, however, most
of the rural residents are found in non-farm settings.
2.04314 The median family income in the three county area is $1000
to $1500 less than state or national medians. This is partially due
to the high percentage of older people in the area who are living
on fixed incomes. The high percentage of families below the low
income level also has a negative effect on median family income.
2.04315 Available housing in the Primary Area consisted of approximately
27,000 year-round units in 1970. This represents a loss of about
1.2 per cent from the number available in 1960. Of the units available
in 1970, 78 per cent were built prior to 1950, while only 10.5 per
cent were constructed after 1960. It appears that available housing
in the Primary Area is significantly inferior to average housing in
both Iowa and the United States.
2.04316 In their 1975 Areawide Overall Economic Development Plan
(OEDP), the Area XV Regional Planning Commission indicated the
capacities of both water and sewer facilities for most communities
throughout the three county area were more than adequate to handle
present and projected loads well into the future.
11-55
-------
2.04317 The preceeding paragraphs in this subsection describe existing
conditions in the Primary Area with respect to certain sociological
factors and community services. Future values for these same items
will depend largely upon the degree of success with which the Area XV
OEDP is implemented. If the OEDP should be 100 per cent successful,
the entire profile of the area would change significantly by the
year 2000. One objective of the OEDP is self-sustaining economic
growth by the year 2000. In order to achieve this goal, job oppor-
tunities must be created to encourage the younger people to stay in
the area. If these opportunities can be created, the median age will
be lowered and the median income will increase, thereby creating
additional tax revenues. These revenues can then be Invested back
into the community in the form of housing and other services in order
to establish a more attractive environment and increase the overall
standard of living. This rejuvenated community would be able to attract
more people and theoretically the process would continue enabling the
community to sustain growth. This highly simplified analysis of the
effect of OEDP indicates the theoretical changes that should occur
with the successful implementation of the plan.
2.04318 Another possibility to consider is that the OEDF will meet
with little success, in which case the three county area can, at best,
hope to stabilize its economic condition. If current trends were to
continue, it is probable that the Primary Area would continue to
experience relatively low level economic activity and sociological
factors such as those discussed in prior paragraphs, would show no
improvement.
2.04319 The actual degree of success which the OEDP will achieve is
difficult to project but certain beneficial effects will likely accrue
to the Primary Area as a result of efforts to implement the plan. The
magnitude of effects on sociological factors in the three county area
will depend largely on the degree of the OEDP'3 success.
2.0432 Ottumwa. The city of Ottumwa is located in Wapello County
approximately 8 miles southwest of the Station Site and is the nearest
city offering a full range of public facilities and services (Appendix G,
Table 6-3). The sociological character of Ottumwa is, for the most
part, comparable to that of the Primary Area, as can be determined from
an examination of Table 2-9. The most notable difference between Ottumwa
and the Primary Area is that the level of income is higher in Ottumwa.
The median family income is higher by approximately $600, while the
percentage of families below the low income level is significantly
lower. It should be noted, however, that state income levels are still
significantly above those in Ottumwa.
11-56
-------
2.04321 A 1972 study by the Ottumwa City Plan and Zoning Commission
entitled "Comprehensive Flan For Ottumwa"^ examined the public
facilities and services of Ottumwa in light of future planning needs.
The items addressed in this study include housing, water, sewer, school,
recreational, health care and fire facilities.
2.04322 Housing in Ottumwa is decidedly substandard. As previously
noted, approximately 76 per cent of the total year-round units in
1970 were built prior to 1950, while only 9 per cent were built in
1960 or later. A survey of 10 selected Iowa cities shows that while
Ottumwa ranked third in population, it was second in the number of
housing units lacking some or all plumbing facilities and tenth in
the median value of owner-occupied housing and contract rent per rental
unit. There were 74 homes for rent and approximately 125 for sale in
mid-1974, as well as three mobile home parks, including one of the
finest in the state. The housing situation has tightened recently as
a new food processing plant added 200 employees to the City total,
a new Hormel plant will employ approximately 500 in 1976, and
expansion of existing industries is expected to add 50 to 100 jobs
before year-end.
2.04323 The previously mentioned planning study for Ottumwa also
indicated that new water and sewage treatment plants had recently
been built. The new water and sewer facilities are rated at 12 mgd
and 5 mgd respectively. These facilities were at the time of the
study experiencing peak loads of 6 mgd and 4.1 mgd respectively and
are considered more than adequate to handle expected needs well into
the future.
2.04324 In the 1972 report it was determined that school facilities
in the Ottumwa area were seriously lacking. This fact is obvious from
an examination of the following tabulation.
Elementary Jr. High Sr. High Total
Fall 1971 enrollment 4,251 2,531 1,975 8,757
Fall 1971 capacity 4,325 1,625 1,400 7,350
Number of schools 13 3 1 17
Number of schools at or over capacity 6 3 1 10
Expansion of school facilities should receive a high priority in future
City plans.
2.04325 Ottumwa has more than adequate land reserved for parks.
National Park Service Standards recommend one acre of park land per
100 people. Ottumwa, with 30,000 people and 765 acres in park land,
more than meet this standard. However, much of this park land is
underdeveloped and many basic facilities are lacking. In order to
meet recreational needs in future years, more efficient use and
development of the park land will be required.
11-57
-------
2.04326 Health care facilities in Ottumwa are generally of high
quality, well equipped and well maintained. These facilities include
2 modern hospitals with 368 beds. Present and proposed fire facilities
in Ottumwa should provide adequate protection for the community. A
police force of approximately 40 officers appears to provide adequate
protection to residents, as evidenced by comparison of crime rates with
similar cities in Iowa.
2.0433 Other Communities. Other communities in the vicinity of 06S
include Chillicothe, which is adjacent to the Station Site, and
Eddyville, which is approximately 8 miles northwest. Chillicothe is
a "bedroom" community with 126 residents in mid-1974 and no shopping
facilities or municipal services. The town's only commercial enter- .
prise is a small grain elevator. A county water system is currently
under construction in the area. Ample space is available for mobile
home parking, and a few vacant houses could possibly be renovated for
rental or purchase. Due to lack of facilities and employment
opportunities, Chillicothe could be expected to continue to experience
low-level economic activity in the absence of OGSlO. Eddyville is a
community of 970 persons, with local shopping facilities and a normal
range of small-town community services including a weekly newspaper.
Eddyville is also the site of a large consolidated school district,
with both elementary and high schools serving an area which includes
Chillicothe and the Station Site. Available housing is very limited,
but ample space is available for parking mobile homes or establish-
ment of a mobile homes park. Local industries Include a sawmill,
packing house, and feed company. Limited opportunities exist for
local employment.
2.044 Zoning Regulations. The OGS plant site has generally been in
agricultural production with the obvious exception of roads and farm
residences. The station site is presently zoned for heavy industry.
11-58
-------
REFERENCES
1. "Sales Management, The Marketing Magazine," Sales Management
Inc., 1949-1974.
2. "1974-75 Statistical Profile of Iowa," Iowa Development
Commission.
3. "The Quality of Life in Iowa: An Economic and Social Report
to the Governor for 1972," Office for Planning and Programming,
Des Moines, Iowa.
4. "The Quality of Life in Iowa: An Economic and Social Report
to the Governor for 1973," Office for Planning and Programming,
Des Moines, Iowa.
5. Iowa Development Commission, "County Population Projections,"
1979-2020.
6. "Monthly and Annual Labor Force, Employment and Unemployment
Data," Research and Statistics Department, Iowa Employment
Security Commission, 1958-1974.
7. "Regional Economic Information System," Bureau of Economic
Analysis (BEA), Department of Commerce, October 16, 1974;
Monroe, Mahaska and Wapello Counties, Iowa.
8. Personal Correspondence, Lloyd C. Stuber, Agricultural Statis-
tician, Iowa Crop and Livestock Reporting Service, Iowa Depart-
ment of Agriculture, May 16, 1975.
9. Personal Correspondence, J. Elliot Hibbs, Research and Statis-
tics Division, Iowa Department of Revenue, May 28, 1975.
10. 1972 Obers Projections, "Regional Economic Activity in the
U.S., Volume 2, BEA Economic Areas," April 1974, (Series E).
11. Personal Correspondence, Phil Brunk, Iowa Southern Utilities,
August 21, 1975.
12. Business Conditions Digest, Statistical Indicators Division,
Series ES-1, Commerce Department, Social and Economic Statis-
tical Administration, Economic Analysis Bureau, June 1975.
13. Personal Correspondence, Ashur Tamras, Federal Reserve Bank of
Chicago, August 1, 1975.
11-59
-------
REFERENCES (Continued)
14. "Retail Sales and Use Tax," Research and Statistics Division,
Department of Revenue, Iowa, (Quarterly Reports) 1950-74.
15. "Comprehensive Plan for Ottumwa," City Plan and Zoning
Commission, Ottumwa, Iowa, 1972.
H-60
-------
2-05 Archaeology. During May 1975, an Intensive surface survey was
made of the Ottumwa Station site to locate cultural evidence of past
human occupations, both prehistoric and historic. The survey was con-
ducted by a qualified archaeologist with the Environmental Research
Center, Iowa City, Iowa. A total of 13 sites were located as a result
of the study. The majority of the sites appeared to have minor
archaeological significance.
2.051 The findings of the Environmental Research Center were for-
warded to the Office of the Iowa State Archaeologist and to the Iowa
State Historic Preservation Officer. It was recommended that further
studies be conducted to determine the significance of the 13 prehistoric
and historic sites identified.
2.052 From October through December 1975, further archaeological
studies were conducted under the direction of the State Archaeologist.
In addition to personnel from the Office of the State Archaeologist,
members of the Southeast Chapter of the Iowa Archaeological Society
assisted with the field studies. The subsoil was exposed with a road-
grader at each site previously identified. A backhoe also was used
to excavate a trench in the roadgrader cut. An archaeologist then
evaluated the cleared area and trench. Two additional sites were
identified.
2.0521 The Iowa State Archaeologist also made a thorough search
of the National Register of Historic Places and other appropriate
records for the presence of historic places on or near the OGS site
and none were found.
2.053 The State Archaeologists' report is included in Appendix A.
It was recommended that no further archaeological work be conducted
on ten sites (13WP15, 13WP16, 13WP17, 13WP18, 13WP19, 13WP21, 13WP23,
13WP25 prehistoric component, 13WP26 and 13WP27).
2.054 Additional studies were recommended on four sites; i.e.,
13WP13, 13WP14, 13WP22 and 13WP25. These investigations involved
primarily more clearing, exposure of subsoil, and collection and
evaluation of materials from the sites. Site 13WP28 was considered
significant enough to warrant preservation. This site will not be
disturbed by the planned project. Additional studies on the above
sites were carried out as recommended.
2.055 The State Archaeologist by letter date May 11, 1976 informed
Iowa Southern Utilities Company the final phase of archaeological work
was completed and that the entire area was clear for construction
insofar as cultural resources were concerned. This was followed on
June 29, 1976, by the State Historic Preservation Officer's letter
clearing the site for construction.
11-61
-------
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Evans, Capt. S.B., ed, History of Wapello County, Iowa, and
Representative Citizens, Biographical Publishing Co. Chicago, 1901.
Waterman, Harrison L., History of Wapello County. Iowa, Vol. I, S.J.
Clarke Publishing Co., Chicago, 1914.
Weichman, M.S., "The Iowa Southern Utilities Company, Ottumwa
Generating Station Project, Chillicothe, Iowa: An Intensive
Survey of Archaeological Resources," Research Report Number 16,
Environmental Research Center, Iowa City, Iowa, June 1975.
Western Historical Company, Chicago, The History of Wapello County,
Iowa, 1878.
11-62
-------
2.06 Aquatic Ecosystems
2.061 Introduction. The Des Moines River and Avery Creek are
typical of midwest rivers and small streams. In-depth studies of
the aquatic ecosystems in the vicinity of the proposed power gen-
erating facility have not been conducted until recently. These
studies were conducted during the Summer and Fall of 1975 on the
Des Moines River upstream from Chillicothe, Iowa to a point just
north of the Avery Creek confluence and including Avery Creek for
a distance of about 2 miles upstream from its mouth.
2.0611 Studies were extended farther upstream on the Des Moines
River for benthic macroinvertebrate samples to include a sampling
site near the Highway 137 bridge as it crosses the river just south
of Eddyville.
2.062 Sources of Information
2.0621 Little historical information is available concerning the
aquatic ecosystems or water quality of the Des Moines River and
Avery Creek in the study area. Water quality studies for the
entire Des Moines River have been summarized in the 1975 Water
Quality Report published by the Iowa Department of Environmental
Quality1. In general, the major water quality problems occurring
in the Des Moines River appear to be physical degradation related
to erosion and bacteria. Dissolved oxygen and ammonia violate
Iowa stream standards at times. While'dissolved oxygen problems
have decreased in recent years, problems continue to exist below
major municipal discharges, particularly during low flow periods.
Lead, zinc, and cadmium concentrations have exceeded Iowa standards
in the river below Des Moines but only lead appears to have fre-
quently violated stream standards. The sources of these heavy
metals is unknown. Concentrations of BOD appear to decrease slightly
below Red Rock Reservoir. The reservoir has a cleansing effect
and in addition to reducing BOD levels also removes large amounts
of silt and thus reduces turbidity values downstream.
2.0622 During 1973 and 1974 a limited water sampling program was
conducted by the Iowa State Hygienic Laboratory at Chillicothe,
Iowa2. Samples were taken from the Chillicothe Bridge in June and
October 1973, and February 1974. Generally, little variation was
apparent during the period and water quality was relatively good.
Dissolved oxygen concentrations ranged from 8.2 to 12.8 mg/1 while
BODs values varied from 2 to 5 mg/1. Ammonia nitrogen values were
relatively low (<0.01 to 0.28 mg/1) but nitrate values were high.
A maximum of 5.5 mg/1 N03 as N was observed during February.
11-63
-------
2.0623 Studies were also conducted in the study area in conjunc-
tion with the preparation of the present environmental impact
statement. Four water quality sampling points were located within
the project area (Figure 2-16): 1) Ghillicothe Bridge on the
Des Moines River (Lower Des Moines Station); 2) Des Moines River
approximately 10-15 yards above the Avery Creek junction (Upper
Des Koines Station); 3) Avery Creek at its confluence with the Des
Moines River (Lower Avery Creek Station); and 4) County Road Bridge
as it crosses over Avery Creek within the proposed site (Upper
Avery Creek Station).
2.0624 Water quality analysis from samples taken at these four
stations were made on a monthly basis from June-September 1975.
Data on the water quality parameters analyzed from these stations
are found in Appendix B.
2.0625 With the exception of one study by Drum3 of the diatoms of
the Des Moines River, little published information is available
concerning the planktonic or benthic communities of the river in the
study area. Drum's studies of the lower Des Moines River, from
1961 to 1964, indicated that diatoms were the predominant planktonic
form present. The species most frequently observed were: Diatom
vulgare, Gomphonema divaceum, Melosira granulata, Nitzschia
dissipatea, Nitzschia linearis, Nitzschia palea, Stephanodiscus
hantzschii, Synedra acua and Synedra ulna.
2.0626 Studies of the plankton and periphyton communities were
conducted from June-September 1975 at the four water quality sampling
stations (see Section 2.0623). Fhytoplankton were collected monthly,
centrifuged and counted with the aid of a Sedgwick-Rafter counting
cell. Zooplankton were collected twice in the summer and once in
the fall by running known volumes of water through a small mesh
plankton net. All zooplankton collected were classified into three
familes: Copepods, Cladocerans, and Rotifers. Artificial substrates
consisting of glass microscope slides were placed at the four
stations in late June and removed in mid-July to determine periphytic
communities. Biomass determinations and species present were deter-
mined for each station. Tabulated data for the phytoplankton, zoo-
plankton, and periphyton studies are given in Appendix B.
2.0627 Previous fisheries studies of the Des Moines River have
been conducted near Red Rock Reservoir by Mayhew and Mitzner4»5,6
and Harrison? but none have specifically covered the present study
area. Both reports indicate that good populations of channel cat-
fish and rough fish such as carp, carpsucker, and buffalo fish
occurred in the river from 1966 to 1968. The Mayhew and Mitzner
reports of 1967 and 1968 indicated that channel catfish were the
11-64
-------
LOG JAM
M
&
Ui
COW
PASTURE
DES MOINES RIVER
BRIDGE STATION I
X = SAMPLES TAKEN AT THESE PLACES
*m
§
m
SAMPLING POINTS
-------
predominant fish of the Des Moines River near Red Rock Reservoir
during this study period. Their studies showed no variability in
population densities of species in the area, although fish migrated
up and downstream, especially during spawning periods. In January
1968, a large fish kill occurred in the Des Moines River as a
result of pollution from the Des Moines Sewage Treatment Plant,
which reduced dissolved oxygen concentrations to critical levels
from Des Moines to Ottumwa. This kill had a significant effect on
populations of channel catfish and carp, which declined markedly
with populations of younger fish being most seriously affected. The
relative abundance of bullhead, however, increased since these fish
are more tolerant of low dissolved oxygen conditions.
2.0628 Other species of fish found in the Des Moines River during
1966-1969 studies included crappie, bluegill, largemouth bass,
white sucker, northern redhorse, walleye, gizzard shad, freshwater
drum, and goldeye.
2.0629 Fish population studies were conducted on three occasions
during the Summer and Fall of 1975 (June 20-21, July 8-9, and
September 26-27). Trammel and gill net sets and electroshocking
were utilized in order to ascertain fish species, populations,
and distributions. High flow rates in June and July affected
sampling procedures and collections made at that time from the
river channel were more difficult.
2.06210 Larval drift samples were collected from May 1, 1976 to
August 9, 1976 to determine the types of drifting fish larvae in the
vicinity of the proposed plant. The larvae were collected either by
towing a Wildco stream drift net or by pouring"a known quantity
(25 gallons) of water through the net. No other studies of larval
drift had previously been conducted in t^his area. Larvae data are
summarized in Table 2-11. The numbers of each species from each sampling
station are given. More detailed data are given in Appendix B. The
highest numbers of drifting larvae were observed during late June and
early July. The majority of fish were collected at the surface. Pre-
dominant species collected were Gizzard shad, freshwater drum, and
Notropis spp. Smaller numbers of Carp, Carpoidea spp., white bass,
and Micropterus spp. were collected. Reproductive histories of the
form found as well as others which might be found in drift are given
in Appendix B, p 18. The drift appeared to be fairly uniform across the
river.
2.06211 Aquatic macroinvertebrate samples were taken on a monthly
basis from June through October 1975 from three sampling stations:
(1) Highway 137 Bridge as it crosses the Des Moines River just south
of Eddyville, (2) Chillicothe Bridge as it crosses the Des Moines
River east of Chillicothe, and (3) 50 meters upstream from the
11-66
-------
Table 2-11
SUMMARY'OF LARVAE DATA
Sample
Species
Notropls
Gizzard Shad
Carpoldes spp.
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Notropls
Unidentified
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Notropls
Gizzard Shad
Notropls
No.
0
0
k
1
1
14
12
3
1
19
3
2
1
A
Relative Dei
(per 100 H*j
0
0
3
3
180
60
16
Surface
Sample B
isltv Species
I
Hay 1, 1976
Hay 7, 1976
Hay 20, 1976
Whl te Bass
June 5, 1976
June 17. 1976
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Notropls
July 1, 1976
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
July 19, 1976
Gizzard Shad
Unidentified
No.
0
0
1
0
0
5
2
1
13
4
10
2
Sample
Relative Density Species No.
(per 100 M*)
0 0
0 0
0.7 0
,- 0
5 0
Gizzard Shad 3
27Q Freshwater Drum 1
Unidentified 1
kl °
2l| No Sample
Bottom
A Sample B
Relative Density Species
(per 100 M3)
May 1, 1976
0
May 7, 1976
0
May 20, 1976
0 Carpoldes spp.
June 5, 1976
Unidentified
0
June 17, 1976
Gizzard Shad
10 Freshwater Drum
Carp
July 1, 1976
0
July 19, 1976
No Sample No Sarople
No. Relative Density
(per 100 M3)
0 0
0 0
1 1
1
k
2 18
1
0 3
No Sample
Unidentified
August 9, 1976
No Sample
Unidentified - Due to damaged condition
August 9. I97&
No Sample
No Sample
-------
County Road Bridge as it crosses over Avery Creek. The samples were
collected from artifical substrate which consisted of two barbeque
baskets, each containing ten concrete spheres, suspended from a float
which was tethered to a bridge or some other permanent structure.
All collected specimens were classified to order and finally to
genera where possible. Aquatic macroinvertebrate drift samples were
taken only from the Eddyville station during the same time period
to determine the types of drifting organisms in the river. The
drift samples were taken by placing a Wildco drift net on a support
and leaving it in the river for the first hour after sundown.
Bottom samples were taken from ponds in the area using a Ponar
dredge which was lowered into waist-deep water. Tabulated data of
the macroinvertebrate organisms are given in Appendix B.
2.063 Des Moinea River
2.0631 The Des Moines River in the study area is a typical midwest
river with a predominantly sand and sand-gravel bottom. A current
and bottom profile study of the river conducted on July 18, 1975,
indicates that the main river channel is located on the west side
of the river upstream of Avery Creek to a point some 2100 feet
below the confluence of Avery Creek and the river. At that point
the main channel then shifts to the east bank of the river with a
small channel remaining along the west bank. Average depth in the
channel at the time of the study was about 9 feet with the remainder
of the river averaging 3 to 4 feet. Current velocities in the river
varied from 1.58 to 3.48 fps with the highest values occurring just
below the water surface in the channel area. The results of current
and bottom profile studies are given in Appendix B.
2.0632 The hydrological characteristics of the Des Moines River
in the study area are influenced primarily by the operation of the
Red Rock Dam, located near Fella, Iowa. Although a number of small
tributary streams enter the river between the dam and the plant
site, their total drainage area is negligible when compared with
that of the river upstream of the reservoir. A list of these
streams and their drainage area is given in Table 2-12.
2.0633 Discharges from the reservoir are regulated to provide
flood protection for the municipalities and agricultural lands
from below the dam to the confluence of the Des Moines River with
the Mississippi River. If the discharges at Ottumwa reach or are
predicted to reach 18,000 cfs during the growing season or 30,000 cfs
during the non-growing season, or if discharges at Keosaqua reach
or are predicted to reach 22,000 cfs during the growing season or
35,000 cfs during the non-growing season, the discharges from the
dam are reduced accordingly. Red Rock is also operated for low
11-68
-------
Table 2-12
PRINCIPAL TRIBUTARIES JOINING THE DES MOINES
RIVER FROM RED ROCK RESERVOIR TO PLANT SITE
Name of Tributary Point of Confluence Drainage Area
River Mile* square mile
English Creek 137.0 112.0
Cedar Creek 127.9 423.0
North Avery Creek 105.3 60.3
South Avery Creek 104.0 51.6
*Miles above the mouth of the Des Moines River where tributary enters.
Source: Conservation Storage in Red Rock and Saylorville Reservoirs;
Design Memorandum No. 3, U.S. Army Engineer District, Rock
Island; 13 October 1961.
11-69
-------
flow augmentation and it Is required that a minimum of 300 cfs be
released from the dam to satisfy the requirements at Ottumwa. The
complete operational schedule for the dam is given in Table 2-13.
2.0634 Usually » the low flow period at Ottumwa occurs from August
to October while high flows occur from April through June (see
Section 2.02).
2.0635 In general the water quality of the Des Moines River was
found to be good during the current study and does not differ sig-
nificantly from that observed in earlier studies2»4. The water
quality in this area is affected by several factors, including the
retention in the Red Rock Reservoir which, as previously mentioned,
probably improves the water quality and agricultural land runoff.
2.0636 Differences between the water quality of the two stations
on the Des Moines River are small. Seasonal variations are apparent
Dissolved oxygen values varied from 5.1 to 7.9 mg/1 with both the
and maytunn? values being observed at Station 2 just above
the Avery Creek confluence. Alkalinity concentrations in the
river ranged from 142 to 203 mg/1 CaC03. Nitrate concentrations
varied from 0.82 mg/1 N in August to 7.8 mg/1 N in July. High
nitrogen concentrations are not unusual In many Iowa streams.
Ammonia concentrations exhibited little variation ranging from 0.01
to 0.08 mg/1 N. Fecal and total coliform values were .relatively
low as compared to other Iowa rivers. Total coliform values ranged
from 200 to 3700 organisms/100 ml. Five-day BOD values ranged
from 0.8 to 3.8 mg/1, with little differences occurring between
the lower and upper Des Moines stations.
2.0637 River temperatures exhibited normal seasonal variations
and no evidence of upstream thermal additions were apparent. The
Iowa Southern Utilities' Eddyville Generating Station, located
about 7 miles upstream of the study area is a small facility with
a closed cycle cooling system. The Eddyville Station is an oil-coal
fueled electric generating facility with a maximum capacity of 66 MWe.
The station currently serves in an auxiliary capacity operating only
Intermittently. Water for station operation is withdrawn from the
Des Moines River by three turbine pumps, each with a maximum pumping
capacity of 1000 gpm. Normal operating conditions require about
2000 gpm and during the current stand-by operation the flow is
950 gpm (each 2 cfs). The Eddyville station uses a closed cycle
cooling system and there is no thermal discharge; therefore, there
is no effect on the thermal regime of the river as a result of
operating the facility.
11-70
-------
Table 2-13
LAKE RED ROCK—FLOOD CONTROL REGULATION SCHEDULE
Regulation
Schedule
A.
Normal flood
control oper-
ation.
Lake
Stage
Rising
R i s i ng
Falling.
steady or
rising
Rising
Rising
Condition
16 December thru
20 April.
II 16 December thru
20 April, Dis-
charge at Ottumwa
or Keosauqua above,
or forecast to ex-
ceed 30,000 cfs
(corresponds to
stage 10.8) re-
spectively.
Ill 21 April thru 15
December. Lake at
or above permanent
pool elevation 725.
IV 21 April thru
December. Dis-
charge at Ottumwa
or Keosauqua above
or forecast to ex-
ceed 18,000 cfs
(corresponds to
stage 7.5) or
22,000 cfs (corre-
sponds to stage 7.5)
respectively in-
cluding release in
Condition A-llI.
V Any date, stage at,
or above, or fore-
cast to exceed
17.0 feet on
Mississippi River
gage at Burlington,
Iowa, or 1^.0 feet
on Mississippi
River gage at
O.uincy, Illinois.
Operation
Maintain permanent pool level
725 by releasing inflow up to
22,000 cfs, then, permit pool
level to rise with uncontrolled
outlet discharge until elevation
750 is reached (corresponds to
uncontrolled outlet discharge of
30,000 cfs) then continue to
release 30,000 cfs as pool con-
tinues to rise, except as limited
by Conditions A-ll, and
Schedule B.
Release not less than 5,000 cfs
to control flow to those dis-
charges at respective stations
insofar as possible except as
1imited by Schedule B.
Release 18,000 cfs until lake
reaches to permanent pool level,
after which it shall be held at
that level insofar as possible
without exceeding release of
18,000 cfs, except as limited by
Condition A-IV, and Schedule B.
Release not less than 5,000 cfs
to control flow to those dis-
charges at respective stations
insofar as possible except as
limited by Schedule B.
During period corresponding to
time Mississippi River is above
forecast stages provided lake
inflow is greater than 5,000 cfs,
release not less than 5,000 cfs
until lake elevation 755.5 is
reached; then provided (a) lake
inflow is greater than 15,000 cfs
until lake elevation 763.5 is
reached, or, (b) if lake inflow
is between 5,000 cfs and
15,000 cfs release the inflow;
then, if operation (a) was fol-
lowed and at elevation 763.5,
11-71
-------
Regulation
Schedule
Lake
Stage
Table 2-13 (Continued)
Condition
B.
Large magni-
tude flood
operation
Rising
VI Any date, lake
elevation is
rising and above
or forecast to
exceed elevation
775.
Operation
provided (c) lake inflow is
greater than 25,000 cfs release
not less than 25,000 cfs until
lake elevation 775 is reached, or
(d) if lake inflow is between
15,000 cfs and 25,000 cfs release
the inflow; then if operation (f)
was followed release not less
than 30,000 cfs, except as limited
by Schedule B.
When predictions indicate that
anticipated runoff from a storm
will appreciably exceed the
storage capacity remaining in the
lake when operated under
Schedule A, release rates will be
in accordance with the following
.schedule;
Pool Elev. Outflow cfs
775 30,000
776 35,000
777 40,000
778 45,000
779 50,000
780 60,000
780.5 80,000
781 100,000
781.5 115.000
782 130,000
783 130,000
784 130,000
785 130,000
785 Open spillway tainter
gates as necessary to
maintain lake eleva-
tion 785 until uncon-
trolled spillway and
outlet conduit dis-
charge prevails, then
allow lake to continue
rising with uncontrolled
spillway and outlet con-
duit discharge.
Source: U.S. Aray Engineer District. Rock Island. UMRB, Oes Noines River, Iowa and Minn.
Master Reservoir Regulation Schedule. June 26, 1968.
11-72
-------
2.0638 Pesticides and heavy metal concentrations were relatively
low in the present study as compared to other data collected on
the Des Moines River1. The water quality data are summarized in
Table 2-14 and complete results are given in Appendix B.
2.0639 Two major types of habitat occur in the Des Moines River,
the channel portion and the shoreline areas. In the channel, the
river bottom in the vicinity of Chillicothe has been characterized
as one of transition between upstream alluvium and downstream rock
ledge&. Shoreline habitats are greatly influenced by the river
level. At high water stages many habitats are shaded by overhanging
silver maple, sandbar willows, and cottonwoods. Quiet water areas
are formed where the river backs up into drainage ditches, and
there are not true riffle areas or sandbars. At low water, when
the river recedes from the wooded shoreline, riffle areas and sand-
bars occur. Rubble and brush pile areas occur at intervals along
the shoreline and are doubtless important habitat for a variety of
species.
2.06310 Phytoplankton populations in the Des Moines River exhibited
temporal variations in number and species composition. In general,
similar numbers and species were found at the lower and upper river
stations, although the lower station had a greater diversity of diatom
species and the upper Station 2 had more species of green algae.
The diatoms Cyelotella and Nitzschia were the dominant organisms
observed at both stations. Blue-green algae counts were low and
consisted of Anacystis, Anabaena, and Oscillatoria. Total plankton
counts ranged from 1500 to 1800 organisms/ml. These numbers are
generally low as compared to other midwestem rivers. Complete
phytoplankton data can be found in Appendix B.
2.06311 Copepods dominated the zooplankton community during the
summer months while Cladocerans were the predominant forms in the
fall. Rotifers were not abundant at either of the two river stations.
2.06312 The artifical substrates at Station 1 (lower Des Moines
River) were destroyed or lost, due to the fragile nature of the
substrates. However, due to the similarities in water quality at
Station 1 and Station 2 on the Des Moines River, the similar veloci-
ties at the two stations, and the similar nature of bank features
it is unlikely that significant differences in community structure
would occur between these stations. Species composition and biomass
for Station 2 are found in Appendix B. Diatoms, chiefly Melosira
and Cymbella were the dominant organisms developing on the substrates.
11-73
-------
Table 2-14
SUMMARY OF WATER QUALITY DATA
JUNE-SEPTEMBER 1975
Station 1 Lower Station 2 Upper Station 3 Lower
A very Creek
Station 4 Upper
Averv Creek
pH
00 (mg/1)
Total Alkalinity
(mg CaC03/1)
NO 3 (mg N/D
NH3 (mg N/l)
TOC (mg C/l)
Calciun (mg CaCOj/1)
Orthophosphate
(mg P/!)
Total Phosphate
(mg P/l)
Sodium (mg Na/1)
Potassium (mg K/1)
Magnesium (mg Mg/l)
Chloride (mg Cl"/l)
Sulfate (mg SOj,"2/!)
Silica (mg Si02/l)
Temperature (C)
Total Dissolved
Solids (mg/1)
Turbidity (JTU)
Specific Conductance
BOD5 (mg/1)
Seech i Disc (meters)
Total Coliforms
(org/100 ml)
Fecal Col i forms
(org/100 ml)
uo> rw i n
MIn.
7.7
6.6
142
.85
.02
7
160
111
.16
7.5
2.3
17.1*
16.0
47
3.9
22.6
150
15
407
1.0
1.5
200
50
09 n 1 Wl
Max.
8.1
7.7
203
7.8
.06
12
244
.21
.39
14
U.8
52.0
24.0
116
9.1
28.2
460
39
590
3.8
.5
2000
560
W»9 * 1W * »»
Min.
7.9
5.1
144
.82
.01
5
144
.12
.14
8.0
1.8
22.0
16.5
52
4.2
20.0
150
18
395
.8
.25
300
10
Max.
8.1
7.9
203
7.6
.08
11
208
.15
.40
17
5.0
64.0
24.0
116
9.2
27.8
460
42
700
3.4
.25
3700
1300
Min.
7.8
5.3
139
.8
<.04
7
144
.08
.12
9.2
2.9
23.0
15.0
67
4.2
21.8
230
16
407
1.5
.25
600
280
Max.
8.0
7.9
198
7.0
.06
12
200
.35
.83
16
5.4
64.0
23.0
118
9-5
28.0
550
40
590
3.1
.30
4300
2500
Min.
6.3
4.9
68
.05
.04
11
212
.01
.09
2.0
6.0
18.0
5.0
112
1.2
21.0
240
12
577
3.5
.25
1600
800
Max.
7.8
9.0
254
.6
.5
23
334
.16
.73
20
8.6
56.0
11.0
220
4.3
28.0
560
34
788
8.2
.25
4100
1900
Source: Institute of Hydraulic Research, University of Iowa, 1975.
11-74
-------
2.06313 Fish population studies made during the Summer and Fall of
1975 indicate the presence of a diverse fish community in this
portion of the river (Table 2-15). The fish community includes a
good base of forage species including carp and carpsucker as well
as a number of predator species such as walleye and northern pike.
No rare or endangered species have been reported in the literature
or were found in the Des Moines River during the study.
2.06314 Fish found in the greatest abundance were carpsucker and
carp. All species of carpsucker had a combined relative abundance
of 50.6 per cent in June, 39.7 per cent in July, and 29.7 per cent
in September. Carp were found in a relative abundance of 32.9 per
cent in June, 42.2 per cent in July, and 10.7 per cent in September.
Fishes of the genus Notropis were found to comprise 47.3 per cent
of the September collections and, because of their preference for
riffle areas, were more common during the lower river levels
(Table 2-16). The large number of Notropis collected was no doubt
due in part to sampling techniques and locations sampled. Locations
sampled were either sand bars or shallow gravel areas in both the
Des Moines River and Avery Creek. Bag seines were commonly used in
the riffle areas and seine samples from these areas did contain large
numbers of Notropis. Pfliegler (1975) states in "The Fishes of
Missouri," that many species of shiners commonly inhabit shallow
areas with gravel, rock or sand bottoms and their presence in the
bag seine collections was not unexpected. It is acknowledged that
sampling technique plays a major role in determining the abundance
of various species in collections. However, due to the nature of
the habitat in the vicinity of the Ottumwa Generating Station during
the 1975 summer study the large number of these organisms collected
is not surprising.
2.06315 Species composition in the study area is similar to that
reported for upstream sections of the Des Moines River with the
exception of the number of channel catfish and carpsucker (Mayhew
and Mitzner^.5,6 and Harrison7). This difference may be due in
part to a pollution-caused fish kill between Des Moines and Ottumwa
occurring during the Winter of 1968, which resulted in an estimated
loss of 54 per cent of the channel catfish population (Mayhew and
Mitzner6). According to studies by Mayhew, changes in fish popu-
lation structure were the reduction of the numerical abundance of
channel catfish and carp, while bullhead and river carpsucker in-
creased. On the other hand, the reported low number of channel
catfish in the present study area may merely reflect that the
sampling methods used in the present study were not effective in
collecting this species.
11-75
-------
Table 2-15
FISH SPECIES LIST
Scientific Name
Dorosoma cepedlanum (LeSueur)
Esox luclus (Linnaeus)
Cyprinus carpio (Linnaeus)
Carpiodes carpio (Rafinesquie)
Carpoides cyprlnus (LeSueur)
Carpoldes velifer (Rafinesquie)
Motropls Spp.
Ictiobus cvprinellus (Valenciennes)
Ictiobus bubalus (Rafinesque)
Hoxostoma macrotepi dotum (LeSueur)
Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque)
Ictalurus melas (Rafinesque)*
Ictalurus natal is (LeSueur)*
Pvlodlctls olivaris (Rafinesque)**
Noturus flavus (Rafinesque)**
Monrone chrvsoos (Rafinesque)
Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede)*
Lepomls cvanellus (Rafinesque)*
Lepomls macrochirus (Rafinesque)*
Pomoxis annular!s (Rafinesque)*
Pomoxis nigromaculatus*
Stizostedion vltreum vitreum (Mitchell)
Aplodlnotus grunniens (Rafinesque)
Common Name
Gizzard shad
Northern pike
European carp
River carpsucker
Quill back
Htghfin carpsucker
Small cyprinids
Bigmouth buffalo
Smallmouth buffalo
Short head redhorse
Channel catfish
Black bullhead
Yellow bullhead
Flathead catfish
Stonecat
White bass
Largemouth bass
Green sunfish
Bluegill
White crappie
Black crappie
Walleye
Freshwater drum
^Collected only in Avery Creek.
**ColIected only in the Des Hoines River.
All others collected in both the Des Hoines River and Avery Creek.
Sources: Bailey (1970) A List of Common and Scientific Names of
Fishes from the United States and Canada. American
Fisheries Society Special Publication No. 6, Washington,
D. C.
Eddy (1957) How to Know the Freshwater Fishes. Wm. C. Brown
Company, Dubuque, Iowa.
Morris, Morris, Witt (1972) The Fishes of Nebraska. Nebraska
Game and Parks Commission, Lincoln, Nebraska.
11-76
-------
Table 2-16
RELATIVE ABUNDANCE OF FISH SPECIES
SAMPLED IN THE DES MOINES RIVER IN 1975
Species
Bigmouth Buffalo
Carp
Carpsucker, Highfin
Carpsucker, River
Carpsucker, Quillback
Channel Catfish
Flathead Catfish
Freshwater Drum
Gizzard Shad
Northern Pike
Notropis
Shorthead Redhorse
Smallmouth Buffalo
Stonecat
Walleye
White Bass
June 20-21
No.
1
26
11
29
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
Relative
Abundance
1.3
32.9
13.9
36.7
- 4
- -
- -
- -
- -
- 1
- -
- ' -
1.3
- -
- -
No.
3
35
2
27
4
July 7-8
Relative
Abundance
3.6
42.2
2.4
32.5
4.8
-
-
-
-
1.2
-
-
4.8
-
-
September 26-27
No.
2
45
3
87
35
9
1
5
15
2
199
9
4
1
4
Relative
Abundance
0.5
10.7
0.7
20.7
8.3
2.1
0.2
1.2
3.6
0.5
47.3
2.1
0.9
0.2
0.9
1.3
2.4
Total
79
83
421
Source: Institute of Hydraulic Research, The University of Iowa,
1975.
11-77
-------
2.06316 Larval or postlarval stages of Notropls and other Cyprinidae
were collected from the Des Koines River. On July 8, 1975 two
unidentified Cyprinidae were taken from the east bank and on
July 18, one Notropis was collected from the west bank. High flows
in the Des Moines River made larval sampling at that time difficult.
Spawning and larval drift of species found in the river is probably
more conmon in the backwaters and tributaries such as Avery Creek
than in the river itself.
a. In many forms with a pellagic larval stage, such as white
bass and drum, spawning frequently takes place in streams tributary
to the parent stream. Other forms may spawn in various habitats.
For example, crappie, perch and sunfish prefer shallow water areas
with gravel bottoms and areas of vegetation, twigs and leaves, a
habitat type far more common in Avery Creek than in the Des Moines
River. Catfish frequently spawn in undercut banks or among piles of
driftwood and logs, while carp may deposit eggs at random over rocks.
and logs in shallow water areas. Preceding spawning, walleye
frequently move into the tributaries out of larger stream systems.
b. In addition to actual spawning activities, however, back-
water areas along the Des Moines River are also essential as nursery
areas for many species. During the 1975 sampling more young-of-the-
year fish were collected from Avery Creek than were collected from
the Des Moines River. Fart of this discrepancy was partially due to
the difficulty in sampling the main river with minnow and bag seines,
but considering the habits of these forms it is reasonable to assume
that the small creeks and backwater areas are important nursery
habitats for the river.
2.06317 Macroinvertebrate population studies made during the
Summer and Fall of 1975 indicated a poor-to-moderately diverse
macroinvertebrate community in this portion of the Des Moines River
(see Appendix B). This is apparently due to the influence of Red
Rock Reservoir which prevents normal drift of upstream organisms to
colonize downstream sites (Merkley^). The organisms which predomi-
nate below the reservoir are largely filter-feeders that feed on
the particulate matter coming from the reservoir. This is documented
by the occurrence of the relatively large number of hydropsychid
caddisflies (Trichoptera).
2.06318 Three species of caddisflies (Trichoptera) were the pre-
dominant organisms in the Des Moines River samples. Two species of
Hydropsyche and one species of Potamyia had a combined relative
abundance of 88.6 per cent in June, 79.0 per cent in July, 79.7 per
cent in August, and 90.8 per cent in September. The October sample
was decidely more diverse with stoneflies (Plecoptera) appearing in
the samples for the first time. The combined relative abundance of
11-78
-------
the specimens in October showed stoneflies (Plecoptera) with 2.3 per
cent, mayflies (Ephemeroptera) with 31.7 per cent, species of Diptera
with 18.2 per cent, and caddisflies (Trichoptera) at a lower level
than previously with 47.7 per cent.
2.06319 There was a definite seasonal response of the fauna with
respect to velocity and temperature. For example, the Simulidae
(Diptera) were decidedly more abundant in the late spring and early
summer when the river was flowing high, fast, and cool; these organisms
gradually became less abundant until they were completely absent
in the October sample. The midge larvae (Chironomidae) quickly
replaced them since the midges respond more favorably to reduced
velocity and warmer temperatures. This replacement pattern was
also evident in some of the mayfly (Ephemeroptera) species. The
two species of Baetis were better able to compete for available
habitat and food when the velocity was high but were replaced by
the more sluggish Stenonema when the velocity was reduced in the
late summer and fall. Stoneflies (Plecoptera) appear to be more
sensitive to higher temperatures than most of the other macro-
invertebrates and they did not appear in the samples until October.
There is no obvious reason as to why stoneflies only appeared at
the station near Chillicothe and not farther upstream at Eddyville.
2.06320 Differences between the numbers and species composition of
the taacroinvertebrates collected at the two stations on the Des
Moines River are due to the natural but variable colonization patterns
of the organisms and the placement of the artificial substrate.
Though site selection is carefully chosen, it is not always possible
to duplicate conditions from site to site especially when considering
the effects of water velocity.
2.06321 The organisms appearing in the drift samples were repre-
sentative of those sampled from the artificial substrate both in
numbers and composition. No rare or endangered macroinvertebrate
species were found in the Des Moines River during this study.
2.06322 Pesticide levels in several species of fish collected
from the Des Moines River on July 21, 1975 are given in Table 2-17.
Levels were generally low as compared to levels in fish taken from
other Iowa streams9»^°. Heptachlor and degradation products of
DDT were the compounds present in highest concentrations.
11-79
-------
Table 2-17
oo
o
FISH PESTICIDES RESIDUES
PARTS PER BILLION
Heptachlor
Aldrln
Species
Carp (Des Koines River)
Walleye (Des Holnes
River)
Carp (Avery Creek)
Largemouth Bass
(Avery Creek)
Length
1 nches
15
11
12
12
Weight
grams
892.9
186.6
352.3
463.7
Heptachlor
8.2
8.7
19.5
36.0
Epoxlde
-
-
36.<»
32.4
3.5
Dleldrln p.p' DDT p.p1 DOE p.p1 POD
75.4
21.0
18.8
15.6
27.5
24.4
24.2
19.5
23.8
10.4
Source: Institute of Hydraulic Research, The University of Iowa, 1975.
-------
2.064 Water Bodies on the Plant Site
2.0641 There are no significant ponds on the plant site. The
only significant stream flowing through the plant site is Avery
Creek* although there are drainage ditches along the county road
traversing the site. Avery Creek is a small stream with a drainage
area of 60.3 square miles which enters the west side of the Des
Moines River at River Mile 105.3. Normally the flow in, the creek
is low as is the average velocity. During the study velocities
varied from 0.5 in June to 3.30 fps in July. Precise flow infor-
mation is not available as there are no U.S. Geological Survey
gaging stations located on the stream.
2.06411 The macroinvertebrate populations of Avery Creek changed
dramatically during the study period of 1975. This change was
accompanied by rapidly falling water levels in Avery Creek. While
the creek was touching its banks and flowing downstream (primarily
during the early summer), the fauna, although not as diverse or
abundant as in the Des Moines River, was characteristic of a stream
fauna with representatives of mayflies (Ephemeroptera), caddisflies
(Trichoptera), and Diptera. But as soon as the water ceased to flow
and began to stand in pools, the fauna changed to resemble the fauna
in ponds of the surrounding region. For example, the midge (Chironomidae)
larvae greatly increased and constituted more than 98 per cent of the
total organisms when the wate,r stopped flowing. This type of pre-
dominance by the midge larvae is characteristic of aquatic organisms
in an intermittent stream when the water ceases to flow and begins to
stand in pools. The presence of beetles (Coleoptera), annelids, and
damselfly (Odonata) nymphs helped to characterize the pond-like nature
that the creek had assumed (see Appendix B).
2.06412 Bottom samples were taken from each of the five ponda in the
proposed construction site. The samples consisted of duplicate grabs
using a Ponar dredge which was lowered into waist-deep water. The
fauna was characteristic of ponds throughout the region and the
Midwest. The composition of the organisms from the ponds showed
more diversity than those found in Avery Creek, however, the number
of specimens per square meter was not nearly as great. The apparent
differences in species composition may be an artifact of the sampling
technique as the artificial substrate sampler in Avery Creek was not
especially adapted to sampling Hexagenia, Gyrinidae, Hemiptera species,
or Physa (see Appendix B). There was nothing unusual about the pond
samples and no rare or endangered species were found during this
study of the ponds.
11-81
-------
2.0642 Avery Creek is bordered for the most part by woodlot
stands, predominantly overhanging silver maple and pastureland.
At its confluence with the river, the creek contains several log
jams and brush piles. The water is quiet and the current from
the river does not appear to cause appreciable swirls. Bottom
type at the confluence is primarily mud. The section of the
creek immediately upstream from the mouth also has a mud bottom
with scattered fallen trees and log jams. At the low river levels
observed during the June to September study water in this section
was shallow but sufficient to maintain a connection with the river.
The middle section of the creek about 500 yards above the confluence
has a predominantly silt and mud bottom. This section is relatively
shallow and at low river levels much of the stream bed is exposed.
The upper section of Avery Creek in the vicinity of the existing
County Road Bridge contains a rock-lined shore and exposed rock
bottom. Habitat diversity is high during both high and low flow
periods. During low flow periods isolated pools, rocks and
rubble, and a few pockets of mud exist in this area. Above the
County Bead Bridge, the creek contains log jams and deep pockets
of water which are isolated at low river levels. The bottom type
in this area is predominantly silt and mud.
2.0643 The water quality of Avery Creek was found to be rela-
tively good during the current study and was adequate to support
aquatic biota which would normally occur in this stream. The
primary factor affecting the water quality of Avery Creek is
agricultural land runoff.
2.0644 Dissolved oxygen values varied from 4.9 mg/1 to 9.0 mg/1
with both maximum and mlnlimim values occurring in the upper section
of Avery Creek. In general, high dissolved oxygen values were
observed in the upper portions of Avery Creek. Alkalinity values
in Avery Creek ranged from 68 mg/1 in September to 254 mg/1 CaCC<3
in August. Nitrate concentrations ranged from 0.05 mg N/l to
7.0 mg N/l. In general, the values observed at the Lower Avery
Creek station were higher than those obtained from Upper Avery
Creek. Ammonia concentrations exhibited little variations ranging
from 0.04 to 0.5 mg/1. Fecal and total coliform values were low
as compared to other Iowa streams. Total coliform values ranged
from 600 to 4300 organisms/100 ml while fecal coliform values
ranged from 280 to 2500 organisms/100 ml. In general, coliform
values found in Avery Creek were lower than those observed in
the Des lupines River.
11-82
-------
2.0645 Five-day BOD values, sulfate and potassium concentrations
tended to be higher in the upper section of Avery Creek than at
the mouth and these values for both stations were higher than the
Des Moines River values. This is probably a direct result of
agricultural runoff into the creek and the small size of the
drainage basin. Water quality data is summarized in Table 2-14
and complete results are given in Appendix B.
2.0646 Phytoplankton populations in Avery Creek exhibited con-
siderable variation in number and species composition, both tem-
porally and between the lower and upper creek stations. Station 4,
located on Upper Avery Creek, exhibited higher total counts and
differed from Station 3, located at the mouth of Avery Creek, in
species composition. Upper Avery Creek appears to support a wider
variety of organisms, especially green algae and flagellates,
whereas Lower Avery Creek supports a wider variety of diatoms and
lower green algae populations. This is probably due to the greater
habitat diversity at Station 4, the low velocity of the creek in
this section, and the high nutrient input into the creek resulting
from agricultural land runoff. Station 3 exhibited lower green
algal counts, probably due to the shading effects of the woodlots
along the bank. Blue-green algal counts were low at both stations
and consisted of Anacystis, Oscillatoria, and Phormidium. Total
plankton counts ranged from 1300 to 10,000 organisms/ml. Complete
phytoplankton data can be found in Appendix B.
2.0647 Zooplankton distribution was patchy. In June Copepods
were dominant at both stations while in July Copepods and Cladocerans
were present in approximately equal numbers at Station 3 while
Copepods dominated the zooplankton at Station 4. Rotifers were
not abundant at either station.
2.0643 Analysis of the species composition of periphyton at the
upper and lower stations on Avery Creek indicate significant dif-
ferences between the periphytic communities at the two stations.
Both species diversity and biomass values were lower at the Lower
Avery Creek station than at the upstream site. These differences
were probably due to the overhanging trees and resultant reduced
light intensity at the station. Because of the frequent water
level fluctuations in Upper Avery Creek, the periphytic community
structure is probably unstable and the high productivity found in
this section of the creek may not remain consistently higher than
that found in the lower portions of Avery Creek.
2.0649 Avery Creek provides habitat for such activities as
spawning, recruitment, and feeding of fish, especially during the
11-83
-------
higher river levels in June and July. White crappie of all age
classes was collected from Avery Creek including a number of
postlarval fish. Larval or postlarval walleye, gizzard shad,
freshwater drum, largemouth bass, and bluegill were also collected
in drift net sets. The results of the larval studies are given
in Table 2-18. The creek is also a feeding area for forage fish
such as carpsucker, carp, and largemouth buffalo, all of which
were found in relatively large numbers (see Table 2-19). Adult
fish of the predator species (northern pike, walleye, and channel
catfish) were netted or electroshocked from the creek. Avery Creek
appears to be utilized as a spawning and nursery area for white
crappie, walleye, gizzard shad, and freshwater drum. No rare or
endangered species were found during the current study in Avery Creek.
2.06410 Pesticides in several species of fish collected from Avery
Creek on July 21, 1975 are given in Table 2-17. Heptachlor,
heptachlor epoxide, and degradation products of DDT were the com-
pounds present in highest concentrations.
11-84
-------
Table 2-18
LARVAL FISH SAMPLED IN AVERY CREEK IN 1975
June 21. 1975
6 Clupidae (Gizzard Shad)
4 Cyprinidae
1 White Crappie
July 8, 1975
3 Cyprinidae
28 Freshwater Drum
1 No tr op is
1 Unidentified
July 18. 1975
9 Centrarchidae
8 Notropis
July 30. 1975
11 Notropis
2 Centrarchidae
Source: Institute of Hydraulic Research, The University of Iowa,
1975.
11-85
-------
Table 2-19
RELATIVE ABUNDANCE OF FISH SPECIES
SAMPLED IN AVERY CREEK IN 1975
Species
Bigmouth Buffalo
Black Bullhead
Bluegill
Carp
Carpsucker, Highfin
Carpsucker, River
Carpsucker, Quillback
Channel Catfish
Freshwater Drum
Gizzard Shad
Green Sunfish
Largemouth Bass
Northern Pike
Notropis
Shorthead Redhorse
Smallmouth Buffalo
Walleye
White Bass
White Crappie
Yellow Bullhead
Unidentified
Total
June 20-21
Per Cent
No. Abundance
8
35
28
105
5
1
15
1
5
6
3
10
4
34
1
3
264
13.2
10.6
39.8
1.9
0.4
5.7
0.4
1.9
2.3
1.1
3.8
1.5
13.0
0.4
1.1
July 7-8
No.
29
1
17
16
157
2
5
1
229
3
6
1
1
3
2
2
9
470
Per Cent
Abundance
6.9
0.2
3.6
3.4
29.1
0.4
1.1
0.2
48.7
0.6
1.3
0.2
0.2
0.6
0.4
0.4
1.9
September 26-27
Per Cent
No. Abundance
1
13
9
14
2
3
21
220
0.5
5.9
4.1
6.4
37
6
2
3
85
1
4
3
16
16.8
2.7
0.9
1.4
38.6
0.5
1.8
1.4
7.3
0.9
1.4
9.5
Source: Institute of Hydraulic Research, The University of Iowa,
1975.
11-86
-------
REFERENCES
1. Water Quality Commission, 1975, Water Quality Report, Iowa
Dept. of Environmental Quality.
2. State Hygienic Laboratory, University of Iowa, Des Moines River
(Des Moines to Keokuk) Limnology-Study, 1973-1974, #74-35,
Department of Environmental Quality and the Water Quality
Commission.
3. Drum, R. W., 1964, "Ecology of Diatoms in the Des Moines River,"
Ph.D. dissertation, Iowa State Univ., Ames.
4. Mayhew, Jim and Mitzner, Larry, 1967, Report on the First Year
Study of Commercial Fish Species in the Des Moines River and
Coralville Reservoir, Iowa State Conservation Commission.
5. Mayhew, Jim and Mitzner, Larry, 1968, Report on the Second Year
Study of Commercial Fish Species in the Des Moines River and
Coralville Reservoir, Iowa State Conservation Commission.
6. Mayhew, Jim and Mitzner, Larry, 1969, Report on the Third Year
Study of Commercial Fish Species in the Des Moines River and
Coralville Reservoir, Iowa State Conservation Commission.
7. Harrison, Harry M., Des Moines River Creel Census, 1969,
Quarterly Biology Reports, Vol. VII, No. 2, pp. 37-40.
8. Harlan, James R. and Speaker, Everett B., 1956, Iowa Fish and
Fishing, Iowa State Conservation Commission.
9. Morris, R. L., 1970, Pesticide Levels in Fish and Bottom Silts
from Iowa Streams, Report #71-10, Iowa State Hygienic Laboratory.
10. State Hygienic Laboratory, University of Iowa, 1970, Pesticide
Levels in Fish from Iowa Streams. Report #71-23, State
Conservation Commission.
11. Merkley, W. B., 1974, Ecological impact of the in-line arrange-
ment of two reservoirs and a metropolitan area, Iowa State
Water Resources Research Institute Report No. 53, Ames, Iowa,
59 p.
11-87
-------
2.07 Terrestrial Environment of the pttumwa Generating Station Site
2.071 Introduction. The terrestrial environment of the Ottumwa
Generating Site is a mosaic of agricultural fields, grasslands, and
forests bordering the Des Moines River and traversed by a small stream
(Avery Creek), a county highway, and the tracks of the Burlington
Northern Railroad. There are no wetlands on the plant site. To
describe the terrestrial aspects of the area, field visits were made
from June 1975 into October 1975. Surveys of the vegetation, mammals,
birds, other vertebrates, insects and other invertebrates, ecological
function and successional status were made. Much of the information was
obtained directly in the field, while some was gleaned from the literature.
2.072 Vegetation
2.0721 General.
a. The two major vegetation formations represented on the Ottumwa
Site (exclusive of agricultural fields and pastures) are forest and
grassland. Of the forests, there are four types: 1) gallery forest
along the stream-sides, 2) pond-edge woods, 3) disturbed upland forests
in early succession, and A) upland oak forest. There is no natural
forest, that is, although some of the species present are also found
in pristine forest. On the Ottumwa Site all the forests show sign of
moderate to severe disturbance, by clearing, cutting and grazing.
Figure 2-17 is a vegetation map.
b. Grasslands are represented by three types: 1) fencerows and
field edges, 2) old fields, and 3) roadsides and railroad rights-of-way.
As is true of forests, there are no native or natural prairies on the
site. The grassland vegetation most similar to that of the presettle-
ment condition is found along the tracks of the Burlington Northern
Railroad, in one small area (about 1/2 hectare). This area has one of
the common tall grasses of the prairie, Indian grass (Sorghastrum nutans),
and some of the forbs (e.g., goldenrods, Solidago spp.; asters, Aster
spp.; milkweeds, Asclepias spp.), but it is lacking the great diversity
of species, the several tall grasses, and the functional integration
of the true prairie. The original vegetation of the site has been
completely altered by Man's activities, including burning, plowing,
cutting, and livestock grazing.
c. The vegetation of the Ottumwa Site contains at least 51 vascular
plant families. The five families with the most species are: com-
posite or sunflower family (Compositae), grass family (Graminae),
legume or bean family (Laguminosae), rose family (Rosaceae), and mustard
family (Cruciferae). The species of plants show a distinctly eastern
geographic relationship. In addition, a number of species are intro-
11-88
-------
P POND-EDGE WOODS, FENCEROWS,
AND CROP FIELDS NOT SHOWN
SUCCESSIONAL FOREST
GALLERY FOREST
-:-!J OLD FIELDS
' " " • I
SCALE
o
70
m
i
00
VEGETATION MAP OF THE OTTUMWA SITE
-------
duced or alien, often In the same case occupying a "weedy" role in
the ecology of the site.
2.0722 Gallery forest
a. The gallery forest is found along the banks of the Des Koines
River and Avery Creek, and in the unplowed moist lowlands of the
river flood plain. The gallery forest that remains is only a small,
much disturbed remnant of the original; the older trees (silver maple
and cottonwood) are between 30 and 40 years old. At least 32 families
of vascular plants are present in this forest type.
b. Expressed as per cent of the canopy cover, the tree canopy in
the gallery forest is characterized by box elder (Acer negundo)
30 per cent, silver maple (Acer saccharinum) 27 per cent, cottonwood
(Populus deltoides) 18 per cent, and green ash (Fraxinus pennsylvanica)
10 per cent. The remaining 15 per cent is scattered among several
other species: red elm (Ulmus rubra), American elm (Ulmus americana),
honey locust (Gledltsla trlacanthos), hackberry (Celtis oceidentalis),
willow (Salix spp., mostly S. nigra and £. interior), black walnut (Juglans
nigra), and red mulberry (Morus rubra). Box elder, silver maple, and green
ash show a wide range of sizes, indicating successful reproduction of
these species. Cottonwood is found only in the larger size classes,
indicating that it requires some form of disturbance (probably flooding)
for its reproduction. Except for a few oaks on the uplands, the largest
trees on the site are found in the gallery forest. Some individuals
of both silver maple and cottonwood have diameters greater than 60 cm,
and heights over 30 m. Tree density in young forests may reach 700-800
per hectare (ha), dropping to 400-500 per ha with maturity.
c. The most abundant shrub species in the gallery forest is poison
ivy (Rhus radicans). Other shrubs include elderberry (Sambucus
canadensis) and gooseberry (Ribes sp.).
d. Several species of herbs are very common on the floor of the
gallery forest. However, these species do not occur uniformly, but
rather are found in extensive, dense stands in some areas, and only
occasionally in others. The most likely explanation for this is the
different disturbance histories of the different parts of the gallery
forest. The very abundant herbs are: stinging nettle (Lapprtea
canadensis, bedstraw (Galium aparine), daisy fleabane (Eri^eron.
strigosus), Virginia waterleaf (Hydrophyllum virginianum) , j ewel-weed
(Impatiens pallida) and, following the drying of floodwaters, clearweed
(Pilea pum-fla).
e. Other herb species found in the gallery forest, but in lower
abundances include: Ambrosia trlfida, Arabis short11, Arctium sp.,
Aster pilosa, Bidens sp., Carex spp., Cirsium discolor, Convolvulus
11-90
-------
sp., Conyza canadensis, Dactylis glomerata, Fragaria sp., Lactuca sp.,
Melilotus officinale, M. alba, Menispermum canadense. Mirabllis
nyctaginea, Oxalis europea, Parthenocissus vitacea, Phlox divaricata,
Plantago sp., Poa pratensis, Polygonatum biflorum, Polygontim sp.,
Ranunculus abortivus, Scutellaria sp., Silphium perfoliatum, Smilax
hispida, Taraxacum officinale, Thalictrum dioicum, Urtica dioica,
Viola sp., and Vitis riparia. In addition, there are a number of
species of grasses and a few forbs that are unidentifiable without
complete flowers, which were unavailable at the time of collection.
2.0723 Pond-edge woods.
a. This vegetation type, on the Ottumwa Site, is found around the
crescent-shaped pond (probably an old ox-bow)near the intersection of
the county road and the Burlington Northern Railroad tracks. A small
piece is also found at the back (south) of a small farm pond near the
western^end of the site. The woods are located in habitats that are
very moist throughout the year. They may occasionally be under shallow
water for brief periods.
b. Generally, this vegetation is younger and more dense than that of
the gallery forest. The species composition of the shrub and herb
layers is similar to the gallery forest, except in the pond-edge
woods a large amount of snowberry (Symphoricarpus sp.) is found in
the shrub component. The main difference between the gallery forest
and the pond-edge woods is in the tree canopy. In the pond-edge
woods, willows, especially black (Salix nigra) and sandbar (£. interior)
are very common. Also, river birch (Betula nigra) is present. Other
species present in relatively small amounts include American elm
(Ulmus americana), black walnut (Juglans nigra), box elder (Acer
negundo) red mulberry (Morus rubra), white ash (Fraxinus americana),
and honey locust (Gleditsia triacanthos).
2.0724 Successional upland forest.
a. The successional upland forest is a regrowth woods found wherever
the laud had once been disturbed by plowing, pasture or severe cutting,
and is now left alone. On the Ottumwa Site, this vegetation may be
bound along the old railroad right-of-way especially where it nears
Avery Creek. This type also occurs in abandoned pastures and in most
of the unplowed drainage-ways that have become wooded. The growth of
this forest is very dense and vigorous, characterized by young trees
and a relatively high diversity of species. Twenty-five families
of plants have been colle'cted here.
b. The tree layer contains a number of species, of which four, about
equally abundant, are generally the most important, occupying about
11-91
-------
80 per cent of the canopy cover: bur oak (Quercus macrocarpa), shingle
oak (CJ. imbricaria), honey locust (Gleditsia triacanthos) and very large
cottonwoods (Populus deltoides). Other scattered species include
American elm (Ulmua americana), shagbark hickory (Carya ovata),
chinkapin oak (Quercus muhlenbergii), black cherry (Prunus serotina),
hackberry (Celtis occidentalis), willows (Salix interior, S, eriocephala),
and black locust (Robinia pseudoacacia).
c. The shrub layer is very diverse and very dense, with no obvious
dominance by any species. Found in the shrub layer are the following
species: staghorn sumac (Rhus typhina), wild rose (Rosa suffolta),
blackberry (Rubus sp.), dogwood (Cornus stolonifera), honeysuckle
(Lonicera sp.)» snowberry (Symphoricarpus sp.), poison ivy (Rhus
radicansT, small ashes (Fraxinus sp.), smooth sumac (Rhus glabra),
small red mulberry (Morus rubra), and prickly ash (Xanthoxyllum americana).
d. The herb layer in the successional upland woods is very dense.
As is true for the shrubs, no single species dominates the herb layer.
Rather, the many species occur in diverse groups. Species found in
the herb layer at one place or another are: Allium sp., Ambrosia
artemisifolia, Amphicarpa braeteata, Anemone canadensis, Asparagus
officinalis, Aster pilosa, A. nova-angliae, Botrychium virginiana,
Bromus tectorum, Campanula americana, Carex sp., Cassia fasicularis,
Convolvulus sepium, Conyza canadensis, Dactylis glomerata, Erigeron
strigosus. Fragaria sp., Galium aparine, J3. triflorum, Lactuca sp.,
Melilotus alba, f!. officinale, Monarda fistulosa, Muhlenbergia sp.,
Oenbthera biennis, Oxalis europea, Parthenocisaus quinquefolia, Poa
prattensis, Ratibida pinnata, Silphium perfoliatum, Stachys tenuifolia,
Taraxacum officinale, Teucrium Canadense, Trifolium pratense, jC. repens,
Vicia americana, Viola sp., Vitis riparia, and a number of others.
2.0725 Upland oak forest.
a. This vegetation is found in small pieces and long thin strips on
the steeper slopes, and along the high slopes above Avery Creek on
the western portion of the Ottumwa Site. The forest is characterized
by very large oaks, spaced apart, with a dense understory and herb
layer. These forests are the best forests on the site; although they
would not be considered mature forests, they better approximate the
undisturbed condition than any of the forests on the Ottumwa Site.
Their age structure and species composition indicate that these forests
have been disturbed primarily by cutting and perhaps some grazing,
rather than by clearing and/or plowing. There are at least 26 plant
families in this vegetation.
11-92
-------
b. The upland oak forests are dominated by white oak (Quercus alba),
which, occupies about 50-60 per cent of the canopy cover. Other oaks
sharing about 20 per cent of the cover include bur oak (Cj.. macrocarpa),
red oak (
-------
black walnut (Juglans nigra), American elm (Ulmus americana), apple
(Pyrus ioensis), hawthorn (Crataegus sp.), shingle oak (Quercus
imbricaria), plum (Prunus americana) and red mulberry (Morus rubra).
The scattered shrub species include: small hackberries (Celtis
occidentalis), staghorn sumac (Rhus typhina), honeysuckle (Lonicera sp.),
elderberry (Sambucus canadensis), poison ivy (Rhus radicans), and
blackberry (Rubus sp.). At least 26 families of plants exist in
this type.
b. The herbaceous edges of the fields are more-or-less zoned.
Foxtails (Setaria faberi, S_. lutescens and £L viridis) grow in the
plowed soil, little ragweed (Ambrosia artemisifolia) is found along
the immediate edge, dense stands of sweet clover (both white, Melilotus
alba, and yellow, M. officinale) are found inward from the ragweed
zone, and finally, in the center are found the mixed species of the
fencerow proper. The most common of these latter fencerow and edge
species are: smooth brome grass (Bromus inermis), orchard grass
(Dactylis glomerata), bedstraw (Galium aparine), bluegrass (Poa
pratensis) and wild grape (Vitis riparia). Other species include:
Achillea millefolium, Ambrosia trifida, Asclepias syriaca, Barbarea
vulgaris, Bidens spp., Bromus tectorum, Campanula americana, Capsella
bursa-pastoris, Carex spp., Cassia fasicularis, Chenopodium album,
Cirsium discolor, Convolvulus arvensis, Conyza canadensis, Daucus
carota, Echinocloa sp., Elymus canadensis, Erigeron annus, E_. strigosus,
Hordeum jubatum, Ip'omea hederacea, Lactuca sp., Leonurus cardarica,
Lepidium densiflorum, Lychnis alba, Medicago sativa, Monarda fistulosa,
Oxalis eutopea, Parthenocissus vitacea, Plantago major, Polygonum
persicaria, JP. sp., Potentilla recta, Ratibida pinnata, Rorippa sp.,
Rumex crispus, Sisymbrium officinale, Solanum carolinese, j>. nigrum,
Sorghaatrum nutans, Stachys tenuifolia, Taraxacum officinale, Teucrium
canadense, Trifolium pratense, JE. repens, and several others.
2.0727 Old fields.
a. Old fields are areas that at one time had been cleared or plowed,
but now are abandoned and returning to a more-or-less natural vegetation.
On the Ottumwa Site, old fields are located along a swale in the
westernmost section, around farm ponds, and along the Burlington
Northern right-of-way where it diverges from the old railroad bed near
the east end of the site. This vegetation is almost entirely composed
of herbaceous species; there are a few scattered shrub-size tree species,
primarily black cherry (Prunus serotina) and elms (Ulmus sp.), and a
few scattered shrubs: dogwood (Cornus stolonifera), honeysuckle
(Lonicera sp.) and wild rose (Rosa suffolta). Twenty-one plant families
have been identified in the old fields.
b. The herbaceous component of the old field is the characteristic
feature of the vegetation. Since old fields are abandoned, they
11-94
-------
usually are composed of species that in an ecological sense are early
successional, and are often considered "weedy". The most common
herbaceous species include smooth brome grass (Bromus inermis), wild
carrot (Daucua carota), bedstraw (Galium aparine), bluegrass (Poa
pratensis), goldenrods (Solidago canadensis, _§_. nemoralis) and wild
grape (Vitis riparia).
c. Other species usually found in old fields include: Abutilon
theophrastes, Ambrosia artemisifolia, ^. trifida, Anthemis arvensis,
Asclepias syriaca, ^. verticillata, Aster pilosa, A. nova-angliae,
Barbarea vulgaris, Bromus tectorum, Carex sp., Chenopodium album,
Cirsium spp., Convolvulus sp., Conyza canadensis, Echinocloa spp.,
Elymus canadensis, Erigeron atrigosus, Hordeum jubatum, Lactuca sp.,
Lepidium densiflorum, Melilotus alba, M. officinale. Phleum pratense,
Plantago sp., Polygonum pennaylvanica, P_. persicaria, Potentilla
recta, Oxalis europea, Rumex sp., Sisymbrium officinale, Sorghaatrum
nutans, Taraxacum officinale, Trifolium pratense, T\ repens, Verbena
stricta, V. urticifolia, and several others.
2.0728 Roadsides and railroad rights-of-way.
a. A vegetation which has a similar species composition to that of
the old-field, but which has a significantly different appearance
because of strong dominance by smooth bromegrass (Bromus inermis),
exists along the county road and the Burlington Northern Railroad
tracks. These areas were planted to smooth bromegrass following
construction activity. Since then, a number of species (at least
30 families) have invaded, including a few small trees and shrubs,
but the dominant aspect is one of planted grasses. In addition to
smooth bromegrass, white and yellow sweet clover (Melilotus alba,
M. officinale) and red clover, (Trifolium pratense) are common
in this vegetation type. The very scattered woody species include
small trees (juniper, Juniperus virginiana; elm, Ulmus sp.; box elder,
Acer negundo; black cherry, Prunus serotina; red mulberry, Morua rubra;
bur oak, Quercus macrocarpa and scattered shrubs (elderberry, Sambucus
canadensis; poison ivy, Rhus radicans; gooseberry, Ribes missouriense;
dogwood, Cornus sp.; blackberry, Rubus sp.).
b. Other species of herbaceous plants found in the roadsides are
also commonly found in one or more of the other vegetation types.
Common roadside species include: Abutilon theophrastes, Ambrosia
artemisifolia, A. trifida, Anemone canadensis, Asclepias syriaca,
A. verticillata, Campanula americana, Cardaria draba, Carex spp.,
Gichorum intybus, Cirsium discolor, Conium maculatum, Convolvulus, sp.,
Dactylis glomerata, Daucus carota, Elymus canadensis, Equisetum
arvense, Erigeron annus, E_. strigosus, Hordeum jubatum, Lactuca sp.,
Medicago sativa, Oenothera biennis, Oxalis europea, Parthenocissus
11-95
-------
vitacea, Pastinaca sativa, Phleum pratense. Plantago major, Poa
pratenais, Rorippa islandica, Rumex crispus, Solanum carolinense,
Taraxacum officinale, Trifolium procumbens, T_. repens. Verbena stricta.
X* urtieifolia, Viola sp., Vitis riparia and a number of others.
2.0729 Wet grasslands.
a. The wet grasslands of the Ottumwa Site are found as extensions of
any of the main grassland vegetations into habitats where soil moisture
remains high throughout the year. Often there may be standing water
in the spring, or following a heavy rain. In these habitats, some of
the upland species of grassland plants are not successful, whereas
several additional species grow luxuriantly. Normally, the number of
species growing in wet grasslands is lower than that for adjacent
upland areas. Species which are particularly characteristic of wet
grasslands include several species of sedges (Carex spp.), rushes
(Juncua spp.), bulrushes (Scirpua atrovirens, S_. sp.) and horsetail
(Equiaetum sp.).
2.073 Agriculture
2.0731 Of the Ottumwa Site, most of the acreage, is in agricultural
production. During the 1975 season, approximately 301 acres were
planted to corn, 147 acres to soybeans, 88 acres were in hay and
259 acres were in pasture. Farm buildings, roads, etc. account for
additional acreage. The row-crop fields are annually tilled, although
occasional seasons are so wet that tillage in the bottoms is impeded.
2.0732 If the amount of cropland on each soil type for the 1975 season,
as determined by field visit, is multiplied by the estimated crop yields
according to the U.S. Soil Conservation Service1, the following crop
values are expected: $94,080 of corn, $26,520 for soybeans, $2,640 for
hay, and $2,590 for rough pasture for a total of $125,830. These
estimates are based on a value of $420/acre for corn; $260/acre for
soybeans; $30/acre for hay meadow; and a grazing value of $10/acre for
the remaining acreage. The gross value, rounded off, of farm produce
from the Ottumwa Site is about $126,000 per year. The average expected
corn and bean yields are about the same as, or slighlty lower than,
the average yield for the State of Iowa, given annual fluctuations.
2.074 Mammals
2.0741 General. The 34 species of terrestrial mammals observed or
expected on the Ottumwa Site are shown in Appendix C, Table C-l.
Notes were made during Summer and Fall 1975 on large game and other
mammals, and standard North America census lines were run three times
in the various vegetation types. In general, the mammalian fauna is
11-96
-------
not particularly diverse, and is much a reflection of the mammals of
Iowa. That is, there is little that characterizes the mammals of
the site that is not also characteristic of the Iowa mammals in general.
Since there is a mixture of several habitats on the site, a relatively
large percentage of the total mammalian fauna of Iowa is found or
expected in the area. Most of the mammalian species on the site are
geographically eastern, or most of the conterminous U.S.
2.0742 Game mammals. The important game mammals on the Ottumwa
Site are the cottontail rabbit (Silvilagus floridanus). fox squirrel
(Sciurus niger), gray squirrel (Sciurus carolinensis; expected), muskrat
(Ondatra zibethica), raccoon (Procyon lotor), red fox (Vulpes fulva),
mink (Mustela vison; expected), and white-tailed deer (Odocoileus
virginiana). The muskrat and mink are usually trapped, while the
others are usually shot. The cottontail rabbit is one of the most
common animals on the site, and undoubtedly is an often-hunted mammal.
Squirrels, especially the fox squirrel are also abundant, and hunter
presence during Fall 1975 indicates that it is an important game species,
Muskrat burrows were common along the Des Moines River banks, and
probably some exist in the various ponds of the area. No trapping
success is known for this species. No mink results are known as
well; this species was not seen, but its presence is expected. Raccoon
sign was very abundant anywhere near water, indicating an abundance
of this species. Fox sign was more rarely encountered, but the
habitat is very appropriate, and a relatively high population level
is expected. Several deer were seen during 1975, including young,
indicating that the species reproduces in the area. Residents mention
that several deer are taken every year. In general, the availability
of fields, forest, very abundant edge habitat, and water makes the
Ottumwa Site a good game mammal area, compared with the State of Iowa
as a whole.
2.0743 Other large mammals. Of the large non-game mammals, opossum
(Didelphus marsupialis) and striped skunk (Mephitis mephitis) are the
most common on the Ottumwa Site. Others seen include the woodchuck
(Marmota monax) and pocket gopher (Geomys bursarius).
2,0744 Small mammals.
a. A number of standard North American census lines for small
mammals were run in several of the major habitats on the Ottumwa Site.
Several species were captured, in some cases with enough abundance to
obtain good estimates of population health. Species captured are given
below by habitat. No traps were set in the pond-edge woods, since
this habitat is so small and scattered that sufficient trapping could
not be done.
11-97
-------
b* Gallery forest* The most abundant small mammal, by far, in the
gallery forest is the white-footed mouse (Peromyscus leucopus). A
total of 84 were captured, this being about 15.6 per cent of all the
traps set in this habitat. Other small mammals in this habitat include
the short-tailed shrew (Blarina brevicauda) of which 7 were captured,
and the masked shrew (Sorex cinereus) of which only one was caught.
The total catch of small mammals in this habitat was greater, both as
totals and as percentages, than any other habitat investigated. About
53 per cent of all small mammals were trapped in the gallery forest.
c. Upland successional woods. The only small mammals species captured
in this habitat were two species of Peromyscus, P_. leucopus (white-
footed mouse) and £. manlculatus (deer mouse). Population levels were
not high (2.3 per 100 trap-nights), and the number of species caught
was unexpectedly low.
d. Oak woods. The only small mammal species collected in the oak
woods was the white-footed mouse (Peromyscus leucopus). This species
was captured at a rate of 6 per 100 trap-nights, not an unusual popula-
tion size for this type of habitat.
e. Fencerows and edges. Small mammals were captured at a rate of
about 6 per 100 trap-nights in the fencerow and edge vegetation type.
As in the other grassland types, the diversity of species was greater
than in the forests, although the abundance of any one species usually
is not as high as those in the forests. Six species were captured:
white-footed mouse (Peromyscus leucopus), short-tailed shrew (Blarina
brevicauda), masked shrew (Sorex cinereus), meadow vole (Microtus
pennsylvanicus), prairie vole (M. ochrogaster) and deer mouse
(Peromyscus maniculatus). At least several of each species was cap-
tured, except that only one deer mouse and one prairie vole were
trapped. The first three species were captured throughout the summer
and fall, but the meadow vole was only captured in the October sampling.
No explanation is known for this, although this species is known to
fluctuate greatly, and it may be that it is just beginning to return
to the expected high density levels.
f. Old fields. Old fields also yield a number of species (four)
of small maianals but with a relatively low population level. The
species caught were the white-footed mouse (Peromyscus leucopus),
short-tailed shrew (Blarina brevicauda), masked shrew (Sorex cinereus)
and meadow vole (Microtus pennsylvanicus). Small mammals were caught
at a rate of about 6 per 100 trap-nights in this habitat.
g. Roadsides. The roadside habitat has a high diversity of small
mammals. Seven species were captured here, although the overall
density of all species combined was not particularly high (7.4 per
11-98
-------
100 trap-nights). Species found were white-footed mouse (Peromyscus
leucopus), short-tailed shrew (Blarina brevicauda), house mouse (Mus
musculus), masked shrew (Sorex cinereus), meadow jumping mouse (Zapus
hudsonius), meadow vole (Microtus pennsyIvanicus), and the deer
mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus). The most abundant species were the
white-footed mouse and the shrews.
h. Species population levels. The number of individuals of each
species of small mammals captured on the Ottumwa Site are shown in
Table 2-20. The total catch occurred at a rate of 8.8 per 100 trap-
nights; this would be a moderate abundance level of small mammals.
The greatest seasonal abundance was during August, when 14.0 small
mammals were caught per 100 trap-nights, compared with 7.7 per 100 in
June and 6.4 per 100 in October. Population changes in Peromyscus
leucopus, the white-footed mouse, account for most of the seasonal
variation. The population of the white-footed mouse appears to be
healthy. There were 8 pregnant and 7 lactating females, indicating
successful reproduction, as well as a range of ages. The average
litter size was 4.14. The ratio of males to females in this species
was 1.24; often a larger number of males is caught, presumably because
of a larger home range than for the females. The population of short-
tailed shrews appeared quite substantial (27 caught, 1.4 per 100 trap-
nights), but the population lacks evident reproduction. Often, the
levels of this species are inversely related to that of the voles
(Microtus pennsylvanicus and M. ochrogaster), because the shrews prey
on the voles, especially the nestlings. Since the short-tailed shrew
population shows no reproduction, and the vole population shows signs
of increasing (e.g., no catch during June or August, all caught in
October), it may be expected that the shrew population will decrease.
Three of the meadow vole females were pregnant, averaging 7.0 young
per litter. Both the short-tailed shrew and the masked shrew (Sorex
cinereus) had a preponderance of females in the population (sex ratio
for Blarina was 0.24; for Sorex it was 0.18). One pregnant masked
shrew was found. The other species did not have high enough returns
in the traps for adequate estimates of population conditions.
2.075 Birds
2.0751 General. Bird species seen or suspected for the Ottumwa
Site are listed in Appendix C, Table C-2. More birds were not seen
primarily because field work commenced after the major spring migration
was finished. There are a number of birds recorded for Iowa which
are known to be accidentals or wanderers from normal ranges. These
are not listed in Appendix C; Brown (1971)2 may be consulted for
these species.
2.0752 Breeding birds. A number of species of birds, other than
game and raptorial birds, were seen nesting, heard singing, or noted
11-99
-------
o
o
Table 2-20
NUMBERS AND CATCH PER 100 TRAP-NIGHTS OF SMALL MAMMALS ON THE OTTUMWA SITE, JUNE-OCTOBER 1975
Species
White-footed mouse
(Peromyscus leucopus)
Short-tailed shrew
(Blarlna brevicauda)
Masked shrew
(Sorex clnereus)
Meadow vole
(Mlcrotus pennsyIvanlcus)
Deer mouse
(Peromyscus maniculatus)
House mouse
(Mua musculus)
Meadow jumping mouse
(Zapus hudsonlus)
Prairie vole
(Mlcrotus ochrogaster)
No. Caught
114
27
15
Individuals per 100
Trap-nights
5.8
1.4
0.8
0.4
0.3
0.05
0.05
0.05
TOTAL
173
8.85
-------
in a manner that Indicated a breeding population on the site. These
breeding birds include: killdeer (Charadrius vociferus), mourning dove
(Colaptea macrura), belted kingfisher (Magaceryle alcyon), flicker
(Colaptes auratus), red-bellied woodpecker (Centurus carolinus),
red-headed woodpecker (Melanerpes erythrocephalus), hairy woodpecker
(Dendropus villosus), downy woodpecker (Dendrocopus pubescens), eastern
kingbird (Tyrannus tyrannua), eastern phoebe (Sayornis phoebe), bank
swallow (Riparia riparia), barn swallow (Hirundo rustica), purple
martin (Progne subia), bluejay (Cyanocitta cristata), common crow
(Corvus brachyrhynchos), black-capped chickadee (Parus atricapillus),
tufted titmouse (Parus bicolor), white-breasted nuthatch (Sitta
carolinensis), house wren (Troglodytes aedon), catbird (Dumetella
carolinensis), brown thrasher (Toxostoma rufum), robin (Turdus migratorius),
wood thrush (Hylocichla mustelina), starling (Sturna vulgar is.) ,
yellowthroat (Geothlyptis trichas), house sparrow (Passer domesticus),
eastern meadowlark (Stunella magna). red-winged blackbird (Agelaius
phoeniceus), Baltimore oriole (Icterus glabula), common grackle
(Quiscalus quiscala), brown-headed cowbird (Molothrus ater), cardinal
(Richmondena cardinalis), rose-breasted grosbeak (Pheucticus
ludoviciaaus), indigo bunting (Passerine cyanea), dickcissel (Spiza
americana), American goldfinch (Spinus tristis), rufous-sided towhee
(Pipilo erythropthalmus), grasshopper sparrow (Ammodramus savannarum),
chipping sparrow (Spizella passerina), field sparrow (Spizella pusilla),
and song sparrow (Melospiza melodia).
2.0753 Feeding and/or roosting birds of prey. Several species of
Raptors were noted feeding or roosting on the site. Roosting birds
include the great-horned owl (Bubo virginianus) and the red-tailed
hawk (Buteo jamaicensis). Raptors seen feeding or soaring above the
site include: turkey vulture (Cathartes aura), great-horned owl,
red-tailed hawk* and harrier (Circus cyaneus). Other hawks, such as
the broad-winged hawk, are expected feeders on the site. Of the
larger wading birds, the great blue heron (Ardea herodias) and the
green heron (Butorides virescans) were seen feeding, mostly in the
Des Koines River.
2.0754 Game birds. Resident upland game birds that are commonly
seen include the ring-necked pheasant (Phasianua colchicus) and the
bobwhite quail (Colinus virginianus). A number of migratory game birds,
especially the puddle ducks (mallard, Anas platyrhychos, blue-winged
11-101
-------
teal, Anas discors, for example) and the Canada goose (Branta
canadensis) are expected on the site during the migration seasons.
2.0755 Bare birds. The only rare and endangered species noted on
the site was an Osprey (Pandion haliaetus) most likely migrating through
along the Des Mbines River. There is no evidence of breeding or
roosting by this species on the site. If the bird is, in fact, migrating
through, then the impact of the project will be limited to local
disruption which may cause migrating ospreys to go several kilometers
out of the usual route. Bald eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) have
been seen in the past along the Des Moines River during migration. The
project impact on this species is likely to be the same as for the
osprey.
2.076' Herptiles. The species of amphibians likely to occur on or
near the Ottumwa Site are shown in Appendix C, Table C-3. Similarly,
reptiles are shown in Appendix C, Table C-4. These tables were . ,
constructed primarily from the literature available (which is minimal) ' .
No attempt was made to systematically search the site for herptiles.
Those seen in the course of other field work include the more common
amphibians: American toad (Bufo americana), treefrog (Hyla versicolor).
green frog (Rana clamitans) and bullfrog (Rana cataesbiana). Snapping
turtles (Chelydra serpentine) and other turtles (unidentified) were
also seen. Several garter snakes (Thamnophis sirtalis and T_. radix)
were observed. The project impact on this component of the fauna
of the Ottumwa Site is limited to elimination of habitat, especially
ponds and riparian forest, which will reduce the local populations
of herptiles.
2.077 Insects and Other Invertebrates.
2.0771 Insects
a. A wide range of insect types is found on the Ottumwa Site. A
comparative set of sweep samples were obtained from several different
grass and edge habitats. The edge habitat showed a high diversity of
species, and a high density of insects. Hayflelds and fencerows show
a lower abundance of both species and numbers of individuals, while
the roadsides along the county highway are the poorest in insects.
The edge also shows a greater abundance of insects in that fraction
which is not sampled by sweep nets; both flying and crawling insects
were very abundant. Some of the more common Insect groups include:
ants (very abundant, and very noticeable on the bait of the small
11-102
-------
mammal traps); bees and wasps, both solitary and colonial; butterflies
and moths; grasshoppers and crickets; leaf hoppers; true bugs; flies;
aphids; dragonflies and damselflies, and numerous scavenging and
predatory beetles.
b. A number of human insect pests (non-agricultural) were noted.
Field personnel can vouch for the abundance of ticks, tabanid and other
biting flies, and mosquitoes.
2.0772 Spiders. Spiders are also very abundant on the Ottumwa Site.
Several species of harvestmen (grand-daddy long-legs) are abundant,
often seen on the small mammal traps. Other spiders include the crab
spiders, jumping spiders, wolf spiders and others. All these are
predators; in fact, spiders, along with predatory beetles, are likely
the most abundant and most important of the predaceous fauna of the
litter layer and soil.
2.0773 Other invertebrates. The most common of the macroscopic
invertebrates are the following groups: earthworms (Annelida; Oligocaeta)
in the soils, snails and slugs (Malluska; Gastropoda) in the litter
and moist places, sowbugs (Crustacea; Isopoda) most everywhere, crayfish
(Crustacea; Decapoda) near ponds and river banks, and millepedes
(Diplopoda) and centipedes (Chilopoda) were common under logs, in the
litter, etc.
2.078 Succession and Ecosystem Function.
2.0781 Succession.
a. The process of succession is the gradual replacement of colonizing
organisms with those of longer life-spans (for the dominant species)
and better competitive abilities. Normally, in the absence of fire and
with enough precipitation, a plowed or cleared area will pass through
several herb, grass, shrub and tree stages, ultimately reaching
a relatively stable endpoint which lasts substantially longer than
the earlier stages. This last stage would be a forest. In much of
Iowa previous to white settlement, there were many natural fires which
tended to make the successional sequence develop into complex and rich
prairies rather than forest.
b. The Ottumwa Site was covered by both forest and prairie before
settlement. The forests extended over the flood plain and up the more
mesic slopes, while prairie covered the drier uplands. Presently,
there are few traces of this original vegetation. Some of the
characteristics of the present gallery forest are similar to those
of the pristine forest (i.e., some species, the high abundance of
nettles, etc.), and there are a few native prairie species scattered
11-103
-------
around the site, but there Is no truly native vegetation (as opposed
to native species).
c. The only areas for which the successlonal processes can be described
are those which are not under cultivation, since cultivation, as long
as it occurs, prevents succession. (Indeed, it can be said that the
ecological purpose of cultivation is to prevent succession.) In the
forested areas, the gallery forest is presently developing toward a
true flood plain forest, the oak woods is developing toward a mesic
deciduous forest and the secondary succession woods will become oak
forests. All this assumes that these areas would be left alone, so
that succession could follow normal paths. However, these areas receive
great impact from the cultivated fields (e.g., nutrient runoff), are
now protected from flooding which is a natural ingredient in the native
environment, and, since they are in private ownership, are not protected
from disturbance by cutting for the more valuable timber (e.g. black
walnut, white oak, etc.). Therefore, it is unreasonable to predict that
these forests will eventually evolve into anything resembling native
vegetation, since the forests are not in a condition now, nor would
they be in the future, under which normal succession would progress.
d. The grasslands of the site would succeed to forest in the absence
of burning, or to something resembling native prairie (although, in
the absence of suitable seed sources, true native prairie would be
unlikely) if burning were allowed (or undertaken}. These areas would
eventually become shrubby, and then trees like those of the secondary
successlonal forest,* and finally oaks and mesic forest trees would
dominate. However, most of the grasslands are grazed, mowed or sprayed,
and these activities tend to prevent the mature grassland species and
the woody plants from entering, thereby maintaining the earlier weedy
stages. It is expected, then, in light of ongoing disturbance by human
activities, that the processes of ecological succession on the Ottumwa
Site will not work in the normal way, and that the area will continue
to contain vegetation similar to that now existing.
2.0782 Ecosystem Function
a. General. There are two important aspects of ecosystem function.
One is nutrient cycling, the other Is productivity or energy flow.
Both are difficult and time-consuming to measure; neither were
quantitatively determined in the present instance. However, it is
possible to make some general statements and estimates based on
present environmental and biotic conditions and upon the ecological
principles of energy flow and recycling.
11-104
-------
2.0783 Nutrient cycling.
a. Nutrient cycling is the rate and amount of return of important
elements, such as the common elements of agricultural fertility
(nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium) and others such as calcium,
magnesium, etc. A mature and stable system normally has a high
efficiency of recycling;,.i.e. most of the nutrients released from
the biota (mostly by dec6mposition) are taken up and returned to
living matter. A system which is leaky, that is, which tends to lose
a high percentage of elements without recycling them, ia considered
inefficient and unstable. It is normally expected that most ecosystems,
including those found in the region of the Ottumwa Site, increase the
efficiency of recycling with successional development.
b. Nutrient cycling on the Ottumwa Site is estimated to be very
inefficient; there is most likely a very high rate of nutrient loss
from the system. This is because of the immature age of most of the
vegetation, and because of the high percentage of cultivation on the
site. In other words, the area is almost totally disturbed, which
means that normal recycling is also totally disturbed. In addition,
because of cultivation, there is a high degree of erosion from the
site, causing a loss of nutrients from.the soil. Fertilizers are
applied to the agricultural fields, which resupply the three basic
nutrients (nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium), but this act itself
creates unstable nutrient recycling, and it is also confined to only
three elements, whereas vegetation requires a number of others (in
lesser amounts, usually). The natural role of river flooding is to
restore nutrient fertility by depositing a load of silt on the flood
plain. However, when the flood plain is cultivated (and now the flooding
is under human control), floods will take nutrients from the system,
therefore causing a net loss. The absence of any fine litter in the
gallery forests (there are large branches and trees down) indicates
that the floods are removing nutrients. In the upland forests,
litter accumulation is greater. In the grasslands, especially those
with much smooth bromegrass (Bromua inermis), a large amount of litter
accumulates, both because of slow decomposition rates in grasslands
(due to aridity) and probably also spraying, which undoubtedly affects
the microorganisms of decomposition. These smooth brome habitats,
especially those that are sprayed, tend to be rather sterile environ-
ments for other organisms.
2.0784 Production and energy flow.
a. General. Estimating total ecological production on the Ottumwa
Site is made difficult by the fact that there is precious little data
for the kinds of communities found on the site, and an equal dearth
of information for Iowa in general. However, by using data gathered
11-105
-------
for other areas» and by estimating differences due to climate, it is
possible to make some very tentative generalizations. Primary
production is defined as that amount of energy (or amount of organic
matter) produced by green plants from sunlight. Secondary production
is the amount of production done by animals of the higher trophic
levels (herbivores, predators, etc.).
b. Agricultural. For the agricultural lands, it is possible to
estimate net primary production (that which is left after respiration
by the plants themselves) by converting crop yields into dry weight
of organic matter, using the conversion factors of Stearns5, and Art
and Marks**. Using these conversions the following net primary pro-
duction values are obtained (expressed as dry metric tons per hectare
per year): corn 7.9, soybeans 9.6, hayfields 13.3, pasture 13.3.
Multiplying by the area of each crop (from Paragraph 2.0732): corn
962 mt per year, beans 431 mt per year, hay 297 mt per year, pasture
602 mt per year. These total 2292 metric tons per year.
c. Grasslands. Primary production in grasslands varies with the
type and with the climate. An average estimate is around 7 mt per
hectare per year7. This would total 286 mt per year for all grass-
lands on the site.
d. Forests. This value is the most difficult to estimate. Reiners8
measured oak forest production as 8.7 metric tons per hectare per year
in Minnesota. Much of the Ottumwa Site forest is gallery forest and
secondary succession upland woods, and these types would tend to have
a higher growth rate than that of oak woods. If a value of 10 metric
tons per hectare per year is used to account for this higher rate,
then the forests of the site would yield about 324 metric tons per year.
e. Total net primary production. The total net primary production,
which is the sum of agricultural land, grassland and forest, is an
estimated 2902 metric tons per year, for the entire site. This would
be an average of about 9.4 mt per hectare per year. Compared with other
regions for which these kinds of estimates have been made, this average
value is relatively high. It is substantially greater than figures for
New York State**, and compares favorably with North Carolina9 and
Wisconsin5.
f. Secondary production. For the agricultural crops, there are two
trophic levels; the herbivores and Man. For the rest of the site, there
averages about three trophic levels above the vegetation (herbivores
and two predator levels). A common figure used to describe secondary
production of a trophic level is 10 per cent of the organic matter
available from the next lower level. Thus, for the crops, 229 (10 per
cent of 2292) metric tons of organic matter would be produced by
11-106
-------
herbivores (cattle and hogs, for example) and passed on to Man. For
the other areas, the herbivores would yield about 61 metric tons,
the next level would yield about 6.1 metric tons, and the fourth level
would produce .61 metric tons over the whole of the non-agricultural
area. This latter can be interpreted to mean that about .61 metric
tons of terminal predator (birds of prey, mairnnaIs, spiders, beetles,
etc.) are produced each year from the initial primary production of
the non-agricultural vegetation. Trophic level relationships are
summarized in Figure 2-18.
11-107
-------
H
H
s
CO
TERMINAL PREDATORS
(BIRDS OF PREY, URGE MAMMALS, ETC.)
MAN
i
VERTEBRATE
PREDATORS \
INVERTEBRATE
PREDATORS . _^
(E.G., SPIDERS)
\
\ \
\ \
\ \
\ \
LIVESTOCK
(CATTLE, HOGS, ETC.)
\ \
AN
INVERTEBRATE,. - - SI""*!! ^ DECOMPOSERS
HERBIVORES HERBIVORES ^ . ^
(E.G., LEAFHOPPERS,
APHIDS)
(E.G., MICE,
VOLES)
GRASSLANDS AND FORESTS
AGRICULTURAL CROPS
GENERALIZED TROPHIC RELATIONSHIPS IN TERRESTRIAL COMMUNITIES
CQ
-------
REFERENCES
1. Anliker, J.6. 1975. Soils maps and interpretation for the site
of planned coal fired steam-electric generating station. Iowa
South. Util. and Wapello Co. Soil Consv. Dist.
2. Brown, W.H. 1971. An annotated list of the birds of Iowa. Iowa
State Jour. Sci. 45: 387-469.
3. Conant, R. 1975. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians of
eastern and central North America. Boston, Houghton Mifflln.
4. Menzel, B.W. 1975. Course manual for Zoology 306, Herpetology.
Iowa State Univ.
5. Stearns, F., et al. 1971. Productivity profile of Wisconsin.
US/IBP Eastern Decid. For. Biome Memo Rept. 71-14. 82 pp.
6. Art, H.W., and P.L. Marks. 1973. Primary productivity profile
of New York and Massachusetts. US/IBP Eastern Decid. For. Biome
Memo Rept. 72-39. 15 pp + appendices.
7. Whittaker, R.H. 1974. Communities and Ecosystems. 2nd ed. New
York, MacMillan.
8. Reiners, W.A. 1972. Structure and energetics of three Minnesota
forests. Ecol. Monogr. 42: 71-94.
9. Lieth, H., et_ al. 1971. North Carolina productivity profile
preliminary report on 1971 work. US/IBP Eastern Decid. For. Biome.
Mimeo, 15 pp.
11-109
-------
2.08 Ambient Air Quality
2.081 Introduction. An assessment was made of the ambient air
quality at the proposed plant site. An air sampling and meteor-
ological station was established on the site and measurements of
specific pollutants and weather parameters were made. The results
of the monitoring program together with available historical data
will serve as a basis for characterizing existing air quality
without the Ottumwa Generating Station.
2.082 Pollutant Monitoring. A program was designed to monitor
currently regulated pollutants at the proposed generating station
site. Pollutants measured were suspended particulate matter, sulfur
dioxide (S02>, and nitrogen dioxide (N02). The concentrations of
these materials are limited by both federal and state regulations.
2.083 Meteorological Monitoring. Meteorological parameters that
were determined were as follows: wind direction; wind velocity;
temperature; rainfall; barometric pressure; relative humidity; and
cloud cover. These climatic conditions were monitored to aid the
scientists at Langston Laboratories in reporting the total sus-
pended particulate, N02, and S02 concentrations under standard con-
ditions (25 C and 760 mm of Hg), to facilitate the interpretation
of the variations in- concentration for the individual air pollu-
tants, and to .enable comparisons of the data now being generated
with future ambient air quality data for the area.
2.084 Selection of Sampling Station Site. On May 20, 1975,
scientists from Langston Laboratories made a survey of the proposed
plant site. A place was selected to establish an air monitoring
station. In making the site selection, consideration was given
to the freedom of the location from obstructions and pollution
sources, availability of electricity, accessibility, security, and
representativeness of the overall area. Figure 2-19 shows the
location of the sampling station on the Ottumwa site.
2.085 Results. Detailed ambient air quality data from the
Ottumwa site sampling station are given in Appendix D as well as the
methodology employed.
2.0851 The existing ambient air quality at the proposed plant
site was found to be good. During the 6-month monitoring period,
the federal primary and secondary standards for suspended particu-
lates, S02, and N02 were not exceeded on any of the sampling days.
2.0852 The nearest sampling station operated by the Iowa Department
of Environmental Quality (IDEQ) is located at Ottumwa, Iowa about
8 miles southeast of the proposed generating station.
11-110
-------
FIGURE 2-19
ts
t- ~>J-;- ^
•
,
. - -,
-".
1
•
!•
[• >
.
I.S.U.
PROPERTY
BOUNDARY'
c-
' .-. N -^
S>
'
'
I
''
I
--».-..
n
%c ;
-vx
. .
;—--- -
AIR SAMPLING STATION
V ,
V1 h
i\lt r\
:
' G
25
OTTUMWA
I
/
STATION
SITE
O I I L.
|
-^J
;
.. i
/-H:
•
i
'—-, \~s- , •' - -V {
i—
/
\
M
fcthrfgj
LOCATION OF AIR SAMPLING STATION
ON OTTUMWA STATION SITE
. \ " \- '•
^
A
' ^ ^
" •.'.-. ••-..'
N
II-lll
-------
2.0853 Although the IDEQ sampling station is situated In an urban
area and the generating station site Is located In a rural area,
a comparison of the data from the two sampling locations with EPA
standards is shown in Table 2-21. No data are available for N(>2 from
the IDEQ sampling station.
2.0854 As shown in Table 2-21, the concentration of suspended
particulates or sulfur dioxide at the OGS sampling site did not
exceed EPA standards.
2.0855 Data from the sampling station at the City of Ottumwa
give concentrations of suspended particulates which exceeded EPA
primary and secondary standards in 1974 and exceeded the secondary
standard in 1975. The location of the monitoring station in an urban
environment no doubt accounts for the relatively high particulate
values reported.
2.0856 There are no clear explanations for fluctuations in the
concentrations of air contaminants at the plant site for any one
sampling period (Appendix D). Farming activity, wind direction,
wind velocity, rainfall, and local traffic on gravel roads, are
some of the variables that undoubtedly contributed to those
fluctuations.
2.0857 As an illustration of
separate days are compared:
the effects of such variables three
Date
Wind Direction
Wind Velocity
Weather
Results
Comments
Date
Wind Direction
Wind Velocity
Weather
Results
Comments
October 24, 1975
West
8 mph, gusts to 24 mph
Rain
N02 - BDL
S02 - BDL
Suspended Particulates - 20.0 yg/m
The effects of the rain can be seen
low suspended particulate results.
in the
June 26, 1975
ESE to WSW
5 mph, gusts to 40 mph
Rain
N02 - 67.5 yg/m3
S02 - 3.6 yg/m3
Suspended Particulates - 24.5 yg/or
As above, the effect of the rain on the sus-
pended particulate concentration can be seen.
The N02 and SC»2 concentrations are probably
effected by the high velocity wind from the
ESE carrying the contaminants from urban
center of Ottumwa.
II-112
-------
Table 2-21
COMPARISON OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA
FROM OTTUMWA, IOWA AND THE OGS SITE WITH EPA STANDARDS
3
Suspended Participates (pg/m )
IDEQ3 1974
IDEQa 1975
OGS Siteb
IDEQa 1974
IDEQ 1975
OGS Siteb
Minimum
19.2
25.2
20.0
Minimum
BDLC
BDL
BDL
Maximum
313.0
188.0
142.7
Maximum
20.6
12.5
5.4
Geometric EPA Primary
Mean Standard
79.30 260
(24-hr max.)
84.06
53.70
3
Sulfur Dioxide (pg/m )
Average
5.6
5.0
Only 3 samples
EPA Secondary
Standard
150
EPA Primary
Standard*1
365
(24-hr max.)
t-1
greater than the
minimum detectable
concentrat ion
Source: Iowa Department of Environmental Quality
Source: Langston Laboratories, Inc.
•t
"BDL-Below detectable limits of analytical method.
No secondary standard for S0.
-------
Date July 2, 1975
Wind Direction W to SSE
Wind Velocity 3 mph
Weather No Rain (Clear)
Results N02 - 15.5 yg/m3
S02 - BDL
Suspended Particulates - 142.7 yg/m3
Comments The effects of the dry conditions in the
area can be seen in the high suspended par-
ticulate results. Fanning activity, vacation
and holiday traffic are also contributing
factors to this, the highest suspended par-
ticulate result for the 6-month period.
2.0858 On sampling days that it rained, the suspended particulate
concentration was reduced significantly. High velocity winds from
the ESE resulted in increased S02 and N02 concentrations at the
generating station site. The contaminants most likely were from
the Ottumwa, Iowa area.
2.0859 Temperal trends in ambient air quality data are shown in
Table 2-22. During the 6-month monitoring period, the highest
concentration of N02 occurred in June. The only detectable amount
of S02 also was reported in June. The highest concentration of
suspended participates was detected in July. The lowest amounts
of N02 was found in August and November. From July through
November, the concentration of S<>2 at the plant site was below the
detectable limits of the analytical procedure used.
2.08510 The sampling station on the OGS site will continue op-
erating until June 1976 to provide one year of base line ambient
air quality data.
11-114
-------
Table 2-22
TEMPERAL TRENDS IN AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, JUNE-NOVEMBER, 1975
(Ottumwa Generating Station Site)
Parameter
N02
so;
Suspended
Particulate
Highest
1st
June
27.5
June
2.5
July
95.7
2nd
July
18.8
July
BDLa
October
73.4
3rd
September
2.2
August
BDLa
November
65.8
(wg/m3)
4th
October
1.7
September
BDLa
August
59.5
5th
August
BDLa
October
BDLa
June
48.1
6th
November
BDLa
November
BDLa
September
32.8
6-Month
Average
8.4
-
62.6
aBDL-Below detectable limits of analytical procedure.
-------
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Reference Method for the Determination of Nitrogen Dioxide in the
Atmosphere (24-hour Sampling), Appendix F, National Primary and
Secondary Ambient Air Standards, Federal Register, Vol. 36, No. 84,
Part II (April 30, 1971).
Reference Method for the Determination of Sulfur Dioxide in the Air
(Pararoaaniline Method), Appendix A, National Primary and Secondary
Ambient Air Standards, Federal Register, Vol. 36, No. 84, Part II
(April 30, 1971).
Reference Method for the Determination of Suspended Particulate in
the Atmosphere (High Volume Method), Appendix B, National Primary
and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards, Federal Register,
Vol. 36, No. 84, Part II (April 30, 1971).
11-116
-------
Ill RELATIONSHIP OF PROPOSED ACTION TO LAND USE PLANS
3.01 The objective of this section is to describe current land
use planning goals for the area surrounding the proposed Station
Site, and to discuss the compatibility of 06S with these goals.
3.62 In attempting to ascertain the extent of land use planning
efforts in the proximity of OGS, several bodies which typically
produce plans in such an area were contacted. These bodies included:
the City of Ottumwa (the major population center in the vicinity)
and Mahaska, Monroe and Wapello Counties, all of which have political
jurisdiction; and the Area X7 Regional Planning Commission (XVRPC)
which is only an advisory body but which has the support of all the
counties in Area XV. The planning documents existing in the area
range from detailed zoning ordinances to generalized area wide plans.
3.021 In 1972, the City Plan and Zoning Commission of Ottumwa
published a comprehensive plan that outlined general goals which
they recommended as guidelines for more specific planning policies
and programs. These goals are as follows.
a. To establish a pattern of land uses that will promote the
highest degree of health, safety, efficiency, and well being for
all segments of the community. These patterns should'develop a
good working relationship between land used for residences, commercial
needs, industrial development and open space.
b. To establish a circulation system for the safe and efficient
movement of goods and people within Ottumwa and the Ottumwa area.
c. To provide for all the necessary uses of land and services
that together make a self-sustaining and self-sufficient community.
d. To create the most desirable living areas possible focusing
on residential neighborhoods together with the necessary and properly
located school sites, park areas, and other amenities, free from
undesirable through-traffic and from the disturbances of other land
uses.
e. To preserve and promote the unique and desirable character
of the City of Ottumwa and to elevate the City to its fullest potential
as the major urban center of Southeastern Iowa.
f. To optimize land use potentials within the City of Ottumwa.
This plan represents the most recent planning document issued by the
City.
III-l
-------
3.022 Mahaska and Monroe Counties currently have no land use
planning agencies or land use plans of their own. They do, however,
provide financial support for the Area XV Regional Planning Commission
and rely on the planning efforts of this agency. The status of plans
published by XVRPC is discussed in a subsequent subsection.
3.023 In Wapello County, the county in which OGS is to be located,
a zoning ordinance as amended through March 29, 1971, provides that
except for Ottumwa and the area immediately surrounding it, most of
the county is zoned agricultural. The goals of this ordinance are:
a. To promote public health, safety, morals, comfort and
general welfare.
b. To conserve and protect property and property values.
c. To secure and provide the social and e'conomic advantages
resulting from an orderly planned use of land resources.
d. To facilitate adequate but economical provisions for
public improvements.
3.024 The proposed OGS plant site is located in a 10 county planning
district in southeast Iowa known as Area XV. The Area XV Regional
Planning Commission has not published formal land use plans as of
this writing but such plans are expected to be available in the summer
of 1977.
3.025 In August of 1975 the XVRPC published an Areawide Overall
Economic Development Plan (OEDP). Area XV has been caught in a down-
ward economic spiral for the last several years and the OEDP is the
first attempt to study the entire area in sufficient depth and with
adequate detail to determine the severity of the downward spiral and
the best way to counter it. The goal of the OEDP is to provide a
basis for planners to analyze the situation, determine the best way
out of the dilemma and implement various action programs to solve
the problem. Although this report is not a land use plan, it has
implications for future land use in the area through the planning
goals and corresponding objectives it suggests. The planning goals
and objectives which the OEDP proposes are:
a. A level of growth which would insure eventual economic
growth on a self-sustaining basis. This would require reestablishment
of a regional population of 200,000.
Objective: Establish a balance between resource employment and new
basic manufacturing job opportunities.
III-2
-------
b. Decentralization of future economic and population growth
to insure efficient use of the region's existing infrastructure, etc.
Objective: Establish one redevelopment center (Ottumwa) and three
economic growth centers (Fairfield, Oskaloosa, and Centerville).
c. Coordinate development of demonstration mining and energy
production projects with the Iowa Coal Project and Iowa Southern
Utilities.
Objective: Provide for several demonstration projects to show how
mining can contribute to industrial development and concurrently
avoid environmental problems.
d. Regional improvement in the area's transportation system
including: connection to Interstate Highway System, establishment
of a low cost transportation system, and Improvement of the rail
network for shipment of farm commodities.
Objectives: (1) Promote development of Iowa Supplemental Freeway
Project; (2) A regional transportation system to link isolated
communities and employment centers; (3) Explore the feasibility of
renovating rail lines between Northwestern and Southeastern Iowa.
e. Achieve zero unemployment rates and improve job mobility.
Objectives: (1) An effective manpower planning program;
(2) Regional education systems geared to creation of skills required
for the area's growth; (3) Support for programs to insure that hard
core unemployed will have potential for long-term employment;
(4) Expand opportunities for Iowa enterpriseship in the area.
f. More funds for community modernization and to meet expanded
housing needs.
Objectives: Identification of sources of funding for improvements
to the housing sectors and preparation of a regional housing
improvement plan*
In general, these goals and objectives, if achieved, will affect
future land use in the area by providing an environment conducive
to growth and by establishing facilities which will help control the
pattern of growth.
3.0251 The fact that the member counties of Area XV supply financial
support to XVRPC is an indication of their support for the documents
which the Commission produces, including the OEDP.
3.03 In order to determine the impact of OGS on land use in the
area, it is necessary to examine its relationship to the known local
planning attitudes as reflected in the plans previously described in
this section. The construction of OGS will have a different effect
on area land use than the operation of OGS, and the two phases are
discussed separately.
III-3
-------
3.031 The short-term effects of 065 on land use plans in the area
are primarily construction related and consist mostly of changes
necessary to accomodate construction crews and their families. Such
changes might include temporary trailer parks, commercial establish-
ments and other facilities. It should he emphasized that any impacts
of this type are temporary in nature and will not permanently disrupt
plans for the area (see Section 4.0120).
3.032 The long-term effects of 06S on land use in the area are
related to the existence of the physical facilities of 06S and of
the energy it is designed to generate.
3.033 The Station Site consists of approximately 795 acres and
is located in an area previously zoned for agriculture uses according
to the Wapello County zoning ordinance. This acreage has since
been rezoned for heavy industrial uses.
3.034 The fact that the plant exists might lead one to expect that
additional industrial growth would occur in the vicinity of the plant
due to the possibility of purchasing steam from the plant or of
sharing it's coal handling and storage facilities. Although it is
possible that plant facilities could be modified to allow the sale of
steam to a buyer, it is considered highly tinlikely. Unless excess
.capacity is designed into the plant's boiler, steam could only be
provided during off-peak hours and even then it would be an unreliable
source because 06S may be called on at any moment to provide its
capacity to replace that of another plant in the system which may be
having problems. The coal handling and storage facilities for the
plant were designed to meet the needs of 06S and as such do not allow
for the possibility of sharing the facilities with outside interests.
3.035 The goals outlined in all of the previously discussed plans
are strongly related to the objective of long-term, self-sustaining
economic growth in the area. Many factors will influence the attain-
ment of this objective, one of which is the availability of sufficient
amounts of energy to support the hoped for increase in economic
activity. The addition of 06S to the Iowa Southern Utilities system
will help to meet future energy needs of the area and thus facilitate
the implementation of any proposed land use plans.
III-4
-------
IV ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT
4.01 Environmental Impacts of Plant Construction
4.011 Terrestrial Environment
4.0111 General. The impact of the construction and operation of
the Ottumwa Generating Station can be generally stated as: loss of
vegetation; loss of agricultural productivity; reduction and (mostly)
displacement of breeding and feeding mammals, birds and herptiles;
loss of insects and invertebrates; permanent disruption of normal
succession and permanent changes in ecological recycling and pro-
ductivity; and changes in the aesthetic quality of the area. Were
this a natural, or near-natural area, these impacts would be severe
indeed, and difficult to justify. However, the impact of the plant,
relative to the degree of environmental disruption already present on
the site, reduces the severity of the impact of the facility. Site
clearing activities have been completed and construction of the
facility is scheduled to be initiated in Spring 1977.
4.0112 Impact on vegetation. There will be a loss of about
3 acres of forest and 2 acres of grassland. The loss of this
vegetation will contribute little to the potential for erosion,
since the acreage represents only about 0.6 per cent of the total
area of the site. The best pieces of forest are the small oak
woods in the southwest portion of the area, and the gallery
forest. The gallery forest probably acts, to some degree, as a
filter of material running off the cultivated areas into the Des
Moines River.
4.0113 Impact on terrestrial vertebrates. A number of species of
mammals, birds and herptiles are resident on the site, either breeding,
feeding and/or resting during migration. The construction of the plant
will remove the habitat for these animals, resulting in displacement
into other areas and local population depression for some species.
Economic studies predict that the construction and operation of OGS
will not induce growth adjacent to the study area. Refer to Chapter 3
for a discussion of future growth patterns near the OGS site.
4.0114 Impact on terrestrial succession and ecosystem function. It
is expected that the Ottumwa facility will permanently prevent ecological
succession from occurring, and will reduce ecological productivity and
affect the efficiency of nutrient recycling and conservation. Con-
struction activities will cause minimal erosion and consequent nutrient
loss. Permanent effects will depend upon what kind of vegetation
cover, if any, is returned to the area. Attractive, functional
vegetative cover will serve to reduce the functional impacts of the
facility.
IV-1
-------
4.0115 Aesthetic Impact. The most difficult of the impacts to assess
is the aesthetic impact, since the severity of this depends upon sub-
jective judgment. However, it is certain that the visual aspect of the
area will be changed, and that the view of the Des Moines River valley
will be degraded to some extent.
4.0116 Water quality and biological elements. There will be some
runoff from the plant site during the construction which will contribute
to the turbidity of the Des Moines River and Avery Creek. Construc-
tion area runoff is subject to and will comply with NPDES regulations.
These effects will be temporary (during construction period), and
will be similar to those resulting from runoff from plowed fields.
Sloped areas on the site will be seeded where practical and
vegetation established as soon as possible.
4.01161 The construction of the water intake structure will result in
unavoidable contributions to the turbidity of the Des Moines River.
Increased turbidity will be temporary, and the effects will be
minimized by sound construction practices.
4.0117 Air quality. During the construction period, there will be
some combustion gas discharges to the atmosphere as the result of
operating vehicles and carrying out various activities. These
discharges will not significantly affect air quality since their
concentrations will not exceed ambient air quality standards.
The Iowa Department of Environmental Quality has regulations limiting
the amount of visible emissions from gasoline and diesel-powered
vehicles (Chapter 4.4.3 (2) (d) (2) and (3).
4.01171 There will be dust associated with some construction
activities. No quantitative estimates have been attempted. Dust
impacts from site preparation will not be substantially different
from those resulting from recurring agricultural cultivation on
the site.
4.01172 Iowa regulations require that reasonable precautions be
taken to prevent particulate in sufficient quantities to create a
nuisance (1973 I.D.R. p. 274). To meet those requirements,
sprayed water will be employed to control dust during clearing of
land, grading of roads, and construction operations.
4.01173 Concerning the OGS project, there will be no open burning.
All construction waste materials, rubbish, and landscape waste will
be either hauled away and disposed of by a commercial contractor or
buried on the site.
IV-2
-------
4.0118 Noise effects. Construction activities at the Ottumwa
Station will involve a fluctuating number of men and machines
over an extended period of time. Construction noise, when con-
sidered in relation to any specific off-site listener, will vary
on a daily, weekly, or longer basis. As the peak of construction
activity approaches, the average noise levels will increase and
noise ''quality will change as more and different types of machinery
become involved. All of these factors constitute a changing
noise environment that is complex to evaluate. For simplicity,
estimates of noise emission given here are instantaneous values
rather than 24-hour averages.
4.01181 The Noise Control Act of 1972 (86 stat. 1234) provides for
the protection of the environment and local inhabitants from certain
noise emissions. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) has jurisdiction over the construction worker's exposure and
the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has issued guidelines for
state and local governments to use in setting standards for ambient
community noise .
4.01182 EPA guidelines which are presently non-regulatory suggest
a 24-hour exposure level of 70 dBA as the maximum level of environ-
mental noise which will prevent any measurable hearing loss over a
lifetime; a level of 55 L^ as the maximum level to prevent activity
interference and annoyance for certain outdoor areas where human
activity takes place; and a maximum level of 45 L^ as the level which
will permit spoken conversation, sleeping, working, recreation, and
other activities which are part of the daily human condition in indoor
residential areas, hospitals, and schools. "Ldn" represents the
"L " with a 10 dB nighttime weighting. "Leg (24)" represents the
sound energy averaged over a 24-hour period. The specified levels
are not event or "peak" levels for sound, but rather an average of
acoustic energy over 24 hours. Occasional higher sound levels are
permissible as long as a sufficient amount of relative quiet is
experienced for the remaining period of time. For example, the
energy contained in an 8-hour average exposure to 75 dBA is
equivalent to a 24-hour average 70 dBA exposure. For practical
purposes, the former exposure is equivalent to the latter only when
the average level for the remaining 16 hours of the day is less
than about 50 dBA.
4.01183 At a typical construction site of this size, many types
and sizes of equipment will be operating and producing noise. A
composite noise level of 90 dBA can be considered a conservatively
reasonable noise value, produced by many varieties of diesel powered
construction equipment*. Higher than expected estimates were used
to obtain worst-case situations. No parameters other than the
instantaneous sound level and the distance from the source
to the receiver were considered.
IV-3
-------
4.01184 The nearest off-site house to general site construction
is approximately 650 feet away. At this distance, the machinery
sound attenuates to about 68 dBA outside the house. Generally, the
walls of most houses will further attenuate another 20 dBA or more,
so the resulting interior sound level should be less than 48 dBA
with the windows closed^. The sound level (about 68 dBA) will be
noticeable, to a person working outside, but should be acceptable
as a temporary nuisance; the inside level will be somewhat louder than
the existing background noise level of the average house. These are
tnaTHmum expected values and should occur only when the construction
machinery is operating at its closest approach to the house. No
construction activities are planned to be carried out at night.
4.01185 The city of Chillicothe is adjacent to the site and the
city residence nearest to one of the construction zones is approxi-
mately 1100 feet away. At this distance the construction noise
level of 90 dBA will attenuate to about 63 dBA outside the residence.
The walls of the house, with the windows closed, should lower this
level to 43 dBA or less. Once again, these levels should be con-
sidered as maTTtimnng, occurring when construction machinery is
closest to the residence.
4.01186 The existing train operation on Burlington Northern tracks
located next to the OGS Site include one passenger train in both
directions daily, 7 day a week, accounts for two movements per day.
Freight trains number 14 per day in both directions accounts for
28 movements per day. The average train contains between 75 to
100 cars. All coal trains are 100 car lengths and move at a speed
of 50 mph, all other trains travel at 60 mph.
4.01187 Once the construction of the railroad spur is complete,
certain construction materials will be delivered to the site by
rail. One engine and no more than about 25 cars are expected at
any one time. Noise levels for a single locomotive have been
measured and plotted as shown on Figure 4-1.
4.01188 The houses that would be affected most by the noise of
operation of trains on the proposed rail spur presently lie closer
to existing main line Burlington Northern railroad tracks than they
will to the finished rail spur tracks. The noise from operation of
a train on the proposed rail spur should be one-half the magnitude
of the noise from the operation of the same train of the main line
tracks.
4.01189 All other houses are at greater distances than the ones
discussed here. Extreme cases have been chosen to reference the
expected sound levels at other houses. It is anticipated that
sould levels in the surrounding community will be quite tolerable
in lieu of the estimated noise levels.
IV-4
-------
no
100
09
•o
OT
O
O
o
o
90
80
•a.
20-30 o
30-HQ X
10-&0 &
50-60 a
GREATER THAN 60 •
RANGES OF
TRAIN VELOCITY, MPH
SPREADING LOSS
(-6 dB PER DOUBLING
OF DISTANCE}
PREDICTED ATTENUATION
INCLUDING AIR ABSORPTION
AND EXCESS GROUND ATTENUATION
60
50
_L
10
50
100
200
100
600
800 1000
DISTANCE FROM TRACK, FEET
NOISE LEVELS FOR A SINGLE LOCOMOTION
WITH RESPECT TO DISTANCE
FIGURE 1-1
-------
4.0120 Economic and social effects
4*01201 Introduction. Site preparation and construction of OGS
is anticipated during the period 1975 to 1981. Projected levels
of key social and economic variables and characteristics which
account for the effects of OGS construction are considered in this
section. Results of the "with-OGS" projections are compared to
the "without-OGS" projections, from Section 2.04 in order to derive
project-related economic impacts. Qualitative analysis was employed
to evaluate sociological impacts.
a. Construction period effects which generate impacts in the
Station Site Area, Primary Area and Secondary Area stem from local-
regional purchases of construction materials and equipment, con-
struction worker payrolls and related salaries, and the additional
OGS-related property tax base. Additional indirect effects flow
from the direct construction effects in the form of stimulated
regional economic activity.
b. The effects constitute additional personal income, retail
sales, employment, and the further impacts that changes in these
variables have on other economic variables. All construction phase
cumulative impacts are shown in Table 4-1.
c. The figures shown in Table 4-1 are based on the assumption
that salaries paid to the construction workers will remain in the
Primary Area economy. The basis for this assumption is that most
of the skills required for construction of the plant can be found
in the local labor market. It is possible that some workers would
commute to the job site from outside the three-county Primary Area,
but the percentage of these commuters would be small and thus have
little effect on the results. Projected economic activity in the
Primary Area with OGS and resultant impacts are shown in Appendix G,
Table G-4. Figures 4-2 through 4-4 show these impacts in graphical
form.
d. The impact of OGS on social factors such as those dis-
cussed in Section 2.043 is expected to be negligible.
4.01202 Direct construction effects. As mentioned in Sub-
section 4.01191, construction period direct effects in the Primary
Area include local purchases of site materials and equipment, worker
payrolls, and tax revenues generated by incremental property tax
base represented by OGS taxable capital investment. The total
expenditures for the OGS facility, which include local Primary Area
purchases, represent effects which will occur in the external area—
the US economy in general. Table 4-2 summarizes the direct con-
struction related impacts.
IV-6
-------
Table 4-1
PRIMARY AREA
CUMULATIVE DIRECT AND INDIRECT
ECONOMIC IMPACTS
DURING OGS CONSTRUCTION (1976-1981)
1981 DOLLARS
Impact
Employment, Man-Years
Personal Income
Wages and Salaries
Profit and Proprietor
Income
Disposal Income
Federal Income Tax, Revenues
State Income Tax Revenues
Retail Sales
Retail Sales Tax Revenues
Bank Deposits, $-Years
Farm Income
Real Estate Sector
(APV, REV, PSV, VRLB)
5,144
$120,339,000
103,371,000
16,967,000
112,946,000
4,771,000
2,620,000
23,629,000
861,000
10,428,000
-750,000
Positive Impact
Property Tax Revenues (Current $)
Direct, 1976-1982 19,532,000
Indirect Positive Impact
*Not available.
Percentage Increase
Due to OGS Impact
2.69
4.12
5.84
1.55
4.22
2.40
6.66
1.63
2.10
0.53
IV-7
-------
TABLE 4-2
ECONOMIC IMPACTS - CONSTRUCTION PERIOD
Olract Com true t ton Effects
Estimated Tout Direct PUnt * Equipment
Cost. 1981 dollars
EftiMtad Property Taxes** current $
Site
)SU
IPS
IA.-III.
IPALCO
Total
Estimated Employment
Estimated new resident work force
Average annual work force
Estimated employment man-hours
Construction Payroll
Estimates annual - $
'Deflated annual 1981 $
Primary Area Expenditures
Material t equipment - J
Deflated material » equipment - 1981 $
1976
10,160,000
;
-
33
90
180,000
2,539,200
3,077,300
110,700
n't, zoo
1977
51,525.000
76,000
76.000
80
21*1
482,000
6,727,500
7, 8W ,900
561 ,400
654,700
1978
64, 104,000
545,000
545.000
347
589
1,178,000
16,442,700
18,448,700
698,500
783,700
1973
62.894.000
1.069.000
365,000
140,000
140,000
114,000
1,828,000
457
921
1,842,000
25.702,500
27.748,400
685,300
739.800
1980
44,751,000
1.206,000
1.305.000
503,000
502,000
408.000
3.924,000
140
420
840.000
17,588.100
18,274,000
487,600
506,600
1981
8.466,000
1.218.000
2,252.000
868,000
868,000
703,000
5,909.000
*
*
56,000
*
»v
92,200
92,200
1982
-
1,230,000
2,890,000
1,114,000
1,113.000
903.000
7,250,000
Total
247.900,000
5,344,000
6,8)2.000
2,625,000
2.623,000
2.128.000
19,532,000
4,578,000
69,000,000
78,393,300
2.635.700
2,911,200
Negligible.
**Flve year construction budget was used to determine additions to be used for property taxes (State of Iowa formula also used; property taxes lag construction period by
one year.)
-------
24.0
22.0
20.0
18.0
16.0
<
P
u. 14.0
o
t-
LU
§ 12.0
0.
^
oo
•* 10.0
£r
^
a.
~ 8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
1
I
> 0.0
MAXIMUM
ON PRIMARY
ANNUAL IMPACT OF OGS
AREA ECONOMIC VARIABLES
PERCENT OF PROJECTED TOTAL
— DURING
vw n 1 11 v
-
LU
O
Of
O
ae
1
^r
JS
g
1—
O
3
- 1
CO
111
of
3
CONSTRUCTION 1975-1981 3
OPERATION a
.OYMENT
Q_
5
CO
LU
(9
*
Ul
LU O
1- 0
•< Z
Of —
LU *J
O
-------
ON PRIMARY AREA ECONOMIC VARIABLES
PERCENT OF PROJECTED TOTAL
FIGURE 4-3
2.20
2.00
1.80
1.60
I.W
1.20
1.00
.80
.60
-i
u.
: •»
Ul
o
S o
a.
3 .20
o
£ .MO
.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
CO
1
u.
o
ee
CO
Z
^
550
500
450
_, 100
o
H 350
o
!•—
| 300
QC
UJ
-t 250
CO
o 200
Q.
z
150
100
50
ASF n
\\f
-
-
-
-
-
CO
I
. **-
o
Ul
IN
CO
llj
«
at
- uj
_ o
t-
1
»•
Ul
o
CO
_ u
ca
«3
a.
~ o
- •«
o
CO
oe
Ul
0.
-
PSV
NOTE:
THE ABSOLUTE VALUE OF THE PERCENTAGE
IMPACT OF OGS ON THESE THREE VARIABLES
DECREASES OVER TIME.
DURING CONSTRUCTION 1975-1981
DURING OPERATION
IV-10
-------
MAXIMUM ANNUAL IMPACT OF OGS
ON PRIMARY AREA ECONOMIC VARIABLES
PERCENT OF PROJECTED TOTAL
FIGURE 4-4
u.
o
Ul
0
ec
ul
a.
tn
l—
•<.
a.
1.10
1.00
0.90
0.80
0.70
0.60
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
0.0
-0.10
-0.20
-0.30
-0.40
-
-
-
-
FY
UJ
o
Ul
1— O
ca-
ul »-
^c ^
UK
QC ^*
REV
NOTE:
THE ABSOLUTE
OF OGS ON THE
DECREASES OVE
DURING CONSTRUCTION 1975-1981
DURING OPERATION
IV-11
-------
4.01203 Indirect construction effects. Direct project expendi-
tures and effects discussed in Section 4.01192 will produce further
changes in the Primary Area and other areas by stimulating economic
activity. "With-OGS" projections of Primary Area economic activity
are derived from the econometric-model. The exogenous and other
key economic variables are stimulated by direct construction expendi-
tures and the resulting effects are measured by subtracting
"without-OGS" base line projections from "with-OGS" projections.
Appendix G contains the actual "with-OGS" projections for the pre-
viously defined construction period, 1976-1981. The maximum annual
construction period impact of OGS on Primary Area economic variables
is expressed in Figure 4-2 as a per cent of projected "without-OGS"
economic activity.
4.01204 Population characteristics. Virtually all effects of OGS
on population and population density are derived from new resident
construction work force and their families. Potential induced
migration from stimulated economic activity in the Primary Area
is disregarded. These migration effects would hypothetically occur
from increased work opportunities. However, the historical popu-
lation trend in the Primary Area has shown a slight decrease over
the 25-year study period while most monetary indicators (personal
income, bank deposits, etc.) have exhibited stable increases.
Thus, increased real activity in this area has not resulted in
discernible population inflow. Based on this experience, the sole
quantifiable effect on population is expected to be new resident
construction work force and their families. The maximum effect of
OGS construction and operation on projected Primary Area population
is approximately 1.5 per cent, as shown in Figure 4-2.
4.01205 Labor force and employment characteristics. The OGS-
related impacts on this segment of the economy consist of both
direct and indirect effects on the total labor force, employment,
the unemployment rate, and the real wage rate. The direct effects
displayed in Table 4-2 can be removed from the annual impacts in
order to derive the total indirect effects. The total direct and
indirect impacts on total labor force and employment increase until
1979 when the impacts represent approximately 5.6 and 5.8 per cent,
respectively, of projected totals in the Primary Area. This fact
is shown in Figure 4-2. Due to the assumptions discussed in
Section 4.01194, the construction phase impacts are not expected
to induce population immigration. Therefore, the projected levels
of total labor force and employment will be affected only by the
actual number of jobs created. Based on this relationship, the
unemployment rate is expected to slightly improve during the con-
struction period. The real wage rate, which depends on both wages
and salaries and employment, is expected to show a maximum annual
increase of 8.5 per cent during construction, as seen in Figure 4-2.
IV-12
-------
4.01206 Income levels. The effects discussed in this section
concern personal income and its components; wages and salaries,
profit and proprietor income, and farm income. Each year's "with-
OGS" projections take into account the multiplier effects resulting
from OGS worker payrolls and purchases of construction materials
and equipment in the Primary Area. As workers spend their incomes
on goods and services they indirectly generate further income for
employees and owners of local business. Local purchases of con-
struction materials and equipment produce similar effects by
stimulating retail sales, profit and proprietor income, wages and
salaries, personal income and disposal income.
a. Construction phase impacts on personal income, wages and
salaries, profit and proprietor income, and disposable income
increase until they attain their expected maximum effect in 1979.
Additional personal income in the Primary Area is expected to
amount to almost 9 per cent of the base line level, as shown in
Figure 4-2. Wages and salaries and profit and proprietor income
reach respective levels of 14.6 per cent and 3.2 per cent above
the base line in 1979, the peak construction phase impact year.
Disposable income is projected to increase in approximately the
same proportion as personal income. The indirect effects on wages
and salaries are expected to amount to about 25 per cent of the
total impact over the construction period.
b. The effect of OGS construction on farm income in the
area is expected to be less than 0.4 per cent of total projected
farm income. Projected ma-ytTrium annual impact of OGS on farm income
is shown in Figure 4-2.
4.01207 Agricultural land use. Projected OGS impacts on number
of farms, average size of farms, and value and average value of
farmland and buildings are shown in Figure 4-3. Land in farms is
not charted because the impact is less than 0.1 per cent. Although
all other agricultural indicators are charted, the only substantial
effect on this sector is the expected temporary effect on assessed
value of farmland and buildings. The projected impacts shown in
Figure 4-3 are better interpreted as the probable positive direction
of change, rather than the actual magnitude of effects upon assessed
valuation of real and personal property.
4.01208 Industrial and business activity. By 1979, OGS-related
expenditures are expected to stimulate retail sales by 3.4 per
cent. This is the year of maximum projected impact on retail
sales. Bank deposits are stimulated by OGS-related economic ac-
tivity as shown in Figure 4-2. Bank deposits are projected to
increase by a nmviimnn of 1.1 per cent in 1979.
IV-13
-------
4.01209 Real estate sector. Virtually no indirect effects due
to OGS are expected to occur in this sector. There are no pro-
jected indirect impacts on total assessed property valuation, real
estate valuation, and real estate valuation per square mile and
only an insignificant impact on personal and public service valuation.
4.01210' Government revenues. Retail sales taxes and federal and
state income tax revenues in the Primary Area are all expected to
increase during construction. Again, 1979 is the year of maximum
expected impact when additional retail sales tax will constitute
approximately 4.3 per cent of "without-OGS" levels. Federal and
state income tax revenues are expected to increase to a maximum
in 1979 of 5.2 and 14.3 per cent, respectively. These annual
effects quickly return to near preconstruction levels as do most
other impacts measured by the Primary Area model.
4.01211 Community profile/public facilities and services. The
community profile, as portrayed in Section 2.043 is not expected
to vary significantly due to the construction or operation of OGS.
Population age, migration and education will remain virtually un-
changed due to the small number of OGS workers relative to the
population already in the area. Other demographic factors dis-
cussed in Section 2.043 are also not expected to exhibit significant
variation.
a. As previously discussed, some of the facilities and
services in the areas surrounding the proposed Station Site are
presently inadequate while others enjoy excess capacity. For
those facilities which are already lacking, the Impact of OGS will
be negligible because the addition of a relatively few people will
not significantly affect the quality of service in the area. Those
facilities which have excess capacity also will not be appreciably
affected by the presence of OGS In the area. Construction period
impacts will take the form of temporary requirements for housing,
school facilities, and community services such as churches and
recreational facilities. Operation period impacts will^be permanent
in nature but of a smaller magnitude than those experienced during
the construction period.
IV-14
-------
4.02 Environmental Impacts of Generating Station Operation
4.021 Air Quality Control Standards. To describe the effects of
combustion emissions, it .is important to describe the applicable air
quality standards for the project site.
4.0211 There are two general types of regulations applicable to the
discharge of air pollutants. Emission standards limit the rate of air
pollutant discharge from the plant. Ambient air quality standards
limit the resulting air pollutant concentration that may occur at
ground level. Federal and Iowa emission standards and ambient air
quality standards are discussed for particulate matter and oxides of
both sulfur and nitrogen.
4.0212 Federal standards applicable to the plant are promulgated
by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): Iowa standards, by
the Iowa Department of Environmental Quality.
4.0213 Emission standards are expressed as limits on the number of
pounds per unit of heat input, generally as pounds per million Btu
of heat input (Ib/MBtu). Emission standards are also established as
limitations on the visibility of emissions. Visibility limits are
expressed as the permissible per cent opacity of a discharge or some-
times as Ringelmann numbers which correspond approximately to 20 per
cent increments in opacity.
4.0214 Ambient air quality standards are generally expressed as
pollutant concentrations; i.e. an amount per unit of volume.
Micrograms per cubic meter (yg/m-*) or parts per million (ppm) are
used to express pollutant concentrations in air.
4.0215 Federal emission standards are applicable to particulate
matter, sulfur dioxide, and nitrogen dioxide. The federal standards
are summarized in Table 4-3.
TABLE 4-3
FEDERAL EMISSION STANDARDS
Estimated Maximum
Mav-tTnmn Ottusiwa Generating Station
Air Pollutant Emission Rate Emission Rate
Ib/MBtuIb/MBtu
Sulfur Dioxide 1.2 1.2
Particulate Matter3 0.10 0.10
Nitrogen Dioxide 0.70 0.70
opacity of emissions shall not exceed 20 per cent.
IV-15
-------
4.0216 Iowa emission standards applicable to particulate matter,
sulfur dioxide, and nitrogen dioxide are the same as the federal
standards.
4.0217 The Ottunwa Plant is situated within the Southeast Iowa
Intrastate Air Quality Control Region (AQCR) established by the EPA.
4.0218 The federal ambient air quality standards are summarized in
Table 4-4. Iowa has adopted the federal ambient air quality standards,
TABLE 4-4
FEDERAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS AND
ESTIMATED CONCENTRATION OF POLLUTANTS FROM OPERATION
OF OTTDMWA STATION
Air Pollutant
Sulfur Dioxide
Primary Standard
Secondary Standard
Estimated Ottunwa
Generating Station
Suspended Particulates
Primary Standard
Secondary Standard
Estimated Ottunwa
Generating Station
3-Hour
Average3
pg/m-i(ppm)
—
1300(0.50)
105(0.04)
—
—
—
24-Hour
Average*
Vg/m-Hppm)
365(0.14)
—
26(0.01)
o
U8/nr
260
150
0.7
Annual
Average"
Ug/mJ(ppm)
80(0.03)
—
1.3(0.0005)
U8/m
75
60
0.03
Nitrogen Dioxide
Primary Standard
Secondary Standard
Estimated Ottunwa
Generating Station
100(0.05)
100(0.05)
0.8(0.0004)
aThe
3-hour and 24-hour average concentrations are not to be
exceeded more than once during a year.
The annual average for particulate matter is computed as a geometric
mean, whereas the annual average for sulfur and nitrogen dioxide is
an arithmetic mean.
4.0219 The results of the ambient air quality monitoring program
conducted at the Ottumwa Generating Station site showed that the
IV-16
-------
annual average background concentration of sulfur dioxide, suspended
particulates, and nitrogen dioxide were 5.1 yg/m3, 65.4 pg/m3 and
and 10.5 ug/m3 respectively (see APPENDIX D). The predicted increase
in the annual average pollutant levels due to the operation of the
Ottumwa Generating Station are expected to be of a small magnitude
as shown in Table 4-4.
4.022 Emissions dispersion analysis. In preceding subsections
applicable federal and Iowa emission standards and ambient air quality
standards were explained and the Ottumwa Plant air pollution control
system was described. Fuel selection, equipment design, and the use
of combustion gas cleaning equipment are required to comply with the
most stringent of emission standards.
4.0221 Plant stack design is based upon ambient air quality standards.
Ground level air pollutant concentrations resulting from atmospheric
discharges of cleaned combustion gases must comply with the most stringent
applicable ambient air quality standards. Stack design is accomplished
by use of a computational model that estimates gaseous dispersion and
resulting ground level concentrations of air pollutants discharged
from alternative stack configurations. The computational model and
data to which the model was applied are described in APPENDIX E.
The dispersion analysis is summarized and discussed in the following
paragraphs.
4.022 Ground level air pollutant concentrations resulting from
plant discharges have been analyzed on the basis of the maximum legal
air pollutant emission rates. It is expected that actual emission
rates will be below these legal limits; however, this analysis pro-
vides the worst case evaluation of plant operation.
4.0223 The ambient air quality standards described above utilize
3-hour, 24-hour, and annual average periods. The analysis of the
Ottumwa Generating Station air pollutant discharges utilize these
averaging times and maximum ground level concentrations have been
estimated for each of these time periods as shown in Table 4-5.
IV-17
-------
TABLE 4-5
ESTIMATED MAXIMUM GROUND LEVEL AIR POLLUTANT
CONCENTRATIONS RESULTING FROM OPERATION OF THE
727 MW (GROSS) UNIT AT MAXIMUM
CAPABILITY WITH MAXIMUM LEGAL AIR POLLUTANT
EMISSIONS DISCHARGED FROM A 600-FOOT STACK
Estimated Mayim.™ Average
_ Ground Level Concentration
3-Hour
Air Pollutant
Sulfur Dioxide
Particulate Matter
Nitrogen Dioxide
4.0224 In Table 4-6, the estimated ambient air concentrations of
SO and TSP due to emissions from OGS are compared to the prevention
of significant deterioration increments for these pollutants. The
diversion modeling indicates that emissions from OGS will not cause
a violation of TSP or SO deterioration increment.
3-Hour
Average
yg/m^Cppm)
105(0.04)
—
__
24-Hour
Average
Ug/mJ (ppm)
26(0.01)
0.7
__.
Annual
Average
Vg/m3(ppm)
1.3 (0.0005)
0.03
0.8 (0.0004)
4.0225 • The nmyjmiim expected ground level concentrations of trace
elements and the minimum concentration detectable by emission
spectroscopy, are shown in Table 4-7. The trace elements are
dispersed in two forms, as gaseous compounds of the element itself,
and as a component of the fly ash.
4.02251 The first part of Table 4-7 shows the elements which would
be oxidized at the temperatures within the boiler, and would form
gases, i.e. arsenic; mercury, and selenium. Once these gases were
emitted from the chimney, they would be dispersed in the same pattern
as sulfur dioxide. The ground level concentrations shown were calcu-
lated on this basis. The table also shows that the ground level
concentrations are far below the m-tyt-tmum detectable levels and the
limits for human exposure.
4.02252 The second part of Table 4-7 shows the maximum expected
ground level concentrations of fly ash. The concentrations of the
trace elements in the fly ash is shown in Table 4-8. Because the
fly ash is dispersed over a wide area and contains only minute
IV-18
-------
TABLE 4-6
COMPARISON OF SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION AMBIENT AIR QUALITY INCREMENT
WITH ESTIMATED MAXIMUM GROUND LEVEL
AIR POLLUTANT CONCENTRATIONS RESULTING FROM
OPERATION OF GENERATING UNIT AT MAXIMUM CAPABILITY
WITH MAXIMUM LEGAL AIR POLLUTANT EMISSIONS
DISCHARGED FROM A 600-FOOT STACK
MICROGRAMS PER CUBIC METER (PARTS PER MILLION)
3-Hour 24-Hour Annual
Parameter Increment Plant Increment Plant Increment
Sulfur Dioxide 700(0.27) 105(0.04) 100(0.09) 26(0.01) 15(0.006)
Particulate Matter — — 30 0.7 10
f
M
VO
-------
to
o
TABLE 4-7
TRACE ELEMENT EMISSIONS—OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
MAXIMUM EXPECTED GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATIONS
GASEOUS EMISSIONS
Component
Arsenic
Mercury
Selenium
Component
Fly Ash
Stable Form
in Flue Gas
Aa203
Hg20 or Hg
Se02
3-Hour
Average
ygymS '
4.8
3-Hour
Average
ppb (mg/rn-*)
0.008 (0.066)
0.0007 (0.012)
0.0003 (0.001)
24-Hour
Average
Mg/»3
1.04
Minimus
24-Hour Annual Detectable
Average Averaee Concentration
ppb (mg/n3) PPb (mg/»J) PP*> (««/«•*)
0.0003 (0.0025) 0.0002 (0.0016) 1,000 (8229.6)
0.0003 (0.005) 0.0002 (0.003) 70 (1214.5)
0.00009 (0.0004) 0.0000006 (0.000003) 300,000 (1,380,000)
PARTICULATE EMISSIONS
Annual
Average
0.096
Limits For
Human
Exposure
mg/mi
0.5
0.1
0.2
"Minimum concentration detectable by emission spectroecopy.
bUS, Federal Registry, Vol. 36, No. 105.
-------
TABLE 4-8
FLY ASH TRACE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
Element
Barium
Beryllium
Boron
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide
Fluoride
Gallium
Iron
Lead
Nickel
Thorium
Uranium
Vanadium
Zinc
Stable Form
in Fly Ash
BaO or BaSO,
BeO
B2°3
CdO
Cr2°3
CuO
CaF2
Ga2°3
Fe2°3
PbO
NiO
Th02
uo2
V2°3
ZnO
Concentration
in Fly Ash
ppm
477-2,350
0.34-10.7
139-848
1.86-21.3
9.3-164
44.2-214
1.16
930-4,070
0.35-10.7
9,732-34,650
2.3-36
2.3-70
11.3-5,490
7.0-34.9
116-826
51.2-365
IV-21
-------
quantities of trace elements, the trace elements should not pre-
sent any threat to plant or animal life.
4.02253 The T^T*™"" emission concentrations of trace elements expected
from the Ottumwa Generating Station together with the limits for human
exposure are shown in Table 4-9. The trace elements listed will be
contained in the fly ash that is emitted from the stack. The electro-
static precipitator will remove 99.4 per cent of the ash, and only
0.6 per cent will be emitted. The concentrations of trace elements
given in Table 4-9 are well below the limits of human exposure.
Generally, the quantities are so small that they cannot be detected
by the analytical techniques presently available.
4.02254 The fly ash collected by the electrostatic precipitator system
will be transported by water (sluiced) to the ash storage pond. Since
the ash will be carried by water, there will be no release of ash
particles to the atmosphere. The ash pond is lined with a natural
layer of clay which will prevent leaching of heavy metals from the
pond. (See Section 4.02413, page IV-29.)
4.02255 The estimated amounts of trace elements that will be
disposed in the ash pond and emitted from the stack during the 30-year
life of OGS are given in Table 4-10. It is evident that the majority
of the materials will be confined to the ash storage pond. As shown
in Table 4-9, the maximum expected concentrations of trace elements
contained in the stack emissions will be far less than the limits for
human exposure, and they also should have no adverse impacts on
fauna and flora on or near the site area.
4.023 Noise effects. From a technical point of view, noise is
discordant sound resulting from nonperiodic vibrations in air. Noise
is more simply defined as unwanted sound and has sometimes been termed
sound without value. Sound generally refers to any audible distur-
bance of the air, while noise refers to a particular type of sound,
usually discordant. Sound generally is said to become noise when it
becomes a nuisance, either because of the quality of the sound, the
loudness, or both. A certain type of sound may be agreeable sound to
one listener and an objectionable "noise" to another. A sound level
that is pleasing to one listener could be too soft for another or too
loud for a third. The disturbance characteristics of noise are sub-
jective and not easily quantifiable.
4.0231 The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has established
guidelines for state and local governments to use in setting noise
standards^. The Ottumwa noise study will be compared to four of the
more significant EPA noise level guidelines: I-eq(24)» Ldn Outdoors,
Ldn Indoors, and 1^ Sleep. Leq^24) is set at 70 dBA'and represents
IV-22
-------
TABLE 4-9
MAXIMUM EMISSION CONCENTRATIONS OF TRACE
ELEMENTS IN FLY ASH EXPECTED FROM OTTUMWA
GENERATING STATION COMPARED TO LIMITS FOR HUMAN
EXPOSURE, MICROGRAMS PER CUBIC METER
Element
Barium
Beryllium
Boron
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide
Fluoride
Gallium
Iron
Lead
Nickel
Thorium
Uranium
Vanadium
Zinc
3-Hour
Average
0.0113
0.00005
0.0040
0.0001
0.0007
0.00103
0.000006
0.0200
0.00005
0.1663
0.0001
0.0003
0.0263
0.0002
0.0040
0.0018
24-Hour
Average
0.0024
0.00001
0.00090
0.00002
0.0002
0.0002
0.000001
0.00423
0.00001
0.0360
0.00004
0.00007
0.00570
0.00004
0.00090
0.00040
Annual
Average
0.000230
0.000001
0.000081
0.000002
0.000016
0.000020
0.0000001
0.000390
0.000001
0.003326
0.000003
0.000007
0.000527
0.000003
0.000080
0.000035
Limits of
Human Exposure
0.5
0.002b
15.0
0.2b
0.5
1.0
5.0
2.5
—
10.0
0.2b
1.0
—
0.2
0.5
5.0
Federal Registry, Vol. 36, No. 105
8-hour time weighted average.
IV-23
-------
TABLE 4-10
ESTIMATED AMOUNTS OF TRACE ELEMENTS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE OPERATION
OF 06S FOR 30 YEARS
(55.8 Percent Average Load Factor)
Element
Total Amount
Disposed in Ash Pond
Total Amount
Emitted From Stack
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Boron
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide
Fluorine
Gallium
Iron
Lead
Mercury
Nickel
Selenium
Thorium
Uranium
Vanadium
Zinc
IV-24
tons
0
2605-12,842
2.2-58
76-4633
10-117
50-890
241-1196
6
5078-22,182
2.2-58
53,121-189,000
13-197
0.06-0.6
13-379
0
61-29,900
38-190
635-4509
277-1992
tons
26-147
13-62
0.009-0.27
4-23
0.05-0.55
0.24-4.3
1.2-5.7
0.03
24-107
0.009-0.027
255-912
0.06-0.15
0.005-1.3
0.06-1.83
0.63-13.2
0.29-144
0.18-0.95
3-21
1.3-9.5
-------
the maximum allowable sound energy averaged over a 24-hour
period which will prevent hearing loss (indoors and outdoors). The
L, Outdoors is set at 55 dBA and represents the maximum allowable
energy level over a 24-hour period to prevent conversation interference,
outdoor activity interference and annoyance in residential areas and
farms, other outdoor areas where people spend widely varying amounts of
time, and other places in which relative quiet is a condition for use.
The L, Indoors is set at 45 dBA and represents the maximum allowable
energynlevel over a 24-hour period to prevent indoor activity interfer-
ence and annoyance in indoor residential areas. Finally, the L Sleep
is set at 32 dBA and represents the EPA recommendation of the maximum
allowable energy level between the hours of 2200 and 0700 to prevent
sleep disturbance. The EPA states that these levels are not to be
construed as standards since they do not take into account cost or
feasibility. Nor should they be thought of as discrete numbers, since
they are defined in terms of energy equivalents^.
4.0232 The predicted values of noise levels to be presented are
considered high. The model used calculate attenuation considered only
source strength, decay with distance, and molecular air absorption.
No consideration was given to attenuation which might result from
terrain irregularities, wind, vegetation, or other factors. The
noise values at any point outside the station boundary are expected
to be lower than the values predicted by the model.
4.0233 The first step in the study of noise from station operation
was to determine the most likely sources for noise. In this parti-
cular case the sources determined were the river intake pumps, the
main cooling tower fans, the bus tie transformer, the steam generator,
the turbine, the scrubber/precipitator, the coal crusher, and the rotary
car dumper.
4.0234 Values for the noise output of each source were determined,
either through manufacturer's data or mathematical models. Geographic
coordinates, including height above grade, were given to each source
and to the boundaries of the area under consideration.
4.0235 A background noise level of 35 dBA was assumed for the Ottumwa
Site area, as the setting is rural with no nearby interstate highways
or large cities. There is noise from the traffic on the roads in the
area and from agricultural operations. The background and all other
noise levels considered in development of the contours were derived
from worst possible conditions. Actual conditions, therefore,
will not exceed predictions.
4.0236 The octave noise spectra for each source, source coordinates,
source height, the area of ground to be considered, and the background
IV-25
-------
noise level were all inputs to a model which yielded an isopleth of
noise values as shown on Figure 4-5. This figure displays the sources
of noise and the isolines of even numbered dBA.
4.0237 The Ottumwa Generating Station plant site is in rural
Iowa, approximately 8 miles north of Ottumwa, Iowa. At this distance
the operational noise from the facility will not be heard.
4.0238 The situation is different with respect to Chillicothe, Iowa,
which shares common property boundaries with the site. Figure 4-5
shows the relationship between the site, the major noise producing
equipment, Chillicothe, and the surrounding countryside with isopleths
representing estimated maximum average noise values superimposed. As
can be seen, the northwest fringe of Chillicothe will receive approxi-
mately 49 dBA and will therefore comply with all of the EPA's outdoor
noise guidelines. A house of typical construction with partially open
windows will attenuate approximately 15 dBA6*7 so the resulting indoor
noise level for this house would be about 34 dBA; this value complies
with all but the L^ Sleep guideline. Closing the windows in this house
will result in another 5 dBA reduction and should render the plant noise
Indistinguishable from the background noise of the house and the city.
4.0239 The nearest residence to the steam generator also receives
the highest noisp level. This residence is southeast of the central
complex and is predicted to receive approximately 56 dBA outside the
structure. This value is very slightly higher than the EPA Ldn Outdoor
value of 55 dBA. Assuming typical construction, this residence should
experience about 41 dBA indoors with the windows open and 36 dBA with
them closed. The former value is within EPA guidelines, but the latter
is 4 dBA higher than the LQ Sleep guideline.
4.02310 While it may appear, at first consideration, that this
residence may be subject to excessive noise, it must be remembered
that the model considered only source strength and decay with distance.
Once such parameters as wind, terrain, and ground cover are introduced,
the noise values at any point on Figure 4-5 should drop by several
dBA or more.
4.02311 After station operation begins, most of the site will be
covered by native grasses, shrubs, and trees. The sound attenuation
over thick grass and through shrubbery is significant. For a 1000
hertz tone, and source and receiver heights of 2.5 meters (8 feet),
the attenuation can be as high as 23 dBA pec 100 m (326 feet) .
Source heights involved at the Ottumwa Station are greater, but source-
receiver distances are much longer, so that such attenuation is none-
theless expected to be significant.
IV-26
-------
1000
1000 2000
1" = 2000'
PREDICTED STATION OPERATION
NOISE LEVELS IN dBA
-------
4.02312 All other residences lie at greater distances from the noise
source and will experience lower noise levels from station operation.
The values given for noise levels produced by the Ottumwa Station
represent predicted maximum average noise levels. Emergency situations
could produce higher noise levels, but not for extended periods of
time. Actual noise values should be less than these predicted values
and should not create a community nuisance.
4.02313 An addition of three to five trains per week will travel
the tracks to the 068 Site to supply the amount of coal needed for
operation. The additional trains will be no louder than any of the
other trains passing the site on a given day. Of the 210 trains that
pass by the OGS site (see 4.01196), an additional three to five
trains represents an increase of only 1.4 to 2.4 per cent which
would increase the overall noise environment by a negligible amount.
4.024 Water Quality and Biological Elements
4.0241 Water quality. Since the generating station will incorpor-
ate a closed cycle cooling mode, the thermal impacts of plant opera-
tion on water quality and aquatic biota of the receiving water will
be minimal. The cooling tower blowdown water will be taken from the
cold side of the cooling tower and discharged to the ash sluice system
and then to the bottom ash pond. The heat entering the ash pond will
be dissipated by natural and forced evaporation as the pond will be
an effective cooling lake. Calculations show that even during summer
conditions of high humidity and temperature, the pond water will have
a temperature not greater than 5 F above ambient temperature. Discharge
from the pond will be minimal except during periods of high precipita-
tion. The reuse of the cooling tower blowdown as ash sluice water and
the long retention time in the ash pond will effectively remove any
chlorine before discharge. Effluents from the ash pond will enter the
river upstream from Avery Creek.
4.02411 Because of variations in the composition of coal and ash,
a definitive chemical composition of discharge waters cannot be made.
Experience has shown that an estimate can be made of the total dissolved
solids (TDS) pickup and the TDS in discharge waters predicted. The
889,000 gpd discharge from the bottom ash pond will have approximately
3000 mg/1 of TDS so 22,200 pounds per day of solids will enter the
river from that source. The rainfall runoff from the coal storage
area will have about 320 mg/1 of TDS in the average flow of 53,000 gpd
or 140 pounds per day.
4.02412 Based on a flow in the river of 300 cfs at the plant intake
and a TDS in the river water of 536 mg/1, there will be 27,400 pounds
per day less solids leaving with the discharge than entered with the
IV-28
-------
raw water.. Because of a consumptive use of water in the plant the
concentration of IDS in the river downstream, after adequate mixing,
will be about 548 mg/1.
4.02413 Very little historical data are available on the presence of
toxic or hazardous materials in ash transport waters or coal pile
runoff water. What little data are available indicate that materials
which might be considered hazardous are present in such minute quantities
that they are not readily detectable.
4.02414 The treated sewage effluent also will be discharged into
the ash pond prior to entering the Des Moines River and will have
no significant effect on the water quality of the river. Studies
show that the ash pond will be essentially impervious and leachates
are not expected to enter the Des Koines River or Avery Creek.
a. During December 1976, permeability tests were conducted
by Fatziz Testing Laboratories Co., Inc., Des Moines, Iowa on
samples from nine borings. As shown on Figure 4-6 the borings were
made within the ash storage areas and the coal storage area.
b. The permeability tests were conducted on 2 and 3 inch
diameter, undisturbed, Shelby-tube samples taken at depths of from
1 to -6 feet. The falling-head tests of permeability were conducted
undet water pressures ranging from 4 to 14 pounds per square inch.
Each sample was allowed to saturate and permeate for a period of
4 to 6 days before testing.
c. The results of the tests are shown in Table 4-11. The
highest permeability measured was 1.06 x 10~"7 cm/sec. All other
values were in the range of 10~& cm/sec. All of the samples tested
are classified as practically impervious9. As an illustration,
at the highest permeability measured, 1.06 x 10~7 cm/sec, there
would be only a permeability of about 3 cm/year (under the labo-
ratory test conditions stated). These test data support the con-
clusion that there will be virtually no leachates from the ash
storage ponds or coal storage area. Groundwater level measurements
made on June 19 and October 11, 1975 showed that the depth to ground-
water varied from 4.6 feet to 47.7 feet from the lowest point
within the ash pond. Using the highest permeability rate of 3 cm/yr,
it would take 47.7 years for any water from the ash pond to reach
an aquifer located at a depth of 4.6 feet.
4.0242 Entrainment. Condenser entrainment can involve only
those organisms small enough to pass through the meshes of the
intake screen. Usually openings of 3/8 inch are used; thus eggs,
sac-fry, and other small larval stages of fishes and planktonic
IV-29
-------
TABLE 4-11
RESULTS OF PERMEABILITY TESTS
•ring
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9a
9b
Permeability
cm/sec
1.06 x 10"7
2.4 x 10~
2.1 x 10
1.1 x 10~8
2.4 x 10~
1.3 x 10"8
8.9 x 10~8
9.3 x 10~8
5.4 x 10~8
6.09 x 10~7
Material Description
Dk. Brown, very silty clay
Gray, silty clay to clay
Dk. Brown, clayey silt and
Dk. Brown to brown, silty and fine
sandy clay
Dk. Brown, clayey silt
Lt. Gray, mottled brown, silty clay
Brown, silty clay
Brown, clayey silt
Brown, fine sandy clay
Gray brown, very silty clay
Gray, clayey silt, trace of fine
Depth
ft
1-2.5
1-2.5
1-2.5
1-2.5
1-2.5
1-2.5
5-6.5
5-6.5
3-4.5
4.5-6
sand
Source: Patzig Testing Laboratory, Des Moines, Iowa, 1976.
-------
PERMEABILITY TEST LOCATIONS
LAB NO. 175119 - A
Patzig Testing Lab. Test Boring
Locations -
SOURCE: ATEC ASSOCIATES
(00 000
»KT
PLAN OF BORINGS
OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
CHILLICOTHE, IOWA
FIGURE 4-6
-------
plants and animals can enter the condenser tubes. There is no
practical means of screening intakes to totally prevent the entry
of these very small organisms. The water withdrawn from the Des
Moines River will be considered a consumptive use. Organisms present
in the water withdrawn will be lost from the river ecosystem. The
effects of entrainment, however, should be minimal since the volume
of make-up water necessary for closed cycle operation normally will
not exceed 15.5 cfs, only 5 per cent of the minimum regulated river
flow of 300 cfs.
4.02421 Estimates of larval loss due to entrainment can be made
based on larval drift sampling performed in the Des Moines River near
the proposed intake. The sampling was conducted at one to 2 week
intervals from May 1, 1976 to August 9, 1976. Three sampling stations
were located approximately 500 feet upstream from the proposed intake
structure and arranged across the width of the river with Station 1
and 3 on the west and east banks, and Station 2 located in mid-river.
Figures 4-7, 4-8, and 4-9 present larval drift data in terms of
the number larvae identified per 10,000 gallons of river water
sampled. These data indicate the peak period for larval drift organisms
in the Des Moines River to be mid-June.
4.02422 Assuming an intake flow rate of 15.5 cfs; a larval drift
concentration of 95 larvae per 10,000 gallons (Station 2, June 17, 1976,
top sample); and an even distribution of organisms throughout the
water column, approximately 1600 larval per day may be susceptible
to entrainment. This is a conservative estimate since sampling data
show that larvae are not evenly distributed vertically throughout
the water column. For example, on June 17, 1976, bottom sampling of
Station 1 produced 7.9 larvae per 10,000 gallons. Also 94 larvae
per 10,000 gallons of water sampled was the highest number recorded
during a sampling period. The estimated 1600 larvae entrained per
day should be considered an extreme maxiimnn with the average entrain-
ment of larvae being around 250 per day between May 20 and July 30.
4.0243 Impingement. Swimming ability varies with the species
of fish and between individuals of various sizes within species.
Ambient water temperature also has been shown to affect swimming
speeds. Fish cruising speed and mobility in general decline at
lower ambient water temperatures. Aquatic organisms (primarily
fish) can be impinged on the screens of an intake structure when
they are unable to swim fast enough to escape the pressure of water
flowing through the intake screen openings. The velocity of the
water approaching the screens and the velocity of the water through
the openings of the intake screens are important factors affecting
impingement impacts. Preliminary investigations with a few species
IV-32
-------
100.
90.
FIGURE
LEGEND
O TOP
« TOP
AMPLE A
AMPLE B
-n—WTT
^ SAMPLE A
80
BOTTIM SAMPLE B
70
3 60
§
s *
30
20
10
SOURCE: IOWA INSTITUTE OF HYDRAULIC RESEARCH, 1976
SUMMARY OF FISH LARVAE DATA. STATION I
17-33
-------
FIGURE
SOURCE: IOWA INSTITUTE OF HYDRAULIC RESEARCH, 1976
SUMMARY OF FISH LARVAE DATA, STATION 2
IV-34
-------
FIGURE
5/1
5/7
SOURCE: IOWA INSTITUTE OF HYDRAULIC RESEARCH, 1976
SUMMARY OF FISH LARVAE DATA, STATION 3
IV-35
-------
of fish Indicate that approach velocities of less than one foot
per second (fps) may be necessary to reduce impingement10.
4.02431 Intake structure. A concrete intake structure (Figure 4-10)
will be located at the shoreline of the Des Moines River at approxi-
mately River Mile 106. The river channel offers a relatively deep
section at this location which will provide submergence for the
circulating water pumps. The intake is located with the inlet
side of the structure about parallel to the shoreline. The intake
operating floor will be located to provide protection against a
flood with a recurrence interval of 50 years (663 feet MSL). The
inlet wall located on the river side of the structure will extend
below the historical low water level to seal the structure and
provide equipment protection from adverse moisture and temperature
conditions. This wall will also be used in conjunction with
concrete belt beams to protect the structure against ice and
debris loading conditions.
a. The intake will be designed for one unit. The common
intake cell incorporates a bar rack, stop log, vertical traveling
screen, and two vertical pumps. The cell will be designed to
provide a minimum practical approach velocity to bar racks and
traveling screens with consideration given to economics, available
equipment, and environmental impacts.
b. The OGS intake structure is designed for an intake screen
velocity (velocity of the water passing through the openings in the
screen) of 1.0 fps at a low water elevation of 639 feet MSL, and
approximately 0.8 fps at a normal water elevation of 648 feet MSL.
These two values represent approach velocities of approximately 0.50
and 0.40 fps, respectively.
4.02432 Intake screens. Damage to impinged fish can occur
through abrasion or dessication during passage on the intake
traveling screens. Impinged fish may also suffer injury from
velocity-induced pressures. If impingement occurs for an extended
period of time, fish become exhausted or starve. Shock followed
by impaired behavior may also result.
a. The traveling screen unit will be of the single speed,
self-cleaning, flow through, vertical traveling type, consisting
of screen baskets, chain, fish protection system, spray cleaning
system, motor drive, reduction gearing, structural frame, housing,
guide, automatic control, and other accessories as required.
b. The traveling water screen will serve a common pump pit
for two existing pumps and one future pump. The arrangement of the
17-36
-------
FIGURE 4-10
PROPOSED MAKE UP WATER INTAKE STRUCTURE
IN TUE DES MOINES RIVER IN
WAPELLO COUNTY IOWA NEAR
1000 0 1000 FEET
CHtLLtCOTWEJOWA
PROPOSED
MAKE UP WAT
INTAKE
STRUCTURE
USGS QUAD.
CWILLICOTHE,IOWA
PROPOSED
MAKE UP WATER
INTAKE
STRUCTURE
IOC1 50' 0
M.U. WATER INTAKE
17-37
-------
pumps and screen is as indicated on Figures 4-11 and 4-12. The
traveling screen unit will have screen baskets mounted on two parallel
strands of chain. The screen chains shall be suspended between the
head and boot section assemblies of the main structural framing. The
screen baskets will carry debris and refuse along with any captured
fish above the operating floor where the screens will be cleaned
by two water spray systems. A low pressure spray system will be
provided for washing any impinged fish from the screen baskets.
A high pressure spray system will be provided to remove debris
and refuse. Fish will be washed from the screen baskets before
the high pressure debris removal spray can contact them.
c. Refuse will be sluiced to a discharge point for removal
by ISU's discharge system. Fish will be sluiced to a discharge
point joining ISU's fish flume for return to the river downstream
of the intake.
d. The traveling screen unit will be capable of operating
continuously under the conditions specified, and shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with the following requirements.
Number of screen
units furnished One
Type of water Des Moines. River water
Water flow, gpm 18,000
Nominal screen
width, feet 10
Screen wire cloth Type 304 stainless steel
Screen openings 3/8 inch by 3/8 inch
Screen speed, fpm 10
Screen basket spacing 2'-0"
Elevations
Operating deck 665'-0"
High.water level 663f-0"
Normal water level 648'-0"
IV-38
-------
FIGURE 4-1
FISH RETURN
OPER. DECK
EL. 665V?
BASE SLAB
EL.
SHEET
GRADE LINE
BOT.OF RIVER EL.634't
PILE
SECT|ON 1
"
b
i>
*)
.1
'VJ
1
FISH
RETURN
REFUSE
RETURN-
**
•^
^
-~*.
\
t
|.
*•
i
0
c
r
o
c
o
(
\
i
gg^g
v
)f
$ziM
m — •
•*•
t PUMPS//
t STOP LOGS//7
L TRAVELING SCREEN /?
BAR SCREEN
.BAR GRATING "
DES MOINES RIVER
SECTION 2
M.U WATER INTAKE
IV-J9
-------
FIGURE 4-12
48'SHEET PILE
COFFERDAM.
RIVER SIDE
TO BE CUT TO
EL.634'AFTER
CONSTRUCTION
DES MOINES RIVER
-634
634
UO1 20'
0
UO'
PLAN
MAKE UP WATER
SHEET PILING
80'
M.U. WATER INTAKE
r
IV-40
-------
Low water level 639!-0"
Bottom of pit 632'-0"
e. The screen baskets will have frames of welded construction
provided with curved end plates or shrouds to provide sealing
between adjacent baskets and between baskets and the traveling
screen boot and frame. The crack width at the seal shall not
exceed 1/8 inch.
f. Each screen basket will be furnished with a watertight
fish pan or bucket bolted to the bottom basket lip which will
provide a minimum water depth in the pan of 2 inches. The bolt
holes will be sealed with rubber washers. The upper rear edge of
the fish pan, adjacent to the screen wire cloth, will be covered
with a rubber shield or other suitable material to reduce fish
injury and to prevent fish from being trapped between the screen
and the pan.
g. Screening material will be 12 gage type 304 stainless
steel wire with 3/8-inch square openings. The screening material
will be attached to the screen basket frames in a manner which
provides easy replacement of screening material. The screening
material will be secured without bolting or clamping bars pro-
jecting into the inlet side of the traveling screen unit.
h. A complete high pressure refuse spray cleaning system
will be provided with the screen unit. The system will be designed
'to wash the screen baskets near the top of the unit. The spray
nozzles will be of the nonclogging type and will have bores of
adequate size to pass any object passed by the traveling screen.
i. The fish protection system will consist of fish pans or
buckets, a low pressure spray washing system, and a fish sluice
chute to transport the fish to a flume for return to the river
downstream of the intake. The spray system will operate intermittently
to remove fish from the fish pans. All necessary tripping cams,
limit switches, solenoid valves, strainers, pressure reducing
valves, shut-off valves, spray nozzles, spray nozzle header, and
piping to a supply point common with the refuse spray cleaning
system will be provided.
4.02433 Location. Proper location is one of the most important
ways to minimize impacts of intake structures^. A screen set
flush with the face of an intake structure is less liable to trap
fish than is one inset in a bay. The OGS intake structure has
been located so that Des Moines River currents will tend to sweep
IV-41
-------
any fish past the Intake screens. The screen design will also aid
in reducing damage to fish that become impinged. Dredging and
filling operations during the construction of the intake structure
will be in accordance with Section 404, PL 92-500, and subject to
Environmental Protection Agency's Guidelines.
4.02434 Impingement problems are expected to be of minimal
significance at Ottumwa Generating Station since the design of the
intake structure is such that attraction of fish to the intake is
not likely to occur. The small volume of water required for
closed cycle operation and the fact that the approach velocity to
the intake screens will not exceed 1.0 feet per second will further
minimize the magnitude of impingement. Figures 4-3, 4-4 and 4-5
show the proposed location and design features of the intake
structure. These design features include a vertical traveling
screen and a fish return sluiceway to the Des Moines River. These
design features, when combined with the low approach and intake
velocities, will minimize impingement and entrainment impacts.
4.02435 It is nearly impossible to accurately estimate the
magnitude of impingement at the Ottumwa Station since there are no
power generating stations similar to the Ottumwa Station presently
located on this stretch of the Des Moines River. Preliminary
studies at ISU's Eddyville Station 7 miles upstream from the
Ottumwa site indicate that impingement is an almost non-existent
problem but the Eddyville Station is a far smaller closed cycle
facility which currently operates on an intermittent basis. Some
fish population data, particularly as is related to relative
abundance, is available. Mayhew1!*12'13 conducted three studies
of the population dynamics of the river from 1966 to 1968. Studies
for the current EIS were also limited to assessing the relative
abundance of species present rather than obtaining standing crop
estimates, a far more complex and time consuming procedure.
a. Based on the above data, it is possible to arrive at a
rough numerical estimate of the probable magnitude of impingement
if two basic assumptions are made.
Assumption 1—The combined standing crop per acre for all species
in the Des Moines River is similar to the Mississippi
River at Quad-Cities, although the relative abundance
is different.
Assumption 2—The composition of the fishery of the Des Moines River
is still similar to that observed by Mayhew, which is
generally consistent with the studies of relative abundance
for the OGS ER.
IV-42
-------
b. Studies conducted by Commonwealth Edison Co.-* at the
Quad-Cities Station have provided extensive data on the standing
crop of the Mississippi River and the magnitude of impingement at
the station. It is evident from these data that relative abundance
and swimming speed are not the major factors influencing the
impingement of various species. Other factors such as schooling
behavior and the pffipensity for attraction to warm waters must
also be considered. For example, although gizzard shad account
for only 22 per cent by weight of the standing crop of the
Mississippi River, they made up almost 90 per cent by weight of
the fish impinged in 1973. Similarly, carp which account for
approximately 18 per cent of the standing crop made up only 0.4
per cent of the total impingement by weight in 1973. Thus it is
possible, assuming similar propensity for impingement of a given
species on the Des Moines and Mississippi Rivers, to calculate the
relative magnitude of impingement expected with variations in
abundance of different species. Since the volume of water entering
the station will also influence the impingement numbers, the
effect of this parameter on the expected magnitude of impingement
can be predicted.
c. The following has been used to estimate the magnitude of
impingement expected at the Ottumwa Station (Table 4-12).
Column A—Lists the significant species of fish found in both rivers.
Column B—Gives the per cent by weight of the estimated standing crop
for each species at Quad-Cities as determined by the Common-
wealth Edison studies.
Column C~Gives the pounds of each species removed by impingement at
Quad-Cities in 1973.
d. These low values are in accordance with the impingement
results from the Duane Arnold Energy Center, a closed cycle nuclear
generating station located on the Cedar River which withdraws
24.5 cfs (maximum) of makeup water. Studies conducted at this
station during 1974 and 19751^»15 indicate that frequently no fish
whatsoever are impinged during a 24-hour period and the maximum
number of fish impinged within a 24-hour period was 33 with a
combined weight of less than one-half pound. Young-of-the-year
channel catfish were the form most commonly impinged at the Duane
Arnold Energy Center.
e. Regarding periods of maximum impingement it is likely
that for most species (particularly gizzard shad, drum, catfish
and white bass) young-of-the-year individuals will be impinged
IV-43
-------
2
TABLE *»-12
SUMMARY OF IMPINGEMENT DATA AT QUAD-CITIES
(1973) AND PROJECTED IMPINGEMENT AT OTTUMWA
GENERATING STATION.
A
Significant Fish Species
(both river systems)
Carp
Carp-
sucker
Gizzard
Shad
Drum
Channel
Catfish
White
Bass
Other*
Total
B
% (by wt.) of standing
crop Mississippi River
18
18
23
8
>-ll-R-3.
3. Ottumwa EIS, Fishery Date (1975)
-------
following spawning periods. Based on the Quad-Cities studies it
is likely that most gizzard shad will be impinged during the
September-January period, especially if recirculatlon of heated
water into the intake structure is necessary. Gizzard shad are
commonly attracted to warm water areas during the winter months
and are particularly prone to impingement due to their slow
swimming speeds. Channel catfish impingement has also been ob-
served to increase during the fall and winter periods. Impingement
of drum at Quad-Cities was generally found to be highest in early
spring and early fall.
4.025 Economic and Social Effects
4.0251 Introduction. The direct and indirect effects of the
operation of OGS and corresponding impacts on the projected levels
of economic activity in the Primary Area are considered in this
section. These effects will commence upon completion of the con-
struction phase in 1981 and will continue as long as OGS is in
operation. The economic and social impacts of the project in the
Primary Area are determined by comparing the "with OGS" and "without
OGS" projections of economic activity. All operation phase cumu-
lative impacts are shown in Table 4-13. The results of the op-
eration of OGS which generate impacts in the Station Site, Primary
Area and Secondary Area include the manpower necessary to run the
plant, staff payrolls and property tax revenues in the Station Site,
Primary and Secondary Areas. These direct effects of operation
create additional indirect effects in the form of stimulated
regional economic activity. Changes in the levels of personal
income, employment, and property tax revenues caused by the op-
eration of OGS create additional indirect impacts on the regional
economy.
4.0252 Direct operation effects. As discussed in Section 4.0241,
direct effects of the operation of OGS in the Primary Area include
Increased personal income due to permanent staff payrolls, addi-
tional employment caused by the need for operating personnel and
more property tax revenues generated by the inclusion of OGS capital
Investment in the tax base. The magnitude of these effects is
reflected in Table 4-14. It should be noted that most of the
additional jobs created by the operation of OGS will be filled by
local residents. Outside of the Primary Area the only significant
effect of the operation of OGS will be on property tax revenues.
The increased property tax base will generate additional revenues
which benefit the Secondary and External areas. The magnitude
of these revenues is indicated in Table 4-14.
IV-45
-------
TABLE 4-13
CUMULATIVE DIRECT AND
INDIRECT ECONOMIC IMPACTS
DURING OGS OPERATION (1982-2010)
1981 DOLLARS
Employment* Man-Years
Personal Income
Wages & Salaries
Profit & Proprietor Income
Disposable Income
Federal Income Tax Revenues
State Income Tax Revenues
Retail Sales
Retail Sales Tax Revenues
Bank Deposits, $-Years
Farm Income
Real Estate Sector
(APV, REV, PSV, VFLB)
Property Tax Revenues
(Direct and Indirect)
Impact
Percentage
Increase Due to OGS Impact
1,856
43,413,000
38,048,000
5,365,000
40,745,000
1,720,667
942,500
7,472,333
275,500
3,765,167
-3,694,167
Positive
Impact
Positive
Impact
0.15
0.25
0.43
0.09
0.26
0.16
0.36
0.10
0.11
0.03
<0.27>
*
*
*Not available.
IV-46
-------
TABLE 4-14
DIRECT OPERATION EFFECTS WITH OGS
Average Annual Permanent Staff $ 976,206
Payroll (1981 $)
Annual Employment, Man-Hours $ 100,000
Estimated Annual Property Tax Revenues* $1,230,000
in Station Site (1981 $)
Estimated Annual Property Tax Revenues* $7,999,000
in Secondary & External Areas (1981 $)
Annual Value of Cropland Removed from $ 125,830
Production
Inflated Annual Value of Cropland $ 158,495
Removed from Production (1981 $)
*See Table 4-2, Property Tax Revenues, 1982.
IV-47
-------
4.02521 Loss of crop production on station site. Previous owners
of site acreage were allowed to continue fanning in 1975. A total
of 301 acres of corn and 147 acres of soybeans were planted. The
approximate remaining balance of the 795 acres consists of. 88 acres
of hay meadow and 259 acres of rough pasture woodlands. Present
plans are not to disturb the land containing 77 acres of corn and
45 acres of soybeans during the OGS operating life. All other
production will be eliminated. Therefore, crop losses based on
1975 production will equal 224 acres of corn, 102 acres of soybeans,
and 88 acres of hay meadow. The Wapello County Extension Service,
Iowa State Agriculture Department, suggests a value of $420/acre
for corn, $260/acre for soybeans, and $30/acre for hay meadow;
with a grazing value of $10/acre for the balance of the acreage.
Annual crop loss in 1975 dollars would then be $94,080 for corn,
$26,520 for soybeans, $2640 for hay meadow, and $2590 for rough
pasture; a total of $125,830.
4.02522 Dislocation of site residents. There are presently two
families and one single person living on the site, totaling 11
persons. All of these residents must relocate. No other dis-
locations will be required.
4.0253 Indirect operation effects. The indirect effects of the
operation of OGS are a result of increased economic activity due
to permanent operating staff payroll multiplier effects in the
Primary Area. All of the other indirect operation phase impacts
shown in Figure 4-2 result from the permanent crew, their families,
and the income and expenditures made by them. The indirect op-
eration impacts represent a small portion of projected economic
activity and are virtually insignificant.
4.02531 In its 1975 Areawide Overall Economic Development Plan,
the Area XV regional planning commission discusses the expansion
of industrial facilities in its planning district. It is their
hope that enough additional industry can be attracted into the
area in order to support the desired rate of economic growth.
Since proximity to a power source does not result in lower electric
rates, it is not expected that the location of OGS in the area will
stimulate industrial development in any way other than simply
expanding the capacity of the entire ISU system.
IV-48
-------
REFERENCES
1. Office of Noise Abatement and Control, Information on Levels of
Environmental Noise Requisite to Protect Public Health and Welfare
with an Adequate Margin of Safety, 550/9-74-004, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., March 1974, p. 3.
2. Bolt, Beranek, and Newman, Noise from Construction Equipment and
Operations, Building Equipment, and Home Appliances, NTID 300.1,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., December 31,
1971, p. A-l, A-39.
3. Ibid, pp. B-6 to B-ll.
4. Office Noise Abatement and Control, Information on Levels of
Environmental Noise Requisite to Protect Public Health and Welfare
With an Adequate Margin of Safety. #550/9-74-004, U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Arlington, Virginia, March 1974, p. 3.
5. Ibid., p. 4.
6. Office of Noise Abatement and Control, Ibid., pp. 21-22.
7. Office of Noise Abatement and Control, Noise from Construction
Equipment and Operations, Building Equipment, and Home Appliances,
NTID 300.1, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.,
December 31, 1971, pp. B-8 to B-10.
8. L. L. Beranek, ed., Noise and Vibration Control, McGraw-Hill, Inc.,
New York, 1971, pp. 182-184.
9. Davis, S. N. and R. J. M. DeWeist, Hydrogeology, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc., p. 164, 1966.
10. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1973, Development Document
for Proposed Best Technology Available for Minimizing Adverse
Environmental Impact of Cooling Water Intake Structures, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
11. Mayhew, J. and Mitzner, L., 1967 "Report on the First Year Study
of Commercial Fish Species in the Des Moines River and Coralville
Reservoir," Biol. Sec. Commercial Fisheries Report, la. Cons. Comm.
Proj. 4-11-R-l.
IV-49
-------
REFERENCES (Continued)
12. May hew, J. and Mitzner, L., 1968, "Report on the Second Year Study
of Commercial Fish Species in the Des Molnes River and Coralville
Reservoir," Biol. Sec. Commercial Fisheries Report, IA. Cons.
Comm. Proj. 4-11-R-2.
13. May hew, J. and Mitzner, L., 1969, "Report on the Third Year Study
of Commercial Fish Species in the Des Moines River and Coralville
Reservoir," Biol. Sec. Commercial Fisheries Report, IA. Cons. Comm.
Proj. 4-11-R-3.
14. Commonwealth Edison Co. (1965) "Three-Sixteen a and b Demonstration
Quad-Cities Nuclear Station-Mississippi River," submitted to the
U.S. EPA November 1975.
15. McDonald, D. G., "Cedar River Baseline Ecological Study Annual
Report - January 1974-1975," report submitted to Iowa Electric
Light and Power Company, August 1975.
16. McDonald, D. 6., "Cedar River Baseline Ecological Study Annual
Report - January 1975-January 1976," report submitted to Iowa
Electric Light and Power Company, April 1976.
IV-50
-------
V PROBABLE ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS WHICH CANNOT BE AVOIDED
5.01 Impacts of Construction Activities.
5.011 Terrestrial Environment. There will be a loss of some forest
and grassland which presently provide habitat for mammals, birds,
herptlles, insects, and invertebrates. There will be a permanent
distruption of normal succession and changes in ecological recycling
and productivity. Most of the 795 acre site that is presently uti-
lized for agricultural purposes will be diverted to industrial use;
i.e. production of electrical energy. The presence of the generating
station will distract to some extent from the aesthetic character of
the predominantly rural area.
5.012 Water Quality and Biological Elements. Some erosion and
stream siltation could occur as a result of clearing and grading
although good engineering practices will be carried out to reduce the
possibility. Temporary increases in the turbidity of Avery Creek and
along the shoreline of the Des Moines River could reduce the produc-
tivity of photosynthetic organisms; however, the effect should not be
significantly different from that of runoff from cultivated land.
5.0121 The construction of the intake structure also could briefly
increase slightly the turbidity of the Des Moines River near the
Station Site.
5.013 Air Quality. There will be some dust generated from
construction activities. Combustion gases will be discharged from
construction vehicles and machinery working on the site.
5.014 Social and Economic Impacts. Two families and one single
resident totaling 11 persons will be relocated from the Ottumwa
Station Site. Based on 1975 dollars, an annual crop value of $125,830
will be lost because of the conversion of the site from agricultural
purposes to industrial use. There will be increased traffic in the
plant site area during the construction period.
5.02 Impacts of Generating Station Operation.
5.021 Air Quality. The level of certain air pollutants is expected
to increase when the Ottumwa Station is in operation. The concentra-
tions of sulfur oxides, nitrogen dioxide, ozone, and particulate
matter would increase. Emission of pollutants from the station will
be minimized by the burning of low-sulfur content coal and the use
of a tall stack to enhance the dilution of emission gases. All air
quality standards will be met.
V-l
-------
5.022 Water Quality and Biological Elements. Wastewater discharge
will be monitored in accordance with applicable regulations and there
should be little adverse Impact on the water quality of the Des Moines
River.
5.0221 Water withdrawn from the Des Moines River for cooling water
make-up and other uses (maximum rate of 20 cfs) will constitute a
consumption use and organisms present in the water will be lost from
the river ecosystem. The effects of entrainment should be minimal
because the volume make-up water normally will not exceed 17.2 cfs,
about 5 per cent of the minimum regulated river flow of 300 cfs.
5.0222 Some fish may become impinged on intake screens and Injured
or killed, but efforts to alleviate these effects would be made by
careful design, and placement of the intake structure together with
a flow approach velocity to the intake screens of only 1.0 feet per
second or less.
5.0223 Economic and Social Impacts. No adverse economic impacts
are expected from the operation of the Ottumwa Generating Station.
The presence of the tall stack and the station facility will detract
from the aesthetic appeal of the area. Noise from the station operations
would be largely dissipated at the site boundary, but may add slightly
to the ambient level of the surrounding area.
V-2
-------
VI ALTERNATIVES TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT
6.01 No Action. One alternative would be not to construct
and operate the Ottumwa Generating Station. Without the 727
MW station, ISU and the other owners would be unable to meet projected
energy demands in their service areas (sec Section 1.02). Electric
power deficiencies will occur in the latter part of this decade with-
out the Ottumwa Station.
6.011 Iowa utilities are required by law to provide adequate service
to their customers. The generating capacity of a utility's plant,
supplemented by the electric power regularly available from other
sources, must be sufficiently large to meet all normal demands for
service and provide a reasonable reserve for emergencies1.
6.012 Assuming that restricting service would be an alternative to
the Ottumwa Station, it is evident that without increased generating
capabilities the operations and growth of industrial, commercial and
household customers would have to be curtailed. An evaluation of the
social and economic effects that would result is beyond the scope of
this study.
6.013 Because of legal requirements and the adverse consequences
of restricting the use of electric energy, the alternative of not
providing increased generating capacity; i.e. construction and
operation of the Ottumwa Generating Station, is not feasible.
6.02 Purchase Power. It is unlikely that significant amounts of
power will be available for long-term purchase. The owners of the
Ottumwa Generating Station are members of the Mid-Continent Area
Power Pool (MAPP); however, MAP? only provides a mechanism for
supplying power primarily during emergencies and for frequency
stability. Large blocks of power cannot be obtained consistently
for extended periods.
6.021 It is not practical to purchase power in other parts of the
country and transmit the electric energy to Iowa. Transmission losses
vary directly with distance and with the square of the amount of power
transmitted. Considerable power loss would occur in transmitting
electric power over long distances, and the cost would be significantly
more than the cost of locally produced power.
6.022 The purchase of power as an alternative to the Ottumwa
Station is not practical.
VI-1
-------
6.03 Alternate Methods of Generation
6.031 Combustion Turbines. Combustion turbines are useful in
generating power during peak loads and for other short-term applica-
tions. The units are not suitable for continuous operation, they
are inefficient, and they require frequent maintenance. In addition,
combustion turbines burn gas or fuel oil, both of which are in short
supply and are becoming more expensive.
6.0311 Combustion turbines would not be suitable to satisfy long-
term base load energy requirements.
6.032 Hydroelectric Generation. There are no suitable sites for
hydroelectric power generating stations that would meet the base load
requirements of ISU and the other utility companies involved.
6.0321 Pumped storage projects also would not be feasible because
of the lack of suitable sites for plants to meet base load requirements.
6.04 Alternate Fossil Fuels
6.041 Natural Gas. Natural gas is a relatively clean burning
fuel that could be considered as an alternative to coal. Unfortunately,
there is a national shortage of natural gas, and about 7,010,000 cubic
feet an hour of gas would be required to operate the Ottumwa Station
at full load. There are no suppliers that would contract to provide
that quantity of natural gas. Most suppliers are refusing to sell gas
to new large nonresidential customers, and in many instances will not
increase deliveries to present consumers.
6.0411 Because of the shortage of natural gas and its general una-
vailability to new large industrial users, it was rejected as an
alternative to coal as fuel.
6.042 Synthetic Gas Fuel.' Although processes for producing syn-
thetic gas are being developed, the technology is not presently
available to produce an adequate fuel supply for the Ottumwa plant.
6.043 Fuel Oil. The supply of fuel oil is limited and the cost
would be at least twice as much per Btu produced as compared to low-
sulfur coal.
6.0431 Furthermore, Federal Energy Administration will not permit
the use of oil as fuel for steam generating stations.
VI-2
-------
6.044 Iowa Coal. One of the first alternatives considered was
the obvious one of Iowa coal. The use of an Iowa supply would mini-
mize transportation costs and reliability problems and has the further
advantage of providing employment and economic activity to the State
of Iowa.
6.0441 The Iowa Coal Project, funded by the State of Iowa and
carried out at Iowa State University, has started a detailed and
extensive study of Iowa coal reserves, mining methods, and sulfur
removal techniques. Reserves of some 6 to 7 billion tons have been
identified, indicating that a large amount of Iowa coal could be
mined. This coal generally runs 10,000 to 11,000 Btu per pound
with a sulfur content of 3 per cent to 7 per cent. Approximately
half of the sulfur can be removed by a washing process which would
leave sulfur in the 1-1/2 per cent to 4 per cent range. According
to the EPA New Source Performance Standards the maximum sulfur
content for 10,000 Btu coal is 0.6 per cent. Therefore, the use
of Iowa coal would require the installation of a flue gas scrubber
at an additional capital cost of approximately $40,000,000 and
additional operating cost of $.55 per million Btu.
6.0442 Although plentiful, Iowa coal lies in seams of 2 feet to
4 feet and at depths of over 100 feet. These seams are difficult
and expensive to mine by either strip or underground processes.
AMAX Coal Co. has made an extensive study of mining in Iowa and
estimates the cost of such coal at $25 per ton at the mine. Costs
of Iowa coal summarize as follows:
Cost of coal at mine $25.00
Transportation to OGS 1.50
$26.50/ton
For 10,000 Btu coal
this is equal to $ 1.33/MM Btu
Scrubber operating costs .55/MM Btu
Total Fuel Costs: $ 1.88/MM Btu
6.0443 Only about 1,000,000 tons per year of Iowa coal are pres-
sently mined which would not be adequate to operate the Ottumwa
Generating Station2. Initially the Ottumwa Station will use about
2,200,000 tons per year of coal.
6.0444 Because of economic considerations, an inadequate supply
presently available, and high sulfur content, Iowa coal is not a
viable alternative as a fuel source for Ottumwa Station.
VI-3
-------
6.045 Missouri. Illinois. Kentucky, and Other Midwestern Coal.
In exploring other Midwestern coal supply possibilities, it was
found that no Midwestern supply exists which will meet the New
Source Performance Standards without the use of a flue gas scrubber.
6.0451 Although some economies of scale exist in the larger mines
in Illinois and Kentucky, it would take a commitment of new capital
and in most cases the opening of a new mine to meet the 2,200,000
ton per year requirement for 06S. The quoted costs of strip mined
coal throughout this Midwestern region is in the $20 to $25 range
with underground mined coal substantially higher. Estimated costs
for this fuel supply are:
Cost of coal at the mine $20.00
Transportation to OGS 3.00
$23.00
For 10,000 Btu coal this
is equal to $ 1.15/MM Btu
Scrubber Operating Costs .55/MM Btu
Total Fuel Costs: $ 1.70/MM Btu
6.046 Western Coal. An investigation of low sulfur Western coal
sources revealed that coal quality, availability, and prices varied
widely. Distances in the West are great, leading to considerable
variation in freight costs.
6.0461 Initially it appeared that the lowest cost source of low
sulfur, EPA compliance fuel (under 0.5 per cent sulfur) would be
the Powder River Basin near Gillette in northwestern Wyoming.
Mining conditions in that area lead to the lowest cost production
in the United States. The cotfl seams there are 70 feet to 100 feet
thick and lie under as little as 30 feet of overburden. Coal was
being sold from the AMAX mine in 1972 for under $2.00/ton at the
mine.
6.0462 By late 1973, however, environmental interests had effec-
tively stopped mine development in that area and there was no
certainty that coal could be delivered to meet the 1980 time schedule
for OGS. Therefore, while maintaining contact with the oil inter-
ests which held coal reserve leases in the Powder River Basin, the
search was broadened to other supplies of Western coal.
6.0463 Existing mines or proposed mines in other parts of Wyoming
and Colorado were found which were not subject to the environmental
VI-4
-------
restrictions of the Powder River Basin and which could guarantee
delivery of coal to meet OGS requirements. This coal, however,
came from underground or deep open pit mines which cannot match
the low mining costs at Powder River. Thus, early cost estimates
and the decision to concentrate on Western coal were based on higher
cost estimates than those which will apply to Powder River coal.
6.0464 Recently, rapid developments have occurred in Western coal
mining. The U.S. Supreme Court has lifted the injunction preventing
further mine development and a decision on the requirement of a six
state environmental impact statement will be necessary before mining
or railroad construction can begin. All indications are that this
decision will be favorable to the mining interests. As a result mines
are once again under construction and coal supply contracts are being
offered.
6.0465 The following cost quoted is a worst case example and is
a major reason for concentration on Western coal as the best al-
ternative fuel source for OGS.
Cost of coal at mine $14.00
Transporation to OGS 10.00
$24.00
For 8,000 Btu coal
this is equal to $ 1.50/MM Btu
Scrubber operation costs —
Total Fuel Costs: $ 1.50/MM Btu
6.05 Nuclear Fuel Source. Since from 8 to 10 years are required
to construct and place in operation a nuclear power station, it would
not be possible to have the necessary generating capability by 1981.
6.051 Only about 4 years will be required to place the Ottumwa
Generating Station in operation.
VI-5
-------
REFERENCES
1. Code of Iowa, Sections 490.8 and 490A.26. (1973).
2. -Iowa Geological Survey, Resource Development. Land- and
Water-Use Management, Eleven-County Region, South-Central
Iowa. Iowa City, Iowa (1973).
VI-6
-------
6.06 Alternate Modes of Fuel Transportation
6.061 Barge Transportation. Transportation of the plant's coal
fuel will be by rail; however, other methods were evaluated. One
alternative method considered was to transport the coal by barge on
the Des Moines River. This method was found to be impractical.
The Des Moines River is not large enough to maintain its flow within
certain limits of channel depth. Presently, there are no lock and
dam installations to maintain channel depth and produce an artificially
regulated, navigable Des Moines River.
6.062 Coal Slurry Pipeline. One possible method for transporting
coal to the site is by pumping crushed coal with slurry water through
an underground pipeline from the coal mine to the power plant. There
are no coal slurry pipelines in the vicinity of the proposed generating
station nor are there plans to construct any.
VI-7
-------
6.07 Alternate Plant Sites
6.071 Introduction. In studies conducted by Black & Veatch and
ISU, a number of sites were evaluated as to their suitability for
locating and operating a steam generating station.
6.072 Candidate Site Selection
6.0721 Candidate sites were screened and selected by meeting the
following considerations.
6.0722 Service area. The candidate sites should be in close
proximity to the ISU service area.
6.0723 Land area and use. A minimum of 600 acres of land will
be required for the project. Current and projected land use prac-
tices must be compatible with the construction and operation of a
727 MW unit Installation.
6.0724 Water supply. A reliable source of water must be available
for use. The source should be capable of supplying an estimated
20 cfs of water for continuous cooling tower makeup and other plant
uses.
6.0725 Transportation access. All candidate sites must have close
proximity to transportation networks—railroad, highway, and/or
barge; or be capable of their development for shipment of materials
and use by construction workers and personnel.
6.0726 Transmission access. The site should be located near
existing or proposed transmission lines and substations.
6.0727 Population. Those sites that are located away from popu-
lation areas or centers will be given priority.
6.0728 Electric load. The sites should be located near the load
center.
6.0729 Flood protection. Sites having adequate flood protection
or the potential for development at a reasonable cost were considered.
6.07210 Environmentally sensitive areas. Candidate sites will be
screened for possible interference with the following.
a. Any local, state or federal park and reserve; rec
reational and other public use areas.
b. Archaeological, historical, or cultural landmarks.
VI-8
-------
c. Rare or endangered fauna or flora species including
their habitats and breeding and/or nesting areas.
6.073 Site Selection Process
6.0731 Investigative studies were performed and the number of
sites considered was narrowed to four)--the Bridgeport site at
Eddyville, the Burlington site and two sites near Chillicothe,
(Sites F and G). The other sites were found to be unsuitable.
ISU's service region and the already existing Bridgeport and
Burlington plants and the area for Sites G and F around
Chillicothe are shown in Figure 1-2 (Section 1). The arrangement
of Sites F and G are shown in Figure 6-1.
6.0732 Criteria for the final selection of the site were as follows.
6.0733 Evaluations should include a unit of approximately 350 MW
gross and a unit of 600 MW gross.
6.0734 Facilities should be based on the use of a low sulfur
western coal as well as a high sulfur coal.
6.0735 The site should provide space for storage of 90 days supply
of coal and for 25 years ash storage, assuming no gas scrubbing.
6.0736 Siting considerations should take into account the existing
plant facilities at Bridgeport and Burlington and the effect that
new facilities would have on any requirements for retrofitting the
existing equipment to meet pollution requirements.
6.0737 Alternatives to condenser cooling should be considered,
especially off-stream or on-stream with cooling ponds and sprays.
6.074 Candidate Site Evaluation and Comparison. Once the candi-
date sites met the criteria, each site had different'aspects to
consider during the evaluation phase and are briefly discussed in
the following subsections.
6.0741 Bridgeport site—350 MW. Two additional 350 MW units would
be required. Although situated adjacently to the existing unit,
the additions probably would not be able to utilize any common
facilities of the present plant. The existing site cannot accommo-
date a unit addition larger than 350 MW. Because of problems concerning
the size of the proposed unit and the space available, the Bridgeport
site was eliminated.
6.0742 Burlington—350 MW. Stack gas scrubbing equipment would
be required for both the new unit and the existing one. The addi-
tion could be supplied by slight modification and additions to the
VI-9
-------
-AutM CRIO AND 1968 H»r.Ntlu:
'".} DCCLINAtlON M CENIEM OF S
net! i /,
CONTOUR INTERVAL 20 FEET
DOITED LINES REPRESENT 10 FOOT CONTOURS
DATUM IS MEAN SEA LEVEL
CHILLICOTHE, IOWA
N4100—W9230/7.5
-------
existing coal handling system. Utilization of a common control
room facility for both units would be possible. Canal type con-
denser cooling would not be possible due to the low terrain and
extensive earth-fill required. This site was eliminated because
of the additional costs involved with the scrubbing equipment for
both the new and existing units and because of the modifications
and additions that would be necessary for the coal handling system.
6.0743 Burlington—600 MW. There is not sufficient space on the
site for all the coal, ash and stack scrubbing facilities which
would be necessary. Because of the large size, it would not be possible
to have the unit located as an adjoining addition to the existing unit.
This site was considered unacceptable for these reasons.
6.0744 Site F— 600 MW. The layout has been developed on unit
train type of coal delivery. Space consideration would be involved
with stack gas scrubbing equipment; however, elimination of this
equipment would be possible by use of a hot electrostatic precipi-
tator and by dispersion by a tall stack. With the use of a low
sulfur western coal, it would be possible to satisfy emission
standards.
6.0745 Site G—600 MW. Requirements for scrubbing and coal
storage have been included, assuming coal arrival by unit train.
Arrangement would be modified if stack gas scrubbing was not
required. Considerations for Sites F and G were basically the
same with the exception of the land acquisition and the site
arrangement.
6.0746 Table 6-1 is an evaluation and comparison table that
lists the siting considerations for the alternate plant sites.
Land acquisition, site accessibility and versatility, substation
requirements, emission control, coal handling, circulating water,
estimated cost, and any archaeological, historical, or cultural
landmark were assessed for each site.
6.0747 In addition, sites were screened for population centers
within a 5-mile radius. Figures 6-2, 6-3, and 6-4 show the popu-
lation centers around Burlington, Bridgeport, and the Chillicothe
sites. Table 6-2 lists the towns, the county in which they are
located, and the population estimates if available.
6.075 Conclusion
6.0751 The site chosen for the construction of the Ottumwa Gen-
erating Station is adjacent to the Des Moines River on the north
side and to the town of Chillicothe on the southeast edge in Wapello
County, the Columbia-Cass Township. The current site constitutes
VI-11
-------
NJ
Table 6-1
SITE COMPARISON TABLE
Capacity
Location
Fual (New Unit)
Fuel (Existing Unit)
Siting Considerations
Land Acquisition
Slta Accessibilities
Rail
Highway
Site Versatility
Substation
Requirements
Emission Control
(New Unit)
Particular
S02
Emission Control
(Existing Unit)
Part 1 cut ate
S02
350 MW
Bridgeport
Wyoming Coal
Substation +
Ash Ponds -
Approx.
250 Acres
3-1/2 mile
Spur
Good
Poor
161 kV
Hot Gas ESP
—
350 HW
Bridgeport
Illinois Coal
Substation +
Ash Ponds -
Approx.
250 Acres
3-1/2 »lle
Spur
Good
Poor
161 kV
Hot Gas ESP
Scrubber
-
350 MW
Burlington
Wyoming Coal
Illinois Coal
Ash Pond -
200 Acres '
On Site -
Extensions
Good
fair
3*»5 kV
Hot Gas ESP
Scrubber
350 MW
Burlington
Wyoming Coal
Wvonlna Coal
Ash Pond -
200 Acres
On Site -
Extensions
Good
Fair
3*»5 kV
Hot Gas ESP
Gas Conditioning
350 HU
Burlington
Illinois Coal
Illinois Coat
Ash Pond -
200 Acres
On Site -
Extensions
Good
Fair
3*5 kV
Cold Gas ESP
Scrubber
Scrubber
600 MW
Burlington
Wyoming Coal
Illinois Coal
Ash Pond -
200 Acres
Extend for
Unit Train
Good
Fair
3*5 kV
Hot Gas ESP
Scrubber
600 MW
Burlington
Wyoming Coal
Wvcmlnq Coal
Ash Pond -
200 Acres
Extend for
Unit Train
Good
Fair
3*»5 kV
Hot Gas ESP
Gas Conditioning
600 HU
Burlington
Illinois Coat
Illinois Coal
Ash Pond -
200 Acres
Enlarge for
Unit Train
Good
Fair
J
-------
Table 6-2*
POPULATION CENTERS WITHIN 5-MILE RADIUS OF PLANT SITES
Town
Bridgeport Site
Dudley
Eddyville
Givin
Burlington Site
Burlington
Carman
Carthage Lake
Gulfport
Spring Grove
West Burlington
Sites G and F
Bidwell
Chillicothe
Dudley
Kirkville
Kirkville Sta.
Ottumwa*
County
Wapello
Wapello
Mahaska
Des Moines
Henderson
Henderson
Henderson
Des Moines
Des Moines
Wapello
Wapello
Wapello
Wapello
Wapello
Wapello
State
Iowa
Iowa
Iowa
Iowa
Illinois
Illinois
Illinois
Iowa
Iowa
Iowa
Iowa
Iowa
Iowa
Iowa
Iowa
Population
Unincorp.**
945
Incorp.**
32,366
Unincorp.**
Unincorp.**
220
Unincorp.**
3,139
Unincorp.
126
Unincorp.
222
Unincorp,
29,610
*0ttumwa lies just outside the 5 mile radius.
**Figures taken from general county highway maps. Some towns
are incorporated but give no population estimate; others are
unincorporated and give no population estimate.
VI-13
-------
FIGURE 6-2
RADIUS
AROUND EDDYVILLE (BRIDGEPORT SITE)
iMMPriCiMR^SQvup^M^SJ ^.—iV/r ^«J- 4X.
VI-14
-------
FIGURE 6-3
Sm
•••xVr-~
^§
&$![{( /
v
mi, L
:^
^ j.-
—Js*/^
t *
?fit»v/>*a 'Jfr',
^^sr
r
-9
- - _____ _ ..
MAP SHOWING 5 MILE RADIUS
AROUND BURLINGTON (BURLINGTON SITE)
VI-15
-------
M FIGURE 6-
n
MAf 5HOWINO t) MILt KADIUS
AROUND CHILLICOTHE (SITES F.« G)
VI-16
-------
the former Site F with the exclusion of the tract of land just
north of the river.
6.0752 A 727 MW unit will be constructed instead of the proposed
350 MW and 600 MW units because it will be more efficient and
economical to operate. The site is suitable for accommodating a
unit of this size.
6.0753 Service area. The site is located in the Iowa Southern
Utilities' service area.
6.0754 Land area and use. The plant site will consist of approxi-
mately 795 acres. The majority of the land on the site and sur-
rounding areas is currently used for agricultural purposes. The
site will be converted from agricultural to commercial use.
6.0755 Water supply. Water needed for station makeup will be obtained
from the Des Moines River.
6.0756 Transportation access. The site chosen is located on a
main line of the Burlington-Northern Railroad, which gives it direct
access to western coal mines.
6.0757 There is access to three county maintained roads (21, 27,
and 67) within the 5-mile radius of Chillicothe; State Highway 23,
on the north side of the river, runs southeast from Eddyville to
Ottumwa, with a link at Kirksville Station to Chillicothe.
6.0758 Population. The selected site is located in a low density
population area.
6.0759 Air navigation interference. Since the height of the stack
will be over 200 feet, a determination as to the possible hazard to
air navigation will be needed from the FAA. No interference to air
navigation is anticipated.
6.07510 Electric load. The generating station will be centrally lo-
cated with respect to the load, and therefore, the transmission costs
will be
6.07511 Environmentally sensitive areas. The proposed plant site
is not near any park, animal refuge, wetlands, or historical site.
6.07512 Emissions. The emissions from the facility will not have
an offensive odor and, due to the low concentrations, will not be
dangerous. Low sulfur coal will be used as fuel and all emission
standards will be met.
VI-17
-------
6.07513 Final selection. The location selected was the most
suitable of the potential sites considered. Deciding factors in-
cluded the easy transportation access to coal supply; the abundant
water supply due to the site's location on the Des Moines River;
and the central location of the site in relation to the load and the
minimal transmission costs.
VI-18
-------
6.08 Transmission System Selection
6.081 Introduction. Starting in August 1975, Ottunwa Generating
Station owners have been studying the transmission system which will be
required to transmit OGS generation to the loads. The study so far has
dealt primarily with system operation and reliability aspects. Two
different transmission systems are being considered. Before a final
decision is made, both of these systems must be completely evaluated
from the following standpoints.
6.0811 System reliability and operation
6.0812 System stability
6.0813 Economics
6.0814 Coordination with future requirements
6.082 Transmission Routing. After the proper transmission system
has been selected, alternate routes for each new line in the system
will be considered. Environmental compatibility and the economics
of construction and operation will be major considerations in the
selection of routes.
6.0821 Specific guidelines which will be followed in route
selection are:
6.08211 Transmission line rights-of-way will avoid cemeteries,
quarries, airports and air landing strip facilities, monuments,
parks, recreational areas, environmentally sensitive areas, his-
toric sites, houses, and buildings.
6.08212 Construction methods will be employed that minimize dis-
turbances to roads, land, and improvements. During construction,
rights-of-way will be maintained to avoid litter problems. Where
temporary roads are required, the area will be graded to minimize
soil erosion. Creek and small stream crossings will be constructed
to avoid restricting the flow of water. Construction of rights-of-
way will not affect ponds and shoreline wildlife habitat. Wherever
possible, existing roads will be used and maintained during con-
struction.
6.08213 After the construction of transmission lines, ground cover
vegetation and small trees will be allowed to grow on the rights-of-
way. Crops and pasture land use under transmission lines can be
carried on with no disturbance.
VI-19
-------
6.08214 Special efforts will be made to route lines along and
parallel to the slope of hills, rather than ridge line construction,
to minimize line visibility.
6.08215 Transmission lines will be designed to eliminate radio
and television interference. Conductor sizes, configurations,
fittings, and insulators will be designed to avoid such interference.
6.08216 Periodic inspection of the transmission facilities will
be made and proper maintenance of the line and rights-of-way carried
out.
6.08217 Developed areas and areas of potential development will
be avoided.
6.08218 Where possible, the right-of-way will be confined to areas
devoted to timber and pasture land use. Intensively cultivated
areas will be avoided. Wherever possible, structures will be
located in fences or in wasteland.
6.08219 Densely populated areas will be avoided.
6.083 Alternate Transmission Systems. The two transmission
systems being considered are a system composed of five 161 kV lines,
and a system composed of one 345 kV and three 161 kV lines.
6.0831 Alternate 1—161 kV system. The all 161 kV system will
consist of five 161 kV lines. The terminals of the lines are listed
below and possible routing is shown on Figure 6-5.
6.08311 OGS-Oskaloosa-Poweshiek 161 kV line. This line will con-
nect the OGS Plant to an existing 161 kV line between Des Moines
and Iowa City. The Oskaloosa-Poweshiek 161 kV portion of this line
will be built in 1977 or 1978 to provide transmission support to
the Os&aloosa area.
6.08312 OGS-Osceola-Des Moines 161 kV line. The Osceola-Des Moines
segment will be built in 1979 to provide transmission support to
the Osceola area.
6.08313 OGS-Ottumwa (Wapello County Substation) 161 kV line around
the north side of Ottumwa.
6.08314 OGS-Ottumwa (Wapello County Substation) 161 kV line around
the south side of Ottumwa. Two 161 kV lines from OGS to Ottumwa
are required because of the heavy power flows in this segment and
to provide unit stability.
VI-20
-------
FIGURE 6- 5
i
V
OSKALOOSA-a I. ..--'—p^X
SCALE OF MILES
ALTERNATE I-
161 KV LINES
-------
6.08315 OGS-Washington-Hills 161 kV line. The intermediate terminal
at Washington would provide transmission support in Washington.
6.0832 Alternate 2—345 kV and 161 kV system. The 345 kV lines
and the 161 kV lines which compose this system with possible routing
are shown on Figure 6-6 and are listed below.
6.08321 OGS-Oskaloosa-Poweshiek 161 kV line. This line will con-
nect the OGS Plant to an existing 161 kV line between Des Koines
and Iowa City. The Oskaloosa-Poweshiek 161 kV portion of this line
will be built in 1977 or 1978 to provide transmission support to
the Oskaloosa area.
6.08322 OGS-Osceola-Des Moines 161 kV line. The Osceola-Des Moines
segment will be built in 1979 to provide transmission support to
the Osceola area.
6.08323 OGS-Ottumwa (Wapello County Substation) 161 kV line around
the north side of Ottumwa.
6.08324 OGS-Des Moines 345 kV line. This 345 kV line will transmit
power from the unit and provide system stability.
6.0833 Final Selection and Evaluation of Transmission Routes. The
final approval of new transmission routes from OGS must be made
by the Iowa Commerce Commission. ISU will submit alternate plans
and the Commission will make the decision as to which routes will
be approved. After the routes are selected, the corridors will be
reviewed by the State Archaeologist for the presence of archaeological
sites or other cultural resources. An assessment also will be
made of any adverse environmental impacts that might result from
the construction and maintenance of the transmission lines. If
necessary, the routes will be changed slightly to avoid any sensitive
environmental areas. All environmental studies will be coordinated
with Iowa Commerce Commission. Such studies will not be initiated
until specific routes are approved by the Commission.
VI-22
-------
FIGURE 6-6
~T~ i ;
GENERATING STATION
ALTERNATE 2-
345 KV AND 161 KV SYSTEM
-------
6.09 Alternate Particulate Removal Methods.
6.091 Introduction. Particulate emissions will be controlled at
the Ottumwa Generating Station by the use of an electrostatic
precipitator. The following alternative systems for particulate re-
moval were considered: flue gas wet scrubber, wet scrubber and
precipitator combination, and baghouse fabric filter.
6.0911 Any system that would be selected would be specified to treat
a given amount of flue gas and to have a given dust removal efficiency.
Therefore, the environmental effects; i.e., how much particulate would
be emitted from the stack, would be equal with all the systems.
6.0912 If the specifications were the same for each of the alterna-
tives, then the criteria for selection must consider whether the
system would perform as specified (initial and long-term performance);
environmental effects; and cost. Alternative systems are discussed in
the following section.
6.092 Methods Evaluated.
6.0921 Flue gas wet scrubber. It is unlikely" that a flue gas wet
scrubber can be purchased with a guaranteed particulate removal
efficiency equal to that of an electrostatic precipitator; i.e., greater
than 99 per cent. Provided the performance specifications could be
met, it is doubtful that a flue gas wet scrubber could demonstrate
the long-term performance and reliability of a precipitator.
6.09211 A flue gas scrubber would remove some sulfur dioxide from
the flue gas; however, with the low-sulfur coal to be used for fuel,
the possible benefits from sulfur removal would be minimal. A number
of negative effects would result including the use of natural resources
(limestone, water, and additional fuel) and the production of large
quantities of solid and liquid reaction by-products which would present
a potential for land and water pollution.
6.09212 Finally, the cost of a flue gas wet scrubber would be higher
than the cost of a precipitator.
6.0922 Wet scrubber and precipitator combination. With a combina-
tion system the probability of meeting the performance requirements
would be about the same, or perhaps slightly lower, than with the
precipitator alone.
6.09221 The long-term efficiency and reliability of a combination
system would be no greater, and probably considerably less, than
that of the precipitator alone.
VI-24
-------
6.09222 Secondary environmental effects for the combination system
would be the same as for the scrubber alone, except for still higher
fuel usage (to generate the power required to operate both systems).
6.09223 The cost of a combination system would be about 10 to 20
million dollars more than the cost of a precipitator.
6.0923 Baghouse fabric filter. A well-designed fabric filter would
have the greatest probability of meeting the performance requirements
than the other systems considered.
6.09231 The use of fabric filters in central station coal-fired
utilities is a relatively recent application. Operating experience,
reliability, and maintenance cost have not been established.
6.09232 Environmental effects would be about the same for either a
fabric filter or precipitator.
6.09233 The initial costs would be approximately the same for either
system.
6.10 Alternate Sulfur Dioxide (SO?) Removal Methods.
6.101 The western coal to be used for fuel at Ottumwa Generating
Station has a sulfur content of about 0.5 per cent. Because of the
low sulfur content, sulfur dioxide emission will comply with regula-
tory requirements and no removal treatment is contemplated. The gen-
erating station has been designed to accommodate sulfur dioxide removal
equipment should a coal with higher sulfur content be used for fuel in
the future or if regulatory requirements should change.
6.11 Alternative Ash Disposal Methods.
6.111 The following methods of ash disposal were considered for
the Ottumwa Generating Station.
6.1111 Local Off-Site Disposal. The development of an off-site
disposal area for bottom ash and dry ash would result in higher
operating costs. In addition to on-site disposal being less ex-
pensive, handling and disposal methods can be better controlled,
and any environmental effects can be efficiently monitored.
6.1112 Shipment of Ash Back to the Mine. It would be possible that
the ash could be shipped back to the western coal mine in coal rail-
cars. The costs of preparing the ash for shipment and for transpor-
tation are considered prohibitive. There also would be a sizable
expenditure of energy in returning the ash to the mine site.
VI-25
-------
6.1113 Marketing of Fly Ash. There is a limited market potential
for fly ash. Fly ash has been used in the manufacture of cement and
as an additive for concrete. If a suitable commercial outlet could
be developeda the fly ash from the Ottumwa Plant could be sold.
Facilities would have to be provided for storage and loading of fly ash
into trucks or train cars for shipment to market. Based on present
demand, considerably more fly ash would be produced than could be sold.
VI-26
-------
6.12 Alternate Cooling Methods
6.121 Introduction. There are several alternative cooling systems
available for power plants. Basically, each alternate process repre-
sents a different method for the disposal of the unrecoverable energy
in the exhaust steam discharged from the steam turbine.
6.1211 Fossil fuel (or nuclear fuel) is used to provide energy to
generate steam which then is expanded through steam turbines where
a portion of the heat energy of the steam is converted to mechanical
energy to drive an electrical generator. Much of the heat energy in
the steam is thermodynamically unavailable to produce mechanical-
electrical energy, and it must be discharged.
6.1212 The transfer of unavailable heat (i.e. waste heat) in the
exhaust steam is carried out in a sequence of three general steps.
The heat is first transferred to an intermediate heat-transport fluid
(circulating water); secondly, the heat is transferred by the cooling
system to the atmosphere; and, finally, the heat is passed to the
ultimate heat sink which is outer space.
6.1213 A condenser is commonly used to transfer unavailable heat
energy discharged from the steam turbine. There is a shell housing
tubes through which circulating water flows. Steam condenses on the
outside of the tube surfaces as the heat transfers to the circulating
water. The circulating water transports the heat to some type of
cooling facility where it is dissipated ultimately to space.
6.1214 Cooling systems differ in the manner in which the final trans-
fer of waste heat from the circulating water to the environment is
accomplished. There may be a direct transfer of heat from the water
to the atmosphere, or the circulating water may be discharged into
and mixed with a large body of water where the waste heat transfers
to the atmosphere.
6.1215 With all the processes, heat is transferred from the cir-
culating water to the atmosphere by the following mechanisms.
6.12151 Conduction and convection of heat directly to the air.
6.12152 Radiation of heat from the higher temperature water surfaces
to the lower temperature of the atmosphere.
6.12153 The evaporation of a portion of the circulating water (or
receiving water) with the transfer of heat from water to water vapor
which is diffused into the atmosphere.
VI-27
-------
6.1216 Whether waste heat is transferred directly to the atmosphere
or it is eventually transferred from large bodies of water, the same
fundamental mechanisms of heat transfer apply. The amount of waste
heat transferred by the mechanisms listed varies with the different
cooling systems. The total heat transferred, however, is equal to
the waste heat discharged to the circulating water through the steam
condenser. (It should be noted that although it is possible to
directly transfer from exhaust steam to the atmosphere through a
heat exchanger, this method is applicable only on a limited basis).
6.122 Types of Cooling Systems. Alternate cooling systems that
are considered feasible for large electric-generating units include
the following.
• Once-through cooling system
• Recirculatlng system using evaporative (wet) cooling
• Recirculating system using nonevaporative (dry) cooling
• Recirculating system using combination wet and dry cooling
6.1221 Once-through cooling system. This process uses river or
lake water circulating in a continuous circuit through the tubes of
a condenser, absorbing the Waste heat, and then returning to the water
body. The transfer of heat to the atmosphere then occurs because of
the temperature difference between the water and the atmosphere.
6.12211 Features of once-through systems include an intake structure,
circulating water pumps to provide static and dynamic head losses, the
condenser, conduits to carry water, and a discharge structure located
so that significant recirculation of warm water will not occur. This
type of cooling system has been utilized where natural bodies of water
of adequate quantity are available. Once-through cooling is not
practical for Ottumwa Station because there is not an adequate supply
of water available from the Des Hoines River during periods of low
flow.
6.1222 Recirculating system using evaporative (wet) cooling. In
this system, heat is transferred directly from the circulating water
surfaces to the atmosphere employing equipment and structures speci-
fically designed and constructed as a part of the plant. Heat transfer
is a result of a combination of evaporation and conduction with some
radiation. There are several forms of this system that differ in
technical details, costs, and operating problems. The following types
of such cooling systems are available.
VI-28
-------
FIGURE 6-7
ONCE THROUGH
RIVER OR LAKE
BASIN
COOLING
BASIN COOLING
WITH SPRAYS
WET COOLING
TOWER
WET/DRY
COOLING TOWER
DRY COOLING
TOWER
RADIATION AND CONDUCTION
EVAPORATION
RADIATION AND CONDUCTION |
EVAPORATION
RADIATION & CONDUCTION
EVAPORATION
CONDUCTION
EVAPORATION
CONDUCTION
EVAPORATION
CONDUCTION
\Q% 20% 30% 10% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
HEAT TRANSFER MECHANISMS
WITH ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS
SOURCE: WOODSON, R.D., NOVEMBER 30, 1972.
VI-29
-------
6.12221 Cooling tower system. Circulating water is elevated and
broken up within the cooling tower and then it is dropped to a basin
through a moving column of air from mechanical fans or by the draft
cooling towers or natural draft cooling towers (sometimes called
hyperbolic natural draft cooling towers because of the shape of the
tower structure).
6.12222 Basin cooling facilities. A specially-constructed basin
or channel-cooling facility having a large water surface is utilized
to transfer waste heat from the condenser circulating water to the
atmosphere.
a. A basin can be equipped with a spray system to break the
water into small droplets exposing a greater surface area of the water
to the atmosphere. With a spray system, a smaller basin area would be
required.
b. The entire basin cooling system is a cooling facility dedicated
to plant operation, and it would not be designed for recreational or
other purposes unrelated to cooling.
6.1223 Recirculating system using nonevaporative (dry) cooling. In
this system, cooling water is pumped through a closed circuit passing
through the condenser where waste heat is absorbed, then through a
water to air heat exchanger, and finally back to the pumps for
recycling. The transfer of heat in the water to air heat exchanger
is primarily by conduction and convection.
6.12231 Disadvantages of this system include large expenditures for
heat exchange facilities, certain operating difficulties, and the
very large physical size of the facilities. Presently, this system
is applicable in areas where other methods cannot be used, or in
very special applications.
6.1224 Recirculating steam using combination wet and dry cooling.
A variation of the evaporative cooling tower just described is
available. This variation is termed a combination wet and dry cooling
tower and combines a water to air heat exchanger section with an
evaporative type cooling section.
6.123 Comparative Costs. The comparative costs of the alternative
cooling systems described are summarized in Table 6-3. Economic
parameters used to develop capital investment costs and annual cost
include the following.
• Annual fixed charges of 15.92 per cent
VI-30
-------
TABLE 6-3
COMPARATIVE COSTS OF ALTERNATE COOLING SYSTEMS
FOSSIL FUEL PLANT WITH
675 MW NET PLANT OUTPUT
Type of Cooling System*
Mechanical Draft Wet Tower
Natural Draft Wet Tower
Mechanical Draft Dry Tower
Mechanical Draft Wet/Dry Tower
Capital
Investment
$
10,300,000
14,400,000
24,900,000
12,600,000
Annual
Fixed
Charges
S
1,640,000
2,292,000
3,964,000
2,006,000
Annual
Operation
and
Maintenance
$
667,000
566,000
4,790,000
712,000
Total
Annual
$
2,307,000
2,858,000
8,754,000
2,718,000
Capital Equivalent
of
Total Annual Costs
$
14,491,000
17,952,000
54,987,000
17,073,000
*0nce-through cooling is not practical for OGS because of limited water supply available from Des Moines
River. Basin cooling is not feasible because of the topography of the plant site area.
H
LJ
-------
• Inclusion in capital cost of 20.75 per cent as general
indirect investment costs
• Plant capacity factor—55.8 per cent
• Cost in 1975 dollars
• Cost of electric power requirements at $26.59 per kW per
year
• Cost of electric energy consumption at 11 mills per kWh
6.1231 Mechanical draft wet towers are the most economical cooling
system of those practical for the Ottumwa Generating Station.
6.124 Comparative Utilization of Natural Resources. Table 6-4
shows the comparative utilization of important natural resources for
each of the alternate cooling systems. (Water use at 100 per cent
load capacity for draft cooling towers is shown in Table 1-4.)
6.125 Qualitative Ranking of Cooling System Characteristics.
Table 6-5 shows the comparative qualitative ranking of each alter-
native for a number of Individual cooling system characteristics.
The sum of the qualitative rankings for each system represents an
approximation of the quantitative ranking of the alternative systems.
6.1251 As shown In Table 6-5 draft cooling towers ranks as one of
the more desirable systems.
6.126 Selection of Cooling System for Ottumwa Station. Draft
cooling towers were selected for use at Ottumwa Station primarily
on the basis of environmental considerations, economics, utilization
of natural resources, and desirable characteristics. Water from the
Des Molnes River will be recycled for plant use as much as possible,
and there will be no thermal Impacts as a result of wastewater
discharges. Slowdown from the cooling towers will be used for
bottom ash sluicing and finally discharged to the bottom ash basin
prior to discharge to the river.
VI-32
-------
Type of Cooling System
Once-through River or
Lake Cooling System3
TABLE 6-4
COMPARATIVE UTILIZATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES
WITH ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS
FOR
FOSSIL FUEL PLANT WITH
675 MW NET PLANT OUTPUT
(55.8 per cent annual load factor)
Alternative Cooling Systems
Mechanical draft wet tower
Mechanical draft wet/dry tower
Mechanical draft dry tower
Natural draft wet tower
Not practical for the Ottumwa Generating Station.
Net
Generating
Capacity
kilowatts
675,000
ADD
Aux Power
kilowatts
4,390
5,430
17,600
3,040
Net
Plant
Heat
Rate
Btu/kWh
B A S
10,000
I T I 0 N
\
77
86
1,123
59
Fuel Input
Billions of
Btu/yr
E R E Q U
32,995
S T 0 B A
254
284
3,705
195
Coal
Consumption
8020 Btu/lb
tons/yr
I R E M E N T
2,057,000
S E R E Q U I
15,800
17,700
231,000
12,200
Water
Consumption
(Evaporation!
acre-f t/yr
S
2,650
R E M E N T S
6,300
2,800
(2,800)b
6,300
Land
Area
acres
—
15
15
6
15
Denotes decreased requirements.
-------
co
TABLE 6-5
QUALITATIVE RANKING OF COOLING SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS
1. Comparative Cost
2. Ability to Satisfy Cooling Requirements
3. Availability
4. Low Temperature Adaptability
5. Fire Risk
6. Windstorm Risk
7. Seismic Risk
8. Ability to Tolerate Airborne Debris
9. Corrosion Resistance
10. Maintenance Requirements
11. Land Requirements
12. Arrangement of Plant Facilities
13. Arrangement of Site
14. Impact on Water Resources
15. Atmospheric Concerns
16. Extent of Field Construction
Approximation of the Quantitative Ranking
of Alternate Cooling Systems*
Natural
Mechanical Draft
Once- Dry Wet-Dry Draft (Hyperbolic)
through Cooling Cooling Cooling Cooling
Cooling Towers Towers Towers Towers
1
1
I
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
5
2
1
3
5
2
4
5
1
2
2
3
3
5
3
4
1
1
1
3
3
2
3
5
3
3
2
2
3
3
2
1
1
2
2
2
29
45
39
2
1
1
3
3
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
4
3
1
30
3
1
1
4
2
5
5
1
1
2
2
1
1
4
3
4
40
Ratings are qualitative only and are ranked from 1 to 5 in order of desirability with respect to
each characteristic, with 1 being the most desirable and 5 being the least desirable.
*Sum of qualitative rankings.
-------
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Woodson, R.D., November 1972, Cooling Alternatives for Power Plants,
Presented to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency.
VI-35
-------
6.13 Alternatives Available to Reduce Demand
6.131 Advertising and Conservation Information Programs. Until
recently, utilities have conducted advertising campaigns to increase
the demand for electric power in their service areas. Promotional
advertising has been discontinued and information is now being
provided concerning energy conservation measures; e.g. better Insula-
tion, low temperatures in the winter, high temperatures in the summer,
etc. In some instances, the use of electric space heating is being
encouraged as a replacement for heating using fuels in short supply
such as oil, natural gas, and propane.
6.1311 Iowa Southern Utilities Company and the other utility companies
in Iowa have sponsored a variety of advertising and have participated
in programs directed toward the conservation of electric energy
by their customers. As an illustration, Table 6-6 lists energy
conservation advertisements sponsored by ISU during 1975 and 1976.
6.1312 During 1976, Iowa utility companies also participated in the
Iowa Community Betterment Programs administered by the Iowa Develop-
ment Commission. The program had as its objectives the stimulation
of greater interest, concern, and involvement for the improvement
of the physical, environmental, social, cultural, and economic
aspects of Iowa communities and their surrounding areas. Six
Iowa communities undertook energy conservation projects, and Akron,
Iowa was awarded the Commission's "Youth Involvement Award."^D
Their weatherization project involved the insulation of homes and
roof repair.
6.132 Adjustment of Rate Schedules. It has been suggested that
utilities increase their electric rates in such a manner as to
encourage a reduction in use. In the past, utility rate structures
have been designed to promote consumption of electricity by using
the declining block rates. These rates reflect the declining average
cost of furnishing additional killowatt hours of electrical energy
to each customer. Only since attention has been focused on energy
conservation have declining block rates been questioned.
6.1321 To discourage the use of electricity, possible actions include
increasing block rates, peak load pricing, and flat rates. It is not
known at what point consumers would significantly curtail their use of
electricity rather than pay an increased price. Several state and
federal government studies are being conducted to make such a
determination.
6.1322 During August 1976, ISU advertisements advised customers
that electricity consumers who used more than 800 kilowatt hours in
a month during June, July, August, and September would be charged
VI-36
-------
Table 6-6
ENERGY CONSERVATION ADVERTISEMENTS SPONSORED BY
IOWA SOUTHERN UTILITIES COMPANY DURING 1975-1976
Title
Publication Date
Heat Energy Dollar
A Do-It-Yourself Kit To
Save Energy & $ $ $
How To Insulate Your Home
Yourself*
Switching To Electric Heat?
We Can Help!a
Lets Talk About Your Natural
Gas Service Bill
Lets Talk About Your Electricity
Bill
What's Your Air Conditioner's
E.Q?
Don't Be Shocked By Your
Electric Bill!
Insulation To Keep In the Warm
Air You've Paid For
January 1975
April 1975
April 1975
May 1975
March 1976
March 1976
May 1976
August 1976
September 1976
inserts
VI-37
-------
»4c per kWh more than the rate for other months. It was explained
that the extra charge would help offset additional costs of serving
higher summer loads and would encourage energy conservation.
6.1323 Many factors other than price, however, influence the
demand for electric power. The future demand will be affected by
the economy, the continued growth of industry, developing technology,
and the attitude of the people. All the factors interact to
establish the demand for electricity.
6.133 Load Staggering to Reduce Peak Demand. Load staggering
involves the changing of the operational hours of industrial or
commercial firms to reduce the daily peak load demand. Serious
objections might develop from both workers and customers as a result
of such a program. Such an adverse Impact might occur that the
feasibility of load staggering would be questionable.
6.134 More Efficient Utilization of Electrical Energy. There are
a number of ways that electricity can be more efficiently used.
Considerable efficiency can be achieved in space conditioning by
improved insulation, the use of building materials with better insula-
tion properties, and by using equipment which transfers or stores
excess heat or cold. Energy saving building techniques can result in
a reduction of as much as 25 per cent in electrical energy usage. In
1971, the Federal Housing Administration established insulation
standards designed to reduce average residential heating losses by
one-third. The demand for air-conditioning also is reduced as the
result of greater Insulation.
6.1341 Reduction in lighting levels also can result in decreased
electrical energy consumption. Lighting accounts for about 24 per
cent of all electricity sold nationally. Better design of lighting
systems and the substitution of fluorescent for incandescent lights
would help save electric energy.
6.1342 The development of more efficient household appliances would
help conserve energy. At the present, more efficient air conditioners,
refrigerators, freezers and various small appliances are being developed
and marketed. It has been estimated that an improvement in average
efficiency from 6 to 10 Btu/Watt-hr of room air conditioners could
reduce peak demand nationally 58,000 MW by 1980.
6.135 Effectiveness of Efforts to Reduce Demand. Since the Arab
oil embargo, growth in electric consumption has been at a reduced rate
in the United States and in Iowa. The embargo apparently created
a "conservation ethic" throughout the nation and price, publicity,
and conservation programs have contributed to its continuance.
VI-38
-------
6.1351 As shown in Table 6-7, the average rate of growth for Iowa
has been about 7 per cent per year through 1973 but declined
dramatically in 1974, the year of the embargo. Preliminary 1975
data show consumption growing by 6 per cent; however, final
revised data indicate that consumption will grow by 4 per cent.
Since both growth rate values are below the 7 per cent average rate,
indications are that voluntary conservation has continued.
6.1352 The consumption of electric energy by ultimate consumers
in Iowa is shown in Figure 6-8 for 1969 through 1975. It is
apparent that peak consumption has grown at a greater rate than total
consumption. Unfortunately, it is the peak demand that must be met
by the utility companies. It appears that conservation results have
been general in nature and there has been little or no effect in the
areas of greatest need, peak demand.
VI-39
-------
Table 6-7
MONTHLY SALES OF ELECTRIC ENERGY TO ULTIMATE CONSUMERS - IOWA
(Mil. kWh)
Per Cent Change
1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975p 1975r 1976p 1969-1975
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Year
1,222.
1,175.
1,136.
1,098.
1,069,
1,130.
1,265.
1,365.
1,323.
1,151.
1,174.
1,247.
14,360.
3
6
6
6
3
1
0
2
8
1
5
5
1
Change
Per
Cent N/A
Number
1,295.
1,273.
1,210.
1,168.
1,145.
1,245.
1,407.
1,500.
1,408.
1,242.
1,269.
1,304.
15,477.
7.
1,117.
7
2
8
6
2
3
1
7
0
7
8
8
5
78
4
1,367.1
1,364.3
1,309.0
1,224.4
1,182.2
1,344.3
1,590.7
1,461.6
1,519.1
1,343.7
1,335.0
1,380.2
16,422.1
6.10
944.6
1,418.0
1,456.0
1,400.0
1,335.2
1,321.4
1,450.1
1,542.1
1,679.8
1,684.2
1,468.4
1,492.4
1,563.6
17,815.5
8.49
1,393.4
1,628.0
1,545.7
1,481.1
1,452.5
1,397.0
1,515.3
1,812.3
1,804.4
1,838.0
1,528.1
1,519.4
1,554.1
19,086.4
7.13
1,270.9
1,649,8
1,567.7
1,518.0
1,497.8
1,442.8
1,530.0
1,890.0
1,942.0
1,681.8
1,530.6
1,561.6
1,674.0
19,486.8
2.10
400.4
1,717.0
1,712.8
1,655.0
1,562.4
1,502.6
1,636.6
2,001.9
2,058.9
1,912.7
1,555.3
1,621.6
1,730.7
20,668.1
6.06
1,181.3
1,703.0 1,815.8 40.
1,682.6 1,752.8 45.
1,611.1 1,671.5 45.
1,528.7 1,590.3 42.
1,458.7 1,524.4 40.
1,602.0 1,663.6 44.
58.
50.
44.
35.
38.
38.
43.
4.13 4.51 (6 mo.)
380.0 432.3 (6 mo.)
47
70
61
22
52
82
25
81
49
11
07
73
93
p = Preliminary r=Revised
Source: Federal Power Commission, "News Release," Monthly
-------
2200
2000
1800
1600
IMOO
1200
1000
800
600
200
1974
1975
1969 1970 1971 1972 1973
SOURCE: FEDERAL POWER COMMISSION, "NEWS RELEASE" MONTHLY.
CONSUMPTION OF ELECTRIC ENERGY BY ULTIMATE CONSUMERS-IOWA
(MIL. KWH)
FIGURE 6-8
VI-41
-------
VII RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SHORT-TERM USES OF MAN'S ENVIRONMENT AND
MAINTENANCE AND ENHANCEMENT OF LONG-TERM PRODUCTIVITY
7.01 Short-Tenn Relationship. The production of electric power
and the utilization of related resources over the expected 30-year
life of the Ottumwa Generating Station is considered short-term use.
7.011 The short-term benefit of the Ottumwa Generating Station will
be a capacity adequate to meet the electric power requirements of the
owner utilities, Mid-Continent Area Power Pool Members and Mid-Continent
Area Reliability Coordination Agreement Region. The additional electri-
cal energy will be available throughout the service area to residential
users, commerce, industry, agriculture, public service, and recreation.
The added capacity of Ottumwa Station will provide greater system
reliability and reduce the probability of system disturbances.
7.012 There will be other short-term benefits associated with the
construction phase. These benefits will include the creation of new
jobs, the expansion of local commerce and related secondary economic
activities, and a growth in the local tax base. Such beneficial impacts
will result from the establishment of the new facility as well as from
increased payrolls and business activity.
7.013 Some adverse, short-term impacts will be associated with the
construction activities of the generating facility. There will be some
unavoidable contributions of turbidity of the Des Moines River during
the construction of the intake structure, increased noise levels, and
some decrease in air quality. These impacts are discussed in Sec-
tion 4.01, page IV-1.
7.02 Long-Term Relationship. Long-term productivity refers to the
resource development potential which remains after the life span of
the Ottumwa Generating Station.
7.021 The long-term maintenance of productivity potential should be
preserved in the areas of water quality of the Des Moines River,
aquatic biota, and ambient air quality since the Ottumwa Generating
Station must comply with stringent federal and state regulations.
The maintenance of these resources has been discussed in previous
chapters of this report.
7.022 The most significant long-term effect of the proposed project
would be an increase in human productivity stimulated by the availa-
bility of additional electric power. This may result in increased
development in the service areas of the owner utilities.
VII-1
-------
VIII IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENT OF RESOURCES
8.01 General, The construction and operation of the Ottumwa Station
would result in the irreversible or irretrievable commitment of some
natural resources. These resources either would be expanded or altered
to the extent that they could not be restored for later use.
8.02 Fuel. The fossil fuel used to operate Ottumwa Station will
be the principal irreversible commitment of natural resources. From
1.9 to 2.7 million tons of coal will be used annually as well as
approximately 250,000 gallons of fuel oil for initial light-off and
flame stabilization. During the estimated 30-year life of the
generating station from 57 to 81 million tons of coal and about
7,500,000 gallons of oil will be burned for fuel.
8.03 Land. Much of the land resources presently used for agricul-
tural purposes will not be available during the 30-year expected
life of the generating facility." Some of the land on the 795 acre
site, however, will be leased for farming activities while the
generating station is in operation when possible.
8.04 Water. Water withdrawn from the Des Moines River for condenser
cooling and other plant uses will be a consumptive use. Water with-
drawal from the river will be at an estimated rate of 11,091,000 gallons
per day (about 17 cfs) or 4,061,355,000 gallons per year for the
maximum operating condition, and 7,834,000 gallons per day
(approximately 12 cfs) or 2,859,410,000 gallons per year for the
average operating condition. Over the 30-year life of the generating
station a calculated amount of 121,840,650,000 gallons will be with-
drawn for maximum operating conditions, and 85,782,300,000 gallons
will be withdrawn for average operating conditions. These calculations
are based on plant operations for 365 days a year and represent maximum
values. Actual water usage will be less. The average and maximum
operating conditions are defined in Section 1.044 of this report.
The amount of water discharged back to the Des Moines River is
estimated to be 889,000 gallons per day or 324,485,000 gallons per
year at faxlTn<™ operating conditions, and 700,000 gallons per day or
255,500,000 gallons per year at average conditions.
8.05 Biological. Vegetation removed for construction would be
irretrievably lost, although grasses, shrubs, and trees would eventually
become re-established if the structures were removed. Small aquatic
organisms present in the river water withdrawn for plant use would
be lost. Some other larger organisms may be impinged and injured or
eliminated. Aquatic organisms, however, are a renewable resource
VIII-1
-------
in that they would be eventually replaced. Phytoplankton and zoo-
plankton would be replaced in a matter of days, while benthic fauna
and fish fauna would be replaced over a period of months and years.
8.06 Energy. Although calculating the quantity of materials
expended in the construction of OGS is indicative of the direct
commitments of material resources, the calculation of the indirect
commitments, such as the energy needed to produce the steel that is
used to make the machinery which forges and fabricates the steel used
in OGS, is also necessary. The energy resources associated in manu-
facturing these materials are important since the direct recovery
of this energy in its natural form cannot be accomplished.
8.061 Several methods have been devised in computing the indirect
energy commitments and account for the energy per dollar used in
manufacturing materials for construction. The method used for this
study was devised by Rombough and Koeul in either calculation of the
total energy investment to construction of a 1000 MW coal-fired power
plant^. Their approach, which considers all indirect as well as direct
energy commitments, is formulated on the basis of an average energy/
cost ratio for the United States. This ratio is determined by dividing
the total energy consumed in the U.S. in a given year by the gross
national product of the same year. Multiplying this average energy/
cost ratio times the cost of construction (In dollars) results in a
rough estimate of the total construction energy cost.
8.062 Adapting this approach to OGS (727 MW unit) at an estimated
construction cost of $250,000,000, the resulting total energy commit-
ment to construction, based on 1972 average energy/cost ratio of 62,413
Btu/dollar3, is 0.15 x 101* Btu. Adding the total energy committed
to construction to the estimated 15.28 x 1Q1* Btu expended in OGS
lifetime plant operation, the result is a gross value of 15.44 x
Btu consumed. Subtracting 5.21 x 10^ Btu of electrical energy
produced in the plant's lifetime from the gross value, a net energy
expenditure of 10.22 x 101* Btu is obtained.
8.063 Therefore, during a 30-year period of station operation at
80 per cent capacity, the energy committed to construction is 1.0 per
cent of the total energy expenditure or 2.9 per cent of its total
electric generation. The net energy output of the plant is 34 per cent
of the total energy expenditure (construction plus operation).
8.07 Other Commitments. Construction materials would be comprised
primarily of concrete, steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, lumber,
insulation, and asphalt. These materials essentially would be un-
available for further use. Some materials used to construct trans-
mission towers and lines could be utilized for other purposes.
VIII-2
-------
8.071 The electricity produced by the facility would be a man-made
resource which, once used by man, would be irretrievable.
VIII-3
-------
REFERENCES
1. Rombough, Charles I., and Koen, Billy V., "Total Energy Investment
In Nuclear Power Plants," Nuclear Technology, Vol. 26, Number 1,
pp. 5-11, (May 1975).
2. "1000 MW(e) Central Station Power Plants Investment Cost Study,"
Vol. Ill, "Coal-Fired Fossil Plant," United Engineers and Construc-
tors, Inc., U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Washington, D.C., (1972).
3. "Statistical Abstract of the United States - 1974," U.S. Department
of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, Washington, D.C., (1974).
VIII-4
-------
IX COORDINATION AND COMMENT AND RESPONSE
9.01 Consultants. Engineering data and an evaluation of various
probable impacts that would result from the construction and operation
of the Ottumwa Generating Station in Wapello County, Iowa were prepared
by Black & Veatch Consulting Engineers, Kansas City, Missouri. The
following expert consultants contributed to the environmental studies
as indicated.
Air Quality Analyses Dr. C.W. Langston, Mr. W.D. Hughes
Langston Laboratories, Inc., Leawood,
Kansas.
Archaeological Studies Mr. D.C. Anderson,
Iowa State Archaeologist, Iowa City, Iowa.
Mr. M.S. Weichman,
Environmental Research Center,
Iowa City, Iowa.
Aquatic Studies Dr. D.B. McDonald, Iowa Institute of
Hydraulic Research, University of Iowa,
Iowa City, Iowa.
Benthic Studies Dr. W.B. Merkley
Drake University, Des Moines, Iowa.
Terrestrial Studies Dr. D.C. Glenn-Lewin
Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa.
9.02 Government Agencies and Officials. The following federal,
state, county and local agencies and individuals have been notified
by the applicant and its contractor concerning the proposed plans to
construct and operate the Ottumwa Generating Station.
*Iowa Department of Environmental Quality
3920 Delaware Avenue
Des Moines, Iowa
*Iowa Natural Resources Council
Grimes Building
Des Moines, Iowa
*Indicates those agencies to which applicant and contractor have
held meetings.
IX-1
-------
*Iowa Conservation Commission
4th and Walnut
Des Molnes, Iowa
Iowa Commerce Commission
4th and Walnut
Des Molnes, Iowa
Commissioner of Public Health
Iowa State Health Department
Lucas State Office Building
Des Molnes, Iowa
*Iowa State Department of Health
State Hygenic Laboratory
Iowa City, Iowa
Soil Conservation Committee
Grimes Building
Des Molnes, Iowa
*Iowa State Archaeologist
129 S. Capitol Street
Iowa City, Iowa
Department of Transportation
Ames, Iowa
Iowa Historical Society
Iowa City, Iowa
*0ffice for Planning and Programming
Capitol Building
Des Molnes, Iowa
*Iowa Development Commission
250 Jeweff Building
Des Molnes, Iowa
*Center for Industrial Research and Service
Iowa State University
Ames, Iowa
^Indicates those agencies to which applicant and contractor have
held meetings.
DC-2
-------
*Iowa State Geologist
Iowa Geological Survey
Iowa City, Iowa
*Mr. Bruce Bullamore
Planning Director
Area XV Regional Planning Commission
Ottumwa Industrial Airport
Ottumwa, Iowa
*Mr. Dale Euhling
County Agent
County Extension Service
211 E. Second Street
Ottumwa, Iowa
*Mr. Jay Pulis
Planning Director
City Hall
Ottumwa, Iowa
*Mr. H.S. (Biff) Byrum
Ottumwa Area Development Corporation
Hotel Ottumwa Building
Ottumwa, Iowa 52501
Wapello County Board of Supervisors
Wapello County Court House
Ottumwa, Iowa
*Mr. Hugh Stufflebeam
Mayor
City Hall
Ottumwa, Iowa
*Mr. Marvin Ferdig
Mayor
Chillicothe, Iowa
*U.S. Corps of Engineers
Rock Island District Office
Rock Island, Illinois
*Indicates those agencies to which applicant and contractor have
held meetings.
-3
-------
9.03 Coordination Meetings. Coordination meetings by the appli-
cant or the applicant's consultants have been held with the following
agencies.
AGENCY
U.S. Corps of Engineers
Rock Island District
Rock Island, Illinois
Iowa Natural Resources Council
Des Moines, Iowa
Iowa Conservation Commission
Des Moines, Iowa
Center for Industrial Research
and Service, Iowa State Univ.
Ames, Iowa
Iowa Institute of Hydraulic
Research, University of Iowa,
Iowa City, Iowa
Iowa State Hygenie Laboratory
Iowa City, Iowa
U.S. Geological Survey
Iowa City, Iowa
Iowa Geological Survey
Iowa City, Iowa
U.S. Soil Conservation Service
Ottumwa, Iowa
County Agent, Wapello County
Extension Office
Ottumwa, Iowa
DATE
January 16, 1975;
March 10, 1975;
June 4, 1975
April 3, 1975;
June 17, 1975;
December 10, 1975
April 7, 1975
April 8, 1975
April 9, 1975
April 9, 1975
April 9-, 1975
April 9, 1975
April 10, 1975
April 10, 1975
IX-4
-------
AGENCY
State Historical Department
of Iowa, Division of Historical
Preservation
Iowa City, Iowa
DATE
July 22, 1975
On June 23, 1976 the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, with the
support of Iowa Southern Utilities and their contractor, Black & Veatch
Consulting Engineers held a public information meeting for the dual
purpose of describing the intent and current status of the Ottumwa
EIS, and of gaining early public input.
9.04 Permit Applications. Applications for the following permits
have been submitted or will be submitted in the future.
AGENCY
U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers
PEBMT
Permit to work in Navi-
gable Waters
U.S. Environmental Pro- NPDES Permit
tection Agency
Federal Aviation Admin- Determination of no
istration
Iowa Department of
Environmental Quality
hazard to air navigation
Water Quality Certifi-
cation
Permit to construct waste-
water disposal system
Solid waste disposal area
permit
STATUS (December 1976)
Application filed
October 31, 1975
Application filed
October 31, 1975
Determination made
July 30, 1976
To be submitted
To be submitted
To be submitted
IX-5
-------
AGENCY
PERMIT
Permit to Install air pol-
lution equipment
STATUS (July 1976)
Specifications
for precipitator,
steam generator,
coal-handling
system, chimney
submitted
Iowa Natural Resources
Council
Operating permit
Permit to divert, store,
or withdraw water
Permit to construct fa-
cilities In flood plain
No action
Application filed
December 15, 1975
Tentatively ap-
proved January 6,
1976
Iowa Commerce Commission Franchise to construct,
operate and maintain
transmission line
Iowa State Department of Approval of sewage treat-
Health ment plant plans and
specifications
Iowa Conservation Com-
mission
Construction permit
U.S. Environmental Pro- Approval to construct in
tection Agency compliance with Preven-
tion of Significant
Deterioration Regulations
To be submitted
To be submitted
Approved May 21,
1976
Approved December 1,
1976
IX-6
-------
APPENDIX A
ARCHAEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN THE PROPOSED AREA
OF THE OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION
CHILLICOTHE, IOWA
A-l
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS iv
INTRODUCTION 1
THE PREHISTORIC SITES 13WP13, 13WP15 and 13WP85 8
Site Plans 8
Material Culture Inventory 13
Lithics 15
Ceramics 23
Discussion 24
THE HISTORIC SITES 13WP22 and 13WP25 25
Historical Background 25
Site Plans 35
Material Culture Inventory 42
Clay Body Materials 43
Glass 58
Metal 67
Leather 74
Discussion 75
LITERATURE CITED 77
Published Sources 77
Unpublished Sources 79
Additional Literature.Consulted 80
Appendix A: A History of the Potters in Dahlonega, Iowa 82
Appendix B: An Analysis of Clay Tobacco Pipes from 13WP22 and 13WP25,
by Margaret Hotopp .- 88
Appendix C: Faunal Analysis of the McQuiston Historic House Site
(13WP25), Wapello County, Iowa, by Holmes A. Semken, Jr... 92
Appendix D: The McQuistan Historic Site (13WP25) Gunlock, by Holmes
A. Semken, Jr., and Richard M. Schieken 96
A-2
-------
FIGURES
1. Location of the Project Area within Wapello County, Iowa 2
2. Locations of Sites Discussed Within this Report 3
3. Site Locations and Areas Investigated, 13WP13 and 13WP22 4
4. Site Locations and Areas Investigated, 13WP14, 13WP25 and
13WP85 5
5. Site Plan, 13WP13 9
6. Site Plan, 13WP14 10
7. Site Plan, 13WP85 11
8. Chipped and Ground Stone Artifacts from 13WP13 and 13WP14 16
9. Chipped Stone Artifacts from 13WP14 17
10. Chipped and Ground Stone Artifacts from 13WP85 19
i
11. Government Land Office Plat of Southeast Portion of Township 73
North, Range 15 West 26
12. Southeast Portion of Township 73 North, Range 15 West in 1870 showing
Sites 13WP22, and 13WP25 32
13. Southeast Portion of Township 73 North, Range 15 West in 1893 34
14. Site Plan 13WP22, showing Features 1-3 36
15. 13WP22, Feature 1 and a Portable Steam Saw Mill near Iowa City,
Iowa 37
16. Site Plan, 13WP25 39
17. View of the House and Floor Drain at 13WP25 41
18. Stoneware Vessel Forms at 13WP22 and 13WP25 44
19. Impressed Maker's Marks on Stoneware 50
20. Maker' s Marks on China, 13WP22 and 13WP25 52
21. Decorated China Rims and on Effigy Pipe Bowl from 13WP25... 56
22. Glass from 13WP22 and 13WP25 59
23. Metal Items from 13WP22 and 13WP25 71
24. Small Metal Items from 13WP22 and 13WP25 73
25. Location of the Stuart Waster Pit, 13WP107 89
A-3
-------
TABLES
1. Priority Ranking of Historical Research Sources ................ 7
2. Identification of Hearth Materials from 13WP85 ................. 12
3 . Frequency Distribution of Lithic Material ...................... 20
4. Lithic Frequency Distribution Within Color Categories .......... 21
5. Interpretation of Evidence from Prehistoric Sites .............. 24
6. Transfer of Land Record for the NW% of Section 26, Township
73 North, Range 15 West ........................................ 27
7. The Capital of J. G. Heacock ................................... 29
8. Transfer of Land Record for the SWH of Section 26, Township
73 North, Range 15 West ..... . .................................. 31
9 . Stoneware Form Summary ......................................... 43
10. Analysis of Stoneware from 13WP22 .............................. 47
11. Analysis of Stoneware from 13WP25 .............................. 48
12. Distribution of Non-form Linked Stoneware from 13WP25 .......... 49
13. Bottle Necks from 13WP22 and 13WP25 ............................ 61
14. Bottle Bases and Base Fragments from 13WP22 and 13WP25 ......... 62
15. Lettered Glass from 13WP22 and 13WP25 .......................... 64
16. Miscellaneous Glass Fragments from 13WP22 and 13WP25..... ...... 64
17 . Distribution of Small Metal Hardware Items ....... . ............. 68
18. Transfer of Land in Dahlonega, Iowa, Block 6, West One-half
of Lot 6 and Lot 7 ............................................. 85
19. Identified Skeletal Elements from the McQuiston Historic
House Site 13WP25 ............................................ 94
20. Distribution of Faunal Elements in the McQuiston Historic
House Site 13WP25 ............................................. 95
A-4
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Archaeological sites 13WP13, 13WP14, 13WP22, 13WP25 and 13WP85 were
tested in the spring of 1975. Richard G. Slattery of the Office of State
Archaeologist was field director. He was assisted by Arthur E. Hoppin,
John Sanderson Stevens II,' Lawrence Ryan and at times by Don G. Spears.
Site mapping was assisted at one point by John Hotopp. Office of State
Archaeologist and Derrick J. Marcucci, anthropology student, University
of Iowa. After field work was completed, the task of researching, de-
scribing and interpreting the sites and materials was undertaken by the
author.
Thanks are due to the many people who contributed to this report:
Duane C. Anderson, Joseph A. Tiffany, and Richard G. Slattery, Office of
State Archaeologist; Todd Mozingo and Lowell Soike, Division of Historic
Preservation; Joyce Giaquinta and Alan Schroder, Division of the State
Historical Society of Iowa; David M. Gradwohl and Nancy Osborn, Depart-
ment of Anthropology, Iowa State University; Carroll Truitt of the firm
of McElroy, Truitt and Truitt, Ottumwa; Don G. Spears and Lawrence Ryan,
Southeast Chapter, Iowa Archeological Society; Anton Till, Division of
Historic Preservation, Field Archaeologist; Dennis Davis and Thomas
Armitage, Ottumwa Public Library; W. Sinclair Venables, Wapello County
Historical Society, Ottumwa; Vivian Jones, Eddyville; and Mrs. P. Darner,
Ottumwa.
Special notes of thanks are extended to Loren N. Horton, Division
of the State Historical Society of Iowa; Holmes A. Semken, Geology
Department, The University of Iowa; Margaret Hotopp, Anthropology
Department, The University of Iowa; Katie Fogleson, Ottumwa; and to
Mary W. Slattery and Betty Horner, Office of the State Archaeologist of
Iowa.
A-5
-------
INTRODUCTION
The Office of State Archaeologist, The University of Iowa, entered
into agreement with the firm of Black & Veatch, representing Iowa Southern
Utilities (ISU), for the purpose of conducting archaeological investigations
in the vicinity of the ISU Generating Station under construction near
Chillicothe, Iowa (Fig. 1).
Phase I surface reconaissance survey by Weichman (1975) revealed thir-
teen archaeological sites in the project area. The Office of State Archaeol-
ogist was subsequently contracted to provide Phase II testing and evaluation
and Phase III salvage. The results of Phase II testing and evaluation were
submitted in a 1975 report (Slattery and Tandarich 1975) at which time
recommendations concerning further work (Phase III) were made. Sites 13WP13,
13WP14, 13WP22 and 13WP25 were recommended for Phase III archaeological work.
During the Phase III operations conducted in March and April, 1976, an addi-
tional prehistoric site, 13WP85, was discovered and investigated. This re-
port will describe the findings of Phase III archaeological work at the five
sites mentioned above.
The locations and topographic situation of the five sites to be discussad
in this report are shown on Figs. 2-4. Sites 13WP13, 13WP14 and 13WP85 are
prehistoric, while sites 13WP22 and 13WP25 are historic Euro-American.
A-6
-------
miles
'reject Area (see Fig. 2)
Figure 1. Location of Project Area within Wapello County, Iowa.
USGS Iowa Base Map, scale 1:500,000.
A-7
-------
S. i ^%SmA
-^7V-"^» • -•*•?•!? *.
I
20OO
f
FEET
Figure 2. Location of sites discussed within this report. USGS
Chillicothe Quadrangle Map, scale 1:24,000.
A-8
-------
o
I
20O
i
FEET
Figure 3. Site locations and areas investigated, 13WP13 (above) and 13WP22
(below). Iowa Southern Utilities Base Map. Contour interval: 2 feet,
A-9
-------
N
O
I
2OO
FEET
Figure 4. Site locations and areas investigated, 13WP14, 13WP25 and
13WP85. Iowa Southern Utilities Base Map. Contour interval:
2 feet.
A-10
-------
Prior to the initiation of Phase III activities, plans were made to
clear all or part of the plowzone on each site in an effort to determine
if subsurface features were present; In so doing, an attempt was made to
recover a material culture inventory sufficient to allow for a determina-
tion of the cultural affiliation and use of each of the sites. Depending
on the results of testing, the field supervisor was prepared to investigate
structures, activity areas, refuse deposits, or other pertinent features.
Specific methods and techniques employed on each site are described in con-
text within the body of this report.
Although the prehistoric sites were known to be shallow and heavily
disturbed by cultivation, they were believed to be campsites. This inter-
pretation was borne out by the Phase III investigations. However, few
diagnostic artifacts were found and none of the features investigated
yielded climatic or environmental information. As a result, this report
is speculative in terms of the interpretation of the prehistoric sites in-
vestigated.
In the case of the historic sites, particular attention was given to
the site plan following the research strategy outlined by Price and Price
(1976 ms). This proved to be a useful approach since one of the historic
sites investigated was found to be a farmstead and the other is believed to
represent a portable steam saw mill.
During the laboratory phase the research strategy for dealing with the
historic sites was refined with the assistance of Loren N. Horton, State
Historical Society of Iowa. In order to ascertain the dates of construction
of the structures, their possible occupants and the length of occupation, a
list of original historical sources was prepared and entries were ranked
in order of priority (Table 1). The results of this research are presented
in this report.
A-ll
-------
Table 1: Priority Ranking of Historical Research Sources
Rank
Location
i Source Depository
Sources
5
6
7
8
Iowa City
Ames
Des koines
Otturawa
Ottumwa
Iowa City
Otturawa
Ottumwa
Ottumwa
Iowa City
Iowa City
Des Moines
Ottumwa
State Hist. Soc.
DOT
I.S.U. Map Coll.
Sect'y of State
Wapello Co. Recorder of
Deeds
McEiroy, Truitt & Truitt
(abstractors)
Wapello Co. Board of
Supervisors.
State Hist. Soc.
Public Library
Wapello Co. Hist. Soc.
Public Library
County Treasurer &/or
Recorder's Office
Univ. of Iowa Libraries,
Gov. Docs.
State Hist. Soc.
University of Iowa
Libraries, Special Coll.
Division of Historical
Museum and Archives
Public Library
Historical Map File, atlases
Geol. Survey Ann. Rept., Maps
Road Records and Maps
W.P.A. Maps
Government Land Office Surveys
Land Transfer Books, Plats
Minutes of Board Meetings
Records for cemeteries, bridges,
roads
County histories, state histories,
Census
Centennial histories of nearby
towns, city directories
Oral tradition & misc. info.
Newspaper accounts in scrapbooks,
microfilm
Tax rolls 1857
Soil survey maps (old)
Photograph coll., mss. catalog,
vertical file, post card coll.
W.P.A. Records, archival material
Manuscripts
J.P. Eddy's Diary
Source: Loren N. Horton (personal communication) and author's research.
A-12
-------
THE PREHISTORIC SITES
13WP13, 13WP14 and 13WP85
Three prehistoric sites have been extensively examined: 13WP13, 13WP14
and 13WP85. The locations of these three sites are shown on Figs. 2-4.
Site Plans
Portions of all three sites were scraped to the subsoil by a roadgrader
during Phase II operations. During Phase III the entire site areas were
cleared allowing a full view of soil color changes and subsurface features,
and enabling a representative collection of artifactual items to be made.
All exposed features on the prehistoric sites were surveyed and mapped
in situ with a transit. The maps so produced are displayed on Figs. 5, 6
and 7.
13WP13
Five hearths containing fire cracked rocks were uncovered (Fig. 5).
Although the soil surrounding these rock concentrations was not burned,
many of the stones were. Of a total sample of 38 rocks recovered from
these concentrations 50% were burned (see Table 3, Miscellaneous Unworked
Material). An ash layer and two areas of charcoal were also observed (Fig. 5).
13WP14
Six probable post molds were recognized on the site (Fig. 6). No
concentrations of fire-cracked rock or hearths were observed as on 13WP13.
There appeared to be an activity area located around post 2 consisting of:
1 piece of worked limestone, 1 hematite core fragment, 2 heamtite waste flakes,
1 chert biface fragment (12)*, 2 chert waste flakes (1), 1 chert waste flake
(14) and 2 chert core fragments (5). Four projectile points, one knife and
one celt were also mapped on the site (Fig. 6).
*Numbers in parentheses refer to lithic color categories, see section on
Material Culture Inventory.
A-13
-------
Limit of Excavation
2O
#
A
C
•
X
s
FEET
Hearth
Charcoal Area
Ash Layer
Celt
Datum
Fence Corner
Scraper
P Projectile Point
Figure 5. Site Plan, 13WP13.
Source: Slattery (1976c ms.)
-------
2OO
FEET
• Post Mould
P Projectile Point
S Scraper
C Celt
K Knife
0 Datum
Figure 6. Site Plan, 13WP14.
Source: Slattery (1976c ms.)
-------
Figure 7. Site Plan, 13WP85.
Source: Slattery (1976c ms.)
40
FEET
• Hearth
• Post Mould
* Charcoal Area
h Hematite Grooved Axe
C Celt
O Datum
X Aerial Grid Mark (Fig. 4)
-------
13WP85
Four hearths consisting of fire cracked and burned rock and earth
were mapped (Fig. 7). Samples of material from three of the hearths were
brought to the laboratory for identification (Table 2).
Table 2: Identification of Hearth Materials from 13WP85
Fragment Hearth 1 Hearth 2 Hearth 3
Type unburned burned unburned burned unburned burned
sandstone
siltstone
granite
24
7
7
9 3
7
2
34
Source: R. S. Rhodes, personal communication.
Hearth 2 had a chipping area one foot from center on the northwest
side. "Thirty four waste flakes were found in a concentrated area of 6
x 6 ins. including five waste flakes. . . on the east side of the hearth"
(Slattery 1976 ms:13). In addition, two areas of charcoal and two apparent
post molds were'located (Fig. 7).
A-17
-------
Material Culture Inventory
In order to analyze and inventory lithic materials from the three pre-
historic sites, a number of categories were established based largely on
color (cf. Anderson 1973). The inadequacy of this method is recognized.
Geologic descriptors would be more useful than color, e.g., structure,
fracture, texture, fossil and other inclusions, etc., for analyzing chert
types. For gross description in this report, color will serve as a means
to compare the lithics collected from the sites. Color descriptions were
determined from the Rock Color Chart (Rock Color Chart Committee 1963).
1. Dark reddish brown (10 R 3/4) chert
2. Pale reddish brown (10 R 5/4) to moderate reddish orange (10 R 6/6) chert
3. Light brown (5 YR 6/4) to pale yellowish brown (10 YR 6/2) chert
4. Pale yellowish brown (10 YR 6/2) to grayish orange (10 YR 7/4) chert
5. Light olive gray (5 Y 6/1) to olive gray (5 Y 4/1) chert
6. Medium gray (N5) to brownish gray (5 YR 4/1) chert.
7. Medium gray (N5) to brownish gray (5YR 4/1) (as category 6) to
grayish red (5 R 4/2).
8. Medium bluish gray (5 B 5/1) chert.
9. Medium bluish gray (5 B 5/1) to grayish red (5 R 4/2) chert
10. Very light gray (N8) to light bluish gray (5 B 7/1) chert.
11. Very light gray (N 8) to light bluish gray (5 B 7/1); to pale
red (10 R 6/2) chert.
12. Very pale orange (10 YR 8/2) chert.
13. Very pale orange (10 YR 8/2) to grayish orange (10 YR 7/4) chert.
14. White (N9) chert.
15. Pale pink (5 RP 8/2) chert.
16. Multicolor speckled chert.
17. Multicolor banded chert.
A-18
-------
18. Very light gray (N8) to light gray (N7) chert.
19. Pale yellowish brown (10 YR 6/2) speckled chalcedony?
20. Pale red (10 R 6/2) to moderate reddish orange (10 R 6/6)
quartzite »
21. Vein (cloudy) white (N9) quartz.
22. Clear quartz.
23. Multicolor quartz.
24. Light olive gray (5Y 6/1) chalcedony.
25. Pale reddish brown (10 R 5/4) chalcedony.
A-19
-------
LITHICS
Several diagnostic chipped stone artifacts were recovered from the
prehistoric sites. This material is listed below and illustrated where
appropriate. Inspection has been used to classify the artifacts into
particular traditions. The main reference utilized for this study is
White (1968). Artifacts recovered during Phase II activities are de-
scribed and illustrated by Slattery and Tandarich (1975:5-9, 44).
13WP13
Side notched projectile point base, chert category 11, probable
Ansell constricted-stemmed type(White 1968:Fig. 32-4), Late
Hopewell chronology. A.D.300.-A.D.650 in Illinois. (Ibid.:14, 121).
(Fig. 8A).
End scraper, chert category 12. (Fig. 8).
Hematite celt fragment. (Fig.Sc).
Projectile point resharpened into a scraper, chert category 16,
probably originally a Gibson notched (White 1968:Fig.32-3), Early
to Middle Hopewell chronology in Illinois, 200 B.C.-A.D.300 (Ibid.:
14, 121). (Fig. 8).
13WP14
Point base, chert category 10, probable micro-Oickson type (White
1968:Fig.62-2), Late Middle Woodland (Hopewellian) chronology in
Illinois, A.D. 300-600 (Ibid.:14,162). (Fig. 9A).
End scraper, chert category 14. (Fig. 9B).
Point base, chert category 4, resembles a subtriangular stemmed
point discussed by White (1968:Fig.31-8), appears to be contem-
poraneous with Gibson and other Early to Middle Hopewell point
types in Illinois, i.e., 200 B.C.-A.D.300 (Ibid.:14, 121). (Fig.
9C).
Partial side-notched point base, chert category 6, not enough of
the point present to classify. (Fig. 9D).
Partial point blade and contracting stem base, chert category 16,
resembles a Waubesa (Adena) though the stem is much shorter than
typical Waubesa point, chronology is probably Early Woodland,
500-250 B.C. (White 1968:Fig.65). (Fig.9E).
Lanceolate point, chert category 10, edge ground on one side,
resembles a Nebo Hill variant (Chapman 1975: Figure 604, lower row,
third from right). Early Archaic in chronology 700 B.C.-5000 B.C.
(Chapman 1975:27). (Fig 9F).
Hematite celt fragment. (Fig. 8E).
A-20
-------
0
I
cm.
Figure 8. Chipped and ground stone artifacts from 13WP13 and 13WP14.
A-D, 13WP13; E, 13WP14.
A-21
-------
2
J
cm.
Figure 9. Chipped stone artifacts from 13WP14.
A-22
-------
13WP85
Subtriangular stemmed point base, chert category 16, very similar
in form and chronology to subtriangular point from 13WP14 (see
above). (Fig. 10A).
Subtriangular point, chert category 12, resembles a point type
from the Manker site in Illinois (White 1968:Fig.60-6). Probable
chronology is Late Middle Woodland A.D. 300-550 (Ibid:14). (Fig.
10B).
Hematite celt fragment. (Fig. IOC).
Full grooved, hematite axe fragment. (Fig. 10D).
Non-diagnostic chert and hematite material recovered, has been
summarized in Table 3. A detailed breakdown of non-diagnostic lithic
material utilizing color categories established is presented in Table 4,
A-23
-------
o
I
cm.
Figure 10. Chipped and ground stone artifacts from 13WP85.
A-24
-------
Table 3: Frequency Distribution of Lithic Material.
CHERT
Chipped Artifacts
Bifaces and biface fragments
Retouched flakes
Retouched cores and core fragments
Utilized flakes
Utilized core and core fragments
Preforms
Sebitage
Waste flakes
Cores
Core fragments
HEMATITE
Chipped Artifacts
Bifaces and biface fragments
Preforms
Ground and Polished Artifacts
Celts and celt fragments
Grooved axe fragment
Processing Artifacts
Hammerstones
Debitage
Cores
Core fragments
Waste flakes
Unworked Material
Nodules and fragments
Processing Artifacts
Hammers tones
quartzite
Anvil stones
diorite
Metate
diorite
Unworked Material
Fragments
quartzite
granite
siltstone
diorite
basalt
limestone
gneiss
sandy siltstone
13WP13
7
9
8
5
350
2
137
4
2
MISCELLANEOUS
1
4 (10)*
(1)
1
1 (1)
1
1 (3)
10 (4)
13WP14
12
13
3
10
1
1
209
11
67
5
7
28
43
13WP85
11
4
6
2
299
14
48
5
1
22
2
2
1
1
2
(2)
*Numbers in parentheses indicate burned specimens.
A-25
-------
Table 4; Lithic Frequency Distribution Within Color Categories
Chert
Category
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Bifaces and Biface
Fragments
13WP13 13WP14
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
3
13WP85
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
Utilized Cores
Retouched Flakes Utilized Flakes and Core Fragments
13WP13 13WP14 13WP85 13WP13 13WP14 13MP85 13WP13 13WP14 13WP85
1 11
11 1 12
1 3
1
1 2
122 233
1 1
22 31
1
3 1
1
13 11
1
11 1
1
Waste Flakes
13WP13 13WP14 13WP85
18
21
24
61
14
11
12
2
1
81
26
12
6
18
8
4
3
7
10
5
1
2
1
1
1
7
4
3
15
4
8
6
1
59
7
23
9
35
6
4
3
2
6
3
4
5
8
24
64
18
13
4
2
64
4
27
5
22
15
5
13
2
1
3
-------
Table A; Lithic Frequency Distribution Within Color Categories (cont'd)
Chert
Category
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Cores Core
13WP13 13WP14 13WP85 13WP13
4
7
1 3
5 4 21
8
11
1
1
2
29
7
1 14
5
1 1
2 5
1 1
3 2
1
1
1 74
1 8
1
Fragments
Retouched Cores &
Core Frags. Preforms Unworked Fragments
13WP14 13WP85 13WP13 13WP14 13WP85 13WP13 13WP14 13WP85 13WP13 13WP14 13WP85
1
1
2
11
1
5
7
3
2
5
3
6
1
3
6
1
3
5
1
1
1
2
3
5
2
11
*
6
7 1
1
3 1
1
4
3
Source: Author's analysis
-------
Due to the lack of a comparative collection of cherts with geo-
logic provenience, the sources of these cherts must be speculative.
Descriptions in the geologic literature are not adequate to assign
cherts from the prehistoric sites directly to their sources, be they bedrock,
glacial drift or alluvium. However, the cherts from measured stratigraphic
sections in the geologic literature can be systematically collected and a
comparative collection thus be built. To increase the value of such a com-
parative collection, duplicate chert specimens can be heat-treated to re-
produce changes in color and/or structure analogous to those induced pre-
historically.
This proposed stratigraphic comparative collection, would provide a
basis for the archaeological description, e.g., structure, fracturing
characteristics, surface textures, color, cortex type, fossil content, etc'.
of geologic units and would necessarily lead to more systematic descriptions
of chert which would elucidate cultural patterns, e.g., trade networks and
resource utilization.
CERAMICS
One minute piece of amorphous grit-tempered pottery was recovered from
13WP13. This pottery could be tentatively assigned to the Middle Woodland
period, ca. 250 B.C.-500 A.D. (White 1968:Fig.3).
A-28
-------
Discussion
The three prehistoric sites offer evidence for various activities
which have taken place during certain periods in the past. A number of
functions are suggested by the artifactual remains and features encountered
(Table 5).
Table 5; Interpretation of Evidence from Prehistoric Sites
Evidence Interpretat ion(s)
Discontinuous post molds Temporary shelters, e.g., lean-to
Fire hearths, burned rock, Food processing, warmth
and charcoal areas
Projectile points (aLso used Procurement of game,processing of
as knives) bifaces game.
Scrapers, utilized flakes Skinning
and cores hide preparation
blade manufacture
Metate (grinding slab) Vegetable processing
Hammerstones Chert processing
and debitage
Since the cultural chronology suggested is Woodland, house structures
and storage pits would certainly be present if the sites were permanent
villages. The sites probably represent temporary occupations established
for the extraction and processing (exploitation) of natural resources. The
main occupation sites (permanent or semi-permanent villages) are probably
located elsewhere, undoubtedly nearby. Recent surveys in the area conducted
by Anton Till, Division of Historic Preservation may supply the
data necessary to interpret this settlement pattern more completely. The
lack of pottery is further suggestive of temporary occupations at the sites.
The artifact assemblages must be studied in light of other nearby Woodland
sites to more fully interpret both settlement and exploitative patterns in
this part of the Bes Moines River Valley. A-29
-------
THE HISTORIC SITES 13WP22 AND 13WP25
Historical Background
Owing to the geographically restricted nature of this report, a detailed
historical overview of Wapello County will not be presented here. The reader
is referred to Biggs 1865 and Boyd 1867 for sketches of the early settlement;
and the county histories of Western Historical Company 1878, Evans 1901, and
Waterman 1914 for a more general presentation. Waterman 1914 contains the
most comprehensive and detailed historical account of Wapello County. A
brief summary of the history of settlement as pertains to the project area is
given below as a means of introduction.
When the title to land belonging to the Sac and Fox Indians passed by
cession into possession of the United States Government on May 1, 1843, the
settlement commenced'of what would become Wapello County (Andreas, 1875:364)
Immediately population centers grew at'Ottumwa, Agency City, Eddyville and
Dahlonega.
The town of Chillicothe was platted in 1849 by A. J. Wicker who had
originally located near the mouth of Avery Creek in February, 1845 (Western
Historical Company, 1878:537). In the period between 1845 and 1849, settlers
had been moving into the area surrounding Chillicothe. Indeed, the lands on
which 13WP22 and 13WP25 are located were both entered from the U. S. Govern-
ment in 1848. The original government land plat is shown in Fig. 11. Follow-
ing is a history of the land tenure of site 13WP22. Specific information
regarding land owners is given as may be useful for reviewing the archaeo-
logical record.
A-30
-------
o
L
MILE
Figure 11. Government Land Office Plat of the southeast portion
of Township 73 North, Range 15 West. U. S. Government
Land Survey Office, 1847 ms.
A-31
-------
i Table 6 : Transfer of Land Record for the N W ^ of Section 26, T73N, R15W
K)
Grantor
U. S. Government
N. Dofflemeyer
J. G. Haycock
J. G. Heacock (by
treasurer)
W. M. King
National Coal &
Mining Co.
n
J. G. Heacock
J. G. Heacock &
J. M. Hull
National Coal &
Mining Co.
James Shelby
Iowa Nat'l Bank
Ottumwa
John Whitney
T. A. Spillman
(sheriff)
J. G. & S. P.
Heacock
J. G. Heacock
Charles Blake
Grantee
N. Dofflemeyer
J. G. Haycock
same elder
A. G. Harrow
National 0Coal & Mining
Co.
Joseph H. Whiting Jr.
,,
Wm. Jackaberry Co
J. M. Shelby
M
Iowa Nat'l Bank,
Ottumwa
J. G. Heacock
Nat'l Coal & Mining Co.
it >.i n
J. H. Whiting
(trustee)
Benjamin Haynes
H. B. Heacock
J. G. Heacock
Instrument
Entry
Waranty Deed
Mortgage
Tax Sale
Special Warranty Deed
Mortgage
"
Mortgage satisfied
Mortgage
»
n
Decree
Decree
Decree
Sheriff's Deed
Mortgage
Mortgage
Foreclosure
Instrument BFiling
12/16/48
1/31/52
5/21/55
10/5/71
10/25/71
10/7/72
2/14/73
2/25/73
6/10/73
6/18/73
1/9/74
4/74
4/74
11/74
1/30/75
7/22/75
3/18/76
8/76
2/2/52
5/21/55
11/4/71
10/7/72
2/25/73
2/26/73
6/10/73
6/18/73
1/21/74
4/74
4/74
11/74
2/6/75
7/22/75
6/1/76
8/76
Comment
Structure located on Warner (1870)
plat map of Wapello County.
Coal rights-Western 60 acres
Western 60 acres
M n H
East 91 rds. of South 40 rds.
Except 40 acres
»
Coal rights as above
Except S E h of N W %
Coal rights as above
n n n ii
II M II II
South 40 rda. of East 91
rds. of S % of N.W.Jfi
W^ NWJ* & NEJfi mk
" " " "
-------
Table 6 : Transfer of Land Record for the N W \ of Section 26, T73N, R15W (continued)
Grantor
T. A. Spillman
(Sheriff)
Treasurer
H. B. Heacock
George G. Heacock
H. B. Heacock
H. B. Heacock
In matter of Estate
Grantee
Henry B. Heacock
Henry B. Heacock
John A. Brown
H. B. Heacock
The Public
Lawrence Guggerty
of Lawrence Guggerty
Instrument
Sheriff's Deed
Treasurer's Deed
Mortgage
Mortgage
Auction
Warranty Deed
Ea
10/30/77
4/16/78
3/4/78
3/1/79
3/24/79
4/7/85
12/18/15
teFiling
10.30/77
4/16/78
4/15/78
3/4/79
10/30/79
4/18/85
12/18/15
Comment
W*5 NW% & HE**; NW's
N*S mk
W% NW^S & NE*£ NW*S
Portion of NW*£
Fraudulently paid
mortgage
Structure does not appear on
Allen (1893) plat map of
Wapello County.
Source: Allen 1893, McElroy, Truitt and Truitt, n.d.a: 385-386, Warner 1870 and author's research.
T
LO
-------
13WP22
Transfer of land records are listed in Table 6 . The most prominent
figure involved in the land transactions is John G. Heacock. He. came
to Iowa in 1852 from Ohio, secured the title to the NW*s of Section 26 (T73N,
R15W) and commenced farming operations. By 1856 Heacock was engaged in mill-
ing operations. The citation for Heacock in the 1856 Census (Iowa Census
Board 1856 ms; Wapello County: 731-732) gives a picture of his individual
estate:
116 acres (a) owned, produced 1 ton hay; spring wheat 5a - 5 bu.;
winter wheat 5a - 15 bu.; oats 5a - 300 bu.; corn 40 a - 2600 bu.;
potatoes la -60 bu.; sold 15 hogs - $120; sold 5 cattle - $55;
made 100 Ib. butter; made 27 Ib. wool.
Further notice is made concerning Heacock's profession as a farmer and
miller. Waterman (1914f vol. 1:353) notes that by 1865 Chillicothe had a
grist mill owned and operated by J. G. and S. P. Heacock which was capable
of turning out 300 bushels a day.
The capital which Heacock enjoyed as a result of his farming and milling
enterprises was considerable. The figures are shown below:
Table 7:The Capital of J. G. Heacock
Date
1857
1860
1870
Valuation
Land
4128
4080
20000
Personal Property
796
1120
2149
Source
Wapello Co. Assessor 1857 ms
JU. S. Bureau of the Census 1860
p. S. Bureau of the Census 1870
The census records also indicate that in 1860, Heacock had a wife and
five children (Census Bureau 1860:602).
A-34
-------
13WP25
The title transfer record for the Southwest quarter of Section 26,
T73N, R15W is presented in Table 8.
The person who appears to be significant with regard to 13WP25 is D. S.
McQuiston. All that is known from available archival sources about Davis
S. McQuiston is the description in the 1870 Federal Census (U. S. Census
Bureau 1870:39) which lists him as: 35 years of age, born in Pennsylvania,
married to a woman born in Iowa, father of three children born in Iowa. One
woman (possibly mother-in-law) is also listed as being in the household. The
real estate owned by McQuiston is valued at $6000 and his personal estate at
$819.
McQuiston appears to have been involved in some irregular deed transac-
tion with the former title holder of the land, Joshua Lowmiller (see Table 8)
The entire transaction scheme is not entirely clear, but McQuiston lost the
title to the land after being the holder for two years. According to Loren
Horton (personal communication), the fact that McQuiston took out a mortgage
on the land in 1869 is a positive sign that he was planning to build a house
on it. The fact that a structure is shown by Warner (1870) (Fig. 12 ) on the
land of D. S. McQuiston is further evidence that the house is McQuiston's
and that it was probably built after March 1, 1869.
A-35
-------
Table 8 : Transfer of Land Record for the S W '-4 of Section 26, T73N,' R15W
- • - -- - " • '- ' • ' . . ,.
Grantor
U. S. Government
Hiram Webb
Sam Webb
Joshua Lowmlller
U. S. McQulaston
J. Loumiller
J. Lowmlller
Sheriff
J. l.owuiilJer
P. Oiiialla
P. Omalia
P. Oiiialley
J, Jewltt
P. Omalley
Grantee
11 J ram Webb
Sam Webb
Joshua Lowmlller
1). S. McQuinston
J. Lowmlller
1). S. McQuimston
1). S. McQuimston
.1. Lowmlller
P. Omalla
Jouuph Jewltt
Bridget Molony
J. 11. Waddlngton
P. Omalley
J. J. Onialley
Instrumunt
Entry
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Mortgage
Returned execution
tCourt SaleJ
Decree
Sheriff's Deed
Warranty Deed
Mortgage
Mortgage
Mortgage
Extension
will
Dates
Instrument
12/20/48
3/24/51
11/1/55
2/11/69
3/1/69
5/14/71
8/15/71
1/17/77
11/13/84
9/29/86
2/7/87
10/13/96
Filing
3/5/54
11/3/55
4/30/69
4/30/69
8/15/71
6/16/71
8/15/71
2/2/77
11/18/84
10/14/87
2/7/87
3/16/97
Comment
Structure present on Warner
(1870) plat map of Wapello
County
Structure not present on
Allen (1893) plat map of
Wapello County.
Source: Allen 1893; Mclilroy, Trultt and Trultt n.d.a: 385-386; Warner 1870; and author's analysis.
-------
Figure 12. Southeast portion of Townsh:';- 72 "orth, Ranf>, - 15 West in 1870
showing siies 13WP22 and .1 iv.Tl'S Warner (18/0).
A-37
-------
Materials recovered from the house fill and house floor indicate
that the structure burned. This may have taken place within two years
of construction judging from 1) the items dated artifacts which average
ca. 1862, and 2) the fact that McQuiston lost title to the land on
September 15, 1871. Following McQuiston*s relinquishing of the land
title back to Lowmiller, it subsequently passed into the hands of Patrick
Omalia in 1877 who granted mortgages to four persons over the next 20
years. Whatever the case, the structure did not appear on the subsequent
plat map of Allen (1893) (See Fig. 13).
A-38
-------
Sv* fy+tfrrX- 7Z
s> "•--.] ir/V"" J2^
u*fiA; 5 i
• • • • 4k.
'•Tofr-' ,. !#!«»*
Figure 13. Southeast Portion of Township 73 North, Range 15 West
in 1893. Allen (1893).
A-39
-------
A-40
Site Plans
13WP22
The first evidence of occupation on the Heacock property is found on
the 1870 Wapello plat map (Warner 1870) (Fig. 12). In the northwest quarter
of Section 26, T73N, R15W are shown three structures, one of which is labeled
"S.S.M." It is fairly certain that the Heacock residence is one of the
other two structures, although no traces of these buildings were found on
the archaeological survey of the area. The structure labeled S.S.M (prob-
ably Steam Saw Mill, Alan M. Schroder, personal communication) appears in
the location of 13WP22 and will be the focal point of discussion following:
A 900 foot square area was hand excavated to subsoil and three features
were located. Slattery (1976a ms:ll-12) describe the features as follows
Fig. 14):
1)" . . .A concentration of limestone rocks layered flat some 10 in.
above subsoil level ... in a slightly triangular pattern ... A
few rocks were beneath the cap rocks, however nothing could be seen
of [a meaningful]rock structure beneath . . . The subsoil was not
•disturbed beneath [the] rocks." (Fig. ISA).
2)" ... A simple pit ... 51 x 41 x 10 ins. in depth (below subsoil).
The pit fill was very dark and nearly free of artifacts except for .
... a rusted bucket . . . and a clay pipe stem. The pit fill was
full of charcoal and ash."
3)" . . . several bricks [lying] at various angles and an ash layer
together with a few stones (limestone). All of this some 10 in.
above subsoil level. After excavation of these items no evidence
of anything further was noted."
An area north of the Features 1 and 2 contained a heavy scattering of
cultural debris. This area was partially within the area of excavation and
oartiallv without
-------
Eeavy scattering of
and cultural debris
D
/
*: 3
-, .,-±
O
1_
10
_J
FEET
Figure 14. Site Plan, 13KP22, showing Features 1-3. After Siattery
(1976c ms.).
A-41
-------
A. Feature 1, 13WP22.
B. Portable steam saw mill near Iowa City, ca. 1893. Courtesy of Iowa
State Historical Department, Division of the State Historical Society,
photograph collection.
Figure 15. 13WP22, Feature 1 and a portable steam saw mill near Iowa City, Iowa.
A-42
-------
Schroder (personal communication) of the State Historical Society
suggested the "S.S.M." might refer to a steam-saw mill of a portable type
used in the late Nineteenth century. A saw mill of this type is reproduced
in Fig. 15B. In this context, Schroder suggested that feature 1 could rep-
resent a platform for the boiler, motor or rigging, Feature 2 could either
be a pit for reducing wood to charcoal for more economy in buring in the
boiler or for disposing of wood shavings, and the scattering of artifacts
north of the Features 1 and 2 may be the remains of a small shack or build-
ing adjoining the mill. The shack possibility shall remain speculative as
the front end loader accidentally dug too deeply in that area and removed
a swath of soil adjacent to the excavated area (Slattery, personal communi-
cation) . Such a shack was frequently associated with saw mills of this
type and is shown in the background of Fig. 15.
13WP25
Removal of the plowzone from historic site 13WP25 revealed three features
related to an historic farmstead: the cellar of a house, a well and a re-
fuse pit (Fig. 16).
THE HOUSE
Slattery (1976a ms) described the house as completely collapsed with
a few limestone rocks strewn unpatterned throughout the site. The fill
within the house was a heavy mixture of limestone rock, broken brick, and
artifacturl material (described subsequently in this report). The sub-
surface floor of the house basement was located four feet below present
ground surface and followed until the side walls were located and defined
as being 12 x 14 ft. in dimensions. A stone apron and entryway 3 ft. wide
was also delineated. There was no indication that the limits of the base-
ment excavation represented the entire dimensions of the superstructure.
Within the house fill were found charred wooden beams, as well as
burned china and melted glass, indicating that a fire destroyed the wooden
A-43
-------
South
Feature
North Well
Apron
/
2O
FEET
Floor Drain
I ;
Figure 16. Site Plan, l2l-tP25. After Slattery (1976c as.)
A-44
-------
structure above ground. No patterning in the fallen beams could be ascer-
tained. The house and the well were linked temporally by the discovery of
one piece of china from each of the features which, when joined, comprised
a single sherd.
The limestone used in construction is certainly from the local St. Louis
formation which Leonard (1902) recognized as a geologically suitable building
stone exposed and quarried at several places near Chillicothe. The limestone
had been cut, dressed and laid in a Regular Ashlar Bond construction (Horton
1972 ms: 4 and personal communication) (Fig. 17a).
THE NORTH WELL
This feature located about 25 ft. north of the house contained a fill
of broken limestone and brick fragments (Fig. 16). At a depth of 5 ft. be-
low present ground surface a limestone circular wall of 5 ft. 2 in. inside
diameter which extended down 9 ft. further. Within this feature was re-
covered a complete horse skeleton and a few artifacts, mainly nails. There
was evidence that wooden framing or shoring once existed above the limestone
circular wall.
THE SOUTH FEATURE
A refuse pit was located about 30 ft. south of the house. Much arti-
factual material was recovered from this feature. The irregular shape of
this feature is displayed in Fig. 16. Slattery (1976a ms:8) describes a
stratigraphic profile of this feature as: cultural within the top 18 ins.,
a steril layer, and a darker soil layer beneath which a "floor" of charcoal
and ash was present.
THE FLOOR DRAIN
Slattery (1976a ms:4) noted a trench on the subsurface floor of the
house "8 ins. wide and 3 ins. deep angling across the floor [and] ending
near the SE corner of the basement." Subsequent excavation showed this
A-45
-------
A. General view of house during excavation.
B. View of the base of the floor drain.
Figure 17. Views of the house and floor drain at 13WP25,
A-46
-------
trench extending through the basement wall and into "a long...underground,
rock covered, rock sided trench... which extended 37 ft. to a lower exit
elevation (Slattery 1976a ms:6). Stone construction of this trench is shown
in Fig. 17B. The floor drain was built with a great deal of care. Loren
Horton (personal communication) relates that very rarely in 19th century
Iowa did houses have a stone floor drain. He knew of only one other house
(the Antoine LeClaire House in Davenport) with such a feature. This may
be a custom originally from the British Isles, i.e., an anachronism, as
such construction appears to be Medieval in style.
Guilland (1971:9) posits a reason for construction of this floor drain:
"Some New Jersey and Pennsylvania settlers dug basements which were used for
kitchens in the warmer months. These basement kitchens often had running
water from springs under the house..." It is noteworthy that McQuiston,
the builder of the house, is from Pennsylvania.
Also Guilland (1971:7) points out that basements of houses were used
in the warmer months for storage of perishable items such as butter, milk
and meat. This might account for the stoneware recovered from the basement
floor (see below). If there was a spring in the basement, cooling of the
perishable items would have been facilitated.
Material Culture Inventory
The artifactual material recovered from both the Phase II and Phase
III work is included in the descriptions below. For additional illustra-
tions of china from the sites see Slattery and Tandarich (1975:43). Much
of the metal recovered was not identifiable. This compilation represents
an attempt to provide future researchers with a listing of items associated
with these particular site types, the first known to have been excavated
in Iowa.
A-47
-------
CLAY BODY MATERIALS
STONEWARE
Reynolds (1969 ms) and Schulte (1974 ms) have made the first attempts
to analyze stoneware from local kilns in Iowa. Their categorizations of
vessel forms are useful for describing the stoneware from both 13WP22 and
13WP25. Reynolds designed rim forms categories for analytic use. The dis-
tinctions he made between his "folded" and "reserve" rim are not clear to
this writer from his profile drawings alone. Therefore, a rim analysis is
not presented in this report.
The basic vessel forms and probable number of different vessels repre-
sented at 13WP22 and 13WP25 are presented below.
Table 9; Stoneware Form Summary
Form Type Definite
13WP22
Simple Bowl
Milk Bowl
Crock (all types)
Jar (all types)
Jug
Cover
Holder
2
9
7
3
0
0
0
Number
13WP25
8
5
4
2
3
1
2
Questionable
13WP22
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
Form Type
Illustration
13WP25
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
18D,
18E
18F
18B,
ISA
18J
18K
18J
18J
18C
Source: Reynolds 1969 ms; Schulte 1974 ms, and author's analysis.
More detailed descriptions of the stoneware front both sites are presented
in Tables 10 and 11. The stoneware sample being small and fragmentary made
A-48
-------
B
Figure 18. Stoneware vessel forms at 13WP22 and 13WP25. Not to scale.
A. Jug (after Schulte 1974 ros., FJ.R. 31); B, Angle Shoulder Jar
(after Reynolds 1969 ms., Fig. if:;; C, Rounded Shoulder Jar (after
Reynolds 1969 ms., Fig. 49); D, Simple Bowl (after Reynolds 1969 ms..
Fig. 39); E, Milk Bowl (after Schulte 1974 ms., Fig. 12A). A-49
-------
r/n
H
Figure 18 (continued). F, Rounded-Shoulder Crock (after Reynolds 1969
ms., Fig. 45); G, Churn (after Reynolds 1969 ms., Fig. 52);
H, Straight-sided Angle-Shoulder Crock (after Reynolds 1969
ms., Fig. 43); I, Straight-sided Crock (after Schulte 1974 ms.,
Fig. 14).
A-50
-------
Figure 18 (continued). J, Bowl or Cup (after Rice and Stoudt 1929, No. 44);
K, Holder (after Rice and Stoudt 1929, No. 141); L, Cover for Crock
and/or Churn (after Schulte 1974 ms., Fig. 29D).
A-51
-------
> Table 10: Analysis of Stoneware
I
From 13WP22
10 Vessel
Dimensions Surface
umber of a (in inches) Total b Treatment c Paste Finger
'ragments Form Rim Base Height Extnl. Intnl. Color Ridges
9
12
7
5
4
7
11
8
11
5
7
7
7
9
12
9
5
4
3
4
7
4
3
3
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Crockf 3/4 8 3/4
Milk Bowl 10k
-------
Analyses of Stoneware from 13WP25
Vessel
Dimensions Surface
fumber of a (in inches) Total Treatment
Rim Base Height Extnl. Intnl.
Paste Finger
Color Ridges
Striations Rim Ref. Prove- External
Intnl. Extnl. Tooling No* nience Color
1
1
1
R
R
R
R
R
3
1
1
1
1
6
6
3
1
13
1
1
1
9
1
2
1
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
a»h
•>
OJ -i
Bowl 93/4 53/8 SPG MSP Gray x
Crock 77/8 ? ? SPG MSP Gray
Bowl 7 7/8 SPG SPG L.brn. x
Bowl 83/4 SPG MSP Gray x
Milk Bowl 10 k 44 SPG SPG L.brn.
Milk Bowl 10 k 6 3/4 4 3/4 MSP MSP L.brn.
Milk Bowl 10 1/8 6 3/4 4% SPG SPG L.brn. x
Jug 1 % 7 1/8 10 MSP MSP L.brn. x x
Jug 1 7 7/8 84 SPG SPG L.brn. x
Jug? ? 7 ? SPG SPG L.gray x
Crock 10% 8 3/4 ? SPG SPG Gray
Crock 10% ? ? SPG SPG L.gray X
Bowl ? 9 1/16 ? SPG SPG L.gray
Jar 23/4? ? SPG SPG L.brn.
Jar 6% ? ? MPS MPS Gray, x
Bowl 8 3/4 6 3/4 ? MSP SPG L.brn.
Bowl 10% 7 1/16 ? SPG MSP L.brn.
Crock 77/8? ? STG MSP Gray
Cover8 95/877/8 ? STG MSP L.brn.
Jug 1 1/16 ? ? SPG SPG Gray x
Holder11 ? 2% ? None None Gray
Bowl 10% rim SPG MSP Gray
Bowl 10% rim SPG SPG L.brn. x
Milk Bowl 10% rim SPG SPG L.brn.
Bowl?J 8 3/4 rim ? SPG SPG L.brn.
Milk Bowl ? 543 MSPG MSPG L.brn.
Holder ? 2% ? MSP MSP Gray x
Abbreviation: R-partially or completely restored
Abbreviations: STG-salt glaze; SPG-slip glaze; MSPG-matte slip glaze
Paste color names based on Munsell Soil Color Chart, Hue 10 YR
Provenience abbreviations: H-house; HF-house floor; SF-south feature
Not standard colors; some colors vary over surface of vessel
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
; MSP-matte
; S-surface
Impressed mark present "DAHLONEGA 5" see text
Appears to match no. 18 in color and glaze arid may have been made expressly for
This holder and No. 27 may be similar in form to item no. 141 in Rice and Stoudt
May be similar in form to no. 44 in Rice and Stoudt (1929:119). Fig.
Exhibits a raised foot __
113 J.
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
?
7
X
X
X
7
X
?
7
slip
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 H
25
26
27
SF Brown
SF Gray
H Brown
SF Green
H»SF Dusky red
HF Reddish brown
HF Yellow greenish brn.
HF Lt. orange brn.
HF Deep brn.
HF Brown
S,H,SF Gray green
H Brown yellow
H Orange brown
HF Brown
H Mottled brown
H,SF Lt. orange
H,SF Orange brown
SF Greenish gray
SF Greenish gray
HF,H Dark greenish brn.
H Gray
H Brown
SF Gray
,HF,SF Brown
H Brown
H Dark brown
H Brown
unglazed
that crock.
(1929:131)
. (Fig. 18K).
-Source: Author's analysis
-------
form reconstruction difficult. Reynolds and Schulte's forms in some case do
not quite match the forms represented here. This is probably due to the dif-
ferences in methods of manufacture. In order to more fully analyze the stone-
ware, the kiln sources should be located and the materials compared. In the
13WP22 stoneware sample an impressed maker's mark was observed which read:
AYER & BRO LE I 3 (Fig. 19A). This probably is the mark of Mayer & Bro.
Pottery, Eddyville, Iowa. This writer heard from locals in Ottumwa that there
was a Mayer family in Eddyville making pottery, but until now there
had been no substantiating data to confirm those reports. There is little
additional information available on the Mayer pottery kiln. Vivian Jones of
Eddyville has a complete stoneware vessel from the Mayer kiln. Unfortunately,
this writer was unable to study that specimen or visit the kiln site which Mrs.
Jones kindly located at this writer's request. Mrs. Jones reports (personal
communication) that the Mayer pottery closed in 1892. The history of a kiln
site at Dahlonega, the product of which was found at neighboring site 13WP25,
is discussed in Appendix A (Fig. 19B & 19C).
In addition to specific stoneware forms described in Table 11, 112 frag-
ments were recovered from 13WP25 which could not be form linked with specific
vessels. The type of fragments and their distribution by provenience is given
below:
Table 12: Distribution of Non Form-Linked Stoneware from 13WP25
Fragment Type
Provenience
House floor
House
Surface
South feature
North well
Rim
1
1
Body
6
59
Base
1
11
1
26
5
Handle
1
Source: Author's analysis
A-54
-------
Figure 19. Impressed Maker's Marks on Stoneware. A, Mayer and Brothers,
Eddyville, Iowa, from 13WP22; B, Dahlonega Stamp, 13WP107 (see
Appendix A); C, Dahlonega Stamp, 13WP25.
A-55
-------
CHINA
13WP22
UNDECORATED
The total number of undecorated fragments recovered from 13WP22 is
149. Of the fragments recovered the following Items appear to be present:
Base of a teapot, 2 In. base diameter, 3/16 in. average wall thickness.
Two cups, 2 in. base diameter, 3/16 in. average wall thickness.
A bowl, 5*$ in. rim diameter, \, in. average wall thickness.
A soup plate, 8 3/4 in. rim diameter, 3 1/8 in base diameter, 7/8 in.
height, 7/8 in. average wall thickness.
Makers marks present on base fragments include the following:
Royal arms design, "IRONSTONE CHINA" in block letters curved over arms
and "...E Co." curved beneath the base (Fig. 20B). Unidentifiable.
"...ANK.../HANLE [Y]" (Fig. 20A). Unidentifiable.
"J.Clem. ../SHELT..." impressed mark. Godden (1964:150) identifies this
as the mark of "Joseph Clementson, Phoenix Works, Shelton, Hanley,
Staffordshire Potteries, ca. 1839-1864". Not illustrated.
DECORATED
The decorated china from 13WP22 may be listed and described as follows:
A plate of deep brown under glaze, rim diameter 7 1/8 in., base diameter
4 3/4 in. A makers mark is present (Fig. 20C) identified as that of Podmore,
Walker, & Co., Turnstall, Staffordshire, ca. 1834-1859 (Godden 1971:82).
Five fragments of a blue underglaze transfer design.
Seven fragments of shell-edged pearlware apparently from one plate.
Four minute fragments of blue underglaze appear to belong to a small
cup which has a base diameter of less than 1% in.
Seventeen fragments are from a yellow and brown mottled underglaze
vessel of indeterminable type.
Two fragments of a pink-orange underglaze.
Four fratments are deep yellow underglaze.
A-56
-------
Figure 20. Maker's Marks on China, 13WP22 and 13WP25. A-C, 13WP22; D-J,
13WP25.
A-57
-------
One fragment of a purple and green floral painted underglaze.
Three fragments are of green "spongeware."
13WP25
UNDECORATED
The distribution of undecorated china fragments recovered is shown below:
PROVENIENCES
House South North
Floor House Feature Well Total
13(1)* 50 (13) 74(10) 22(1) 159(25)
Undecorated china vessels which were able to be described are listed below:
A bowl, rim diameter 6% in., height unknown, average body thickness 3/16 in.
Provenience: SF and NW.
A bowl, rim diameter 6k in., height l*t in., average body thickness 4/16 in.
Provenience: NW.
A plate, rim diameter 8% in., height unknown, average thickness 3/16 in.
Provenience: SF.
A possible serving plate, perhaps hexagonal in shape, measurements
indeterminable. Embossed with relief bracket design. Average thick-
ness, 7/32 in. Provenience: SF.
Probable bowl, rim diameter 6% in., height unknown, average thickness 3/38 in.
Provenience: H.
Soup? plate, of ironstone, rim diameter 9 in., height, average thickness h in.
Incomplete marker's mark showing Royal Arms and part of Ironstone China.
Arms design is characteristically post 1837 (Fig. 20E) (Godden 1964:
552), but none of the dictionaries of maker's marks consulted could pro-
vide more information. Provenience: NW.
* Number in parentheses indicates burned specimens which are included
in the total fragment count.
A-58
-------
Soup? plate of ironstone, rim diameter 9 in. height 1% in., average
thickness 3/8 in. Badly burned in house fire, no maker's mark detectible.
Provenience: HF and H.
Possible base of hexagonal shape, dimensions indeterminable, average
thickness 3/16 in. Provenience: SF.
Probable base of water pitcher, of hexagonal shape, estimated to be 12"
in perimeter. Provenience: SF.
Cup of ironstone, rim diameter 3*5 in., height 3 1/16 in., average
thickness 14 in. Discoloration has occurred due to house fire. Proven-
ience: HF and H.
The following makers marks were recovered on undecorated china base
fragments:
Portion of maker's mark exhibiting a scroll pattern (Fig. 201).
Unidentifiable. Possibly from a bowl. Provenience: NW.
Portion of maker's mark displaying a circular pattern and "CHIN"
(Fig. 20H). This mark was unidentifiable. Provenience: H.
DECORATED
Decorated china is represented by the following categories:
Blue shell-edge whiteware (and possibly some pearlware) is represented
by twenty rims of varying types (Noel-Hume 1969). Fragment distribution*:
4 (HF); 3 (H), 9 (SF), 3 (NW), 1 (S). (Fig. 21A-21D are examples).
One cup base, blue floral design, base diameter lh in. Resembles
porcelain in quality although this fragment is not translucent. (HF).
Twenty blue speckled underglaze fragments probably represent one cup,
one saucer and one plate. Possible maker's mark "0". Fragment dis-
tribution: 2 (HF), 8 (H), 8 (SF) and 2 (NW).
* Abbreviations: HF-house floor, H-housefill, SF-south feature,
S-surface, NW-north well.
A-59
-------
Eleven blue underglaze fragments of a lily pad on a pond design repre-
senting one plate. Fragment distribution: 2 (HF), 4 (H), 3 (SF) and
2 (NW) (Fig. 21E).
Twenty red, blue and white floral painted underglaze representing one
cup and saucer. Fragment distribution: 4 (HF), 5 (H), and 11 (SF).
Twelve blue and green mottled spongeware underglaze fragments repre-
senting one cup and saucer. Fragment distribution: 1 (HF), 2 (H),
and 15 (SF).
Four fragments of a deep purple floral underglaze transfer pattern
representing one plate. Fragment distribution: 4 (H).
One metalic "gold" banded edge fragment, probably from a plate. This
fragment is from (SF).
Three black transfer underglaze fragments exhibiting a spiral design
from probably one plate. A partial maker's mark is present (Fig. 20G)
which has been identified as that of T.J. & J. Mayer, Longport (Burslem)
Staffordshire ca. 1842-55 (Godden 1971:76).
Nine red, blue and black painted underglaze fragments arranged in
parallel bands, black leaves are arranged with the red band. A cup and
saucer is probably represented. The saucer is 5^ in. outside diameter.
All fragments are from (SF) (Fig. 21G).
Four yellow underglaze fragments exhibiting a green and brown painted
design, represent a large dish. Base diameter is 5% in. Fragment
distribution: 1 (S) and 3 (SF).
A blue printed maker's mark was recovered. The mark reads: "T...J
MAYER LONGPO" (Fig. 20D). Godden (1971:76) identifies this as the
mark of Thomas, John, and Joseph Mayer, Longport (Burslem), Staffordshire,
ca. 1842-55.
Eight blue underglaze fragments, picturing a landscape, probably from
a water pitcher and plate. A makers mark containing the name "VENUS" and
"PEARL STONE WARE" is associated with this pattern (Fig. 20F). This
design resembles a mark registered in 1849 by Podmore, Walker & Co.,
Tunstall, Stafforshire (Godden 1971:82). Fragment distribution: 3(H) ,
4 (SF), and 1 (NW).
Three blue painted dot underglaze design from one cup. Base diameter
is 1 3/4 in. A maker's mark of two green painted dots is present.
Fragment distribution: 2 from (H) and 1 from (SF).
Seventeen gray and white underglaze restorable fragments from a large
ironstone serving bowl rim diameter 11 in., height 2% in., base dia-
meter 8 in. Bowl is from (HF) (Fig. 21F).
Two fragments of a blue, yellow and green floral underglaze painted
design probably from a plate. A maker's mark is present as a scroll
A-60
-------
Figure 21. Decorated China Rims and an Effigy Pipe Bowl from 13WP25.
A-61
-------
device and ECH (Fig. 20J). The maker may either be Edward Challinor,
Tunstall, Staffordshire, ca. 1842-1867 marked as "E. Challinor", or
E. Challinor & Co., Fenton, Staffordshire, ca. 1853-1862 marked as
"E. Challinor & Co." (Godden 1971:61). Without the entire name the
determination of the actual source company is difficult (Fig. 21H).
Twenty six fragments are so minute that only a brief description of
the designs are possible: 4 light blue underglaze, 2 from (H), 1 from
(SF) and 1 from (S); 2 black lined underglaze from (SF); 2 mulberry
transfer underglaze from (H); 1 dark brown underglaze from (SF); 1
red transfer underglaze from (NW) 1 yellow speckled underglaze from
(H); 1 light blue striped underglaze from (SF); and 14 blue transfer
underglaze: 7 from (H); 5 from (SF), 1 from (NW) and 1 from (S).
Miscellaneous
MARBLE
One clay marble, 1.96 cm (23/32 in.) in diameter was recovered from 13WP22.
There are vestiges of a decoration consisting of two dark concentric rings
extending continuously around the equator. The surface is extremely pitted,
Randall 0-971:102) dates clay marbles produced in the United States between
1884-ca. 1920.
PIPES
One pipe stem fragment each was recovered from 13WP22 and 13WP25, and
three bowl fragments including one effigy bowl from 13WP25. See Appendix
B for complete descriptions.
CASTER
One ceramic furniture caster fragment was recovered from 13WP25, diameter
1 1/8 in., inside bore diameter 3/16 in. Exterior is glazed. The in-
terior paste is very fine in particle size.
MUD DAUBER NESTS
Two fine hardened nests of the mud dauber wasp were found in the floor
of 13WP25. Evidently they were attached to the superstructure at the
time it burned.
A-62
-------
BRICK
The brick from 13WP22 and 13WP25 appears to be locally made. There is
much variation in the color due to firing. The 13WP22 bricks are all from
Feature 3. Bricks from 13WP25 are representative of those observed.
13WP22
Eight fragments appear to be soft or underfired resulting in a friable
structure and an orange color (5 YR 6/8).
One whole brick, 2% x 4 x 8 ins., has been hard fired, exhibiting a
dense, non-oorous, non friable structure and a dark reddish brown
color (5 YR 3/4).
Five fragments are of overfired or "clinker" bricks, which have been
fired too quickly resulting in spalling of the brick clay body. The
color exhibited is a medium dark gray (7.5 YR A/0). Portions of the
outer brick surfaces appear to be glazed in a manner similar to a
stoneware slip glaze. The reason for this apparent glazing is not
known.
13WP25
One fairly complete soft-fired brick, 2 1/16 x 4^ x (?) ins. Color is
orange (5 YR 6/8) and structure is friable.
Two complete bricks, 17/8x3 3/4 x 7 3/4 ins., are hard fired and
are similar in structure and color to those from 13WP22. One hard fired
brick was observed bearing the number "462" which probably represented
a batch or lot from the local kiln.
Two fragments of "clinker" bricks, similar in structure and color .
(7.5 YR 4/0) to those from 13WP22. However, these clinker bricks
do not possess a glazed surface.
GLASS
The glassware recovered from 13WP22 and 13WP25 yielded much information.
For both historic sites, the glass has been described as completely as possible
with the assistance of Katie Foglesong, Ottumwa, Iowa.
13WP22
Seven fragments of an amber colored bottle exhibiting the letters:
"RS", "MAC", "L", and "E". This is a probable bitters bottle,
possibly "Electric Stomach Bitters" dating ca. 1880-90 (Fig. 22 A and D) .
Two fragments, including a neck and base of an amber colored bottle,
the base is embossed with a raised circle bearing the letters: "W...
& Co. PITTS..." The letter "F" is in the center of the circle. This
container could be a whiskey bottle manufactured by Wormser & Co. ca.
1875.
A-63
-------
Figure 22. Glass from 13WP22 and 13WP25. A-F, 13WP22; G, 13WP25.
A-64
-------
Four fragments from an aquamarine historical-portrait flask. One frag-
ment is embossed with an eagle feather design. Comparable to a speci-
men in the Foglesong collection. Open pontils preceded the Civil War
and the portrait flasks went out of vogue at the end of the Civil War.
So we must assume this one was made during Civil war era before 1870
at any rate. No doubt it was made at an eastern glass house—no far-
ther west than Ohio.
Two fragments of an unidentified item (possible bowl). The rim diameter
measures 7 in. The glass is colored white and translucent, resembling
milk glass but less opaque than milk glass. The exterior is decorated
with solid very dark brown opaque circles, in diameter. The lip has
been thickened and rounded. The vessel wall curves very slightly in-
ward from the rim.
Five fragments of a goblet exhibiting the petal pattern, dating from
1860's to 1880's, rim diameter 1/8 in. (Fig. 22F).
Seven complete buttons and one fragment. All are 3/8 in. diameter and
are white opaque except for one brown opaque specimen. Seven items are
1/8 in. in thickness except one which is 5/32 in. Every specimen is
four holed.
One bead was recovered. Utilizing the classification system of Kidd
and Kidd 0-970), the bead may be described as follows: The bead is a
tube which has been probably squared in section before drawing and in
drawing the bead was twisted (as Type Ic'). The bead surface was sub-
sequently ground into facets (similar to type If) and octagonally shaped.
However, the Kidd and Kidd classification system does not display the
exact type of bead from 13WP22. The glass is transparent and colored
cobalt blue. The bead diameter and length is % in. (Fig. 22E).
The remainder of glassware from 13WP22 is listed in Tables 13-16.
A-65
-------
I
0\
Table 13: Bottle Necks from 13WP22 and 13WP25
umber
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
Neck
Diameter
3/4"
V
2"
3 1/8"
7/8"
1 1/16"
V
7/16"
v
9/16"
3/4"
%"
Color
Clear
Aquarmarine
Clear
Clear
Clear
Clear
Clear
Aquamarine
Aquamarine
Aquamarine
Aquamarine
Aquamarine
Bottle Type
13WP22
Medicine,
Celery salt or
household item
Patent medicine
Food jar
Food Jar
13WP25
Whisky
Liquor
?
Patent medicine
Patent medicine
Bitters
Bitters
Patent medicine
Method of
Manufacture
Mold
Mold
Mold
Mold
Mold
Mold
Mold
Mold
Mold
Mold
Mold
Mold
Provenience
general
general
general
general
House floor
House floor
North well
South feature
North well
Surface, south feature
House
House
Source: Foglesong, personal communication and author's analysis
-------
Table 14 : Bottle Bases and Base Fragments from 13WP22 and 13WP25
Number Shape Size
1 round 2 3/4" diameter
1 round 2 3/4" diameter
1 oval IV width
1 oval 1 3/8" width
1 octagonal 2 3/4"
1 square indeterminable
1 round 2 3/4"
Color
aquamarine
aquamarine
light
colbalt blue
aquamarine
clear
clear
sun-
purpled
Distinctive Features and/or
Bottle Type Manufacturing Methods
13WP22
mineral water
wide-mouthed food
medicine or whisky
flask
shoo-fly whisky
flask (Putnam 1965:
177)
sugar bowl,
creamer, goblet, etc
food jar
jar
Probably improved
hinged mold
diagonal mold seam
mold
star pattern
•
mold
mold
pontil
pre 1880
square
indeterminable clear
jar?
mold
r
-------
CO
Table 16: Bottle Bases and Base Fragments from 13WP22 and 13WP25 (cont'd).
Number
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
Shape
hexagonal
oval
round
round
oval
oval
square 3.9
round
Bottle
Size Color Type
13WP25
? sun-purpled whisky
? aquamarine elixer or
bitters
8 cm (3 1/8 in.) aquamarine ?
diameter
? aqumarine ?
3.5 cm (1 3/8 i'n.) aquamarine elixer or
bitters
? aquamarine "
cm (1*2 in.) aquamarine ?
8 cm (3 1/8 in.) aquamarine wine ?
diameter
Distinctive Features &
Manufacturing Methods
mold
improved pontil
pontil mark
pontil mark
improved pontil
hinged mold
mold
mold
Provenience
house
house
south feature
house
house floor
house
house floor; south
feature
house
Source: Foglesong, personal communication and author's analysis
-------
Table 15 : Lettered Glass from 13WP22 and 13WP25
Item
Number Color Description
. 1 Aquamarine bottle face
1 Clear table ware
1 Clear table ware-dish
1 Crystal bottle face and
base corner
1 Aquamarine bottle face
i it it ii
i n ii ii
i n n n
T II It II
Lettering or Decoration
13WP22
MSAM M/MSM
stippled background and raised leaf ca. 1880-190
raised curvilinear pattern-mold blown
13WP25
AL/Co. /Dayton
OR/ES
, C'S C/DIS
REEN
DR. C
85*
*Probabls patent date 1885
Source: Fogelsong, personal communication and author's analysis
Table 16: Miscellaneous Glass Fragments
from 13WP22 and 13WP25
13WP22
House
Color Floor
Clear 10 35(6)
Amethyst (sun-purpled)
Aquamarine 4 52
Windowglass 12 3
Milk glass
Light Cobalt Blue 1
Lime Green 3
13WP25
Provenience North
House South Feature Well Surface
14 (2) 6 (1) 2
15 1
59 15 5 1
92 3
3
Source: Author's analysis
A-69
-------
13WP25
Bitter's bottle labelled in relief on the base "J. Walker's VB."
Vatson 1965: 274)describes a bottle of this style as Dr. Walker's
Vinegar Bitters (L 140) sold during the period 1870-1906. This
bottle is: mold made, circular in horizontal cross section, conical
shoulder aquamarine in color, has an applied lip, is 8% in. high,
and has a base diameter of 3 in. This is the only intact bottle
which survived the house fire and was not broken or melted. Proven-
ience: HF.
Four fragments of a quart champaign beer bottle, mold probably no. 15
or 16 (Putnam 1964:253). A rust ring on the neck indicates presence
of lightning stopper. The color is aquamarine, circular in shape and
is mold made. The bottle is partially melted and unable to be restored.
The neck is finished in a bulbous style 14 (Switzer 1974:8, Fig. 2).
Accoring to Putnam (ibid.) this bottle probably stood 11^ - 11^ in.
high, was 3% - 33 5/8 in. wide, held 28 oz. of liquid, and weighed
the same amount. The lightning stopper, which was patented in the
U S in 1882 (Lorrain 1968:42), dates this bottle between 1882-1906.
Provenience: HF.
Ten fragments of a soda or mineral water bottle, probably mold no. 222
(Putnam 1965:240). 7 1/8 in. projected height, bulbous neck finish
style 14 (Switzer 1974:8, Figure 2), conical shoulder, chilled iron
mold made, aquamarine color, base diameter 24 in. The heat of the
house fire has melted portions of fragments just enough so that the
bottle will not entirely resore. Time period 1870-1906. Provenience:
HF.
Two fragments of a bottle of Dr. D. Jayne's Expectorant, Philadelphia,
ca 1867. Identified from "AD" of Philadelphia embossed on bottle side.
The bottle has a hexagonal base and is aquamarine in color. Proven-
ience: HF.
Five fragments of a bottle of Dr. Barter's Elixir of Wild Cherry,
(Dayton, Ohio?). Improved pontil mark on oval base, and a horizontal
seam across base indicating use of a hinged mold date this bottle 1862-
1868. This bottle is two-piece mold made and displays a style 10 neck
finish (Switzer 1974:8, Fig. 2). Glass color is aquamarine. Proven-
ience: HF.
Two fragments of a patent medicine bottle perhaps containing a liquid
such as children's soothing syrup. An "A" is embossed—very likely
as in 0 S A. A likely possessor of such a lettering is: THE LITTLE
DOCTOR/MICROBINE MEDICINE CO./ NEW YORK USA. This bottle dates
probably 1860-1900, more likely before 1900. Proveniences: HF.
Five fragments, including three neck, of hexagonal whisky flasks which
probably are Shoo-fly flasks (Putnam 1965:179). They are mold blown,
the neck and lip have an added ring which dates ca. 1890. The glass
is clear but some sun purpling has taken place. Provenience: HF.
A-70
-------
Nineteen fragments of Bourbon Bitters bottle similar to illustration
L19 in Watson (1965:251). His description (Ibid.) is as follows:
"Shows a seated woman and has a fancy border around the edge. Dark
yellow amber three piece mold, push-up base with letter 'p1, 9 x 2% ins.
Some fragments of this bottle have been melted and partially fused.
The type of bottle was identified from fragments exhibiting letters
"URBO" and "RS". Fragment distribution: 8 (HF), 5 (H) and 6 (SF).
Eighteen fragments of a dark green wine bottle dating 1870-1900. The
bottle fragments have been partially fused by fire. Fragment distri-
bution: 14 (HF) and 4 (H).
A small cosmetic bottle which probably held cosmetic cream or powder;
the four pointed star design and label space indicates that this was
not intended for common condiments, dating pre 1900. Provenience:
SF.
One fragment of a small hand mirror or picture frame glass. Provenience:
H.
One eyeglass lens, shape dates,within 1860's. Provenience: NW.
One fragment of sugar bowl, spooner or goblet with "stipled forget-me-
not" design popular during late 1870's through 1880's. Provenience:
H. (Fig. 22G).
Green bottle base with embossed "G-94/Duraglas" mark of Owens and
Illinois Glass which merged in 1920's. Provenience: H.
One clear goblet fragment exhibiting the petal pattern, dating 1860's
to 1880's. Provenience: SF.
Two fragments of an octagonal milk glass lamp base, dating ca. 1890.
Provenience: H.
Six fragments of a blue-green bottle with a base bearing a pontil scar
which dates before 1857 (Lorrain 1968; 40) and certainly before 1865.
Provenience: SF.
Two fragments of threaded jar rims. Provenience: H.
One fragment of a clear food bottle displaying a banded and fluted de-
sign, pre-1900. Provenience: HF.
Two clear bottle bases dating from the 1920's and 1930's. Proveniences:
H and S.
Bottle necks and bases, lettered glass fragments and miscellaneous glass
fragments are listed in Tables 13-16.
A-71
-------
METAL
Metal items recovered are listed below. Sources useful for identification
were unavailable, hence, little more than a brief description is presented.
Small metal items are listed in Table 17. Items were categorized as: domestic,
i.e., household related; craft/artisian implements, i.e., farm implements or
other labor related; and miscellaneous implements.
13WP22
DOMESTIC
1 Three holed tie piece 15/8" square
1 Hinge 2*s in. in length, each half 1 in. in width.
2 Hinges 3 in. in length, each half 1 in. in width.
1 Partial spoon apparently plated; the bowl and handle portion are
fragmented.
1 Partial leg such as for a cast iron skillet (Fig. 23 A).
1 Partial leg such as for a fireplace grill or stove
1 Bucket 10*5 in. rim diameter, average thickness 1/16 in. badly fragmented.
1 Round handle 2\ in. in length attached just below the lip.
1 Curved hook with rivets probably indicating the presence of a handle.
CRAFT/ARTISAN
1 Cow kicker
1 Machinery foot stirrup.
1 Hammer-hatchet 5% in. in length.
4 Chain links each 2in. length.
1 Possible machinery hitch bar
1 Single tree harness piece
A-72
-------
Table 17: Distribution of Small Metal Hardware Items
Dimension
Inches
1 length
I** "
1^5 "
1 3/4 "
2
2h
3 "
4
1 1/8 "
\h "
1% "
1 3/4 "
2% "
3
3 3/4 "
4
5h
3
1
1 3/4
i
CO
Penny-
weight
2 d
3 d
4 d
5 d
6 d
8 d
12 d
20 d
railroad
12d
13WP25
House House South North
13WP22 Floor Feature Well
7 Cut Nails
1
11 1 61 5
5 15 2
16
24 3 35 11
6 1 17 3
122 1
Thin Nails (cut)
1
2
2
Spikes
2 3
2
25 3 2
1
7
Wire Nails
1
Screws
2
1
Figure
241
24G
24F
24E
24C
24B
24K
24H
24L
24A
Comment - Possible Use
Finishing?
Framing, siding
light framing
light framing
Framing
Heavy framing
Barrel (round headed)
Finishing? " "
Roofing
Metal finishing tack
Heavy framing
it ii
it ii
ii it
Framing
-------
Table 17: Distribution of Small Metal Hardware Items (cont'd).
Dimension
Inches
2 5/8 square
3/8
3/4
1 3/4 diameter
1 13/16 "
2
2 1/8
2>s
2h "
1
!»»
2 5/16 square
3" length
4" "
4 3/8 "
5
6
15 " (%in.
17 " (3/4-
Variable length,
each l/16ln .width
13WP25
House House South North
13WP22 Floor Feature Well Comment - Possible Use
Square Washers
1 Hand cut
Round Washers
1 Copper
1
2 1
1
2
1
1 1
1
Nuts
1
1
2
Bolts
1
1
1
1 Drop pin in a hitch
1 Drop pin in a hitch
diameter) 1
- 1 in. diameter) 1
Wire Fragments
4 10 8
Miscellaneous Metal Fragments - Unidentifiable
4 11 12
Somcf / chor's analysis
-------
13WP25
DOMESTIC
1 Shotgun hammer assembly (see Appendix D)
1 Copper button shell, ^ in. rim diameter, fastener threaded through
hole in center. The name "Scovills •& Co. Extra" is stamped around
the rim. The name of the firm impressed on this button has undergone
some change through time. As Albert and Kent(1949:405)note, the firm
of "Leavenworth, Hayedn and Scovill, Waterbury, Conneticut... bought
out Abel Porter Company in 1811. Firm name changed to J.M.L. & W.H.
Scovill in 1827. Became Scovill Manufacturing Company in 1850. Still
in operation." The fact that the impression is "Scovills & Co." and
not "Scovill" leads the writer to date this button case between 1827-
1850. Provenience: H.
CRAFT/ARTISAN
2 Axle stays, used to keep the wheels on wagon axles; they are
metal rings with an outside diameter 1/8 in., inside diameter 3/8 in.
(HF).
4 Horseshoes 1 (HF), 2 (H) and 1 (NW)
7 Wagon wheel guard fragments, 6 fragments are 1 in. in width. 3
(HF) and 3 (H), and 1 fragment is 5/8 in. in width (NW).
2 Partial sickles, the first fragment is 43 in. in length and 2 3/8 in.
in width, the second fragment is 20 1/8 in. in length and also
6 cm in width. Each fragment exhibits a handle. (HF)
1 Partial brass sleigh bell (SF)
2 Circular harness buckles 3% in. in diameter with a cross piece
bisecting the buckle. (NW).
1 Circular solid ring 2 in. in diameter with central threaded socket,
possibly from a wagon (H).
2 Partial corn planter checker plates - two types are present:
1 9% in. diameter, 5/8 in. hole diameter, holes are spaced 3/16 in.
apart around 3/16 in. apart around the plate rim (H). Fig. 23E).
1 9 in. diameter, % in. hole spacing, alternating 3*2 in. oval and
% in. holes spaced around the plate rim (H). (Fig. 23F).
2 Buggy or- wagon straps and springs with U nails for attachment (H)
1 Cow bell 5 3/8 in. length, 3 3/4 in. at shoulder, 4 3/4 in. at
base. Bell has a hanger attached, clapper is missing. Bell has
been flattened somewhat. (HF).
A-75
-------
Figure 23. Metal Items from 13WP22 and 13WP25,
A-76
-------
NON-CATEGORICAL
1 Bar S^" in length, 7/8" in width, convexly shaped on one side
expanding to a thickness of 1/8"
4 Unidentifiable cast iron fragments
1 Small bar, elongated U shaped, 1 3/16" in length, 1/16" in diameter -
possible belt buckle fragment.
13WP25*
DOMESTIC
1 Kerosene lamp wick holder (H)
2 Kitchen stove ash grate (HF)
3 Drawer pulls (HF) (Fig. 23B, 23C).
1 Door latch and handle assembly (HF)
21 Bucket pieces 1/16 in. thick 13 (HF), 5 (H), and 3 (SF)
10 Bucket pieces 3/4 in. thick (SF) one piece, is marked with an embossed "I"
1 Complete bucket handle with a looped center for hanging or tying complete
with rivet assembly (HF)
2 Cylindrical window counter balances 6 in. long and 2% in. in diameter 1 (HF)
and 1 (H).
1 Probable cupboard handle
5 Spoon fragments including 3 bowls. l(H) and 2(NW)
1 Perforated end handle (H)
1 Plain handle stamped with a maker's mark: C & S, (NW). (Fig.24N).
1 Stove firebox knob (H)
2 Hinge fragments and 1 complete hinge (H)
3 Door lock assemblies (H) (Fig. 23 D is an example).
1 Drawer lock plate (SF)
1 Door lock plate (H)
1 Strap hinge (H)
1 Belt buckle (H)
2 Garter or suspender buckles (H)
1 Copper boiler lid, partially fragmented (HF)
1 Wrought iron (fence top?) decoration (H)
29 Barrel hoop fragments
* Provenience abbreviations: H-house; HF-house floor, SF-south feature,
NW-north well, and S-surface.
A-77
-------
M
Figure 24. Small metal items from 13WP22 and 13WP25. A-L, nails; M, Kennedy's
Barb, three-point variation (from Clifton 1970, No. 211); N, spoon
handle impossed with "C & S."
A-78
-------
1 piece of barbed wire appears to be Kennedys Barb, Three point Varia-
tion which is described as a single-strand wire with three-point sheet
metal barb. Barb is hand mounted. Variation of patent 153965 (Clifton
1970:74). The date of patent 153965 is August 11, 1874 by Charles
Kennedy of Hinckley, 111. (Clifton 1970:76). (Fig. 24M).
6 Chain links 1% in. outside length of individual link (HF).
1 Axe head, butt length 3 9/16 in., butt width 1 3/8 in., body
length to greatest width on bevelled end 7 1/8 in. (NW).
5 Sickle mower blades, 3 (HF), 1 (H) and 1 (NW).
1 Axle shaft cap? 3% in. outside diameter (NW).
2 Hooks (H).
1 Wheel guard washer and nail assembly (H).
1 Flat bed machinery support. (H).
1 Three prong pitchfork, center prong broken, overall length 12 in.(H).
NON-CATEGORICAL
1 Bar 2lh in. length, 9/16 in. diameter (HF).
1 "U" shaped strap, 2 in. in width and 24 in. in overall length (H)
1 Bar 1 in. in width, 13% in. in length (H)
1 Bar 3/8 in. diameter, 1 ft. length, "L" shaped bend at both ends (HF)
2 Wire ovals 3 7/8 in. in length and 1 3/4 in. in width. (H).
1 Double open ended copper tube 1 1/16 in in length (H).
LEATHER
Seven fragments of a badly decayed shoe were recovered from 13WP25.
The following parts are recognizable:
2 fragments from one nearly complete sole. The length is ca. 8 in.,
width is ca. 3 in. at the instep. The outsole is fastened to the in-
sole by small brass screws. Anderson (1968:59,64) dates this con-
struction as occurring after 1862.
FAUNAL MATERIAL
Description and interpretation of this material is presented in Appendix C.
A-79
-------
Discussion
While the scope of this report is primarily descriptive, the historical
research conducted and the material recovered will provide useful data for
future investigation and interpretation. Both sites are unique archaeolog-
ically and the materials recovered are worthy of further study.
Judging from the mean date of diagnostic china and glass, 13WP22 was
an active sawmill ca. 1875. As might be expected, most artifacts recovered
fall into the utilitarian category. At 13WP25, there is evidence to suggest
that most of the materials recovered date from the McQuiston occupation of
the house. The mean date of diagnostic china, glass and metal can be set
at ca. 1862. Since the records indicate that McQuiston took out a mortgage
on the land in 1869 and a structure is shown on the property by Warner (1870),
one assumes that he brought many of his possessions with him. The occupation-
al debris may, therefore, be representative of a rather short occupation as
McQuiston is known to have lost title to the land in 1871. One beer bottle
(1882-1906), one piece of barb wire (1874) and various bottle fragments
(1920-30) may have been introduced at a later time, assuming that the house
cellar was open for a period of time after the house burned.
The apparent tight cluster of artifacts found within the house fill,
well and south feature indicate that the structure may have burned at the
close of the McQuiston occupation indicating that subsequent tenant farmers
lived elsewhere. Artifact patterns at both 13WP22 and 13WP25 are consistant
with what one would expect to find considering the time of occupation and
social position of the occupants. Materials recovered were basically
utilitarian in nature. At 13WP25 there is an indication from the faunal
analysis that wild as well as domestic animals were taken. The absence of
deer is noteworthy (see Appendix C), perhaps suggesting that hunting was
less important to the economy of the McQuiston family than the use of domes-
ticated animals. Judging from the farm implements,much of the family's
A-80
-------
economy was based upon crops raised. Perhaps as more is learned through the
excavation of other sites of this time period the assemblages from 13WP22
and 13WP25 will be of greater interpretive value.
A-81
-------
LITERATURE CITED
Published Sources
Albert, Lillian Smith and Kathryn Kent
1949 The Complete Button Book. Garden City, New York: Doubleday & Co., Inc.
Allen, C. R. (compiler)
1893 Map of Wapello County, Iowa. Ottumwa, Iowa: C. R. Allen.
Anderson, Adrienne
1968 "The Archaeology of Mass-Produced Footwear". Historical Archaeology
2:56-65.
Anderson, Duane C.
1973 Brewster Site (13CK15): Lithic Analysis. Journal of the Iowa
Archeological Society Vol. 20.
Andreas, Alfred T.
1875 Illustrated Historical Atlas of the State of Iowa. Chicago.
Biggs, Uriah
1865 "Sketches of the Sac and Fox Indians and the Early Settlement of
Wapello County". Annals of Iowa (First series), 3(12):529-537.
Boyd, G. D. R.
1867 "Sketches of History and Incidents Connected with the Settlement of
Wapello County, from 1843 to 1859, Inclusive." Annals of Iowa,
(First Series), 5(3): 940-947.
Chapman, Carl F.
1975 The Archaeology of Missouri, I. The University of Missouri Press
Columbia.
Clifton, Robert T.
1970 Barbs, Prongs, Points, Prickers & Stickers. Norman, Oklahoma:
University of Oklahoma Press.
Evans, Samuel B.
1901 History of Wapello County, Iowa.
The Biographical Publishing Company. Chicago.
Godden, Geoffrey A.
1964 Encyclopaedia of British Pottery and Porcelain Marks. New York:
Crown Publishers, Inc.
Godden, Geoffrey A.
1971 The Illustrated Guide to Mason's Patent Ironstone China and Related
Wares — Stone China, New Stone, Granite China — and their Manufacturers.
New York: Praeger Publishers.
Guilland, Harold F.
1971 Early American Folk Pottery. Philadelphia: Chilton Book Company.
A-82
-------
Hair, James T.
1865 Iowa State Gazetteer. Chicago: Bailey and Hair, at the Office
of the City Directory.
Kidd, Kenneth E. and Martha Ann Kidd
1970 "A Classification System for Glass Beads for the Use of Field
Archaeologists" in Canadian Historic Sites (Occasional Papers in
Archaeology and History, Number 1. Historic Parks Service, Ottawa):
45-89.
Leonard, A. G.
1902 "Geology of Wapello County." In Iowa Geological Survey, Vol. XIII,
Annual Report, 1901. Des Moines: Bernard Murphy, State Printer.
Lorrain, Dessamae
1968 "An Archaeologist Guide to Nineteenth Century American Glass."
Historical Archaeology 2: 35-44.
Merritt and Goodwin (compilers)
1886 Township and City Directory of Ottumwa and Wapello County, Iowa:
J. S. McClelland & Co.
No Author
1890 Directory of the City of Ottumwa and Wapello County, 1890-91.
Ottumwa, Iowa: Ottumwa Blank Book and Printing Co.
1892 Directory of the City of Ottumwa and Wapello County, 1892-93.
Ottumwa, Iowa; Ottumwa Blank Book and Printing Co.
1894 Directory of the City of Ottumwa and Wapello County, 1894-95.
Ottumwa, Iowa: Ottumwa Blank Book and Printing Co.
No el-Hume, Ivor
1969 "Pearlware: forgotten milestone of English ceramic history."
Antiques 95 (March): 390-397.
Polk, R. L.
1882-180 Iowa State Gazetteer and Business Directories for 1882-1890.
St. Paul: R. L. Polk & Co.; and A. C. Danser.
Putnam, H. E.
1965 Bottle Identification. Jamestown, California: Privately Published.
Randall, Mark E.
1971 "Early Marbles". Historical Archaeology 5:102-105.
Rice, Alvin H. and John B. Stoudt
1929 The Shennandoah Pottery. Strasburg, Va.: Shenandoah Publishing House.
Rock Color Chart Committee
1963 Rock Color Chart. New York: Geological Society of America.
Slattery, Richard G. and John P. Tandarich
1975 Archaeological Investigations in the Proposed Area of the Ottumwa
Generating Station, Chillicothe, Iowa. Office of State Archaeologist
of Iowa, Contract Completion Report Number 4. Iowa City, Iowa.
A-83
-------
Sutton Publishing Co.
1887 Directory of Ottumwa and Wapello County, 1888-9. Dubuque: Hardie
and Scharle.
Switzer, Ronald R.
1974 The Bertrand Bottles. National Park Service, Publications in
Archaeology 12. Washington, D. C.
U. S. Bureau of the Census
I860 Cass Twp., Wapello Co., Iowa. Washington.
1870 Cass Twp., Wapello Co., Iowa Washington.
Warner, George E.
1870 Map of Wapello County, Iowa Ottumwa, Iowa: Harrison & Warner.
Waterman, Harrison
1914 History of Wapello County, Iowa.
The S. J. Clarke Publishing Company. Chicago.
Watson, Richard
1965 Bitters Bottles. Thomas Nelson and Sons. New York.
Weichman, Michael S.
1975 The Iowa Southern Utilities Company, Ottumwa Generating Station
Project, Chillicothe, Iowa: An Intensive Survey of Archaeological
Resources. Environmental Research Center, Research Report Number
16. Iowa City, Iowa.
Western History Company
1878 The History of Wapello County, Iowa. Chicago.
White, Anta Montet
1968 The Lithic Industries of the Illinois Valley in the Early and Middle
Woodland Period. Anthropological Papers No. 35, Museum of Anthropology,
University of Michigan.
Unpublished Sources
Horton, Loren N.
1972 Glossary of Architectural Terms. Copy in possession of the author.
Division of the State Historical Society of Iowa, Iowa City.
Iowa Census Board
1856 Manuscript Schedule for Wapello County, Volume 65. On file in the
Division of Historical Museum and Archives, Des Moines.
1885 Manuscript Schedule for Wapello County, Volume 270. On file in the
Division of Historical Museum and Archives, Des. Moines.
1895 Manuscript Schedule for Wapello County, Volume 406. On file in the
Division of Historical Museum and Archives, Des Moines.
McElroy, Truitt and Truitt (compilers)
n.d.a. Lands, Range 15. Unpublished schedule on file in the office of
McElroy, Truitt and Truitt, Ottumwa, Iowa.
A-84
-------
McElroy, Truitt and Truitt
n.d.b. Town Lots Index, Book 4. Unpublished schedule on file in the
office of McElroy, Truitt and Truitt, Ottumwa, Iowa.
No Author
1890 "South Ottumwa" in Ottumwa- Iowa, South Side.
the Ottumwa Public Library, Ottumwa, Iowa.
Scrapbook on file in
Price, James E. and Cynthia R. Price
1976 An Investigation of settlement patterns and subsistence on the Ozark
Escarpment in Southeast Missouri during the first half of the Nineteenth
Century. Proposal submitted to the National Endowment for the Humanities.
Reynolds, John D.
1970 Coalport and its relationship to the early historic pottery industry
in the Des Moines River Valley. Unpublished masters thesis, Iowa
State University, Ames, Iowa.
Schulte, Barbara
1974 The Nineteenth Century Ceramic Industry at Coal Valley: Archaeology
of 13BN111 (Noah Creek Kiln). Unpublished M.A. Thesis, Iowa State
University, Ames.
Slattery Richard G.
1976a ISU Project Phase III, Spring 1976 Field Notes. Notebook on file
in Office of State Archaeologist, Iowa City. Iowa.
1976b Map Field Notes, Phase III. Notebook on file in Office of State
Archaeologist, Iowa City, Iowa.
1976c Field Maps, Phase III. Map set on file in Office of State
Archaeologist, Iowa City, Iowa.
U. S. Government Land Survey Office
1847 Original Land Survey Plot of Township 73 North, Range 15 West of
the Fifth Principal Meridian, Iowa. Unpublished map on file in
the Secretary of State's Office, Des Moines.
Wapello County Assessor
1857 Tax Book for the Collection of County, State, School, Road and Poll
Tax for the year (1857), in and for the County of Wapello and State
of Iowa. Unpublished manuscript on file in the Wapello County
Recorder's Office, Ottumwa, Iowa.
Additional Literature Consulted
Barker, Daniel M. and George R. Hamell n
1971 "The Redware Pottery Factory of Alvin Wilcox - AT Mid-19th Century .
Historical Archaeology 5:18-37.
Barker, Edwin A.
1904 Marks of American Potters.
Southampton, Long Island, New York:
NK 4215 B3 1904a
Cracker Barrel Press.
A-85
-------
Bell, Robert E.
1960 Guide to the identification of certain American Indian Projectile
Points. Oklahoma Anthropological Society, Special Bulletin No. 1
Oklahoma City.
Cox, Warren E.
1970 The Book of Pottery and Porcelain. Volume II. New York: Crown
Publishers, Inc.
Hartman, Urban
1942 Porcelain & Pottery Marks. New York: Privately Published.
Henn, Williams & Co.
1857 A Sectional Map of Iowa. Chicago: Keen and Lee
Horton, Loren N.
1973 Iowa History Sources: Census Data For Iowa. Iowa City: State
Historical Society of Iowa.
Humes, Haxell
1931 "A Point of Historical Interest: Dahlonega" in Essays on Wapello
County Sponsored by Elizabeth Ross Chapter, D.A.R. On file in the
Ottumwa Public Library, Ottumwa, Iowa.
Jackson, Ronald Vern, David Schaefermeyer and Gary Ronald Temples (eds.)
1976 Iowa 1850 Census Index. Bountiful, Utah: Accelerated Indexing
Systems, Inc.
No Author
1895 "South Side Department" in Ottumwa-Iowa, South Side. Scrapbook on
file in the Ottumwa Public Library, Ottumwa, Iowa.
Lokken, Roscoe
1942 Public Land Disposal. Iowa City: State Historical Society.
Riley, Mary Louise
1931 "The Village of Chillicothe" in Wapello County Essays, D.A.R. Towns,
Village and Other Miscellaneous Topics. On file in the Ottumwa
Public Library, Ottumwa, Iowa.
Spargo, John
1974 Early American Pottery and China. Rutland, Vermont: Charles E.
Tuttle Company.
U. S. Bureau of the Census
n.d. Index (Soundex) for the 1880 Federal Census. Washington.
1850 Cass Twp., Wapello Co.,Iowa. Washington.
1880 Cass Twp., Wapello Co., Iowa. Washington.
A-86
-------
Appendix A: A History of the Potters ;u Dahlonega, Iowa
During the Phase II investigations at 13WP25 a stoneware rimsherd
was recovered bearing the impressed stamp "DAHLONEGA" / "5". This sherd
aroused the writer's curiosity and research was initiated to determine
the date and place of manufacture, and identity of the manufacturer.
County histories were consulted initially. The Western Historical
Company (1878:539) relates that in 1856 "...the records show...an extensive
pottery " Waterman (1914:315) stated that: "in the early days there was
a pottery shop, long operated by L. F. Stewart, not quite a mile west of the
town of Dahlonega." Waterman (ibid.) apparently referring to sometime in
the 1850's notes that "in the town of Dahlonega there was also a pottery
shop here about this time, run by one Haswell." These brief references
formed the basis for further inquiry.
Iowa state gazetteers were next examined. The earliest, Hair (1865:593),
listed a potter in Ottumwa, John P. Williams, but none in Dahlonega. R. L.
Polk (1882:1088) entered as a subscriber "Underwood—Dahlonega." No sub-
sequent listing of any pottery in Dahlonega was noted in state gazetteers
from 1884-1922.
The 1856 census of Iowa (Iowa Census Board, 1856 ms, vol. 65: 119, 139)
lists the following potters in Dahlonega township:
Name
L. T. Stuart
James Smith
James W. Catterson
John Reece
L. T. Stuart is apparently the potter referred to in Waterman (see above)
A-87
Age
32
23
24
33
Years in
Iowa
9
13
1
9
Place of Previous
Settlement
Indiana
Indiana
Kentucky
Pennsylvania
Land
Ownership
Yes
No
No
?
-------
A-88
A brief ground inspection of the town of Dahlonega produced an apparent
stoneware waster (refuse) pit which contained kiln furniture similar to the
types discussed in Reynolds (1969 ms) and Schulte (1974 ms). This waster pit
produced a stoneware rim exhibiting an impressed stamp comparable to that from
13WP25 (Fig. 25). The location of this waster pit is in Dahlonega, Block 6,
West one-half of Lot 6 (see Fig. 25). The Dahlonega plat book of McElroy,
Truitt and Truitt (n.d.b.) was searched for the above location, the results
of which are displayed in Table 18 . The name- of L. T. Stewart appears and
apparently owned property in this location from April 13, 1853 to September
29, 1856 when he relinquished his deed.
L. T. Stuart's (or Stewart) name did not appear in any subsequent
land transactions in Dahlonega or Dahlonega township. Stuart apparently
had moved from Dahlonega. His subsequent domicile was a matter of specu-
lation until examination of Iowa state gazetter of R. L. Polk & Co. (1883:1088)
for 1882-83, and 1884-85 (1885:1303) revealed "Stuart & Burley, Blakesburgh."
At first I was not certain whether the Stuart listed was L. T. but the Polk
gazetteer for 1889-90 (R. L. Polk 1890:1438) verified this.
A stoneware crock in the Wapello County Historical Museum is stamped
with the name Blakesburg impressed in a lettering style similar to that found
on the Dahlonega ware, strengthening the contention that the same man, Stuart,
was responsible for both. Further evidence should be obtained by comparing
material from the Blakesburg kiln with that from Dahlonega.
Now that L. T. Stuart has been identified, what of "one Haswell?"
Haswell is not listed in the census for 1856 but he is listed in the tax
record for 1857 (Wapello Co. Recorder's Office 1857: no page) as Nathaniel
Hoswell residing at Lot 6, Block 4, and having $2.50 in delinquent taxes due.
This is the only record observed on Hoswell. Apparently he roomed fairly
close to the location of the waster pit. Unfortunately there was no direct
evidence that Hoswell ran the pottery shop for Stuart other than the reference
in Waterman (ibid.).
-------
Figure 25: Location of the Stuart Waster Pit, 13WP107
DAHLONEGA
13WP107
Source: Warner 1870 and author's analysis
A-89
-------
T
VO
O
Table 18. Transfer of Land in Dahlonega, Iowa, Block 6, West One-half of Lot 6 and Lot 7
Grantor
Grantee
Instrumept
Dates
Instrument Filing
Comment
John Moore
John Moore
Thomas G. Givin
James Broherd
L. T. Stewart
Win. Shoemaker
James Keesman
M. M.*& Caroline Lane
John & Mary Garlock
Lewis & Ellen Goehring
Amos & Mary West
W. C. Grimes
T. P. Spilman (sheriff)
W. C. Grimes
E. S. & Mary Ward
Julia C. Clapp
Public
Thomas G. Givin
James Broherd
L. T. Stewart
Urn. Shoemaker
James Reesman
J. C. Johnson
Louis Goehring
A. H. Cooper
John Garlock
M. M. Lane
Vinson: . Perkins
W. C. Grimes
Reeder Fish
Julia Clapp
R.J.&A.L. Speer
Plat
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
Returned Exchange
Sheriff's Deed
Tax Sale
Warranty Deed
Warranty Deed
4/2/45
1/26/48
9/5/49
4/13/53
9/19/56
3/24/58
12/31/58
2/28/67
5/8/71
8/9/70
4/7/72
3/30/74
4/25/74
10/2/76
9/13/94
4/1/20
4/3/45
4/15/48
2/22/50
9/29/56
9/29/56
1/3/59
4/20/60
8/9/70
5/8/71
1/25/71
1/24/73
4/25/74
4/30/74
9/18/94
4/12/20
Founder - platted all blocks
Source: McElroy, Truitt and Truitt, n.d.b: 105-107 and author's analysis
-------
In the period after Stuart left Dahlonega, a potter from Ohio, John
Richards, was in town in 1870 (Iowa Census Board, 1870 ms, Wapello Co:390.
Nothing further is known concerning Richards, either before or after 1870.
He may not have been a land owner or a resident as he is not listed in
the land transfer books and does not appear to be connected with the lo-
cation of the Stuart waster pit.
L. T. Stuart has been traced fairly satisfactorily. However, the
potter "Underwood — " listed in Polk(1882)is still an enigma. As Under-
wood is not listed in state gazetteers of the late 19th century, Ottumwa
city and Wapello county directories were examined. Merritt and Goodwin
(1886) list a J. H. Underwood & Son pottery on Richmond in Ottumwa (p.146);
/•
and J. H. and F. E. Underwood are listed as residing on the same street
(p.113). Sutton Publishing Co. (1887) contains the following information:
Potter Fred E. Underwood, residing on the north-south state road, south
side (p.187); Joseph H. Underwood, same occupation and address as Fred E.
(p. 188); the South Ottumwa Pottery Co., J. H. Underwood, proprietor, lo-
cated on the north east corner of 2nd and Ferry, also on the south side
(p.216); and a note that Joseph H. Underwood owns lots in bahlonega (p.266),
No author (1890) enters F. E. Underwood as working in Morrels Meat Packing
Plant and residing at 315 Ward Street in 1890-1891. F. E. Underwood,
Cooper, and J. H. Underwood, propietor of pottery works reside on the
north side of Richmond are, south side of Ottumwa (no author 1892:187) and
Underwood's pottery works are at the corner of Ferry and Richmond (Ibid.:
249). The Underwoods are not listed in subsequent city directories. A
newspaper article in a scrapbook (No Author 1891:7) mentions" J. H. Under-
wood; pottery; located in South Ottumwa ten years.)
A-91
-------
The Census of 1885 (Iowa Census Board, 1885 ms, Wapello Co.: 210-212)
list the following potters in South Ottunwa:
Name Age Place of Birth
J. H. Underwood 53 Ohio )
Fred E. Underwood 18 Union Co., Iowa ) same household
Howard E. Sowers 28 Ohio )
Burt Weingardner 27 Des Moines Co., Iowa)
Thomas B. Franklin 26 New York State ) same household
August W. Melcher 42 ? )
The Special Census of Ottunwa (Ottumwa City Council 1891; Fifth Ward:
no page) lists J. H. and Fred E. Underwood. But by the 1895 Census (Iowa
Census Board 1895 ms) the Underwoods have apparently moved, as they are no
longer listed.
In sum, until further evidence can be gathered, a tentative date of
1853-1856 may be assigned to Stuart's pottery kiln in Dahlonega, after which
he probably moved to Blakesburg where he was in operation until about 1890.
In the meantime, potter John Richards was in Dahlonega in 1870, but the lo-
cation and extent of his stay there is not known. As for the Underwoods,
they seem to have moved to Wapello County from Union County, Iowa (where Fred
Underwood was born). Apparently, Joseph Underwood started his pottery in 1881,
either in Dahlonega or South Ottumwa. (He may have had an outlet in Dahlonega)
but by 1886 the Underwoods were running the South Ottumwa pottery works and
the only connection with Dahlonega was ownership of lots there by Joseph H.
Underwood. The Underwoods continued to run the South Ottumwa works until at
least 1892 after which no mention is found of J. H. or Fred E. Underwood in
either directories or census records.
The location of the Underwoods' pottery works in South Ottumwa should be
determined, as should Stuart's in Blakesburg so that the material can be col-
lected and compared with that from the Dahlonega waster pit (13WP107), 13WP22
and 13WP25. It is important to know the extent of traffic of items from local
kilns such as those of Dahlonega, Blakesburg, and South Ottumwa in order to
trace economic networks in the 19th century Iowa.
A-92
-------
Appendix B: Analysis of Clay Tobacco Pipes from 13WP22 and 13WP25
Margaret Hotopp, Department of Anthropology
University of Iowa
Clay tobacco pipes are found in abundance in American historic
archaeological sites, especially the sites of old forts. Large numbers
of the fragments have been recovered from Fort Laramie, Wyoming; Fort Union,
New Mexico; Fort Pierre II, South Dakota; and Fort Atkinson, Iowa. This
abundance must be due in part to the extremely low cost of the pipes,
"varying . . . from 50 cents to $1.20 per gross" (Wilson 1961:123). The
low cost was the result of the industrial revolution in Europe which mecha-
nized pipe production in the middle eighteenth century. The first clay
pipes were introduced in Europe during the sixteenth century, possibly by
the British, who were prohibited by the Spanish from obtaining the preferred
Havana cigar. Hence, most tobacco imported by the British was in the form
of leaves. Since professional cigar rollers were rare in Britain, the most
desirable alternative was to smoke the shredded product in a pipe (Humphrey
1969:13). The earliest reference to pipes in England appears to be that of
William Harrison, who, in 1573, described the practice of "the taking in of
the smoke of the Indian herb called Tobacco, by an instrument formed like a
little ladell ..." (quoted in Oswald 1961:55). At this time, pipe-makers
organized themselves into guilds and produced relatively small numbers of
distinctively marked pipes. But the industrial revolution forced those who
would not mechanize out of business, and a relatively few manufacturers be-
gan producing large numbers of pipes (Humphrey 1969:14).
To make a pipe, a fine-grained plastic white clay, kaolin, was first
worked with water into a thin paste and then seived to remove impurities.
After the water evaporated, the clay was kneaded and a small glob was
rolled into a cylindrical shape to form the stem. A second glob was
A-93
-------
attached to this cylinder to form the bowl. The clay was then allowed to
dry further for a day or two, and when ready, placed in a hinged two piece
mold - each half being one half of a pipe cut lengthwise. Before the mold
was clamped shut, the bore was formed by inserting a long iron wire into the
soft clay stem. The mold was then closed tightly. A lever was brought down
which pressed an oiled stopper into the bowl of the pipe, forming the cavity.
The bore wire was then pushed through the final few milimeters to join the
cavity. At this point, the wire was removed, the pipe taken out of the mold,
and excess clay scraped away with a knife. Finally, the pipes were carried
to the kiln where "50 gross could be fired in from 8 to 12 hours. A boy and
a workman could easily make five gross of pipes in a day's time" (Wilson 1961:
123).
The interior of the mold could be decorated in many ways, producing the
variety of designs exhibited by clay pipes. The designs are most often in
relief due to the ease in which the interior of the mold could be carved or
stamped. It is somewhat more difficult to produce raised designs in the
mold which cut into and incise the design on the pipe. And just as many
molds were left undecorated, producing smooth, plain pipes whose only vari-
ations occur in the basic shape of the pipe and the mold line treatment.
Mold line treatment varies as well on the decorated pipes. The mold line
was most often scraped flat before firing. Occasionally, the mold line was
flattened by cutting in a series of incised diagonal lines, and often the
mold line was left unmodified. Many decorated pipes exhibit an additional
method of mold line treatment: a row of leaves is displayed on either side
of the unmodified mold line. The mold line is thus incorporated into the
design as the stem out of which the leaves grow (Humphrey 1969:14).
A-94
-------
Description of Clay Pipe Fragments
from 13WP25 and 13WP22
Catalogue # 435-25-2(1) This bowl fragment corresponds to the 26 specimens
of Ribbed Type I from the Fort Atkinson, Iowa collection (Hotopp n.d.:25-26
and Fig. 5A). The ribs begin midway down the bowl and alternate in width
from a thin raised line to a rib approximately 1/8 inch wide. The mold line
has been flattened with incised diagonal lines. Ribbed Type I corresponds
to Hanson's Ribbed Variety A pipes from Rome, New York. Hanson believes
these pipes were manufactured in England (Hanson 1971:94).
Catalogue # 435-25-2(2) This bowl fragment is ribbed but the type cannot
be determined. The fragment is thicker than most, approximately % inch. A
narrow lip encircles the rim of the bowl.
Catalogue #435-25-3 This effigy bowl fragment is in the form of a human
head. It is remarkably similar to a specimen from Fort Union, New Mexico,
described by Wilson (1966:39 and Fig. 6D) as follows: "Made of red clay,
the figure represented is a heavily bearded man with a head of long hair.
His appearance suggests the biblical Sampson". The specimen from 13WP25
is made, however, of white clay. Furthermore, the lower portion of the face
is missing, and although a moustache is present, it is impossible to know if
the figure was bearded.
Catalogue # 435-25-4 This specimen is an undecorated stem fragment and is
not diagnostic. The mold lines have been scraped before firing.
Catalogue #435-22-2 This stem fragment is of the type associated with the
Ribbed Type I bowls (see above) from the Fort Atkinson collection. The ribs
on the bowl terminate just beyond the spur in four parallel raised lines en-
circling the stem.
A-95
-------
LITERATURE CITED
Hanson, Lee
1971 "Pipes from Rome, New York." Historical Archaeology 5:92-99.
Hotopp, Margaret
n.d. An Analysis of Clay Tobacco Pipes from Fort Atkinson, Iowa.
Manuscript. University of Iowa.
Humphrey, Richard
1969 "Sacramento Clay Pipes." Historical Archaeology 3:12-33.
Oswald, Adrian
1961 "The Evolution and Chronology of English Clay Tobacco Pipes."
Archaeological News Letter (London) 7:55-62.
Wilson, Rex
1961 "Clay Tobacco Pipes from Fort Laramie." Annals of Wyoming 33
(2):121-134.
1966 "Tobacco Pipes from Fort Union, New Mexico." El Palacio
73(1):32-40.
A-96
-------
Appendix C: Faunal Analysis of the McQuiston Historic House Site (13WP25),
Wapello County, Iowa
Holmes A. Semken, Jr., Department of Geology
University of Iowa
Bone excavated from the McQuiston historic house site (13WP25),Wapello
County, Iowa was divided into three categories for examination: (1) readily
identificable material, (2) potentially identifiable material, and (3) uniden-
tifiable material. Category one bone included two wild species (fox squirrel,
Sciurus niger and cottontail rabbit, Sylvilagus sp.) ; five domestic animals
(chicken, pig, sheep, cow, and horse); and a turkey humerus which may be
either wild or domestic.
Twelve of the 20 identified individuals (Tables 19 and 20) were domestic
and these represent over 99 percent of the available meat, irrespective of
the horse (White, 1953). Evidence of butchering with a saw was clear in
both the sheep and cow. No butcher marks were evident on the horse or pig.
Both knife and saw marks were present in potentially identifiable remains.
The pigs were killed (or died) while young. Only 2 of the 32 identified pig
elements had distal fusion on the epiphyses and none were fused proximally.
Judging from its complete skeletal count (Table 19) the horse either fell or
was discarded into the well.
Category two material consisted of skeletal elements that can be identi-
fied to element, but not readily to species. Specific identifications were
precluded either because of fragmental nature or insufficient comparative
material in departmental collections. These elements included three scapula
fragments, an ulna fragment, 12 rib fragments (5 with saw marks), eight cer-
vical vertebrae (four sawed longitudinally and two with knife faceted arti-
cular surfaces), and four thoracic vertebrae (2 sizes).
A-97
-------
Table 20 outlines the faunal distribution within the site. Each unit (base-
ment floor, house fill, refuse pit, well, and surface deposits) contained at
least four different species. Both the house fill and the well contained
five species. While the counts are small, it appears that animal bone was
randomally distributed throughout the site. Exact counts per provenience
unit were not attempted because of small sample size. Also, the volume of
matrix from which skeletal material was recovered was quite different for
each unit (John Tandarich, personal communication).
Horse and sheep (Hildebrand, 1955) remains have been cataloged into the
recent comparative collection, Department of Geology, University of Iowa
in order to augment the domestic sample. All other bone has been returned
to the Office of the State Archaeologist. It is recommended that all uniden-
tifiable bone scraps and perhaps portions of the surface sample be discarded.
Other remains should be saved for future analysis of trace elements.
LITERATURE CITED
Hildebrand, Milton, 1955. Skeletal differences between Deer, Sheep, and
Goats. California Fish and Game 1955: 327-346.
White, Theodore, 1953, A method of calculating the dietary percentage of
various food animals utilized by aboriginal peoples. Am. Antiquity:
18: 396-398.
A-98
-------
Table 19. Identified skeletal elements from the McQuiston Historic
House Site (13WP25), Wapello County, Iowa
Chicken Turkey
Skull
Mandible
Scapula
HiMierus
Ulna
Radius
Innominate
Femur
Tibia
Calcaneum
Metapodial
Coracoid*
Sternum*
Carpometa-
Carpus
Tibio tarsus*
Tarsometa-*
Cams
-
-
4L&5R 1R
1L&1R
1L&1R
0 0
2L&1R
0 0
0 0
0 0
1
1
1L 0
2L&2R
2L&2R
Squirrel Rabbit
1R
-
1L 2R
1R 1L
1L 1L&1R
-
2L 2L&4R
5R&2L
-
2
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
Pig
2L&2R
-
2L&4R
3L
2L&3R
1
3L&3R
3L&2R
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
Sheep Cow
-
-
-
!L&lR(b) 1R
1L&1R 1R
1
-
1R 1R
1R
l(b) -
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
Horse
1
1L&1R
1L&1R
1L&1R
1L&1R
1L&1R
1
1L&1R
1L&1R
1L&LR
0
0
0
0
0
Minimum
Number
Individual 5
1 20
Legend:
- Not identified
* Present only in birds
0 Not present in animal
b) Burned (cow): Ulna frag, distal tibia epiphysis, vertebra centrum and 14 fragments of
bovid size
A-99
-------
Table 20. Distribution of Faunal Elements in the McQuiston Historic
House Site (13WP25), Wapello County, Iowa
Basement
Floor
Chicken x
Turkey
Squirrel -
Rabbit x
Pig x
Sheep
Cow x
Horse
Minimum
House Fill Refuse Pit Well Surface Individual
X XXX X
X 1
x x x - 2
x x 5
x x x 4
X 1
x x(b) x 1
X 1
Genus
Callus
Meleagris
Sciurus
Sylvilagus
Sus
Ovis
Bos
Equus
Legend:
x: Recorded from unit
-: Not recorded from unit
(b): burned specimens present
A-100
-------
Appendix D: The McQuistan Historic Site (13WP25) Gun Lock
Holmes A. Semken Jr., Dept. of Geology
Richard M. Schieken, Dept. of Pediatrics
University of Iowa
No marks remain on the McQuistan gun lock to identify its manufacturer,
but it can be catagorized as a military rifle lock. It is too heavy for a
commercial rifle or shotgun and smaller than a standard musket lock (Fig. 1A
& B.) It is the size of a U.S. Model 1841 rifle lock and closely resembles
a variety of European military models, comparing best with those of Prussian
and Austrian origin.
The "lazy S" - shaped hammer and the short forend (distance dg, Fig. 1A)
suggest that the lock originally was a flintlock and that it subsequently was
converted to percussion ignition. The scarcity of flintlock arms today par-
tially is a result of their having been modified to the more modern percussion
system in the middle 1840's. Wholesale conversion of government arms was
accomplished by removing the flashpan, frizzen, frizzen spring, and filling
the touch hole. A percussion nipple to hold the cap and a single piece hammer
was then installed. The mortise for the frizzen screw and frizzen spring
screw (Fig. 1A) was filled by cutting their respective screws off flush with
the lockplate. External evidence of the mortise for these screws is concealed
by rust on the McQuistan lock. A radiograph (Fig. 1C) taken at 125KV clearly
reveals the present of both the frizzen screw and frizzen spring screw mortise
and confirms that the McQuistan specimen originally was a flintlock.
It is also clear from the radiograph that a new mainspring was inserted
during or after conversion to percussion. Most flint weapons had a mainspring
retaining screw (Fig. LA & C). These frequently were abandoned on percussion
A-101
-------
Arms, the strength of a longer upper branch and the mainspring pivot being
sufficient to hold the spring in place. The old mainspring screw mortise
is visible on the McQuistan specimen (Fig. 1C). A broken mainspring rendered
the lock useless. This break can be seen in Fig. 1C just below the diagonal
white line. This malfunction is confirmed by the main spring being in the
"cocked" position while the tumbler and sear are in the fixed position (Fig,
1C). Missing side plate lock screws indicate that the lock was separated
from the gun prior to being discarded into the McQuistan well. Also, no
other gun parts are associated in the collection of artifacts from the well.
The lock is preserved in the State Archaeological collections.
LITERATURE CITED
Anonymous, 1976, This Issue's Cover Story, Medical Radiography and
Photography, v. 52, n. 1, inside cover.
A-102
-------
Figure 1. Gun locks converted from flint to percussion. A, Exterior view
of U.S. Model 1816 musket lock, Nippes Contract; B, Exterior
view of lock from McQuistan Historic Site (13WP25); C, Radiograph
of the McQuistan lock. Nomenclature: a, sear spring screw; b,
sear screw; c, mainspring retaining screw; d, frizzen screw; e,
frizzen spring screw; f, mainspring pivot; g, lock plate side
screws; line in radiograph—fracture position of McQuistan lock.
A-103
-------
APPENDIX B
AQUATIC BIOLOGICAL DATA
B-l
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Table No.
B-l Phytoplankton - Station 1 -
Lower Des Moines River
B-2 Phytoplankton - Station 2 -
Upper Des Moines River
B-3 Phytoplankton - Station 3 -
Lower Avery Creek
B-4 Phytoplankton - Station 4 -
Upper Avery Creek
B-5 Zooplankton Analysis -
Des Moines River & Avery Creek
B-6 Periphyton Analysis -
Des Moines River & Avery Creek
Figure No.
B-l Sampling Points
B-2
-------
LOG JAM
COW
PASTURE
DES MOINES RIVEf
BRIDGED-NATION I
X = SAMPLES TAKEN AT THESE PLACES
SAMPLING POINTS ™
w
I
-------
Table B-l
Phytoplankton
Station 1 - Lower Des Moines River
(org/ml)
Species
June 17
July 8
August 13
September 9
Oscillatoria
Cyclotella
Melosira
Her id ion
Navicula
Nitzschia
Stephanod iscus
Surirella
jSynedra
Unidentified
Chlorella-like
Chroococcus
Coelastrutn
Scenedesmus
Unidentified
Chlamydamonas
Chrysococcus
Euglena
Pandorina
Unidentified
Miscellaneous
Ciliate
Total
6
768
256
128
256
640
128
___
512
2,694
0
576
192
16
16
48
16
-•—
16
16
32
448
1,376
6
2,816
384
- —
64
1,344
128
- —
128
64
—
64
«•«*«•
64
64
64
1,600
6,790
13
832
___
64
64
64
— — —
64
._
_ —
— j,-M
768
128
1,997
B-4
-------
Table B-2
Phytoplankton
Station 2 - Upper Des Moines River
(org/ml)
June 17 July 8 August 13
September 9
Anabaena
Anacystis
Oscillatoria
Cyclotella
Melosira
Navicula
Nitzschia
Unidentified
Actinastrum
Chlorella-like
Chroococcus
Coelastrum
Oocystis
Scenedesmus
Unidentified
Chlamydomonas
Chrysococcus
Euglena
Pandorina
Trachelomonas
Unidentified
Miscellaneous
Ciliate
Total
—
-
—
1664
—
64
448
—
64
—
64
—
64
256
64
64
-
64
—
_
1280
4096
-
-
-
496
304
-
16
16
_^
-
-
16
-
16
-
16
-
-
-
-
576
48
1504
-
-
13
3904
448
-
1280
-
_
64
384
64
-
128
-
_
192
-
-
64
1408
7949
6
6
38
736
—
—
—
32
_
-
-
-
—
32
32
_
32
32
64
—
992
32
2034
B-5
-------
Table B-3
Phyt oplankt on
Station 3 - Lower Avery Creek
(org/ml)
Species June 17 July 8 August 13 September 9
Oscillator ia
Phormidium
Cyclotella
Cymbella
Gyrosigma
Melosira
Meridion
Nitzschia
Surirella
Synedra
Unidentified
Chlorella-like
Chroococcus
Coelastrum
Scenedesmus
Unidentified
Chlamydomonas
Chrysococcus
Euglena
Pandorina
Trachelomonas
Unidentified
Miscellaneous
Ciliate
Codonella
Unidentified
Total
-
-
1920
-
-
-
-
-
-
' -
-
<••
-
128
192
64
192
64
256
-
64
1600
192
-
64
4736
-
-
384
-
-
240
16
-
-
16
-
_
16
32
48
32
^m
-
-
-
-
512
-
16
1312
-
6
960
64
128
128
64
1088
-
-
128
192
64
-
-
-
_
-
256
64
-
1408
128
-
4678
6
-
992
-
-
192
-
96
32
-
32
_
-
-
64
-
_^
-
-
-
32
992
96
-
-
2,534
B-6
-------
Table B-4
Species
Phyt op1ankton
Station 4 - Upper Avery Creek
(org/ml)
June 17 July 8 August 13
September 9
Anacystis
Oscillatoria
Cyclotella
Cymbella
Melosira
Navicula
Nitzschia
Unidentified
Ankistrodesmus
Chlorella-like
Chroococcus
Coelastrum
Oocystis
Scenedesmus
Tetraedron
Unidentified
Chlamydomonas
Chrysococcus
Euglena
Lepocinclis
Pandorina
Phacus
Peridinium
Trachelomonas
Unidentified
Miscellaneous
Ciliate
Codonella
Rotifer
Unidentified
Total
-
-
704
-
-
-
96
-
_
-
-
-
-
96
-
96
64
-
1152
-
-
64
-
32
1372
256
-
-
-
3936
-
-
2394
-
-
-
80
16
80
64
16
16
16
64
-
80
_
48
432
16
16
16
-
256
912
-
16
32
4570
6
6
1344
64
-
128
896
-
_
-
-
64
-
-
64
-
2112
896
1856
-
192
-
192
-
2368
-
-
-
10188
-
-
' 1376
-
288
-
64
-
_
-
32
-
-
96
-
32
64
32
1696
32
-
32
-
32
2080
32
32
-
-
5920
B-7
-------
Table B-5
Zooplankton Analysis
Des Koines River and Avery Creek
Station 1
Station 2
Station 3
Station 4
June 21*
Cladocerans
Copepods
Rotifers
July 17
Cladocerans
Copepods
Rotifers
Sept. 27
Ol flHnr**»i"an«5
Copepods
Rotlf «»rs
16%
73%
11%
3 org/1
3 .org/1
few present
2nra/ion i
1 org/100 1
f*>w nr«»epnt-
17%
80%
3%
3 org/1
3 org/1
few present
6r>i-o/inn i
3 org/100 1
feu r»i-ocoT»f-
4%
96%
3 org/1
4 org/1
few present
HA
9%
82%
9%
1 org/1
3 org/1
few present
NA
*Relative Abundance
B-8
-------
Table B-6
Periphyton Analysis
June - July 1975
Species
Station 2
Station 3
Station 4
Actinastrum
Amoeba
Anabaena
Chlamydamonas
Chilodonella
Cladoceran
Closterium
Coelastrum
Coleps
Cosmarium
Cymbella
Dictyosphaerium
Euglena
Frontania
Gloecystis
Gonphonema
Gyrosigiaa
Melosira
Microcystis
Microspora
Monas
Navicula
.Nostoc
Oocystis
Paramecuem
Phacus
Rotifer
Scenedesmus
Synedra
Tribonema
Ulothrix
Vorticulla
Ash free weight
(gms/area slide)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0.024
f
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
x
X
X
X
0.020
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0.034
B-9
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Table No.
B-7 Water Quality Parameters, June 17, 1975
B-8 Water Quality Parameters, July 8, 1975
B-9 Water Quality Parameters, August 13, 1975
B-10 Water Quality Parameters, September 9, 1975
B-ll Pesticides, Des Moines River & Avery Creek
B-12 Metals, Des Moines River & Avery Creek
B-13 Macroinvertebrates, Des Moines River near Eddyville
(Highway 137)
B-14 Macroinvertebrates, Des Moines River at Chillicothe
Bridge
B-15 Macroinvertebrates, Avery Creek near County Road
Bridge
B-16 Macroinvertebrates, Pond Samples within Project
Site
B-17 Macroinvertebrates, Organisms in drift at Eddyville
(Highway 137)
B-10
-------
Table B-7
Water Quality Parameters
June 17, 1975
Sta. 1 Lower
Des Moines R.
Sta. 2 Upper
Des Moines R«
Sta. 3 Lower
Avery Creek
Sta. 4 Upper
Averv Creek
PH
DO (ms/1)
Tot. Alk.
(mg CaC03/l)
N03
(mg N/l)
NH-
(ml N/l)
TOG
(mg C/l)
Calcium
(mg CaC07/l)
Orthophosphate
(mg P/l)
Tot. Phosphate
(mg P/l)
Sodium
(mg Na/1)
Potassium
(mg K/l)
Magnesium
(mg Md/1)
Chloride
(mg Cl"/l)
Sulfate
(mg SO/,'2/!)
Silica
(mg SiO?/l)
Temperature
°C
Total Dissolved
Solids
Secchi Disc
(meters)
Turbidity
(JTU)
Specific
Conductance
BOD5
(mc/1)
Total Coliforras
(org/100 ml)
Fecal Coliforms
(org/100 ml)
7.7
7.7
203
7.5
<0.04
7
212
0.21
0.25
8
2.3
25
18
52
9.1
23.0
460
0.50
26
NA
1.6
800
240
8.1
7.9
203
6.9
0.04
9
208
0.15
0.18
9
1.8
25
17
52
9.2
20.0
460
0.25
30
NA
1.5
300
10
7.9
7.7
167
4.5
<0.04
9
200
0.08
0.12
13
3.2
24
15
82
7.8
23.0
550
0.25
17
NA
2.5
900
470
7.7
9.0
131
0.4
0.04
11
212
0.02
0.11
20
6.0
18
9
168
4.3
23.0
470
0.25
16
NA
5.3
4100
1900
B-ll
-------
Table B-8
Water Quality Parameters
July 8, 1975
Sta.'l Lower Sta. 2 Upper Sta. 3 Lower Sta. 4 Upper
Des Moines R. Des Moines R.* Avery Creek Averv Creek
PH
DO (ms/1)
Tot. Alk.
(mg CaC03/l>
N03
(mg N/l)
NH.
(ml N/l)
TOC
(mg C/l)
Calcium
(mg CaCOt/1)
Orthophosphate
(mg P/l)
Tot. Phosphate
(mg P/l)
Sodium
(mg Na/1)
Potassium
(mg K/l)
Magnesium
(mg Md/1)
Chloride
(mg C1-/1)
Sulfate
(mg SO,,-2/l)
Silica
(mg SiO?/l)
Temperature
°C
Total Dissolved
Solids
Secchi Disc
(meters)
Turbidity
(JTU)
Specific
Conductance
BODc
(mg7l)
Total Coliforms
(org/100 ml)
Fecal Coliforms
(org/100 ml)
7.9
7.5
195
7.8
0.04
9
192
0.11
0.18
7.5
2.7
22
16.0
47
7.5
28.2
430
0.25
18
590
3.8
200
50
7.9
7.3
195
7.6
0.06
5
204
0.12
0.14
8.0
2.7
22
17.0
59
7.9
27.8
410
0.25
20
700
3.4
400
100
7.9
7.1
194
7.0
<0.04
7
192
0.11
0..15
9.2
2.9
23
17.0
67
9.5
28.0
380
0.30
21
590
3.1
600
280
7.8
8.6
167
o.'e
0.06
16
252
0.01
0.09
2.0
7.8
22
11.0
114
1.2
28.0
540
0.25
12
590
8.2
1600
800
B-12
-------
Table B-9
Water Quality Parameters
August 13, 1975
Sta.'1 Lower
Des Moines R.
Sta. 2 Upper
Des Moines R,
Sta. 3 Lower
Averv Creek
Sta. A Upper
Averv Creek
pH 5.0 7.9
DO (me /I) • 6-6
Tot. Alk.
(mg CaCO-,/1)
N03
(mg N/l)
NH,
(n>R N/l)
TOG
(mg C/l)
Calcium
(mg CaCOi/1)
Orthophosphate
(rag P/l)
Tot. Phosphate
(mg P/l)
Sodium
(rag Ra/1)
Potassium
(OR K/l)
Magnesium
(mg Md/1)
Chloride
(me, Cl~/l)
Sulfate
(mg SO/,'2/!)
Silica
(rag SiO?/l)
Temperature
°C
Total Dissolved
Solids
Secchi Disc
(meters)
Turbidity
(JTU)
Specific
Conductance
BOD 5
(rag/1)
Total Coliforms
(or? /ICO nil)
198
0.85
0.06
11
244
0.12
0.39
NA
NA
17.4
24.0
116
4.9
25.8
450
NA
15
590
1.5
2000
Fecal Coliforrr.s 320
(org/10p__ml)
6.6
194
0.82
0.08
11
208
0.14
0.40
NA
NA
22.3
24.0
116
4.9
25.9
420
0.25
18
578
O.S
3700
1300
7.8 7.1-
5.3
198
0.80
0.06
9
192
0.35
0.83
NA
NA
24.3
"23.0
118
4.8
25.9
430
0.25
16
590
1.7
4300
2500
8.0
254
0.05
0.20
23
334
0.16
0.73
NA
NA
25.7
9.5
112
3.4
"24.5
560
0.25
18
788
7.3
3500
1300
B-13
-------
Table B-10
Water Oualitv Parameters
September 9, 1975
Sta.'l Lower Sta. 2 Upper Sta. 3 Lower Sta. 4 Upper
Des Moines R Des Moines R." Averv Creek Averv Cree.<
pH 3.1
DO (iao/1) ! 6.8
Tot. Alk.
(ing CaC03/l)
N03
(ra^ N/l)
NH3
(m| N/l)
TOC
(rag C/l)
Calcium
(mg CaCOi/1)
Orthophosphate
fag P/l)
Tot. Phosphate
fas P/l)
Sodium
fag Na/1)
Potassium *
(mg K/l)
Magnesium
(mg Md/1)
Chloride
(mg Cl"/l)
Sulfate
(mg SO/,"2/l)
Silica
(mg SiO?/l)
Temperature
GC
Total Dissolved
Solids
Secchi Disc
(meters)
Turbidity
(JTU)
Specific
Conductance
BOD5
(ng/1)
Total Colifoms
(orf/100 mil
Fecal Colifornis
(org/100 ml)
142
1.55
0.02
12
160
0.12
0.16
14
4.8
52
17.0
68
3.9
22.6
150
HA
39
407
1.0
800
560
8.0
5.1
144
1.55
0.01
11
144
0.14
0.21
17
5.0
64
16.5
85
4.2
21.8
150
NA
42
395
1.3
400
340
8.0
7.9
139
1.50
0.04
12
144
0.13
0.18
16
5.4
64 .
15.5
80
4.2
21.8
230
NA
40
407
1.5
700
800
6.8
4.9
68
0.55
0.50
21
236
0.01
0.13
12
8.6
56
. 5.0
220
3.2
21.0
240
NA
34
577
3.5
1700
1500
B-14
-------
Table B-ll
Station &
Date
Pesticides
Des Moines River and Avery Creek
(Parts per trillion)
Heptachlor
Heptachlor Die'ldrin Aldrin
Station 1
June 17
July 8
Aug. 13
Sept. 9
Station 2
June 17
July 8
Aug. 13
Sept. 9
Station 3
June 17
July 8
Aug. 13
Sept. 9
Station 4
June 17
July 8
Aug. 13
Sept. 9
6.3
6.9
2.0
7.0
trace
-
5.5
4.9 .
13.0
17.0
8.0
11.0
13.0
18.0-
8.0
7.0
13.0
16.0
8.0
10.0
11.0
13.0
6.0
8.0
-
-
-
trace
3-15
-------
Table B-12
Metals (yg/1)
(Total metals in water)
Des Moines River and Avery Creek
Station and
Date
Cd
Cn"1
Cu
Fe*
Pb
Zn
Hg (ppb)
Station 1
(Lower Des Moines River
Station near Chillicothe)
June 17
July 8
Aug. 13
Sept. 9
Station 2
(Upper Des Moines River
Station Above Avery Creek)
June 17
July 8
Aug. 13
Sept. 9
Station 3
(Lower Avery Creek Station
at Confluence with Des
Moines River)
June 17
July 8
Aug. 13
Sept. 9
Station 4
(Upper Avery Creek Station
Near County Road Bridge)
June 17
July 8
Aug. 13
Sept. 9
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
50
35
<10
<10
41
49
<10
<10
62
32
<10
<10
50
40
<10
<10
33
<10
70
67
30
<10
17
12
30
130
10
12
33
<10
16
12
1.1
.65
.48
.25
.95
.65
.48
.79
.77
.77
.79
.79
.77
.65
1.50
1.85
33
<10
44
19
47
<10
16
17
52
<10
24
42
45
<10
25
36
<10
<10
15
15
<10
10
17
15
<10
11
12
14
<10
<10
17
12
NA
0.25 ppb
0.40
NA
NA
0.25 ppb
0.38
NA
NA
0.25 ppb
0.40
NA
NA
0.25 ppb
0.43
NA
*mg/l
B-16
-------
Table B-13
Macroinvertebrates
Des
Organisms
Schemer enter a
j3Se"013 3D.
Stenonema
Caenis
Isonychia
Diotera
Sinulidae
jjtoididae
Chironcraidae
Iriohcotera
r^arcpsyche sp.
Potanyia
i?vdroDt"' T T ^3°
Chetmatcpsyche
Leotccella
Psych ciayiidae
Miscellaneous
Golecptera
Plecootera
Cdonata
Annelida
Acarina
Moines
July
•OP
22
22
622
2,688
200
377
? "5C7
-, -/X 1
21,511
_ — —
Ij21
__—
— — ~ •
— -
"""
River near Sddyville
Organisms/meter"
2 August 1 A
5143
22
27
155
3,633
3,li46
1 Clj
38,
11
— — —
v ——
__-
—
5
(Highway 137)
.ugust 30 September 26 October 2L
, (jdS. t4s JLuu
127 250 1, 909
— — —
222
30 27 —
11
793 1,087 221
^,287 °-b 1,3(0
3,596 9,351 1,276
9k 5 co
11 27
— -
11 22 5
10-
_.— — — — — — _
~ "Z
Total
9,932
7,311 11,633
5,657
Source: Dr. W. 3. Merkley, Drake University, 1975.
B-17
-------
Table B-14
Jdacroinvertebrates
O^^cUP"1 S2TIS
Schemer enter a
Baetis sp.
Stenonena
Caenis
Is onychia
Diptera
SLsiulidae
Ehpididae
Chironcmidae
Trichcotera
Hydrcpsyche sp.
Potamyia
Hydrcptilidas
Chematcpsych s
Leptocella
Psychorayiidae
Miscellaneous
Colecptera
Plecoptera
Cdcnata
Annelida
Acarina
Des Moinss
July 2
66
5
11
155
260
321
2,958
11,888
r1
38
—
—
—
—
—
—
_— «.
River at Chillicothe Bridge
Organisms/iaeter
August 1 August 30
Ijii 138
33
— —
50 88
5 11
— —
50 155
2,82k 2,059
I,9li2 2,713
22 5
11
_--
22
_«_ _ __
Sect ember 26
16
16
16
1,9
5
. 16
122
61j9
5,555
—
22
22
38
—
—
—
—
— _
October 2l>
1,276
Ill
—
_ __
1,115
593
1,687
—
27
- _-_
77
—
138
—
—
— — —
Total
15,713
14,937
5,235
6,526
5,021-
Source: Dr. W. 3. Merkley, Drake University, 1975.
3-13
-------
Organisms
Miscellaneous
Cole opt era
Plecoptera
Odonata
Annelida
Acarina
Total
Table B-15
Macroinvertebrates
Avery Creek Near County Road Bridge
Organisms/meter*^
July 2 August 1 August 30 September 26
October 2k
Efrhemeroptera
fiaetis sp.
Stenonema
Caenis
Isonychia
Dipt era
Simulidae
Snpididae
Chironomidae
Trichoptera
Iftrdropsyche sp.
Potamyia
Hydroptilidae
Cheumatop syche
Leptocella
Psychcmyiidae
—
38
27
___
55
__ _
782
5
Wi
___
5
—
M_
5
—
___
---
___
_--
27,217
22
172
___
___
— • ••
27
— — — ___
— — — _ __
—
— — — ••.
— — — ___
20,712 Il4,i4l46
11
133 22
___ ___
___ ___
— _-_
_ — — ___
m ,.t_
5
—
^M«
1.,512
»^«t
5
___
___
___
— --
956
5
155
27,576
11
20,89*4
11
Source: Dr. W. B. Merkley, Drake University, 1975.
B-19
-------
Table B-16
Macroinvertebrates
Organisms
fohemeroptera
Caenis
Hexagenia
Dipt era
Chironomidae
Coleoptera
Gyrinidae
Haliplidae
Odonata
Anisoptera
Zygoptera
Annelida
Lumbricidae
Hemiptera
Notonectidae
Corixidae
Ranatra
Amphipoda
Hyallela
Mollusca
Physa
Pond
July 2
2
21
271
1
9
2
14
2
6
3
16
Samples within Project Site
Organisms/meter^
August 1 August 30 September 26 October 2k
~78
209 1
2
5
ll
23
3
11
2
7
23
26 2
lili 1*50 78
1 1
1
11 27 17
ll 22 51
2 1) 3
3
13 2
2 I,
16 5 105
12 lli 58
Total
337
367
235
531
312
Source: Dr. W. B. Merkley, Drake University, 1975.
B-20
-------
Organisms
Table B-17
Macroinvertebrates
Organisms in drift at Bddyville (Highway 137)
Numbers/hour per 15-5 ftVsec.-fr
July 2 August 1 August 30 September 26
Total
October 2k
Efrhemeroptera
Baetis sp.
Stenonema
Caenis
Isonychia
Diptera
Simulidae
Bnpididae
Chironomidae
Tri chapter a
Ifydrcpsyche sp.
Potamyia
Iftrdroptilidae
Ch euma top sy ch e
Leptocella
Psych onyiidae
Miscellaneous
Coleoptera
Plecoptera
Odonata
Annelida
Acarina
6
20
_ —
— -—
3
— _
30
200
23
___
_—
— «—
_-_
___
«••»_
___
20
2
8
...
5
215
l4l|2.
32
___
55
—
«•«••
7
—
- —
---
— — —
___
6
10
6
___
--_
97
1,065
26
_ —
136
—
^^•M
10
—
—
___
™— ™
111
Ub
•*«M
___
— — —
llj
113
155
98
___
-—
*•*"••
—
—
___
«H
^•B*.
2
^••^
2
2
2
9
ii5
7
___
7
___
•^•*
—
—
__ _
___
""^"™
282
786
1,356
1*08
76
15.5 ft^/sec. is maximum volume of make-up water required for proposed project.
Source: Dr. W. B. Merkley, Drake University, 1975.
B-21
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure No.
B-l Current Profile - Des Moines River
Average Flow vs Distance Along
Transect Section 1
B-2 Current Profile - Des Moines River
Average Flow vs Distance Along
Transect Section 2
B-3 Current Profile - Des Moines River
Average Flow vs Distance Along
Transect Section 3
B-4 Current Profile - Des Moines River
Average Flow vs Distance Along
Transect Section 4
B-5 Current Profile - Des Moines River
Average Flow vs Distance Along
Transect Section 5
B-6 Current Profile - Des Moines River
Average Flow vs Distance Along
Transect Section 6
B-7 Depth Profile - Des Moines River
Section 1
B-8 Depth Profile - Des Moines River
Section 2
B-9 Depth Profile - Des Moines River
Section 3
B-10 Depth Profile - Des Moines River
Section 4
B-ll Depth Profile - Des Moines River
Section 5
B-12 Depth Profile - Des Moines River
Section 6
B-22
-------
q/q
q = 13.82 cfs
WIDTH = 149 m
3.0
0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
0.5
0.0 O.I
WEST
I .0
EAST
SECTION
CURRENT PROFILE--DES MOINES RIVER
B-23
-------
q = I 1.99 cfs
WIDTH = 145 m
q/q
\
0.0 O.I 0.2 0.3 OA 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
WEST
EAST
SECTION 3
CURRENT PROFILE—DES MOINES RIVER
B-24
-------
q = 13.21 cfs
WIDTH = 150 m
3.0
q/q
0.0 O.I 0.2 0.3 O.H 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1,0
SECTION 2
CURRENT PROFILE—DES MOINES RIVER
B-25
-------
q = 13.39 cfs
WIDTH = 156 m
q/q
0.
^
X
0.0 O.I 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
SECTION
CURRENT PROFILE--DES MOINES RIVER
B-26
-------
q = 12.98 cfs
WIDTH = 155 m
3.0
q/q
0.0 O.I 0.2 0.3 O.'t 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
SECTION 5
CURRENT PROFILE—DES MOINES RIVER
B-27
-------
q= 12.06 cfs
WIDTH = 161 in
q/q
/
/
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
Z/W
SECTION 6
1-0
EAST
CURRENT PROFILE—DES MOINES RIVER
-------
DEPTH
(FT.)
0.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0 •
10.0
SECTION I
78.8 78.7 78.5 78.5 78.6 78.5
78.7 78.5
12.0
78.5
78.5
78.6
0.0 O.I 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Z/W
WEST EAST
SECTION 2
DEPTH
(FT.)
12.0
0.0 O.I 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Z/W
WEST • EAST
DEPTH PROFILES—OES MOINES RIVER
B-29
-------
79.7
SECTION 3
79.7 79.5 79.4 79.4 79.5 79.4 79.4 79.5 79.6
79.4
79.4
79.5 79.
79.4
0.0 071 072 073074 075 076 077 078 079 T70
Z/W
WEST
EAST
SECTION
DEPTH
8.0
0.0 O.I 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
DEPTH PROFILES—DES MOINES RIVER
B-30
-------
SECTION 5
DEPTH
(FT.)
0.0 O.I 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
SECTION 6
DEPTH
(FT.)
0.0 O.I 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
10.0 .
12.0
DEPTH PROFILES—DES MOINES RIVER
B-31
-------
REPORT ON LARVAL DRIFT ASSESSMENT
IN THE DES MOINES RIVER NEAR THE
OTTOHWA GENERATING STATION
Prepared for
Black & Veatch Consulting Engineers
by
Suzanne Bangert
D.B. McDonald
December 9, 1976
B-32
-------
INTRODUCTION
Larval drift studies were conducted on the Des Moines River north of
Chillicothe, Iowa from May 1, 1976 to August 9, 1976. These studies were
initiated in order to determine the extent of larval drift in the vicinity
of the proposed make up water intake structure for the Ottumwa Generating
Station.
METHODS
Three sampling stations were established approximately 500 feet upstream
from the proposed intake structure, as shown in Figure 1. Vertical transects
were made at Stations 1 and 3 on the west and east banks of the river. Both
surface and bottom samples were taken. Due to high velocities, difficulties
encountered while maneuvering the boat with the nets in tow, and the amount of
sand collected in the samples, only surface samples were collected at Station
2 in mid-river.
Samples were collected in two Wildco Stream Drift Nets and buckets, with
frame sizes of 12 x 18 inches and mesh size of 363 microns. These nets were
attached to a mobile, light weight steel frame as shown in Figures 2 and 3.
Detachable weights and floats enabled surface and bottom sampling.
During sample collection at Stations 1 and 3 the boat was anchored and
velocities were determined at the surface and bottom depths utilizing a Price
'AA current meter. The velocity readings were then used in the following
equation to determine the time interval required for 50 cubic meters of water
(nr*) to pass through each net:
Volume = (Set time, sec)(velocity, fps)(1.5 ft2)(28.32 1/ft3)(1 m3/1000 1)
where: Volume = 50 m3 of water passing through the net
Set time = time interval the nets are kept in the water
Velocity = velocity at each sampling station
1.5 ft2 = inlet area of the net (12" x 1S"/144 in2/ft2)
The nets were placed in the water for the time intervals calculated. This
B-33
-------
Proposed nake up
water intake
structure
Proposed nake u? watar
Intake structure
l"-, 100
B-34
Figure
1. Location of Intake Structure and
Saraplii\5 Locations.
-------
-3-
Figure 2. Wildco Stream Drift Net
Figure 3. Frame Apparatus for towing or setting the drift nets
B-35
-------
-4-
restriction of volume to 50 -or of water ensured a representative sampling
volume as well as uniformity within the sampling regimen.
The same procedure for calculating set time was used for Station 2 with
one variation. At high flow periods the drag caused by the nets was such that
the boat did not remain stationary when anchored. Therefore, the boat was kept
as stationary as possible by running the boat upstream against the current while
determining velocity and placing the nets in the water for the appropriate time
period.
All samples were preserved in 10Z formalin and transferred to the Water
Laboratory, University of Iowa, for analysis. Larval and juvenile fishwere
removed from each sample and placed in labelled vials containing 5% formalin
for taxonomic classification. Classification of the ichthyoplankton was com-
pleted with the aid of all of the references found at the end of this report,
identifying the forms to species where possible. Dissecting microscopes and
a compound microscope with a phase condenser attachment were also utilized.
RESULTS
The numbers and types of larval fish collected during the study are
summarized in Tables 1-4. Highest concentrations of drifting larvae were ob-
served during the latter part of June and early July. Most of the fish were
collected at the surface. Gizzard shad, freshwater drum, and Notropis spp.
were the predominant species collected. Carp, Carpoides spp., white bass,
and Micropterus spp. were collected in lesser numbers. Reproductive histories
of these forms as well as others which may be found in the drift are summarized
in Table 5. In general, it appears that drift was fairly uniform across the
river.
DISCUSSION
It is obvious from this study that entrainment of ichthyoplankf.on by the
Ottumwa Generating Station cooling water system will not be a significant problem.
B-36
-------
-5-
The majority of drift in the study occurred during high flow periods as indi-
cated in Tables 1 and 5.
During the month of June when maximum concentrations of larval fish were
collected (69% of the May 1 - August 9, 1976 total), the mean discharge in
the Des Moines River was 12,400 cfs as recorded during the 1970-1975 period
(Table 5). Since maximum make up water intake is 15.5 cfs, a maximum of 0.13%
of the river volume and of the June larval drift would be entrained by the plant,
assuming uniform distribution of the drift in the river. During the 1970-1975
record period, the lowest daily flow reported in June was 2,400 cfs while the
lowest daily flow recorded for June 1976 was 3,570 cfs. Assuming a flow of
2,400 cfs during June, again less than 1% of the river volume will be utilized
by the plant's cooling water system. Even at extremely low flow periods of
300 cfs, entrainment should be insignificant. Under these most adverse con-
ditions only 5.2% of the river flow will be used for make up water and therefore
a maximum of 5.2% of the drift would be entrained. Again, this is assuming a
uniform distribution of drifting larvae in the river.
B-37
-------
-6-
REFERENCES
Blair, W. F., Blair, A. P.,.Brodkorb, P., Cagle, F. R. and Moore, G. A., 1968.
Vertebrates of the United States. McGraw-Hill Book Co., pp. 22-165.
Gasow, Chuck, "Key to Late Postlarval and Juvenile Fishes," North Central
Reservoirs Investigation, Yankton, South Dakota, 2 pp.
BarIan, J. R. and Speaker, E. B., 1956. Iowa Fish and Fishing. Wallace-Homestead
Co., 238 pp.
Latvaitis, P. B., 1976, "Fish Eggs and Larvae" IN Operational Environmental
Monitoring in the Mississippi River Near Quad-Cities Station, February
1975 Through January 1976. R. M. Gerhold, ed., Annual Report by NALCO
Environmental Sciences to Commonwealth Edison Co., Chicago, Illinois.
Lippson, A. J. and Moran, R. L., 1974. Manual for Identification of Early
Developmental Stages of Fishes of the Potomac River Estuary. Environmental
Technology Center, Baltimore, Maryland, 282 pp.
Mansuetti, A. J. and Hardy, J. D., Jr., 1967. Development of Fishes of the
Chesapeake Bay Region, An Atlas of Egg. Larval and Juvenile Stages; Part I.
Nat. Res. Inst., University of Maryland, 202 pp.
May, E. B. and Gasaway, C. R., 1967, "A Preliminary Key to the Identification
of Larval Fishes of Oklahoma With Particular Reference to Canton Reservoir,
Including a Selected Bibliography," Oklahoma Dept. of Wildlife Cons.,
Bulletin 5, 42 pp.
Nelson, W. R., 1968a, "Embryo and Larval Characteristics of Sauger, Walleye and
Their,Reciprocal Hybrids," Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc., 97(2):167-174.
Norden, C. R., "A Key to Larval Fishes from Lake Erie."
Pflieger, W. L., 1975. The Fishes of Missouri. Missouri Department of Con-
servation, 343 pp.
Swedburg, D. V. and Walburg, C. H., 1970, "Spawning and Early Life History of
the Freshwater Drum in Lewis and Clark Lake, Missouri River," Trans. Aaer.
Fish. Soc.. 99(3):560-570.
B-38
-------
-7-
Table 1. Numbers of Larval Fish Collected in Each Sample
Date
May 1, 1976
May 7, 1976
May 20, 1976
June 5, 1976
June 17, 1976
Station
1 top sample A
B '
1 bottom sample A
B
1 top sample A
B
1 bottom sample A
B
2 top sample A
B
2 bottom sample A
3 top sample A
3 bottom sample A
1 top sample A
B
1 bottom sample A
B
2 top sample A
B
2 bottom sample A
B
3 top sample A
B
3 bottom sample A
B
1 top sample A
B
1 bottom sample A
B
2 top sample A
B
3 top sample A
B
3 bottom sample A
B
1 top sample A
B
1 bottom sample A
B
2 top sample A
B
3 top sample A
B
3 bottom sample A
B
Vol.
through net
49 1730
50 1766
48 1695
52 1836
52 1836
52 1836
50 1766
49 1730
51 1801
33 1165
50 1766
48 1695
57 2013
52 1836
50 1766
49 1730
50 1766
51 1801
50 1766
52 1836
49 1730
48 1695
Number larval
fish collected
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
o.
1
0
0
3
8
0
0
29
9
6
7
26
69
34
59
4
2
Comments
Inventory sample to de-
termine if drift occurring
in area. River Temp = 17 °C
Mean Discharge:* 17,200 cfs
Net caught on the motor
at station 2 .'. only one
sample was taken at 2
bottom and at 3 top and
bottom . River Temp = Unknown
Mean Discharge: 14,800 cfs
River Temp = Unknown
Mean Discharge: 12,900 cfs
River down approximately
5 feet since beginning
cf study. River Temp = 24°C
r'ean Discharge: 6,470 cfs
River Temp = 25°C
Mean Discharge: 14,700 cfs
1
*Mean Discharge: Recorded daily at Ottumwa, Iowa by U. S. Geological Survey.
B-39
-------
-8-
Table 1 continued
Date
July 1, 1976
July 19, 1976
,
Aug. 9, 1976
i
Station
1 top sample A
B
1 bottom sample A
B
2 top sample A
B
3 top sample A
B
3 bottom sample A
B
1 top sample A
B
1 bottom sample A
B
2 top sample A
B
3 top sample A
B
3 bottom sample A
B
Mouth of Avery Cre
to proposed intake
Vol.
through net
(m3) (ft3)
51 1801
51 1801
50 1766
49 1730
50 1766
52 1836
51 1801
50 1766
k
structure site (top)
sample A
B
From proposed in-
42 1483
take site to station
1 (top)
sample A
B
3 top sample A
B
8 283
51 1801
Number larval
fish collected
24
16
0
0
1
1
18
18
0
3
5
12
no
sample
4
3
3
3
no
sample
0
0
0
0
Comments
River down about 1-2 feet
from previous sampling
run. River Temp = 21°C
Mean Discharge: 9,030 cfs
"
River down 10-15 feet
since beginning of study.
Since the water was so
shallow (3 feet deep at
stations 1 & 3 and 1% feet
deep at station 2) , only
top samples were taken at
stations 1 and 2. River
Temp = 28°C
Mean Discharge: 918 cfs
Water was extremely shallow,
station 1 being non-existant
(sandbar only) . Tows were
made due to low velocity con-
ditions immediately below
station 1. Water was only
c" deep at station 2 .'. no
samples were collected.
Normal set except water only
1 JT J • 1 *- -^
j it. deep. . only on set or
samples collected. River temp
26°C, Mean Discharge: 890 cfs
B-40
-------
Table 2. Species Identification
Station 1
SURFACE || BOTTOM
Sample A
Species
Notropis
Notropis
Notropis
Notropis
Gizzard Shad
Carpoides spp.
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard. Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
G.Kzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwavrer Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwr, ter Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwa1 er Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Notropis
Length (mm)
9
8
6
10
13
7
7
7
7.5
7.5
8
7
8
10
8.5
5
7
7
18
36
13
6.5
9
6.5
6.5
6.5
8
4
6
6
5
5
5
Sample B || Sample A
Species
White Bass
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Notropis
Un identified
Length (mm) || Species
May 20, 1976
7
0
June 5, 1976
June 17
9
8
7
7
9
15
8
5
5
0
1976
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Unidentified
Unidentified
X
Length (mm)
10.5
8
8
5.5
4
7.5
Sample B
Species
Carpoides spp.
Unidentified
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Carp
Length (mm)
7
11
6.5
6.5
7
8
8
12
8.5
W
I
-------
f
to
Table 2 continued
SURFACE
Sample A
Species
Notropis
Notropis
Unidentified
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Notropii
Notropis;
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Length (mm)
5
5
5
10
9.5
11.5
12
9.5
9.5
9.5
9
9
9
10
9.5
12.5
9.5
12
8
9
8
9
17.5
7.5
7
6.5
8
10
10.5
11
Sample B
Species
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
[~~Gizx.-ird siiW
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gi/.ijiird Shad
Gizzard Shad
Giz^ard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater nrim>
Length (mm)
June 17, 19?)
July 1,
10
8
12
10
7
10
9
8.5
8
13
13
10
6
5
7
Fresh','-,! .. • •>*•>!"• 7
Fre»hv;ii -„'.' Unim PJ
C.'irpc t(.it-. s Kp p.
Unidentified
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
9
4
BOTTOM
Sam
Species
'•> continued
1976
0
July 19, 1976
10
9
9.5
No Sample
pie A
Sample B
Length (mm) Species
0
No Sample
Length (mm)
-------
Tub Its 2 continued
SURFACE
Sample A
Species
Gizzard Shad
Notroniu
1NTAKK HTRUCrUHF
Un identified
Length (HUM)
It
5.5
STTK TO STATION
/.
Sample B
Species
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Unidentified
llnidiiiitlf kid
Jj .S1WFACK SAMl
Length (nun)
July 19, 197f
9
12
9
13
12
10.5
10
4
4.5
Au^iisit 9
M.G
BOTTOM
Sam
Species
continued
1976
[>lu A
I.enRth (nun)
Sam
Species
pie B
Length (mm)
Unidentified * Due to damaged condlton
ui
-------
Table 3. Species Identification
Station 2
SURFACE
Sample A
Speelea
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shod
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Length (nun)
33
25
25
33
25
2/4
15
17.5
17.5
19
18
14.5
17.5
17.5
20
19
7
11
7.5
8
8
8
8
8
8.5
8
8.5
8
8.5
9
8.5
8
8
13.5
15
9
Sarople 11
Species
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Sh/id
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Siuid
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
tiizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
While }\nas
White Unas
Oarpo fd.'S :'.{•>(>,
Gar i>
II.. id.-,.! ified
-
Length (mm)
June 17
35
26
30
31
25
27
9
17
9
12
10.5
22
17
15
12.5
14
10
6.5
iO.5
9
7
22
23
8
2J.5
4
BOTTOM
Sample A
Species
r_1976
No Sample
Length (mm)
Sample D
Species
No Sample
Length (mm)
1
K;
- 1
-------
Table 3 continued
SURFACE:
BOTTOM
Sample A
Species
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwn! er Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Frutihwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Carpoidus spp.
Carpoidi-.s spp.
Cavpo.idi.is f»pP«
Cavpoidus spp.
Not.ropiii
Motropi.s
Notropi:i
No tr op is
Hotropiii
Notropis
NoLrt>p i H
Notropf K
Mic:vopti.:iriis spp.
Micrupt.erus spp.
Carp
Length (mm)
9
9
8
8
9
8
8
9
8
8
2 A
9
5
7
6
5
5
9
7.5
7.5
8
8
5
7.5
6.5
7
7.5
5
5
8
32,5
24
10
San
Spec let)
-
>te B Sample A
Lenj^th (mm) || Species
June 17, 1976 continued
No sample
v
Length (nun)
Sample B
Species
No Sample
Length (mm)
-------
Table 3 continued
SURFACE
BOTTOM
Sample A
Species
Carpoidcu app.
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
JJniahuii Lur._liaim_
Unidentified
Length (mm)
10
13
10
8
5
Sample B || Sam
Species
Curpoldos spp.
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Length (mm)| Species
July 1, 1976
10
July 19
8
12
16
No Sample
1976
No Sample
pie A
Length (inm)
Snm
Species
No Sample
No Sample
pie B
Length (mm)
Unidentified " Due to damaged condition
-------
Table 4. Species Identification
Station 3
SURFACE
Sample A
Species
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
White Bass
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Freshwacer Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
No tr op is
Not.ro pit;
Notropis
Notropj s
Notropis
Notorpis
Notropis
Notropis
Notropis
Carpoidi^s spp.
Carpoides spp.
Carpouies spp.
CarpoiJes spp.
Carp
Length (mm)
13
12
19
9
10.5
10
8
10
7
4
7.5
5.5
5
5
11
11
10
10
8.5
8.0
7.5
7.5
6.5
15
15
10
10
7
Sample B
Species
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
White Bass
Notropjs
Notropi.-i
Glr.r.ard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Frubhwacer Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Friwhw.il or Drum
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater [tnuu
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Fr c oli'-/ a t. e r I) rum
Fre.shwal.er Drum
Freshwater Drum
Frt'shw.'jler l)rui:i
Frfisl iWd far D r'.im
Car pi) ides app.
Car j>o ides S£p_ .
Carpoides spp.
Length (mm)
June 5,
14
13.5
13.5
13
12.5
1.3
6
6.5
BOTTOM
Sample A
Species
1976
0
June 17, 1976
30
20
8
8
8
7.5
8
7
7
7
6
7
7
5
7
7
7
6.5
6
6
7
7
14
15
16
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Druir
Freshwater Drun
Carp
X
Length (mm)
9.5
5.5
6.5
7.0
Sample B
Species
0
Gizzard Shad
Carp
Length (mm)
7
5
h
i j
ta
-------
t
oo
Table 4 continued
SURFACE
Sam
Species
White Bass
White Bass
White Bass
White Bnss
White Biiss
Unidentified
Unidentified
Un id en Li fled
Unidentified
)le A
Length (mm)
30
25
17.5
12
12
13
7
6
9
Sample B
Species
Carpoldes spp.
Car po ides spp.
Carpoide.s spp.
Carpoides spp.
Carpoides spp.
Carpoitlp.s spp.
Carpoiflus spp.
CarpoMes spp.
Car po.i Jes spp.
Notropis
Not top. is
Notropls
Notropis
No tr op is
Notropis
Motropis
Notropis
Notropis
NotropJs
NotropJs
Notropis
Notropis
Notropis
Notropis
Notropij;
Notropis
Notropis
NotropJs
Notropis
Notropis
White- Bass
White Bass
White Bass
Unidentified
Length (mm;
BOTTOM
II San
Species
June 17, 1976 continued
17
13
14
12
13
10.5
13
7
11
12
10
10
9
9
7
7.5
6.5
8.5
7.5
7.5
7
7
10
7.5
7.5
8
7.5
7
6
8
22
18.5
12
7
iple A
Length (mm)
Sanrale R
Species
Length (mm)
-------
Table 4 continued
SURFACE
Sample A
Species
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shwi
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Freshwater Drum
Unidentified
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
0
Length (mm)
10
14
9.5
8.5
9.5
8.5
11
8.5
7
8
9
8
8
17.5
14
7
6.5
8
10
9
11
Sample B
Species
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Freshwater Drum
Unidentified
%
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
0
Length (mm)
July 1,
11
11
10
8
9
10
9
10
8
10
JO
10
9
7
12
23
5
July 19
10
11
12
August 9,
BOTTOM
Sam
Species
1976
0
1976
0
1976
No Sample
pie A
Length (mm)
Sample B
Species
Gizzard Shad
Gizzard Shad
-
0
No Sample
Length (mm)
12.5
15
Unidentified - Due to damaged condition
w
45-
-------
Table 5. Reproduction Histories of Ichytoplauktuu Taxa Likely to be Found in the Des Molnea River
Near the Ottumwa Generating Station
Ul
o
Specie*
Clxtard Shad
Northern Pike
Spawning
period
Early Hay
through June
Early April to
•arly Hay
temperature: (*C)
18-27
4.4-18.5
Incubation
day*
1.5-7
4-5
Spawning
habitat
Adhesive eggs broad-
cast in shallow areaa
usually less than 3
feet in depth
Adhesive eggs deposi-
ted over vegetation in
Number of
•gg»
22,000-
544,000
7,700-
97,300
References
Bodola, 1966) Dendy,
1946| Jester, 1962 i
Jester, et. *!., 1972;
Hayhew, 1957.
Franklin and Smith,
19£3| Scott and Cross-
Cyprlnldae Hid-April
through August
Carp
Mid-Hay
to
Early August
14.5-25.S
17-24
Marshy areas along . Man, 1973j Thrainen,
streams or connected et. al., 1966.
sloughs, in shallow
water usually less than
12 inches.
1*1.S Adhesive eggs broadcast 1,500- Harlan and Speaker, 1956»
at random over a variety 2,000,000 Starrett, 1951.
of substrates and depths *
3.4 Adhesive eggs broadcast 20,000- Frey. 1940| Jester
at random over muck hot- 2,000,000 1974; Slgler, 1958|
toroa, plant beds, dobris See, et. al., 1966.
in shallow water of lass
than 4 feet and usually
less than 1 foot.
fcttobue sppt
Channel Cat-
fish
Whit* Base
Pomoxis spp.
Freshwater
Drum
Hal ley*
Late April to. 1). 9-23.1
•arly June
End of Hay 21-2*
through
July
"**"**
Late Hay to
Hid June 14,4-24
Early Hay to 14-23
Hid Juno
May through li»24«5
August
March to 2. 2-15. •
Mid-May
4-9 Adhesive eggs randomly
broadcast over mud bot-
toms, vegetation in
shallow calm areas.
5-10 Eggs deposited in gel-
atinous mass in nests
built under logs, rocks
and overhanging banks
in protected water.
2-3 Adhesive eggs broad-
cast near surface or in
midwatcr over gravelly
or rocky bottoms.
2-5 Builds nest In shallow
water near brush,
stumps, often on plant
material.
'Open water and
at surface.
10-20 Adhesive eggs broadcast
in shallow gravelly or
sandy areas or in tribu-
150,000-
250,000
2,000-
70,000
140,000-
994,000
11,000-
194.000
43,000-
508,000
35,000-
6000,000
Johnson, 1963| Scott
and Grossman, 1973|
Halburg and Nelson,
1966 > Wrcnn and
Grinstead, 1968.
Clemens and Sncad
19S7, Cross, 1951|
Katl. 1954| Millar,
1966) Scott and
Grossman, 1973.
Rue lie, 1971| Scott
and Grossman, 1973.
Good son, 19C6i
Slefert, 1968> 1969.
Dalbir, 19531
Sweduerg and Hal-
burg, 1970.
Johnson, 1961|
Scott and Croasman,
1973.
-------
Tab It; 5 continued
Spawning
perloa
Spawning
temperature (*Cl
day*
spawning
habitat
Number ox
Carpoides
spp.
Mlcropterus
spp.
April
June
May -
July
15.5 - 25
3-4
Eggs scattered over
sand or mud bottom,
shallow water
Adhesive eggs de- 2,500-
posited in nests, 10,000
may or may not have
preference for
gravel bottom
Lippson and Moran,
197A; Mansuetti and
Hardy, 1967.
Lippson and Moran,
1974; pflieger, 1975.
NOTE: Some species or genera were omitted due to the unlikelihood of presence as ichthyoplankton in the
study area.
SOURCE; Adapted from Operational Environmental Monitoring in the Mississippi River Near Quad-Cities Station,
February 1975 Thrugh January 1976 Text. Table 7.1. pp. 231-232, NALCO Environmental Sciences,
Northbrook, Illinois.
vo
td
I
-------
7
Ln
NJ
Table 6
Summary of Des Moines River Flows at Ottumwa
Water Years 1970-1974 (in thousands of cfs)
Month
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Max.
2.9
3.9
2.0
3.2
3.0
13.2
13.0
17.0
8.1
2.1
13.5
10.6
1970
Mean
1.9
2.1
1.2
1.0
1.6
6.1
7.7
10.0
A. 7
1.4
2.7
2.8
Mln.
1.0
1.2
.8
.5
.8
1.3
5.0
3.4
2.4
1.0
.5
.3
Max.
13.2
6.1
5.6
1.6
31.3
26.3
18.2
7.9
12.5
9.8
1.6
1.1
1971
Mean
4.4
3.4
2.9
1.2
9.4
18.6
9.7
5.5
6.6
4.4
1.0
.4
Min.
.7
1.3
1.5
.6
.9
9.4
4.5
3.4
2.8
2.2
.3
.05
Max.
.5
3.6
4.2
1.7
2.9
6.2
7.1
19.5
13.9
13.2
17.7
15.7
1972
Mean
.4
1.7
1.6
.8
.9
4.7
3.1
10.8
8.8
6.0
9.7
7.7
Min.
.2
.7
.4
.5
.4
2.6
1.6
5.8
4.1
2.3
2.7
1.3
Max.
10.6
17.0
10.2
18.2
27.0
27.7
31.6
32.0
23.7
22.9
19.8
23.4
1973
Mean
5.8
13.8
5.5
12.4
16.5
16.8
24.6
24.8
19.2
19.6
17.4
7.0
Min.
2.7
7.8
2.9
5.6
7.2
6.5
15.4
18.1
17.9
18.3
13.7
3.5
Max.
22.1
17.4
16.4
19.9
14.8
21.1
17.5
24.2
26.6
21.6
8.8
1.5
1974
Mean
18.4
11.3
10.8
8.8
9.1
12.8
12.6
15.2
18.6
15.6
4.9
1.0
Min.
15.2
4.7
5.2
4.0
4.6
7.0
6.9
8.0
15.4
9.0
1.6
.6
Max.
1.2
4.1
4.0
3.8
2.6
24.1
20.0
18.4
19.5
17.5
7.6
7.3
1975
Mean
.6
2.1
1.9
1.4
1.3
7.5
16.4
11.8
16.6
9.3
1.8
1.9
Min.
.5
1.1
.5
.6
.9
.9
12.9
5.6
13.6
1.5
.7
.7
IsS
-------
-21-
Table 6 continued
Summary of Water Years
1970 - 1975
Month
October
November
December
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
Maximum
(in 6 yr. period)
22.1
17.4
16.4
19.9
31.3
27.7
31.6
32.0
26.6
22.9
19.8
23.4
Mean
(in 6 yr. period)
5.3
5.7
4.0
4.3
6.5
11.1
12.4
13.0
12.4
9.4
6.3
3.5
Minimum
(in 6 yr. period)
.2
.7
.4
.5
.4
.9
3.1
3.4
2.4
.1.0
.3
.05
B-53
-------
APPENDIX C
TERRESTRIAL BIOLOGICAL DATA
C-l
-------
TABLE C-l
,i, Terrestrial mammals seen (s), captured (c) or expected (e) on the Ottumwa site
Range in Abundance Project
Species Habitat Region or state in region Range in U.S. Impact
Opossum (s)
Didelphis marsupialis
Short-tailed shrew (c)
Blarina brevicauda
Least shrew (e)
Cryptotis parva
Masked shrew (c)
Sorex cinereus
Eastern Mole (s)
Scalopus aquaticus
Cottontail Rabbit (s)
Sylvilagus floridanus
Woodchuck (s)
Marmota monax
Thirteen-lined
ground squirrel (s)
Spermophilus
tridecemlineatus
Eastern Chipmunk (s)
Tamlas striatus
Fox squirrel (s)
Woodlands
and
Forest
Mesic grasslands,
and woods
Grasslands, esp.
with brush
Grasslands and
fencerows
Grasslands
Grasslands and
brush
Grasslands
Grasslands
Woods and brush
Woodland and
Statewide Common
Statewide Common
Statewide Rare
Northern 2/3 Occasional
of state
Statewide Occasional
Statewide Abundant
Statewide Occasional
Statewide Occasional
Statewide Occasional
Statewide Common
Entire U.S. Minimal
Eastern U.S. Minimal
Eastern U.S. Moderate,
local
population
Northern U.S. Minimal
Eastern U.S. Minimal
Eastern 2/3 Minimal
Eastern U.S. Minimal
Central U.S. Minimal
Eastern U.S. Minimal
Eastern 2/3 Minimal
Sciurus niger
forest
-------
TABLE C-l (cont.)
Species
Gray Squirrel (e)
Sciurus carolinensis
Flying squirrel (e)
Glau corny s volans
Plains pocket
gopher (s)
Geomys bursarius
Meadow jumping
mouse (c)
Zapus hudsonius
Western harvest
mouse (e)
Reithrodontomys
megalotis
Deer mouse (c)
Peromyscus
maniculatus
White- footed mouse (c)
Peromyscus
leucopus
Meadow vole (c)
Microtus
pennsylvanicus
Prairie vole (c)
Microtus
ochrogaster
o
U)
Habitat
Forests, esp.
with nut trees
Woods
Grasslands
Me sic grasslands
and open areas
Mesic grassland
Drier grasslands
and open woods
Woods and brush,
occas. open areas
Mesic grasslands
Dry grasslands
Range in Abundance
Region or state in region
Statewide Occasional
Statewide Rare
Statewide Common
Statewide Rare
Statewide Occasional
Statewide Common
Statewide Abundant
Mostly northern Occasional
2/3 of state
Mostly southern Rare
2/3 of state
Range in U.S.
Eastern U.S.
Eastern U.S.
Central Plains
Northern and
eastern
Western U.S.,
except northern
Rockies
Entire U.S.
except S.E.
Eastern 2/3
Northern
Northern Plains
Project
Impact
Minimal
Moderate, local
population
depression
Minimal
Moderate, local
population
depression
Moderate, local
population
depression
Minimal
Minimal
Minimal
Moderate, local
population
depression
-------
TABLE C-J. (cont.)
Species
Pine vole (e)
Pitymya pinetorum
Habitat
Range in
Region of state
Forests with Eastern \ of
heavy litter layer state
Southern bog
lemming (e)
Synaptomys cooperi
Muskrat (s)
Ondatra zibethica
House mouse (c)
Mus musculus
Norway rat (s)
Rattus novegicus
Raccoon (s)
Procyon lotor
Wet meadows
Marshes, stream
edges, swamps
Fields, around
human habitation
Around human
habitation and
farms
Woods with access
to water
Statewide
Statewide
Statewide
Statewide
Statewide
Coyote (e)
Canis latrans
Gray fox
Urocyon
cinereoargenteus
Red fox (s)
Vulpes fulva
Mink (e)
Mustela vison
Long-tailed
weasel (e)
Mustela frenata
Prairies and
open brush
Woods and edges
Hilly areas with
a mosaic of woods
and open areas
Along water
Any habitat with
access to water
Statewide
Statewide
Statewide
Statewide
Statewide
Abundance
in region
Range in U.S.
Project
Impact
Rare
Rare
Occasional
Eastern U.S.
Eastern U.S.,
north of Term.
Most of U.S.
Moderate, local
population
depression
Moderate, local
population
depression
Minimal
Common
Entire U.S.
Minimal
Common near
farms
Entire U.S.
Minimal
Occasional
Occasional
Rare
Occasional
Occasional
Occasional
Most of U.S.
except western
mountains
U.S. west of
Appalachians
Eastern and
southwestern U.S.
Most of U.S.
except dry steppe
Entire U.S.
except southwest
Entire U.S.
except Sonoran
Prov.
Minimal
Minimal
Moderate, local
population
depression
Moderate, local
population
depression
Minimal
Minimal
-------
TABLE C-l (cont.)
Species
Striped skunk (s)
Mephitis mephitis
Spotted skunk (e)
Spilogale putorius
Badger (e)
Taxidea taxus
White-tailed deer (s)
Odocoileus
Range in
Habitat Region or state
Open woods, Statewide
prairies, brush
Open woods, Statewide
prairies, brush
Grasslands Statewide
Woods and brushy Statewide
edges
Abundance
in region Range in U.S.
Common Entire U.S.
Occasional Most of U.S.
except North-east
Rare Western U.S.
Occasional Most of U.S.
except desert
Project
Impact
Minimal
Moderate, local
population
depression
Moderate, local
population
depression
Moderate , local
population
virginianus
states
depression
o
-------
?
TABLE C-2
Birds of the Ottumwa Site. "Ott." indicates a highly probable presence in the area,
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON i
U • UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL 5
R - RARE 5
B - BLUE LISTED *
T - THREATENED « « 0 5 | w u,
^f £ i 531 1 is: 1^
SPECIES gIfSS53-S<2
a. a: o a. a.
C Common loon X X
Gavia immer
R Red-necked grebe X X
Podiceps grisegena
0 Horned grebe X X
Podiceps auritis
0 Eared grebe
Podiceps caspicus x X
C Pied-billed grebe Ott. x xx
Podilymbus podiceps
R White pelican x X
Pelecanus erythrorhychos
C Double-crested cormorant Ott.
Phalacrocorax auritus X XX
C Great blue heron Ott. (seen) x XX X
Ardea herodias
C Green heron Ott. (seen) x xxx
Butorides virescens
0 Little blue heron x 0 X X
Florida caerulea |
< V:
_i 5 •- u.
H < I £t 0 0
t- xz
ceo •< rwp-<
OU-I- CD —Op >
ui u. co a: < i_ o
MO CO UJ O t— >- H a- <
o S in — i a z uj _i -
UJOKU. >-(-<-'
_h-=UJ V> >- < Z Q. 1-
u.loou-oz>>.ae _i a uj o. i
UJ _ _ LJ •< U- UJ ZUJCO<0
oaeUzxcD — x oau —
_JOUO— OI-Jl— — O CC O —1
ou.ouzsuo xxa-z<"
X
1 X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1 II
J =11
U all
[ ^11
[ <
> xll
< < 1
f J
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
n
I
•vl
k - WJMMUN
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
0 Common egret
Casmerodius albus
U Black-crowned night heron
Nycticorax nycticorax
R Yellow-crowned night heron
Nyctanassa violacea
U Least bittern Ott.
Ixobrychus exilis
R American bittern
Botaurus lentiginosus
0 Whistling swan
Olor columbianus
A Canada goose Ott. (seen)
Branta canadensis
R White-fronted goose
Anser albifrons
U Snow goose
Chen hyperborea
A Mallard Ott. (seen)
Anas platyrhychos
,_ _ - -_ . i
PERMANENT
—
SUMMER
X
X
X
X
X
X
oc
UJ
5
TRANSIENT
X
X
X
X
X
X
o
o
X
X
X
X
X
X
K
z
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
a.
5
7
X
X
X
X
X
X
RIPARIAN
CROPLAND
X
X
X
PASTURE - HAYLAND
X
X
X
Ul
oc
oc
0.
VI
o
_j
UJ
tl
0
_l
o
Ul
O
o
Ul
V)
Ul
or.
£
DECIDUOUS FOREST
CONIFEROUS FOREST
MIXED FOREST
URBAN
v>
00
o
5
vt
u.
u.
o
oc
Ul
X
H
O
HIGHLY DETRIMENTAL
MODERATELY DETRIMENTA
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
NO APPARENT IMPACT
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SLIGHTLY AOVANTAGEOUS
JMODERATELY ADVANTAGEOUS
[HIGHLY ADVANTAGEOUS
-------
o
•BABLE C-2 (cont.)
A • ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B • BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECI ES
U Black duck Ott.
Anas rubripes
U Gadwall Ott.
Anas strepera
A Pintail Ott.
Anas acuta
C Green-winged teal Ott.
Anas carolinensis
A Blue-winged teal Ott. (seen)
Anas discors
C American widgeon
Mareca americana
C Shoveler Ott.
Spatula clypeata
C Wood duck Ott. (seen)
Aix sponsa
C Redhead
Ay thy a americana
C Ring-necked duck
Aythya collaris
PERMANENT
SUMMER
X
X
X
at
ti
5
X
TRANSIENT
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
o
4
=
•a
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
n
ae
<
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
x
1.
2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
RIPARIAN
CROPLAND
>-
*
x
1
UJ
X
V,
a.
u
E
~<
at
a.
ir
i.
0
UJ
o
o
UJ
Irt
UJ
ae
»
r>
UJ
a
o
u
3
3
J
J
n
UJ
K
O
U.
in
u
u.
E
n
UJ
Of
o
u,
0
Ul
K
X
*
cc
ec
3
M
1C
<
a>
O
5
M
U.
U.
U
ac
Ul
C
3
[HIGHLY DETRIMENTAL
<
5
c
E
U
o
tl
«
j
o
>
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
(HO APPARENT IMPACT
X
X
X
O
•<
_J
C
-1
(O
M
\
«
i
>
3
<
^
ll
4
ae
UJ
o
3
(HIGHLY ADVANTAGEOUS
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
REStDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
o
10
M - WMMUn
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
U Canvas-back
Aythya valisineria
A Lesser Scaup Ott.
Aythya affinis
U Common goldeneye
Bucephala clangula
U Bufflehead
Bucephala albeola
R Oldsquaw
Clangula hy emails
R White-winged scoter
Melanitta deglandi
U Ruddy duck Ott.
Oxyura jamaicensis
U Hooded merganser Ott.
Lophodytes cucullatus
C Common merganser . Ott.
Mergus merganser
0 Red-breasted merganser
Mergus serrator
UJ
I
UI
a.
u
|
co
-
X
X
WINTEI
X
z
UI
CO
3
ae
t-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
u
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
at
X
X
X
a.
1
X
X
3
at
a.
0
3
a.
o
cc
o
?E - HAYLAND
3
V.
«c
a.
UI
ce
a:
a.
CO
o
u
u.
a
o
UI
o
UJ
CO
UI
ae
o
u.
to
UJ
ae
o
u.
co
o
u
UI
o
CO
UJ
ae
0
u.
CO
i
u.
o
o
t-
co
UJ
ae
0
u.
0
UJ
X
i
1JRBAM
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON i
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
U Turkey vulture Ott. (seen)
Cathartes aura
R Goshawk
Accipiter gentilis
U Sharp-shinned hawk Ott.
Accipiter striatus
U Cooper's Hawk Ott.
Accipiter cooperii
C Red-tailed hawk Ott. (seen)
Buteo jamaicensis
R Red-shouldered hawk
Buteo lineatus
C Broad-winged hawk Ott.
Buteo platypterus
U Rough-legged hawk Ott.
Buteo lagopus
C Bald eagle Ott.
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
C Harrier Ott. (seen)
Circus cyaneus
PERMANENT
X
X
X
X
X
oc
Ul
X
r
f>
X
X
BE
Ul
5
X
X
X
TRANSIENT
X
X
X
X
o
a
X
<
X
X
OL
|
V)
RIPARIAN
X
X
CROPLAND
X
X
X
X
PASTURE - HAYLAND
X
X
X
X
ul
oc
1C
a.
X
X
X
X
X
V)
a
UJ
0
a
X
X
X
X
X
Ul
0
o
UJ
h-
>
UJ
ae
O
u.
X
X
X
X
X
DECIDUOUS FOREST
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
n
UJ
Oe
0
u.
i
UJ
u.
J
X
V)
Ul
oc
o
u.
o
Ul
X
X
X
X
X
z
CD
oc
=>
M
OD
o
ll.
u.
cj
oe
Ul
X
h—
0
[HIGHLY DETRIMENTAL
h-
S
X
Al
O
_l
r
UJ
3
C
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
[NO APPARENT IMPACT
X
X
V.
a
Ul
u
K
3
C
CO
[MODERATELY ADVANTAGEOUS
[HIGHLY ADVANTAGEOUS
-------
TABLE C-2 (coat.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C • COMMON 1
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
n n Ott. (seen)
0 Osprey
Pandion haliaetus
R Peregrine falcon
Falco peregrinus
0 Merlin
Falco columbarius
C Kestrel Ott.
Falco sparverius
C Bob white quail Ott. (seen)
Colinus virginianus
A Ring-necked pheasant Ott. (seen)
Phasianus colchicus
R King rail
Rallus elegans
C Virginia Rail Ott.
Rallus limicola
U Sora Ott.
Porzana Carolina
i-
ul
mm
<
£
Ul
0.
X
X
X
ce
Ul
X
r>
vt
X
X
X
X
_
ac
Ul
t-
3
_
(-
X
Ul
V)
5
ce
»-
Y
X
X
O
H-
<
3
O
<
T
ce
X
X
X
X
X
a,
5
vt
5
^
a
•<
a.
oe
Y
o
_J
OL
O
a:
o
X
X
c
ji
^
X
1
Ul
Or
— 1
«0
a.
X
X
X
X
Ul
mm.
ce
a
a
X
X
X
X
CO
a
Ul
^ _
u.
o
o
X
X
X
X
Ul
w
o
Ul
^.
en
Ul
ce
0
u.
X
1-
V)
Ul
tt
r>
u.
v>
mt
0
-1
o
u
Ul
o
X
»-
V)
Ul
o=
o
u.
vt
i
Ul
u.
z
o
u
^K
co
Ul
ac
o
u.
a
Ul
X
X
X
<
OB
ac
=>
to
x
JE
CD
r>
5
to
u.
u.
o
ce
Ul
X
o
_l
<
r
Oc
1-
ul
o
•>-
_l
o
X
<
»-
s
X
or
(-
Ul
o
V
_l
Ul
1-
•<
ce
Ul
o
o
X
x
X
X
X
»-
ac u
O f
a.
vt x
S
?t
to ui
ce
)- «c
z a.
ui a.
V) <
Ul
ce o
a. z
X
X
X
X
X
V,
3
o
UJ
o
<
h-
z
<
>
0
<
>-
_l
»-
X
0
_l
<0
in
1
^
=1
s
o
<
h-
z
<
>
o
<
>-
_>
X
o
X
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON i
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R • RARE
8 • BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
Yellow rail
Coturnicops noveboracensis
Black rail
Laterallus jamaicensis
Common gallinule
Gallinula chloropus
American coot Ott. (seen)
Fulica americana
Semi-pa Ima ted plover
Charadrius semipalmatus
Killdeer Ott. (seen)
Charadrius vociferus
American golden plover Ott.
Pluvialis dominica
Black-bellied plover
Squatarola squatarola
Ruddy turnstone
Arenaria interpres
American woodcock Ott.
Philohela minor
I
e
C
0.
E
X
E
I/I
x
x
x
X
a:
Ul
c
f
E
Ul
>
nr
X
X
x
x
x
X
t
—
<
<
x
T
o
u
Ul
a
Vi
j
fir
O
u.
in
3
C
Ul
u.
z
H
(O
Ul
Ce
O
u.
O
Ul
K
X
ae
a
oe
=
in
it
(D
O
5
OT
U.
U.
U
ae
Ul
C
5
/I
L
g
X
X
X
X
X.
^
s
X
E
Ul
o
5
j
:
^
5
T
c
j
—
tl
c
Ul
>
C
X
X
X
T
J
ae u
o •<
a.
«1 x
3 —
H z
V> Ul
ae
1- <
50-
0-
^i
ae o
a. z
X
X
X
X
X
X
V.
i
UJ
a
0
>j
X
o
_J
in
in
2
r>
UJ
•*
u
3
O
>
O
Ul
1
J
5
_i
5
x
R
R
0
C
U
U
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B • BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
Common snipe Ott.
Capella gallinago
Upland plover Ott.
Bartramla longicauda
Spotted sandpiper Ott.
Actitis macularia
Solitary sandpiper Ott.
Tringa solitaria
Willet
Catojstrophorus semipalmatus
Greater yellowlegs Ott.
Totanus melanoleucus
Lesser yellowlegs Ott.
Totanus flavipes
Pectoral sandpiper Ott.
Erolia melanotos
White-rutnped sandpiper Ott.
Erolia fuscicollis
Baird's sandpiper Ott.
Erolia bairdii
PERMANENT
SUMMER
X
X
oc.
Ul
I—
X
5
X
H
ae
Ul
35
%
oc
K-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
o
•<
13
<
z
oc
<
z
X
X
0.
2
X
5
oc
•<
OL.
X
CROPLAND
PASTURE - HAYLAND
X
PRAIRIE
X
in
o
_l
Ul
UL
O
_l
o
X
Ul
o
o
Ul
*-
in
Ul
oc
O
u.
DECIDUOUS FOREST
[CONIFEROUS FOREST
>
Ul
a
O
u.
a
Ul
X
z
3C
<
OB
a:
a
VI
)£
3C
<
CD
O
5
in
u.
u.
J
u
Of.
Ul
X
h-
o
SHORES
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
[HIGHLY DETRIMENTAL
IMOOERATELY OETRIMENTAI
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
NO APPARENT IMPACT
X
V,
0
UJ
0
•a.
Y-
X
4
>
O
4
>-
_I
C
_l
-------
H
*•
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
A - ABUNUANI
C • COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R • RARE
6 - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
C Least sandpiper Ott.
Erolia minutilla
U Dunlin
Erolia alpina
0 Long-billed dowitcher
Limnodromus scolopaceus
R Stilt sandpiper
Micrppalama himantropus
C Semipalmated sandpiper Ott.
Ereunetes pusillus
0 Hudsonian godwit
Limosa haemastica
R Sanderling
Crocethis alba
0 Wilson's phalarope
Steganopus tricolor
C Herring gull Ott.
Larua argentatus
C Ring-billed gull Ott.
Larus delawarensis
U
1
E
E
Ul
o.
SUMMER
cc
d
5
X
X
TRANSIENT
AMI AT 1 /*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
n
5
X
Q.
1
RIPARIAN
CROPLAND
X
X
s
«
X
1
a:
3
o.
i
^
X
Ul
e
E
o.
a
u
A.
O
o
J.
a
Ul
*!
a
U.
DECIDUOUS FOREST
| CONIFEROUS FOREST
X
0
u>
o
Ul
X
X
CO
ce
3
M
K
m
o
/)
i.
u
CE
Ul
E
9
SHORES
X
X
X
X
^
X
X
X
X
X
_J
5
c
e
J
O
c
c
5
c
E
M
O
_J
U
«
CE
Ul
o
o
c
x
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
NO APPARENT IMPACT
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
r.
ij
3
3
J
C
_J
(0
in
|
c
I
>J
E
UJ
3
C
V)
I
J
(
1
J
9
X
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
O
C > COMMON i
U - UNCOMMON
0 • OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPEC! ES
R Franklin's gull
Larus pipixcan
C Bonaparte's gull Ott.
Larus Philadelphia
C Forster's tern Ott.
Sterna forsteri
U Common tern Ott .
Sterna hirundo
0 Least tern
Sterna albifrons
U Caspian tern Ott. (seen)
Hydroprogne caspia
C Black tern Ott.
Childonias nigra
A Rock dove Ott. (seen)
Colutnba livia
A Mourning dove Ott. (seen)
Zenaidura macroura
C Yellow-billed cuckoo Ott.
Coccyzus americanus
PERMANENT
X
X
SUMMER
X
X
X
X
oe
Ul
»-
5
TRANSIENT
X
X
X
X
X
X
AQUATIC
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CE
X
X
X
X
SWAMP
RIPARIAN
CROPLAND
X
X
a
_
x
PASTURE -
X
X
PRAIRIE
X
X
X
o
_J
UJ
tZ
o
o
X
UJ
FOREST E0(
X
X
FOREST
DECIDUOUS
X
X
3 FOREST
1
Ul
U.
O
o
t-
V)
Of
o
U.
o
UJ
X
X
CD
Oe
X
-
PRESENT SI
NO APPAREH
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
10V ANTAGEOUS
[SLIGHTLY /
ADVANTAGEOUS
[MODERATELY
/ANTAGEOUS
o
x
o
x
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON
U • UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
Black-billed cuckoo Ott.
Cuccyzus erythropthalmus
Barn owl
Tyto alba
Screech owl Ott.
Otus asio
Great-horned owl Ott. (seen)
Bubo virginianus
Barred owl Ott.
Strix varia
Long-eared owl
Asio otus
Short-eared owl Ott.
Asio flammeus
Chuck-will' s-widow
Caprimulgus carolinensis
Whip-poor-will Ott.
Caprimulgus vociferus
d
£
UJ
o.
X
X
X
X
X
X
1 ,
oc
bJ
n
X
oe
UJ
5
X
X
5
tn
3
ae
X
X
It
|
tO
K
X
X
Q.
|
3
a.
t
X
X
o
5
X
X
c
X
UJ
o:
V
a.
X
X
UJ
•4
cc
a.
X
X
1
J
CO
c
o
o
X
X
X
X
UJ
U
o
UJ
0
U.
X
X
X
DUOUS FOREST
o
UJ
a
X
X
X
X
X
X
FERGUS FOREST
j
X
V.
UJ
Ce
O
U.
X
X
X
X
ao
ae
m
m
at
0
_j
o
c
LY DETRIMENTAL
HIGH
c
ie
3
U
o
c
X
X
X
X
X
X
ENT STATUS OR
PPARENT IMPACT
UJ
oe o
a. ae
X
X
X
V:
g
UJ
19
K
a
_i
5
HATELY ADVANTAGEOUS
a
§
CO
s
9
3
Z
C
0
U
R
U
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON ,
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
Common night hawk Ott.
Chordeiles minor
Chimney swift Ott.
Chaetura pelagica
Ruby-throated hummingbird Ott.
Archilochus colubris
Belted kingfisher Ott. (seen)
Magaceryle alcyon
Flicker Ott. (seen)
Colaptes auratus
Red-bellied woodpecker Ott. (seen)
Centurus carollnus
Red-headed woodpecker Ott. (seen)
Melanerpes erythrocephalus
Yellow-bellied sapsucker Ott.
Sphyraicus varius
Hairy woodpecker Ott. (seen)
Dendrocopus villosus
Downy woodpecker Ott. (seen)
Dendrocopus pubescens
PERMANENT
X
X
X
X
X
SUMMER
X
X
X
X
X
X
ec
Ul
1—
z
3
1-
X
Ul
in
5
CE
H
X
O
<
g
<
X
in
err
<
X
X
a.
5
in
X
5
at
<
a.
ae
X
X
X
CROPLAND
PASTURE - HAYLAND
X
X
X
X
PRAIRIE
X
X
X
X
X
in
o
-j
Ul
\L
a
_j
o
X
3
X
X
X
Ul
o
O
Ul
\-
in
Ul
a:
O
u.
X
X
X
X
X
X
DECIDUOUS FOREST
X
X
X
X
X
CONIFEROUS FOREST
X
X
i-
m
Ul
re
s
a
Ul
X
X
X
x
«t
as
te
r>
X
X
X
X
X
in
•>£
z
•<
CD
O
<
in
u.
u.
_i
o
a
Ul
z
t-
0
IHIGHLY DETRIMENTAL
MODERATELY DETRIMENTAL
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
NO APPARENT IMPACT
X
(SLIGHTLY ADVANTAGEOUS
MODERATELY ADVANTAGEOUS
IHIGHLY ADVANTAGEOUS
C
C
A
C
-------
00
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON i
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECI ES
A Eastern kingbird Ott. (seen)
Tyrannus tyrannus
C Great crested flycatcher Ott.
Myiarchus crinitus
C Eastern phoebe Ott. (seen)
Sayornis phoebe
U Yellow-bellied flycatcher Ott. (seen)
Empidonax flaviventris
R Acadian flycatcher
Empidonax virescens
C Traill's flycatcher Ott.
Empidonax traillii
C Least flycatcher Ott.
Empidonax minimus
C Eastern wood pewee Ott.
Contopus virens
0 Olive-sided flycatcher
Nuttallornis borealis
A Horned lark Ott.
Eremophila alpestris
5
E
E
J
O.
i
j
SUMMER
X
X
X
X
X
X
ae
ti
E
5
TRANSIENT
X
X
X
0
3
MARSH
a.
i
V)
X
X
5
E
L
E
X
X
CROPLAND
X
a
x
I
t
t
a.
x
Ul
e
•c
c
X
OT
C
k
a
o
X
X
X
X
Ul
•S
•J
ti
f.
A.
X
X
X
X
X
1 DECIDUOUS FOREST
X
X
X
X
X
t
Ul
Oc
o
u.
a
E
Ul
u.
s
J
X
i
^
a
ac
0
u.
a
Ul
X
X
X
ac
K
n
B
CD
0
5
n
A.
j
ac
Ul
e
3
C
5
c
j
o
c
I
c
E
d
a
j
E
Ul
O
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
NO APPARENT IMPACT
X
X
V.
3
fcj
3
e
j
e
feODERATELY ADVANTAGEOUS
1 r,HI ¥ AHVANTAGEOUS
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
O
C - COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
U Tree swallow Ott.
Iridoprocne bicolor
A Bank swallow Ott. (seen)
Riparia riparia
C Rough-winded swallow Ott.
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis
A Barn swallow Ott. (seen)
llirundo rustica
U Cliff swallow Ott.
Petrochelldon pyr'rhonota
C Purple martin Ott. (seen)
Progne subis
A Blue-jay Ott. (seen)
Cyanocitta cristata
A Common crow Ott. (seen)
Corvus brauliyrhynchos
A Black-capped chickadee Ott. (seen)
Parus atricapillus
C Tufted titmouse Ott. (seen)
Parus bicolor
PERMANENT
X
X
X
X
SUMMER
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
WINTER
TRANSIENT
u
\—
•<
=>
O
•a.
X
ac.
<
z
SWAMP
X
RIPARIAN
X
X
CROPLAND
X
X
X
PASTURE - HAYLAKD
X
X
X
X
PRAIRI E
X
>
o
_J
u
\L
o
_j
0
X
X
X
X
X
ul
o
o
UJ
(-
in
UJ
CK
0
u.
X
X
X
X
DECIDUOUS FOREST
X
X
X
X
CONIFEROUS FOREST
»-
>
Ul
a
o
u.
o
Ul
X
X
(URBAN
X
X
X
«O
ie
z
<
CD
O
Z
•4
in
u.
u.
_j
o
X
X
X
[OTHER
JHIGHLY DETRIMENTAL'
(MODERATELY DETRIMENTAL
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
NO APPARENT IMPACT
in
n
o
Ul
o
•a.
\-
•x.
<
>
o
«f
>-
~J
»-
•c.
13
_J
(/)
[MODERATELY ADVANTAGEOUS
IHIGHLY ADVANTAGEOUS
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C . COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 • OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
8 - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
White-breasted nuthatch Ott. (seen)
Sitta carolinensis
Red-breasted nuthatch Ott.
Sitta canadensis
Brown creeper Ott.
Certhia famillaris
House wren Ott. (seen)
Troglodytes aBdon
Winter wren Ott.
Troglodytes troglodytes
Bewick's wren Ott.
Thryomanes bewickii
Carolina wren
Thryotliorus ludovicianus
Long-billed marsh wren Ott.
Telma tody tea palutris
Short-billed marsh wren Ott.
Cislothorus platensis
Mockingbird Ott. (seen)
Mimus polyglottos
PERMANENT
X
X
X
JL_
SUMMER
X
X
X
X
X
K
i)
E
5
X
X
TRANSIENT
X
u
<
g
•a
S
O:
<
Z
X
X
o.
5
-JL
Ul
tt
o
u.
X
X
X
X
X
X
(DECIDUOUS FOREST
X
X
X
X
n
Ul
OE
o
u.
in
3
Ll
u_
ae
o
o
X
(MIXED FOREST
X
X
X
^
CD
Oc.
=)
X
X
X
i
o
_i
>i
<
o
<
>-
^
X
a
_j
CO
MODERATELY ADVANTAGEOUS
[HIGHLY ADVANTAGEOUS
0
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
O
I
INJ
C - COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
A Catbird Ott. (seen)
Dutnetella carolinensis
A Brown thrasher Ott. (seen)
Toxostoma rufum
A Robin Ott. (seen)
Turdus mlgratorius
C Wood thrush Ott. (seen)
Hylocichla mustelina
C Hermit thrush Ott.
Hylocichla guttata
C Swaihson's thrush Ott.
Hylocichla ustulata
C Gray-cheeked thrush ' Ott.
Hylocichla minima
0 Veery Ott.
Hylocichla fuscencena
C Eastern bluebird Ott.
Sialia stalls
U lllne-gray gnatcatcher Ott.
Polloptila caerulea
PERMANENT
X
X
SUKM ER
X
X
X
X
X
X
WINTER
TRANSIENT
X
X
X
X
AQUATIC
»
DC
X
CL
5
>
RIPARI AN
X
X
CROPLAND
a
z
X
I
UJ
a.
i-
o
•a.
Cu
X
PRAIRI E
X
v>
a
UJ
u.
o
6
X
X
X
FOREST EDGE
X
X
X
X
X
DECIDUOUS FOREST
X
X
X
X
X
X
CONIFEROUS FOREST
X
X
UJ
cc
o
u.
a
UJ
X
r
X
URBAN
•a.
oo
o
z
u.
u.
_J
o
OTHER
HIGHLY DETRIMENTAL
MODERATELY DETRIMENTA
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
NO APPARENT IMPACT
v\
o
UJ
u
1—
0
_l
\-
X
IHCDERATELY ADVANTAGEOUS
IHIGHLY ADVANTAGEOUS
-------
TABLE C-2 (cent.)
o
ro
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
U - UUHMUH
U - UNCOMMON
0 • OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
C Golden-crowned kinglet Ott. (seen)
Regulus aatrapa
C Ruby-crowned kinglet Ott. (seen)
Kegulus calendula
0 Water ptpet
Anthus spinoletta
R Sprague's pipit
Anthus spragueii
R Bohemian waxwlng
Bombycilla garrula
U Cedar waxwing Ott. (seen)
Bombycilla cedrorum
U Loggerhead sltrike Ott.
I.anlus ludovicianus
A Starling Ott. (seen)
Sturnus vulgaris
R White-eyed vireo
Vireo griseus
C Bell's vireo Ott.
Vireo bellii
PERMANENT
X
SUMMER
X
X
X
X
Ul
ae
S
X
TRANSIENT
X
X
X
X
AQUATIC
in
K
X
a.
5
RIPARIAN
X
CROPLAND
X
X
a
Jr
X
1
Ul
OC
in
a.
X
X
X
PRAIRIE
X
X
X
to
o
Ul
a
o
X
X
X
X
X
ut
u
0
Ul
(-
Ul
«
£
X
X
X
X
DECIDUOUS FOREST
X
X
X
CONIFEROUS FOREST
X
X
MIXED FOREST
X
X
ae
CD
£C
r>
X
s
u
i-
ae
_j
X
u
X
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
U - UNCOMMON
0 • OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
C Yellow-throated vireo Ott.
Vireo flavifrons
C Solitary vireo Ott.
Vireo solitarius
A Red-eye vireo Ott.
Vireo olivaceus
R Philadelphia vireo
Vireo philadelphicus
A Warbling vireo Ott.
Vireo gilvus
C Black and white warbler Ott.
Mniotilta varia
C Prothonotary warbler Ott.
Protonotaria citrea
•
R Worm-eating warbler
Helmitheros vermivorus
R Golden-winged warbler
Vermivora chrysoptera
R Blue-winged warbler
Vermivora pinus
cc.
Ul
a.
SUMMER
X
X
X
X
X
WINTER
1-
z
TRANSI
X
X
X
X
X
AOUATH
a
z
a.
5
V)
X
X
a.
ce
0
-J
a.
o
CC
o
e
z
>
X
1
PASTURI
PRAIRI
c
\L
o
o
Ul
o
o
UJ
FOREST
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
V,
Ul
ee
o
u.
w
§
Ul
a
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
u
ac.
o
u.
c
Ul
u.
z
o
o
t-
u
a:
o
Ul
X
T
X
X
URBAN
V
a
<
CD
0
X
in
u.
u.
u
ce
Ul
X
1-
o
DETRIMENTAL
HIGHLY
tELY OETRIMENTAI
MOOERAl
X
X
X
X
X
X
o •«
1^
V) U
Ct
K
Ul
ce o
o. z
X
X
X
X
Y ADVANTAGEOUS
SLIGHTl
ELY ADVANTAGEOUS
MOOERAT
ADVANTAGEOUS
X
o
X
-------
N>
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C • COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPEC! ES
Tennessee warbler Ott.
yermiypra peregrina
Orange-crowned warbler Ott.
Vermivora celata
Nashville warbler Ott. (seen)
Vermivora ruficapllla
Parula warbler
Parula americana
Yellow warbler Ott.
Dendroica petechia
Magnolia warbler Ott.
Dendroica magnolia
Cape May warbler
Dendroica tigrina
Black-throated blue warbler
Dendroica caerulescens
Myrtle warbler Ott. (seen)
Dendroica coronata
Black-throated green warbler Ott.
Dendroica virens
S
•at
£
UI
a.
a:
UI
=>
V)
X
a:
UI
9C
X
5
55
at
h-
X
X
X
X
X
X.
X
u
-
S
^
r
at
X
a.
>
X
X
5
a
a.
ae
X
X
0
a.
O
at
0
c,
*
>•
X
I
UI
a:
=>
in
a.
UI
or
ae
a.
U)
a
UI
uT
0
o
X
u
o
UI
w
UI
Oc
o
u.
X
X
X
X
X
X
H
UI
u.
UI
ae
,v
in
S
u.
at
O
o
X
X
X
X
X
in
UI
a:
O
u.
a
UI
X
X
X
X
ae
01
oe
a
«]
z
o
S
u.
u.
u
ae
UI
X
o
K
s
Z
h-
Ul
o
>•
X
o
X
<
>-
5
X
a
UI
v
_J
UJ
I-
er
UI
a
o
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
H
o •<
a.
f>-
M UI
a:
x a.
ui a.
(O <
UI
ae o
a. JE
x
X
X
1C
c
£;
<
o
H
u
(O
"1
1
o
>
<
u
l-
Ul
o
Y
2
0
t-
5
o
>-
„ 1
0
X
R
U
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
o
ro
Ln
0
u
u
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
Cerulean warbler
Dendroica cerulea
Blackburnia warbler Ott.
Dendroica fusca
Chestnut-sided warbler Ott.
Dendroica pennsylvanica
Bay-breasted warbler
Dendroica castanea
Blackpoll Ott.
Dendroica striata
Palm warbler Ott.
Dendroica palmarum
Ovenbird Ott.
Seiurus aurocapillus
Northern waterthrush Ott.
Seiurus novaboracensis
Louisiana waterthrush Ott.
Seiurus motacilla
Kentucky warbler Ott.
Oporornis formosus
PERMANENT
SUMM ER
X
X
X
X
WINTER
z
Ul
v>
3
ce
i-
X
X
X
X
X
X
o
h-
1
ce
z
0.
1
X
X
X
RIPARIAN
X
X
X
X
CROPLAND
a
_
X
PASTURE -
PRAIRIE
o
Ul
iZ
o
o
X
Ul
o
Ul
t-
V)
Ul
ce
O
u.
X
X
X
X
X
FOREST
DECIDUOUS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
5 FOREST
o
ce
Ul
u.
z
O
-------
o
to
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
RESIDENT
HABITAT PREFERENCE
EFFECT OF
A - ABUNDANT STATUS AND RESTRICTIONS PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
R Connecticut warbler
Oporgrnis agilis
U Mourning warbler
Oporornis Philadelphia
A Yellowthroat Ott. (seen)
Geothlypis trichas
U Yellow-breasted chat Ott.
Icteria virens
R Hooded warbler
Wilsonia citrina
C Wilson's warbler Ott.
Wilsonia pusilla
U Canada warbler Ott.
Wilsonia canadensis
A American redstart Ott.
Setophaga ruticilla
A House sparrow Ott. (seen)
Passer domes ticus
C Bobolink Ott.
Dolichonyx oryzivorus
PERMANENT
X
OB
Ul
X
X
X
X
WINTER
TRANSIENT
X
X
X
X
AOUAIIC
HARSH
X
0.
X
X
X
X
X
RIPARIAN
*
X
X
X
X
CROPLAND
X
c
*
X
PASTURE -
X
X
Ul
ae
ae
X
u
c
u
o
*J
X
X
X
UJ
U
FOREST ED
X
X
X
X
X
K
Ul
Of
2
DECIDUOUS
X
X
X
*-
ut
at
o
u,
u.
§
X
£9
u
tc
o
u,
Ul
X
X
CD
CE
X
in
a
<
CO
n
in
u.
u.
oc
Ul
X
_,
• J
S
2
Ul
o
S
4
1-
3
X
ee
Ul
O
WDERATEL'
X
X
X
X
X
X
CC O
o •<
o.
5 ._
t- V
PRESENT S
»0 APPAREI
X
X
X
X
«
i
>-
X
o
SLIGHTLY
u
g
i!
a
^
MODERATELY
l/»
S
o
t-
o
o
-------
TABLE G-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
n
I
K)
C - COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
U - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
A Eastern niuadowlark Ott. (seen)
Sturnu.Ua magna
C Western meatlowlark Ott.
StLirne.lJa nejjlecta
C Yellow-headed blackbird
Xanl'.hocuphal.uu xantliocuphalus
A Ked-winyed blackbird Ott. (seen)
A^eiains plioen icens
0 Orchard oriole Ott.
_Ic terns spnrJ us
A Baltimore oriole Ott. (seen)
Icterus t>.alluila
C Rusty blackbird Ott.
Kuphaguti ca rol inns
U Brewer's blackbird Ott.
Eupha^ns cyanocephalus
A Coinnion grackle Ott. (seen)
Qn.t seal nu quiscala
C Brown-headed cowbird Ott. (seen)
Molothrns ater
l
PERMANENT
X
X
SUKMER
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
re
UJ
i—
CO
X
••(
t»:
l-
X
X
o
Cr
-t
MARSH
X
X
SWAMP
X
ar
•4
oe
a.
en
X
CROPLAND
X
X
X
X
X
Cl
It
«
X
1
UJ
cv
i-
o
X
X
X
X
X
Ul
a
IV
a.
X
X
X
X
X
CO
C-
UJ
o
o
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
u
o
o
Ul
u
a:
o
u.
X
X
X
X
X
DECIDUOUS FOREST
X
X
t-
to
It
CE
O
U.
I/
O
a-
Ul
u.
o
o
Ml XED FOREST
URBAN
en
o
*:
CO
u.
u
o
UJ
X
I-
o
HIGHLY DETRIMENTAL
_
h-
u
I
Ul
o
_J
UJ
Cc
UJ
o
i:
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
NO APPARENT IMPACT
X
X
C
UJ
o
t-
X
o
H-
u~.
~J
to
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
N>
CD
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
C - COMMON .
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R • RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
U Scarlet tanager Ott.
Piranga olivacea
U Summer tanager Ott.
Piranga rubra
A Cardinal Ott. (seen)
Richmorulena cardlnalis
C Rose-breasted grosbeak Ott. (seen)
Pheucticus ludoviclanus
C Indigo bunting Ott. (seen)
Passer Ina cyanea
A Dlckctssel Ott. (seen)
Splza amerlcana
0 Evening grosbeak
Hesperlphona vespertlna
C Purple finch Ott.
Carpodacus purpureus
R Pine grosbeak
Plnlcola enucleator
U Common redpoll Ott.
Acanthls flammea
f
ti
5
o:
UJ
o.
X
J —
te
UJ
£
r>
o
<
S
Of
«t
X
o.
4
Ifl
X
•<
Oc
o.
(E
X
o
5
_i
0
Ct
u
o
<
*J
>-
X
I
Ul
cc.
•3
V)
«£
O-
X
Ul
CK
^
n:
o.
X
X
to
ir:
a:
<
OB
O
K
<
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECIES
Pine siskin Ott.
Spinus pinus
American goldfinch Ott. (seen)
Spinus tristis
Red crossbill
Loxia curvirostra
White-winged crossbill
Loxia leucoptera
Ruf us-sided towhee Ott. (seen)
PipJLlo erythrqphthalmus
Savannah sparrow Ott.
Passerculus sandwishensis
Grasshopper sparrow Ott. (seen)
Ammodramus savanna rum
LeConte's sparrow Ott.
Passerherbulus caudacutus
Henslow's sparrow
Passerherbulus henslowii
Sharp- tailed sparrow
Amnospiza caudacuta
V-
Ul
Ul
O_
Ul
1
v>
X
X
X
X
X
Ul
5
X
X
X
X
•*.
Ul
VJ
5
K
t-
X
X
X
u
i—
C
ae
X
X
X
a.
|
5
oe
OL
ae
o
5
Q.
O
ae
u
e
V
z
i
Ul
in
a.
X
X
Ul
ee
oe
a.
X
X
X
X
X
v>
o
_J
Ul
u.
o
o
X
X
X
X
Ul
o
0
Ul
Ul
ae
£
X
v>
Ul
ae
o
u.
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
G - CUMHON
U - UNCOMMON
0 • OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPECI ES
Vesper sparrow Ott.
Pooecetes gramineus
Lark sparrow Ott.
Chondestes grammacus
Slate-colored junco Ott. (seen)
Junco hyemalis
Tree sparrow Ott.
Spizella arborea
Chipping sparrow Ott. (seen)
Spizella passerina
Clay-colored sparrow
Spizella pallida
Field sparrow Ott. (seen)
Spizella pusilla
Harris's sparrow
Zonotrichia querula
White-crowned sparrow Ott.
Zonotrichia leucophrys
White-throated sparrow Ott. (seen)
Zonotrichia albicollis
PERMANENT
SUMMER
X
X
X
X
OC
bl
ae
3
X
X
X
X
TRANSIENT
X
X
X
X
AQUATIC
£
OC
X
a.
5
RIPARIAN
CROPLAND
a
X
1
bl
OC
3
h-
a.
X
X
X
bJ
OC
oe
a.
X
X
X
tn
o
bl
iZ
o
o
X
X
X
X
X
X
bl
2
bl
f-
bl
Oc
£
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
DECIDUOUS FOREST
X
CONIFEROUS FOREST
X
X
X
X
MIXED FOREST
ae
CO
OC
X
tn
K
ae
CO
0
CO
b.
u.
u
oe
bl
X
O
HIGHLY DETRIMENTAL
1-
s
z
oc
bl
0
Ul
Ul
o
o
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
NO APPARENT IMPACT
X
X
V.
o
bl
O
ar
O
X
o
-J
v>
MODERATELY ADVANTAGEOUS
HIGHLY ADVANTAGEOUS
C
C
A
A
U
C
0
U
-------
TABLE C-2 (cont.)
A - ABUNDANT
RESIDENT
STATUS
HABITAT PREFERENCE
AND RESTRICTIONS
EFFECT OF
PROJECT ACTION
U
o
to
C - COMMON
U - UNCOMMON
0 - OCCASIONAL
R - RARE
B - BLUE LISTED
T - THREATENED
SPEC! ES
Fox sparrow Ott. (seen)
Passerella iliaca
Lincoln's sparrow Ott.
Melospiza lincolnii
Swamp sparrow Ott.
Melospiza georgiana
Song sparrow Ott. (seen)
Melospiza melodia
Lapland longspur
Calcarius lapponicus
PERMANENT
SUMMER
X
X
at
Ul
*-
X
5
X
X
TRANSIENT
X
X
X
X
u
•<
g
•4
£
oc
<
Z
X
SWAMP
X
X
RIPARIAN
X
X
CROPLAND
X
PASTURE - HAYLAND
X
Ul
X
<
<*
a.
X
X
Vt
O
_l
Ul
\L
o
_j
o
X
X
Ul
a
o
Ul
t-
in
Ul
ft:
£
X
X
X
X
DECIDUOUS FOREST
CONIFEROUS FOREST
X
MIXED FOREST
URBAN
in
x:
*
•<
CD
O
Z
•<
in
u.
u.
_i
u
oe
Ul
X
»-
o
[HIGHLY DETRIMENTAL
IMOOERATELY OETRIMENTAI
X
X
X
X
PRESENT STATUS OR
NO APPARENT IMPACT
X
ISLIGHTLY ADVANTAGEOUS
MODERATELY ADVANTAGEOUS
JHIGHLY ADVANTAGEOUS
-------
TABLE C-3
u>
Amphibians of South-east Iowa that may occur on the Ottumwa Site
Species
Mudpuppy
Necturus maculosus
Central newt
Notophthalmus
viridescens
Habitat
Permanent water
Ponds and small
streams
Range
in state
Eastern 2/3
Eastern 1/U
Estimated
Abundance
in state
Common
Common
Range in U.S.
Central to
Appalachians
Eastern £ of U.S.
Estimated
Project Impact
Minimal
Minimal
Small-mouthed
salamander
Ambystoma texanum
Eastern tiger
salamander
Ambystoma tigrinum
American toad
Bufo americanus
Spring peeper
Hyla crucifer
Treefrog
Hyla versicolor
Western chorus frog
Pseudacris
triseriata
Blanchard's cricket
frog
Acris crepitans
Ponds and river
bottom forest
Ponds
Southern
Statewide
Anywhere if enough Statewide
water for breeding
Second-growth Eastern 1/3
woods near water
Trees in/near
water
Agricultural
fields and
prairies
River valleys
and lowlands
Statewide
Statewide
Statewide
Rare
Common
Abundant
Rare
Common
Common
Common
South-central
East of Rockies
Local population
depression
Minimal
Eastern \ of U.S. Minimal
Eastern 1/3 of U.S. Local population
depression
Eastern i of U.S. Minimal
East and north
Minimal
Central and northern Minimal
-------
TABLE C-3 (cont.)
Species
Bullfrog
Rana catesbeiana
Greenfrog
Rana clamitans
Leopard frog
Rana pipiens
Habitat
Any permanent
water
Shallow water,
standing or
running
Meadows, open
Range
in state
Southern 1/2
Eastern 1/2
Statewide
Estimated
Abundance
in state
Common
Common
Occasional
Range in U.S.
Eastern |
and west
Eastern ^
Northern
• of U.S.
coast
of U.S.
| of U.S.
Estimated
Project Impact
Minimal
Minimal
Minimal
Sources: Conant, R. 1975. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians of eastern and central North America. 2nd ed.
Boston, Houghton Mifflin.
Menzel, B. W. 1975. Course manual for zoology 306, herpetology. Iowa State Univ.
o
CO
to
-------
o
u>
Species
Reptiles
Habitat
of Southeast
Range
in state
TABLE C-4
Iowa that may occur on the Ottumwa Site
Estimated
Abundance _ . „ _
in state Ran«e in U'S'
Estimated-
Project Impact
Turtles:
Common snapping
turtle
Chelydra serpentina
Map turtle
Graptemys
geographica
Western painted
turtle
Chrysemys picta
Blanding's turtle
Emydoidea blandingi
Ornate box turtle
Terrapene ornata
Smooth softshell
turtle
Trionyx muticus
Spiny softshell
turtle
Trionyx spiniferus
Lizards:
•
Western slender
glass lizard
Ophisaurus
attenuatus
Ponds and lakes Statewide
Large rivers and Eastern
lakes
Shallow, muddy Statewide
ponds and marshes
Grasslands, esp. Statewide
sandy
Streams
Major rivers
Rivers and larger Statewide
lakes
Dry grasslands
and open woods
South-east
Common
Occasional
Common
Small bodies of North and southeast Rare
water
Rare
Common
Common
Rare
East of Rockies
Mid-eastern
North-central and
north-west ern
North-central
South-central
Central
Central, and east
to Appalachians
South-central
and south-east
Minimal
Minimal
Minimal
Local population
depression
Local population
depression
Minimal
Minimal
Local population
depression
-------
TABLE C-4 (cont.)
o
to
Species
Snakes:
Northern water
snake
Natrix sipedon
Graham' s water
snake
Natrix graharai
Habitat
Any body of water,
esp. quiet water
Protected water
edges
Range
in state
Statewide
Central and
south-east
Estimated
Abundance
in state
Common
Occasional
Estimated
Range in U.S. Project Impact
Central ajid east Minimal
South-central Minimal
Red-side garter
snake
Wide range of
grasslands and
Thomnophis sirtalis woods
Plains garter snake Near water in
Thamnophis radix grasslands
Ribbon snake Semi-aquatic,
Thamnophis proximus water edges
Dekay's snake
Storeria dekayi
Moist areas
Eastern hognose Sandy woods and
snake open areas
Heterodon platyrhinos
Statewide
Statewide
South-east
Statewide, except
north-west
Statewide,except
north-west
Prairie ringneck
snake
Diadophi s punctabus
Smooth green snake
Opheodrys vernalis
Eastern yellow-
bellied racer
Coluber constrictor
Rocky open woods Mostly statewide
Moist grasslands Statewide
Fields, brush,
open woods
Statewide
Abundant
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
All but south-west Minimal
North-central
South-centraJ.
Minimal
Minimal
Eastern of U.S. Minimal
Eastern of U.S. Minimal
South-central
North-east and
north-central
Plains (this
subspecies)
Minimal
Minimal
Minimal
-------
TABLE C-4 (cont.)
o
u> Species
o\
Bull snake
Pituophi s
melanoleucus
Fox snake
Elaphe vulpina
Black rat snake
Elaphe obsoleta
Red mill?; snake
Lampropeltis
triongulum
Prairie kingsnake
Lampropeltis
calligaster
Speckled kingsnake
Lampropeltis
getulus
Eastern massasauga
Sistrurus
catenatus
Timber rattlesnake
Crotalus horridus
Habitat
Grasslands
Open moist
grasslands and
woods
Wide range of open
to wooded
Open agricultural
land and woodlands
Grasslands
't
River and stream
valleys, grass-
lands
Wet grasslands
and marshes, wet
woods
Second-growth
woods and gallery
Range
in state
Mostly statewide
Statewide
South-east
Mostly statewide
Southern
Southern
Southern
South-east
Estimated
Abundance
in state
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Rare
Rare
Occasional
Range in U.S.
Plains
North-central
Central and east
Central and east
South-east
Southern
East-central to
Texas
South-east and
south- central.
Estimated
Project Impact
Minimal
Minimal
Minimal
Minimal
Minimal
Local population
depression
Local population
depression
Minimal
forest
Sources: Conant, R. 1975. A field guide to the reptiles and amphibians of eastern and central North America.
2nd ed. Boston, Houghton Mifflin.
Menzel, B. W. 1975. Course manual for zoology 306, herpetology. Iowa State University.
-------
APPENDIX D
AIR QUALITY AND METEOROLOGICAL DATA
D-l
-------
APPENDIX D
AIR QUALITY AND METEOROLOGICAL DATA
Methodology
Pollutant Monitoring. A monitoring program was conducted at
the Ottumwa Generating Station site. Particulate matter, sulfur
dioxide (S02), and nitrogen dioxide (NO-) were measured. These
pollutants are currently limited by federal and state regulations.
Following EPA statistical guidelines, measurements of pollutants
were conducted in such a manner as to be representative of at least
75 per cent of all possible hours during a given year. Since
June 2, 1975, that representation has been achieved by sampling
every sixth day for 24 consecutive hours.
The scientists at Langston Laboratories, Inc. who conducted
the monitoring program, used procedures described in the Federal
Register, Standard Reference Methods of the Air Pollution Control
Office (APCO) and methods recommended by the Intersociety Committee.
Samplers were calibrated in the laboratory prior to installation
and then routinely in the field at a frequency which was dependent
upon use and level of pollutants. About every 1000 hours of op-
eration, the samplers were rebuilt to insure their operation during
sampling periods.
General Metal Works High Volume Samplers were used to monitor
total suspended particulate matter and Research Appliance Company
(RAC) Gas Bubbler Trains were used to monitor S02 and NO. concentrations.
High volume samplers, which are installed at the site at the
beginning of each sampling period, obtain an integrated quantity of
total suspended particulate matter. Air is drawn into a covered
housing and through a filter by means of a high flow rate motor
blower. The filter allows suspended particles having diameters of
less than 100 mm to pass to the filter surface. The mass concen-
tration of suspended particulates in the ambient air (pg/m^) is
computed by measuring the mass of collected particulates and the
volume of air sampled.
D-2
-------
The RAC gas bubbler train samples a stream of air and absorbs
S02 and NC^. The bubbler system is contained in a constant tem-
perature oven and in series with calibrated orifices and a constant
flow sampling pump.
A field scientist manually initiated and terminated sampling.
This procedure assured that each sampling period was performed on
time without error. In the field, a preweighed glass fiber filter
paper was installed on the Hi-Vol sampler, the SAC bubblers pre-
pared, the S02 and N02 trains set up, and sampling initiated. Con-
currently, meteorological data were collected. After 24 hours,
sampling was terminated, the filter paper from the Hi-Vol stored,
and the RAC train prepared for transport to the laboratory. After
the RAC train arrived at the laboratory, the solutions in the train
were analyzed immediately for SO. and NO..
Nitrogen dioxide was collected by bubbling air through a sodium
hydroxide-sodium arsenite solution in fritted glass bubblers to form
a stable solution of sodium nitrite. The nitrite ion produced
during sampling was determined colorimetrically by reacting the
exposed absorbing reagent with H202, phosphoric acid, sulfanilamide,
and N-1-naphthylethyldiamine dihydrochloride.
Sulfur dioxide was absorbed from air in a solution of 0.04 M
potassium tetrachloromercurate. The resulting dichlorosulfitomercurate
complex was reacted with pararosanaline and formaldehyde to form
intensely colored (red-purple) pararosanaline methyl sulfonic acid.
The absorbency of the solution was measured spectrophotometrically.
Since RAC's sampling train can handle as many as five separate
bubblers at one time, the collection of S02 and N02 samples and the
determination of the concentrations of these two parameters was run
in duplicate. This duplicate effort was performed as a safeguard .
against any possible sampling error or equipment malfunction.
Meteorological Monitoring. Meteorological parameters that were
determined were as follows: wind direction; wind velocity; tem-
perature; rainfall; barometric pressure; relative humidity; and
cloud cover. These climatic conditions were monitored to aid the
scientists at Langston Laboratories in reporting the total suspended
particulate, NO,, and S02 concentrations under standard conditions
(25 C and 760 mm of Hg), to facilitate the interpretation of the
variations in concentration for the individual air pollutants, and
to enable comparisons of the data now being generated with future
ambient air quality data for the area.
D-3
-------
The meteorological equipment that was used on this program was
as follows: a Fisher Scientific continuous recording barometer, a
Fisher Scientific continuous recording thermometer, a Fisher Scientific
volumetric rain gage, and a Texas Electronics continuous recording
wind direction and velocity system. Necessary equipment calibration
was performed on a monthly basis.
Results. Detailed ambient air qulaity data obtained during the
monitoring program are illustrated in graph numbers D-l through D-12.
Data also are listed in Table D-l and a summary of data is given in
Table D-2.
D-4
-------
Suspended Particulates
GRAPH D-l
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 ng/m3 (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRIMARY STANDARD - 75 ug/m3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
STANDARD - 60 )ig/m3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
EPA SECONDAR
6-2-75 6-8-75 6-14-75 6-20-75 6-26-75
AIR QUALITY DATA OF Till: 01TUMWA CK NT. RAT I KG STATION SITE
Geometric
Mean
-------
Suspended Participates
GRAPH D-2
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
100
140
120
100
80
60 •-•
40
20
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 ng/n>3 (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRIMARY
EPA SECONDAR
STANDARD - 75 ^
f STANDARD - 60
'i/m^ (Annual Get metric Mean)
ug/n>3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
7-2-75 7-8-75 7-14-75 7-20-75 7-26-75 Geometric
Mean
AIR QUALITY DATA OF THC OT'lUl-^A CKuKKATING STATION SITE
-------
t)
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
Suspended Particulates
()Ltg/m3)
GRAPH D-3
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 ng/m3 (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRI
EPA SECQ
WRY STANDARD - 75 ng/m3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
al Geometric Mean)
8-1-75
8-7-75 8-13-75 8-19-75 8-25-75 8-31-75
AIR QUAT.TTY DATA OF THE OTLUiv>.'-\ GENERATING STATION SITF.
Geometric
Moan
-------
Suspended Particulates
GRAPH D-4
V
00
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 pg/m3 (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRIMARY STANDARD - 75 MS/1"3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
EPA SECONDARY STANDARD - 60 itg/m3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
9-6-75 9-12-75 9-18-75 9-24-75 9-30-75
AIR QUALITY DATA OF THE OTU^.'A CKNERATIKC STATION SITE
Geomatric
Mean
-------
Suspended Particulates
(Hg/m3)
GRAPH D-5
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
Of\ —
80
60
40
20
7
VO
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 ng/m3 (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRIMARY
EPA SECONDAR
STANDARD - 75 ^
1 STANDARD - 60
>/m3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
Iig/m3 (Annual Geometric Mgatv) — | ' H
10-6-75 10-12-75 10-18-75 10-24-75 10-30-75 Geometric
Mean
AIR QUALITY DATA OF THC OTTUI-WA GENERATING STATION SITE
-------
Suspended Particulates
GRAPH D-6
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
20
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 jjg/m3 (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRIMARY STANDARD - 75
g/m3 (Annual Gee metric Mean)
EPA SECONDARY STANDARD - 60
iig/m3 (Annual Ge
ometric Mean)
11-5-75
11-11-75 11-17-75 11-23-75 11-29-75
AIR QUALITY DATA OF THE OTTUM..'A GENERATING STATION SITE
Geometric
Mean
-------
t)
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
Suspended Particulates
(Mg/m3)
GRAPH D-7
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 ng/m3 (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRIMARY
EPA SECONDAE
STANDARD - 75 ^g/m3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
i STANDARD - 60 ig/ci3 (Annual G aometric Mean)
12-5-75 12-11--75 12-17-75 12-23-75 12-29-75
AIR QUALITY DATA OF THE OTTIS3«, GENERATING STATION SITE
Geometric
Moan
-------
Suspended Particulates
(Mg/n>3)
GRAPH D-8
300 •
280 -
260 •
240 -
220 '
200. '
180 '
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 ng/n>3 (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRIMARY STANDARD - 75
g/m3 (Annual Ge
unetric Mean)
EPA SECONDARY STANDARD -60
ig/m3 (Annual G
jometric Mean)
1-4-76 1-10-76 1-16-76 1-22-76 1-28-76
AIR QUALITY DATA OF THE OTTtM-JA GENERATING STATION SITE
Geometric
Mean
-------
a
H1
U)
Suspended Particulates
(Mg/m3)
GRAPH D-9
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 ng/m3 (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRIMARY
EPA SECONDAR
STANDARD - 75 jzg/m3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
STANDARD - 60 ^g/m3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
2-3-76 2-9-76 2-15-76 2-21-76 2-27-76
AIR QUALITY DATA OF THE OTTUMi.'A GENERATING STATION SITE
Geometric
Mean
-------
Suspended Particulates
GRAPH D-10
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 ng/ra3 (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRIMARY STANDARD - 75 ng/m3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
EPA SECONDARY STANDARD - 60 ng/m3 (Annual Geometric Mean)
3-4-76 3-10-76 3-16-76 3-22-76 3-28-76
AIR QUALITY DATA OF THE OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION SITE
Geometric
Mean
-------
Suspended Particulates
(Ug/m3)
GRAPH D-ll
o
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 ng/rn^ (Not to be Exceeded Over Once a Year)
EPA PRIMARY
EPA SECONDAR
STANDARD - 75 jl g/m3 (Annual Genmotrrio Mean). ,
f STANDARD - 60 ^g/m3 (Annual clonietric Mean)
4-3-76 4-9-76 4-15-76 4-21-76 4-27-76 Geometric
Mean
AIR QUALITY DATA OF THE OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION SITE
-------
Suspended Particulatcs
GRAPH D-12
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
"-"• • — i — . — — — — -
EPA 24-HR STANDARD - 260 ng/m3 (Not to be Exceedec
EPA PRIMARY
EPA SECONDAR
STANDARD - 75 *
STANDARD - 60
g/m3 (Annual Ge
Ug/m3 (Annual G
Over unce a xee
metric Mean)
ometric Mean)
r)
5-3-76 5-9-76 5-15-76 5-21-76 5-27-76
AIR QUALITY DATA OF THE OTTUK'..'A OPERATING STATION SITE
Geometric
Mean
-------
TABLE D-l
AIR QUALITY DATA
Date
6-2-75
6-8-75
6-14-75
6-20-75
6-26-75
Mean.
7-2-75
7-8-75
7-14-75
7-20-75
7-26-75
Mean
8-1-75
8-7-75
8-13-75
8-19-75
8-25-75
8-31-75
Mean
9-6-75
9-12-75
9-18-75
9-24-75
9-30-75
Mean
10-6-75
10-12-75
10-18-75
10-24-75
10-30-75
Mean
OF THE OTTUMWA GENERATING STATION SITE
N02
(ug/m3)
25.2
10.1
20.1
14.8
67.5
27.5 (Arith)
15.5
10.5
10.5
20.9
36.5
18.8 (Arith)
•BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
6 (Arith)
BDL
10.9
BDL
BDL
BDL
7.0 (Arith)
BDL
8.4
BDL
BDL
BDL
6.5 (Arith)
S02
(us/m3)
3.5
BDL
5.4
BDL
3.6
3.3
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
2
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL '
2
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
2
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
2
(Arith)
(Arith)
(Arith)
(Arith)
(Arith)
Suspended
Particulates
Cug/m3)
54.4
67.9
41.4
52.3
24.5
45.5 (Geometric)
142.7
39.1
124.5
78.9
93.4
87.5 (Geometric)
91.6
85.8
65.8
63.2
25.1
25.6
52.5 (Geometric)
29.7
25.5
39.1
43.5
26.1
32,0 (Geometric)
95.8
69.0
120.2
20.0
61.8
62.9 (Geometric)
D-17
-------
TABLE D-l (Continued)
Date
11-5-75
11-11-75
11-17-75
11-23-75
11-29-75
Mean
12-5-75
12-11-75
12-17-75
12-23-75
12-29-75
. Mean
1-4-76
1-10-76
1-16-76
1-22-76
1-28-76
He an
2-3-76
2-9-76
2-15-76
2-21-76
2-27-76
Mean
3-4-76
3-10-76
3-16-76
3-22-76
3-28-76
Mean
4-3-76
4-9-76
4-15-76
4-21-76
4-27-76
Mean
N02
(ug/m3)
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
6
(Arith)
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
6 (Arith)
BDL
BDL
BDL
6.6
9.9
6.9 (Arith)
BDL
BDL
BDL
(Arith)
BDL
6
BDL
BDL
BDL
7.1
7.2
6.5 (Arith)
BDL
9.1
BDL
BDL
15.9
8.6 (Arith)
S02
(iug/m3)
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
2
BDL
22.3
10.5
BDL
22.1
11.8
10.7
11.0
BDL
11.1
11.5
9.3
11.1
10.0
8.7
11.6
10.3
Suspended
Particulates
6.6
5.6
10.3
17.7
14.3
10.9
17.4
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
5.1
(Arith)
(Arith)
(Arith)
(Arith)
(Arith)
48.9
51.7
47.
142.
39,
.2
.2
.1
(Arith)
58.1 (Geometric)
26.2
100.8
55.3
69.6
57.0
56.6 (Geometric)
30.7
45.4
67.5
85.5
121.1
62.8 (Geometric)
129.4
171.8
55.7
57.5
91.9 (Geometric)
86.9
43.8
46.9
55.3
41.6
52.8 (Geometric)
84.5
174.0
115.7
50.7
77.8
92,3 (Geometric)
D-18
-------
TABLE D-l (Continued)
Suspended
N02 S02 Particulates
Date (ug/m3) (ug/m3) —(Mff/^3)
5.3.76 10.9 BDL 149.0
5-9-76 18.3 - BDL 222.8
5-15-76 13.2 BDL 68.7
5-21-76 32.8 BDL 286.1
5-27-76 25.9 BDL 267.0
Mean 20.2 (Arith) 2 (Arith) 177.1 (Geometric)
BDL - Below Detection Limits
NOTE: The detectable limit will fluctuate because of changes in barometric
pressure and temperature. The detectable limit for N02 is
6 Mg/m3 at standard temperature and pressure. The detectable
limit for SC>2 is 2 ug/m3 at standard temperature and pressure.
D-19
-------
TABLE D-2
SUMMARY OF POLLUTANT RESULTS
Parameter
N02
S02
Suspended
ParCiculate
Matter
Minimum
6 *
2 *
20.0
Maximum
67.5
22.3
286.1
Mean
10.5
(arithmetic)
5.1
(arithmetic)
65.4
(geometric)
Samplings
Exceeding
24 Hour
Primary
Standard
**
0
Samplings
Exceeding
24 Hour
Secondary
Standard
**
**
* Detection Limit
** Not Applicable
(NOTE: See Table D-3 for Summary of National Primary and Secondary Standards)
-------
TABLE D-3
NATIONAL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
NO
2
Primary
Secondary
J2
Primary
Suspended
Particulate
Matter
Primary
Secondary
Annual
Arithmetic
Mean
100
100
24 Hour
Maximum *
365
24 Hour
Maximum *
260
150
Annual
Arithmetic
Mean
80
Annual
Geometric
Mean
75
60 /ig/m3
* To be exceeded no more than once per year,
D-21
-------
APPENDIX E
DISPERSION CALCULATIONS
E-l
-------
APPENDIX E
DISPERSION CALCULATIONS AND WIND DATA
GROUND LEVEL CALCULATIONS
The one-hour ground level concentrations directly downwind from
an elevated source are computed using the Gaussian distribution of
the plume as the following. _
2
_Q
»a a -«**
y z u
-h
2a
y z u L. 2
where:
C « downwind concentration
Q * pollutant release rate
o o » crosswind and vertical plume standard deviations
y z
- * mean wind speed at the height of the stack
h » effective stack height
The a's (one-hour average) are calculated from the downwind
distance, d, as follows.
Stability
Condition
Very Unstable
Unstable
Slightly Unstable
Neutral
Slightly Stable
Stable
oy
meters
0.40 d °'91
0.36 d °'86
0.34 d °'82
0.32 d °'78
0.315 d °'745
0.31 d °'71
<*z
meters
0.40 d °'91
0.33 d °'86
0.275 d °'82
0.22 d °'78
0.14 d °'745
0.06 d °'71
E-2
-------
The wind speed u, is that occurring at the height of 33 feet;
this is the height of the wind instrument in Burlington. For the
actual computation, wind speed at the top of the stack u is computed
as:
= • • (t) ".
stable conditions
0.25
, unstable and neutral conditions
Where H is the actual stack height in feet.
Flume rise is computed from:
/F\ °-33
Ah » 2 1=7-1 , stable condition
Ah » 150 I =3-1 , very unstable, unstable, and slightly
unstable conditions
Weighted averages are used to compute plume rise under neutral and
slightly stable conditions.
F » buoyancy flux » g V_
[TE - Ta]
2
stability parameter - |- —
a
|| - 0.0180 C per meter
T_, T - stack gas and ambient temperatures
£ a
V_ « stack gas exit velocity
D_ « chimney liner inside diameter
K
The effective stack height, h, is the sum of the actual stack height,
H, and the plume rise, Ah.
E-3
-------
The 3-hour concentration Is computed from the one-hour concen-
tration by the following equation.
*• ft)'
in which
t « time in hours
r « varies with the dispersion conditions, as follows.
Dispersion conditions r
Very unstable 0.65
Unstable 0.52
Slightly Unstable 0.52
Neutral 0.32
Slightly Stable 0.00
Stable 0.00
The 24-hour average is calculated from the formula.
24-hr Average * 1/24 Z fl. C. 8/T ayi1
i L1 1~7T d J
where:
T. is the average duration in hours that a given stability con-
dition is expected to occur.
GI is the maxlmi" S02 concentration (with respect to wind speed)
that could occur during the i-th stability condition.
8/2 Qyi ^ a factor that reiates the probability that the plume
/ir d
center line will be overhead to the probability that the plume will
be somewhere in a 22-1/2 degree sector.
ay is the Gaussian plume width under the i-th stability
condition.
E-4
-------
The durations, T^, are typical for a 24-hour day with 12 hours
of nighttime (annual average). For a seasonal study, these would be
slightly adjusted for the actual season period of nighttime.
A base assumption in this formula is that the wind blows con-
tinuously into the 22-1/2 degree sector under investigation during
the 24-hour period.
The annual average is calculated using the formula:
Annual Average - (1/8760)ZZ ft C 8/2 gyi1
ij L13 *J "TiT d J
Where the tensor C^j is the downwind concentration for a given
wind speed, and a given1 stability condition.
The tensor t^j is the average duration in hours that a given
stability condition is expected to occur for a given wind speed
times the frequency this wind speed will be in the given 22-1/2 degree
sector. . The assumption is made that whenever the wind is within a
specific angular sector, it is distributed uniformly.
The wind speed frequency for each sector was obtained from the
1967-1971 Seasonal and Annual Wind Distribution by Pasquill Stability
Classes (STAR Program) for Burlington, Iowa.
E-5
-------
APPENDIX F
ECONOMETRIC MODEL DESCRIPTION
F-l
-------
APPENDIX F
ECONOMETRIC MODEL DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY AREA ECONOMETRIC MODEL
I. Introduction
In order to measure the socioeconomic Impact of OGS in the
Primary Area, it was necessary to develop a tool to facilitate the
estimation of future levels of economic activity. The tool employed
in this analysis was a simplified econometric model of the Primary
Area which captures historical economic interrelationships that have
existed among key economic variables during the 25-year study period,
1950 to 1974. A list of the economic variables involved in the
model is shown in Table F-l. The data base used to develop this
model was derived from referenced sources by pooling historical
cross-section and time-series sample data for the three counties
in the Primary Area. These historical relationships are combined
into a 23-equation simulation model of the Primary Area economy.
These equations are shown in Table F-2. An explanation of the
quantitative relationships that were estimated by multiple linear
regression is contained in a subsequent section.
Once the economic relationships (equations) have been specified,
certain exogenous or predetermined variables (POP, BI, FY, T, TR,
and SI) are input into the computerized model to begin the order of
solution and derive the expected values for each variable.
II. 1981 Price Deflator
Some of the variables included in this model are monetary
variables and, due to the effects of inflation, must be deflated
(or inflated) to a common base before they can be aggregated or
compared. This is accomplished through the use of a 1981 price
deflator derived from the historical GNP deflator as found in
Business Conditions Digest. The historical GNP deflator, 1950 to
1974, is given on a 1958 base (1958 - 100). This series is pro-
jected from 1975 to 1981 by time series regression of the historical
data. The estimating equation for the deflator is:
DEFL - 280085.7 - 21175.78 + 122.1415(T2) + 3.518348(T3)
+ .41771268(T4)
F-2
-------
The projected 1981 deflator based on 1958 (208.55) is then used as a
new base (1981 - 100) and a fraction representing each previous year
1950-1980, is derived. These factors can then be used to convert
monetary variables expressed in current dollars to constant 1981
dollars.
III. Equations of the Model
A. Population Sector. A relationship to determine expected
population was specified and estimated in the form shown in Table F-2.
This stochastic equation specifies that, historically, population
density (PDM) in the Primary Area was explained by lagged population
density (PDM in each previous year), personal income (PY), and time
(T). The change in Primary Area population density has historically
been inversely related to the explanatory variables PY and T. This
relationship serves as a test of the personal income projections
and other projections used to derive personal income during the
economic study period 1975-2010. Binary or "dummy" variables (Dl,
D2, and D3) are used to eliminate intercounty differences. The
positive coefficient for logged population density (PDM) shows the
accelerator effect on population due to a change in the previous
year's density, in the absence of the personal income and time effect.
B. Labor Force and Employment Sector. Projected total labor
force (TLF) levels were derived from the historical relationship
shown in Section II of Table F-2. Total labor force and employment
(EM) are divided by population (POP) so that the effects of county
size are eliminated.
Projected employment in the Primary Area without OGS is derived
from the historical relationship exhibited in Table F-2. This
stochastic equation shows that employment can be determined from
business conditions (BI), the total labor force, and time (T).
There is almost a one-to-one relationship between changes in TLF and
changes in EM. The Business Index has generally increased during
the historical period while employment has generally decreased. In
the absence of other effects, employment in the Primary Area is
expected to correlate positively to time. The negative relation
between BI and EM means that business activity in the Primary Area
has been partially insulated from cyclical swings in the U.S.
economy and can be expected to remain so for some time.
The equations, used to determine the unemployment rate (UR)
and real wage rate (WR) are the identities found in Section I of
Table F-2.
F-3
-------
C. Income Sector. Personal Income (PY) projections are esti-
mated from the identity shown in Section III of Table F-2. Transfer
payments (TR) and personal contributions to social insurance (SI)
are determined exogeneously. Wages and salaries (WS), and profit
and proprietor income (PRY) however, are determined by the model.
Wages and salaries constitute a major portion of personal income
and are projected from the historical relationship between wages and
salaries, employment, and the business index; as shown in Section III
of Table F-2. Wages and salaries are shown to be positively related
to both employment (EM) and the business index (BI).
The stochastic equation for profit and proprietor income (PRY)
shown in Section III of Table F-2 describes historical changes in
the level of this variable. This relationship suggests that PRY is
positively related to the business index (BI) and retail sales (RS).
Disposable income (DY) is estimated using the identity shown
in the Income sector of Table F-2, which states that disposable
income is personal income less taxes.
d. Agricultural Sector. Number of farms (NF) in the Primary
Area was projected to the year 2010, based on its historical rela-
tionship with average value of farmland and buildings (AVLB), farm
income (FY) and lagged number of farms (NF-1) as shown in Section IV
of Table F-2. This equation suggests that NF is inversely related
to average value of farmland and buildings (negative coefficient for
AVLB in the Primary Area ignoring the effects of other variables).
Total land in farms (LF) was projected from its historical
relationship with population (POP) and Time (T) using the estimating
equation shown in Table F-2. This LF equation suggests that in the
absence of the population effect, land in farms decreased by
997.5 acres per year but that population effects partially offset
the decline.
Average size of farms is projected using the identity shown in
Section IV of Table F-2.
The equation which describes the historical relationship of
assessed value of farm land and buildings (VFLB) and is used to
project expected values is presented in the agricultural sector of
Table F-2. County dummy variables (Dl, D2, and D3) were employed
as indicators of land productivity and expectations for future
economic conditions. The remainder of the equation suggests that
VFLB is negatively related to population density (PDM) and posi-
tively related to time (T) in the Primary Area. Ignoring the effects
F-4
-------
of PDM and T the equation further suggests that VFLB is positively
related to changes in non-farm earnings. Average value of farm land
and buildings is calculated directly by dividing VFLB by land in
farms (LF).
E. Business Activity Sector. Projected retail sales (RS) in
the Primary Area were estimated from their historical relationship
to disposable income (DY) as shown by the RS equation in Table F-2.
After adjustments for county variations in retail sales, the RS
relationship Indicates that the marginal propensity to purchase from
disposable income is approximately 0.18, implying that a one dollar
increase in disposable income in the Primary Area will increase
retail sales by $0.18.
Projected bank deposits (BD) were derived using the historical
relationship as shown in Section V of Table F-2. As expected, the
equation indicates that bank deposits are positively correlated to
DY and BI.
F. Real Estate Sector. The first equation in Section VI of
Table F-2 describes the historical effect of real estate valuation
(REV) and time (T) on total assessed property valuation (APV). This
equation indicates that the total value of real estate and personal
property is positively related to both REV and T. Values of the
dummy variables -eliminate the effects of size variances among the
Primary Area counties.
Projected real estate valuation per square mile (REM) is esti-
mated based on its historical relationship with lagged REM (REM-1),
population density (PDM), and time (T) as indicated by the equation
in the real estate sector of Table F-2. The market value of real
estate is determined by the demand of all potential buyers and the
supply of all potential sellers. The supply of real estate is very
inelastic. The demand schedule of all buyers depends upon the*
prices of real estate, the expected population density, income,
real estate characteristics, and expected future economic conditions.
The dummy variables, one for each county, are employed in the above
stochastic equation as indicators of the nonquantifiable variables
such as real estate characteristics, tastes of buyers, and expecta-
tions for future economic conditions. The remaining variables
explicitly determine the direction and magnitude of change in REM
which can be quantified. The above equation suggests the REM is
positively related to lagged REM and time in the Primary Area but,
ignoring these two variables, suggests that REM has been inversely
related to population density (PDM).
F-5
-------
The two components of total assessed property valuation, real
estate valuation and personal and public service valuation, are
estimated using the identities shown in Section VI of Table F-2.
G. Government Revenues. The historical relationship between
retail sales tax, retail sales, and time is represented by the first
equation in Section VII of Table F-2. The coefficient of retail
sales (RS) suggests that, ignoring the effects of intercounty dif-
ferences and time, a one dollar increase in retail sales will pro-
duce a $.036 increase in sales tax revenues. The time variable
(T) is an indicator of changes in the structure of sales taxes and
the composition of retail sales.
Projected levels of federal income taxes (FIT) are estimated
from the second equation in Section VII of Table F-2. The explana-
tory variable for FIT, personal income (FY) is positively related
to FIT and its coefficient suggests that the net marginal rate of
federal income taxation in the Primary Area is 3.96 per cent, after
adjustments for intercounty differences.
State personal income tax revenues (SPT) from the Primary Area
are also projected from their relationship to personal income (PY).
The coefficient of PY shown in Table F-2 has the same interpretation
as for FIT, i.e. the net marginal rate of state income taxation.
F-6
-------
Table F-l
LIST OF ECONOMIC VARIABLES
APV Total Assessed Property
Valuation ($1000)
ASF Average Size of Farms:
Total Acres divided by
the number of farms
AVLB Average Value of Land and
Buildings per farm acre
BD Bank Deposits
BI Index of General Business
(12 leading indicators prior
to reverse trend adjustment)
D- Dummy for Monroe County
D~ Dummy for Mahaska County
D» Dummy for Wapello County
DY Disposable Income ($1000)
EM Employment
FIT Federal Income Tax ($1000)
FY Farm Income
LF Land in Farms: "Total
number of acres listed
as agricultural land
NF Number of Farms
PDM Population Density per
square mile
POP Population
PRY Proprietor, Property and
Profit Income ($1000)
PSV Personal Property and
Public Service Valuation
PY Personal Income ($1000)
REV Real Estate Valuation
REM Real Eatnte Value per square
mile ($8000)
RS Retail Sales
SPT State Personal Tax, except
federal income tax ($1000)
ST Sales Tax ($1000)
T Time
TLF Total Labor Force
UR Unemployment Rate
VFLB Value of Farm Land and
Buildings ($1000)
WR Real Wage Rate
WS Wage and Salary Income
WS-1 Lagged WS
F-7
-------
TABLF F-2
EQUATIONS OF THE
PRIMARY AREA ECONOMETRIC MODEL
I. POPULATION SECTOR
LOG(PDM) » 12.2118 DX + .0968 D2 + .2585 D3 + .612598[LOG(PDM)-l]
- .003694 LOG (PY) - 3.543753 LOG (T)
II. LABOR FORCE AND EMPLOYMENT SECTOR
.016054 D! - .008625 D2 - .002253 D3 + 1.01477068
EM - -3964.5 DI + 79.0 D2 - 244.1 D3 + .969690 TLF - .267611 BI
+1.981279 T
UR » (TLF - EM) /TLF
WR = WS/(EM x 2000)
III. INCOME SECTOR
PY = WS + PRY + TR - SI
WS = -35995 Dx + 23840 D2 + 121849 D3 + 1.110244 EM + 432.153857 BI
PRY = -21687 Dx + 2647 D2 - 17569 D3 + 210.842717 BI + .718049 RS
DY = PY - FIT - SPT
IV. AGRICULTURAL SECTOR
NF - 84.4 Dx + 157.1 D2 + 49.6 D3 + .95035 NF^ - .02634 AVLB
- .00918 FY '
LF - 2211763 V^. + 96818 D2 - 16547 D3 + .392649 POP - 997.552751T
ASF = LF/NF
VFLB = -619480 DI + 15944 D2 -»• 8432 D3 - 164.775233 PDM
+ .066531 WS_! + 321.138136 T
AVLB - VFLB/NF
F-8
-------
TABLE F-2 (continued)
EQUATIONS OF THE
PRIMARY AREA EXONOMETRIC MODEL
V. BUSINESS ACTIVITY SECTOR
RS - 18455.7 D]. + 37751.7 D2 + 66658.0 D3 + .183512 DY
BD - -156382 + .092343 DY + 3159.529302 BI
VI. REAL ESTATE SECTOR
APV » -321911 DI + 8567 D2 + 14381 03 4- .861446 REV + 168.84053 T
LOG(REM) - -14.5399 Dj_ + .034522 D2 + .062539 D3 4- .946361
- .044919 LOG(PDM) + 4.459939 LOG (T)
REV = REM x Square miles
PSV = APV - REV
VII. GOVERNMENT REVENUES
ST = -48588 DI - 793 D2 - 1125 D3 + .036434 RS + 24.547334 T
FIT - 1060 DX + 2708 D2 4- 7984 D3 + .039658 PY
SPT = -362 DI - 819.6 D2 - 2121 D3 4- .021767 PY
VIII. EXOGENOUS VARIABLES
(POP). "Without OGS" Population
(TR) Transfer Payments
(SI) Personal Contribtuions to Social Insurance
(FY) Farm Income
(BI) Business Index
(T) Time
F-9
-------
APPENDIX G
ECONOMIC DATA
G-l
-------
LIST OF TABLES
G-l Selected Statistics for the State of Iowa
G-2 Primary Area Employment by Economic Sector, 1950-1970
G-3 Public Facilities and Services - Ottumwa, Iowa
G-4 Primary Area - Projected Economic Activity with OGS
G-2
-------
TABLE G-l
SELECTED STATISTICS FOR THE STATE OF IOWA
Population (a)
Income per Capita
Personal Income Tax(c)
1950
1955
1960
1965
1970
1974
State
Total
//
2,625,000
2,712,000
2,758,000
2,758,000
2,824,000
2,890,000
Primary Area
% Total State
3.4
3.0
2.9
2.9
2.6
2.6
State
Density
0/mi2
46.6
48.2
49.0
49.0
50.2
51.3
State
Total
1981$
3,763
3,618
3,994
5,171
5,781
5,967(b)
Primary Area
% Total State
66.4
87.5
94.5
91.2
95.8
97.8
State
Total
1981$ (000)
41,131
50,374
73,843
105,603
231,554
447,159
Primary Area
Total State
%
4.2
3.1
2.. 6
2.8
1.7
2.1
(a) U.S. Bureau of Census, Current Population Projections, Series P-25
(b) Values obtained from U.S. Commerce Department Survey of Current Business,
(Value shown for 1974 is a 1973 preliminary from the April 1974 issue)
(c) State of Iowa, Department of Revenue, Individual Income Tax, Annual
Statistical Report, 1950-1974, Research and Statistics Division
UJ
-------
TABLE C-2
PRIMARY AREA EMPLOYMENT BY ECONOMIC SECTOR
1950 - 1970(a)
Sector
Agriculture
Mining
Construction
Manufacturing
Finance
Services
Public Administration
Transportation
Wholesale Trade
Retail Trade
Total
Per cent of
7
1
6
4
2
1
4
30
1950
,074
469
,455
,787
566
,930
866
,797
,040
,615
,599
Total
23.
1.
4.
22.
1.
16.
2.
9.
3.
15.
State
1
5
8
2
9
1
8
1
4
1
4
1
6
5
2
4
28
1960
,650
209
,526
,935
754
,668
775
,169
943
.446
,075
Per cent of
Total
16.
0.
5.
24.
2.
20.
2.
7.
3.
15.
State
6
7
4
7
7
2
8
7
4
8
2
1
6
6
1
4
26
1970
,694
73
,174
,521
790
,952
874
,576
811
,979
,444
Per cent
of
Total State
10.2
0.3
4.4
24.7
3.0
26.3
3.3
6.0
3.1
18.8
(a) Source: U.S. Census of Population, 1950 - 1970, Bureau of Census, 1970
-------
TABL1- G-3
PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES
OTTUMWA, IOWA
Rail Service
Air Service
Bus Service
Truck Service
Taxi
Utilities
Banks
Savings and Loan
Hotels and Motels
Civic Clubs and Service
Organizations
Churches
Schools
Public
Parochial
Teachers
Libraries
Colleges
Hospitals
Health Clinics
Doctors
Dentists
Burlington Northern, Milwaukee Road,
Rock Island, Norfolk and Western
Ozark
Continental Trailways, Greyhound,
Missouri Transit (Also local intra-city
line)
62 common carriers serve city through
12 terminals
2; 5 cabs
Electric, gas, water, wastewater, telephone
3
2
570 rooms
24
67
20
0
379
1; Approx. 110,000 volumes
Ottumwa Heights, 2 year;
Indian Hills Community College
2; 368 beds plus 3 nursing-convalescent
homes
20 GP's, 5 Surgeons, 20 Specialists
13
G-5
-------
TABLE G-3 (Continued)
PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES
OTTUMWA, IOWA
Recreational Facilities
Law Enforcement
Fire Protection
11 parks, 5 swimming pools, 3 tennis
courts, 2 golf courses (18 holes),
3 bowling alleys, 3 ice rinks, one roller
rink, boating, fishing, hunting,
spectator sports
32 police officers, 7 cars and 2 cycles
41 full-time personnel, 2 fire stations
G-6
-------
TABLE G-4
PRIMARY AREA
PROJECTED ECONOMIC ACTIVITY WITH OGS
(Direct and Indirect Impacts in Parentheses)
Year
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1985
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
Populat
No.
76,774
77,238(
77,761(
78,697(
79,400(1
79,062(
79,165(
80, 660 (
82,528(
84,395(
86,263(
88,131(
89,999(
ion
90)
240)
802)
,132)
420)
150)
150)
150)
150)
150)
150)
150)
Population
Density
No./Sq Mi
53.2
53.5(0.1)
53.9(0.2)
54.5(0.6)
55.0(0.8)
54.8(0.3)
54.8(0.1)
55.9(0.1)
57.2(0.2)
58.4(0.1)
59. 7(0. D
\
61.0(0.1)
62.3(0.1)
Total Labor
Force
31
32
32
34
No.
,222
,006(
,9.19(
,197(1
35,381(1
35,325(1
34,747(
37,
•39,
42,
45,
48,
51,
048 (
929(
810(
69, I (
572(
454(
208)
545)
,247)
,854)
,222)
68j.
64)
64)
64)
64)
64)
64)
Employment
No.
29,849
30,620(
31,520(
32,785(1
33,956(1
33,887(1
33,296(
35,545(
38,362(
41,178(
43, 994 (
46,810(
49,627(
208)
545)
,247)
,854)
,222)
68)
64)
64)
64)
64)
64)
64)
Unemployment
Rate
per cent
4.4
4 . 3(-0.1)
4. 2 (-0.1)
4.K-0.2)
4.0(-0.3)
4.K-0.1)
4.2
4.1
3.9
3.8
3.7
3.6
3.6
Personal
Income
464
475
489
512
532
524
503
$1000
,412
,532( 4,867)
,667(12,750)
,331(29,161)
,798(43,376)
,262(28,337)
,525( 1,598)
528,434( 1,497)
559,696( 1,497)
590,958( 1,497)
622,
653,
684,
220( 1,497)
482( 1,497)
744( 1,498)
o
I
-------
CD
TABLE G-4 (continued)
PRIMARY AREA
PROJECTED ECONOMIC ACTIVITY WITH OCS
(Direct and Indirect Impacts in Parentheses)
Year
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1985
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
Wages &
Salaries
$1000
243,826
250,962( 4,169)
260,454(10,704)
277,700(24,993)
293,146(37,482)
283,311(24,689)
262,913( 1,334)
274,719( 1,312)
289,505( 1,312)
304,291( 1,312)
319,077( 1,312)
333,863( 1,312)
348,649( 1,312)
Profit and
Proprietor Income
$1000
175,285
177,894( 698)
181,153(2,046)
185,186(4,168)
188,823(5,894)
188,738(3,898)
187,014( 263)
194,580( 185)
204,135( 185)
213,689( 185)
223,244( 185)
232,799( 185)
242,353( 185)
Disposable
Income
$1000
426,041
436,477( 4,568)
449,743(11,966)
471,015(27,369)
490,225(40,711)
482,214(26,832)
462,750( 1,500)
486,129( 1,405)
515.47K 1,405)
544,812( 1,404)
574,154( 1,405)
603,496( 1,405)
632,838( 1,406)
Transfer
Payments
$1000
61,888
63,947
66,006
. 68,065
70,124
72,183
74,242
82,478
92,772
103,067
113,361
123,656
133,950
Contributions To
Social Insurance
$1000
16,597
17,272
17,946
18,621
19,295
19,970
20,645
23,343
26,716
30,089
33,462
36,835
40,208
Real Wage
Rate
$/Hr
4.08
4.10(.04)
4.13C.10)
4.24(.23)
4.32(.34)
4.18(.22)
3.95(.01)
3.86(.01)
3.77(.01)
3.70(.02)
3.63(.01)
3.57(.01)
3.5K.01)
-------
TABLE G-4 (continued)
PRIMARY AREA
PROJECTED ECONOMIC ACTIVITY WITH OCS
(Direct and Indirect Impacts in Parentheses)
o
Year
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1985
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
Federal
Income Taxes
$1000
32,290
32,731( 193)
33,292( 506)
34,190(1,156)
35,002(1,720)
34,664(1,133)
33,841( 63)
34,829( 59)
36, 069 ( 60)
37, 309 ( 60)
38,548( 59)
39,788( 59)
41,028( 59)
State
Income Taxes
$1000
6,082
6,324(106)
6,632(278)
7,125(635)
7,571(945)
7,385(622)
6,933( 34)
7,476( 33)
8,156( 32)
8,837( 33)
9,517( 32)
10,198( 33)
10,878( 32)
Business
Index
No.
133.4
135.2
137.0
138.8
140.6
142.2
144.2
151.4
160.4
169.4
178.4
187.4
196.4
Retail
Sales
$1000
237,961
240,009( 971)
242,963(2,849)
246,996(5,805)
250,476(8,208)
248,774(5,429)
244,789( 367)
248,987( 257)
254,372( 258)
259,757( 258)
265,141( 258)
270,526( 258)
275,910( 257)
State Sales
Taxes
$1000
6,432
6,580( 35)
6,761(104)
6,982(212)
7,182(299)
7,194(198)
7,122( 13)
7,570( 10)
8,134( 9)
8,699( 10)
9,263( 9)
9,827( 9)
10,392( 10)
Assessed
Property Valuation
$1000
172,702
182,957( 5,621)
216,861(34,724)
231,556(44,444)
236,712(44,444)
242,054(44,444)
247,590(44,444)
271,826(44,444)
307,457(44,444)
350,150(44,444)
401,361(44,444)
462,853(44,444)
536,751(44,444)
-------
H
O
TABLE C-4 (continued)
PRIMARY AREA
PROJECTED ECONOMIC ACTIVITY WITH OCS
(Direct and Indirect Impacts in Parentheses)
Year
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1985
1990
1995
2000
200S
2010
Real Estata
Valuation
$1000
133,622
139,866(1.453)
144,852(1,453)
150,039(1,453)
155,435(1,453)
161,049(1,453)
166,887(1,453)
192,670(1.453)
231,091(1,453)
277,711(1,453)
334,219(1.453)
402,661(1,453)
485,505(1,453)
Real Estate
Value Per Sq. Mile
$1000/Sq Hi
92.5
96.9(1.0)
100.3(1.0)
103.9(1.0)
107.6(1.0)
111.5(1.0)
115.6(1.0)
133.4(1.0)
160.0(1.0)
192.3(1.0)
231.4(1.0)
278.8(1.0)
336.2(1.0)
Personal & Public
Service Valuation
$1000
39.080
43.09K 4,168)
72,009(33,271)
81.517(42.991)
61,277(42,991)
81,005(42,991)
80,703(42.991)
79,156(42,991)
76.366(42,991)
72,439(42,991)
67,142(42,991)
60,192(42,991)
51,246(42,991)
Farm
Income
$1000
39.417
39,636(-126)
39.982(-126)
40,327(-126)
40,672(-126)
41,018(-126)
41,363(-126)
42.745(-126)
44.472(-126)
46.198(-126)
47,925(-126)
49.652(-126)
51,379(-126)
Avg. Assessed Value of
Farm Land & Buildings
$/Acra
67.3
70.7
72.5(0.3)
74.5(0.8)
77.2(2.0)
79.7(3.0)
80.2(2.0)
84.5(0.1)
92.5(0.1)
100.9(0.1)
109.4(0.1)
118.4(0.2)
127.6(0.1)
Assessed Value of
Farm Land & Buildings
$1000
56,229
58.847
60,153( 278)
61.616( 712)
63.595(1,663)
65,454(2,494)
65,631(1,643)
68.188( 87)
73,329( 88)
78,469( 87)
83,610( 87)
88.75K 88)
93.89K 87)
-------
TABLE G-4 (continued)
PRIMARY AREA
PROJECTED ECONOMIC ACTIVITY WITH OGS
(Direct and Indirect Impacts in Parentheses)
o
Year
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1985
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
Land in
Farms
Acres
835,206
832,360
829,514
826,668
823,822
820,976
818,130
806,746
792,517
778,287
764,057
749,827
735,597
Number of
Farms
No.
3,604
3,516( 1)
3,428( 2)
3,342( 3)
3,256( 4)
3,172( 5)
3,088( 6)
2,762( 9)
2,370(12)
1,991(14)
1,623(17)
1,262(18)
907(19)
Average Size
of Farms
Acres
231.7
236. 7(- 0.1)
242. 0(- 0.1)
247. 4(- 0.2)
253. 0(- 0.3)
258. 8(- 0.4)
264. 9(- 0.5)
292. 1(- 0.9)
334. 4(- 1.7)
390. 9(- 2.8)
470. 8(- 4.9)
594. 2(- 8.6)
811.0(-17.4)
Bank
Deposits
$1000
304,441
311,091( 421)
318,004(1,105)
325,655(2,527)
333,116(3,759)
338,064(2,478)
341,953( 138)
366,861( 130)
398,006( 130)
429,151( 129)
460,297( 130)
491,442( 130)
522,587( 130)
------- |